Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-Q
þ  QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2008
OR
o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
         
       
Commission   Registrant, State of Incorporation,   I.R.S. Employer
File Number   Address and Telephone Number   Identification No.
1-3526
  The Southern Company   58-0690070
 
  (A Delaware Corporation)    
 
  30 Ivan Allen Jr. Boulevard, N.W.    
 
  Atlanta, Georgia 30308    
 
  (404) 506-5000    
 
       
1-3164
  Alabama Power Company   63-0004250
 
  (An Alabama Corporation)    
 
  600 North 18 th Street    
 
  Birmingham, Alabama 35291    
 
  (205) 257-1000    
 
       
1-6468
  Georgia Power Company   58-0257110
 
  (A Georgia Corporation)    
 
  241 Ralph McGill Boulevard, N.E.    
 
  Atlanta, Georgia 30308    
 
  (404) 506-6526    
 
       
0-2429
  Gulf Power Company   59-0276810
 
  (A Florida Corporation)    
 
  One Energy Place    
 
  Pensacola, Florida 32520    
 
  (850) 444-6111    
 
       
001-11229
  Mississippi Power Company   64-0205820
 
  (A Mississippi Corporation)    
 
  2992 West Beach    
 
  Gulfport, Mississippi 39501    
 
  (228) 864-1211    
 
       
333-98553
  Southern Power Company   58-2598670
 
  (A Delaware Corporation)    
 
  30 Ivan Allen Jr. Boulevard, N.W.    
 
  Atlanta, Georgia 30308    
 
  (404) 506-5000    

 


Table of Contents

      Indicate by check mark whether the registrants (1) have filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrants were required to file such reports), and (2) have been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
                                 
    Large                   Smaller
    Accelerated   Accelerated   Non-accelerated   Reporting
Registrant   Filer   Filer   Filer   Company
The Southern Company
    X                          
Alabama Power Company
                    X          
Georgia Power Company
                    X          
Gulf Power Company
                    X          
Mississippi Power Company
                    X          
Southern Power Company
                    X          
      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.) Yes o No þ (Response applicable to all registrants.)
             
    Description of   Shares Outstanding  
Registrant   Common Stock   at June 30, 2008  
The Southern Company
  Par Value $5 Per Share     770,187,296  
Alabama Power Company
  Par Value $40 Per Share     21,725,000  
Georgia Power Company
  Without Par Value     9,261,500  
Gulf Power Company
  Without Par Value     1,792,717  
Mississippi Power Company
  Without Par Value     1,121,000  
Southern Power Company
  Par Value $0.01 Per Share     1,000  
     This combined Form 10-Q is separately filed by The Southern Company, Alabama Power Company, Georgia Power Company, Gulf Power Company, Mississippi Power Company, and Southern Power Company. Information contained herein relating to any individual registrant is filed by such registrant on its own behalf. Each registrant makes no representation as to information relating to the other registrants.

2


Table of Contents

INDEX TO QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q
June 30, 2008
             
        Page
        Number
DEFINITIONS     5  
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION     7  
   
 
       
PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION
   
 
       
Item 1.  
Financial Statements (Unaudited)
       
Item 2.  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
       
           
        9  
        10  
        11  
        13  
        14  
           
        35  
        35  
        36  
        37  
        39  
           
        54  
        54  
        55  
        56  
        58  
           
        73  
        73  
        74  
        75  
        77  
           
        92  
        92  
        93  
        94  
        96  
           
        112  
        112  
        113  
        114  
        116  
        126  
Item 3.       33  
Item 4.       33  
Item 4T.       33  

3


Table of Contents

INDEX TO QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q
June 30, 2008
             
          Page
        Number
PART II — OTHER INFORMATION
   
 
       
Item 1.       147  
Item 1A.       147  
Item 2.  
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
  Inapplicable
Item 3.  
Defaults Upon Senior Securities
  Inapplicable
Item 4.       147  
Item 5.  
Other Information
  Inapplicable
Item 6.       150  
        153  

4


Table of Contents

DEFINITIONS
     
Term   Meaning
2007 Retail Rate Plan
  Georgia Power’s retail rate plan for the years 2008 through 2010
Alabama Power
  Alabama Power Company
Clean Air Act
  Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990
Dalton Utilities
  The City of Dalton, Georgia, an incorporated municipality in the State of Georgia acting by and through its Board of Water, Light and Sinking Fund Commissioners
DOE
  U.S. Department of Energy
Duke Energy
  Duke Energy Corporation
ECO Plan
  Environmental Compliance Overview Plan
EPA
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FASB
  Financial Accounting Standards Board
FERC
  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Form 10-K
  Combined Annual Report on Form 10-K of Southern Company, Alabama Power, Georgia Power, Gulf Power, Mississippi Power, and Southern Power for the year ended December 31, 2007
Georgia Power
  Georgia Power Company
Gulf Power
  Gulf Power Company
IGCC
  Integrated coal gasification combined cycle
IIC
  Intercompany Interchange Contract
IRC
  Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
IRS
  Internal Revenue Service
KWH
  Kilowatt-hour
LIBOR
  London Interbank Offered Rate
MEAG Power
  Municipal Electric Authority of Georgia
Mirant
  Mirant Corporation
Mississippi Power
  Mississippi Power Company
MW
  Megawatt
NRC
  Nuclear Regulatory Commission
NSR
  New Source Review
OPC
  Oglethorpe Power Corporation
PEP
  Performance Evaluation Plan
Power Pool
  The operating arrangement whereby the integrated generating resources of the traditional operating companies and Southern Power are subject to joint commitment and dispatch in order to serve their combined load obligations
PPA
  Power Purchase Agreement
PSC
  Public Service Commission
Rate CNP
  Alabama Power’s certified new plant rate mechanism
Rate ECR
  Alabama Power’s energy cost recovery rate mechanism
Rate NDR
  Alabama Power’s natural disaster recovery rate mechanism
Rate RSE
  Alabama Power’s rate stabilization and equilization rate mechanism
registrants
  Southern Company, Alabama Power, Georgia Power, Gulf Power, Mississippi Power, and Southern Power
SCS
  Southern Company Services, Inc.
SEC
  Securities and Exchange Commission
SFAS No. 157
  FASB Statement No. 157, “Fair Value Measurement”

5


Table of Contents

DEFINITIONS
(continued)
     
Term   Meaning
Southern Company
  The Southern Company
Southern Company system
  Southern Company, the traditional operating companies, Southern Power, and other subsidiaries
Southern Nuclear
  Southern Nuclear Operating Company, Inc.
Southern Power
  Southern Power Company
Stone & Webster
  Stone & Webster, Inc.
traditional operating companies
  Alabama Power, Georgia Power, Gulf Power, and Mississippi Power
Westinghouse
  Westinghouse Electric Company LLC
wholesale revenues
  revenues generated from sales for resale

6


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION
This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements concerning the strategic goals for the wholesale business, retail sales growth, customer growth, storm damage cost recovery and repairs, fuel cost recovery, environmental regulations and expenditures, earnings growth, dividend payout ratios, access to sources of capital, projections for postretirement benefit trust contributions, financing activities, completion of construction projects, plans and estimated costs for new generation resources, sales under new PPAs, impacts of adoption of new accounting rules, costs of implementing the IIC settlement with the FERC, cash flow impact of the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008 on tax payments in 2008, unrecognized tax benefits related to leveraged lease transactions, and estimated construction and other expenditures. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “projects,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar terminology. There are various factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements; accordingly, there can be no assurance that such indicated results will be realized. These factors include:
  the impact of recent and future federal and state regulatory change, including legislative and regulatory initiatives regarding deregulation and restructuring of the electric utility industry, implementation of the Energy Policy Act of 2005, environmental laws including regulation of water quality and emissions of sulfur, nitrogen, mercury, carbon, soot, or particulate matter and other substances, and also changes in tax and other laws and regulations to which Southern Company and its subsidiaries are subject, as well as changes in application of existing laws and regulations;
 
  current and future litigation, regulatory investigations, proceedings, or inquiries, including the pending EPA civil actions against certain Southern Company subsidiaries, FERC matters, IRS audits, and Mirant matters;
 
  the effects, extent, and timing of the entry of additional competition in the markets in which Southern Company’s subsidiaries operate;
 
  variations in demand for electricity, including those relating to weather, the general economy, population and business growth (and declines), and the effects of energy conservation measures;
 
  available sources and costs of fuels;
 
  effects of inflation;
 
  ability to control costs;
 
  investment performance of Southern Company’s employee benefit plans;
 
  advances in technology;
 
  state and federal rate regulations and the impact of pending and future rate cases and negotiations, including rate actions relating to fuel and storm restoration cost recovery;
 
  regulatory approvals related to the potential Plant Vogtle expansion, including Georgia PSC and NRC approvals;
 
  the performance of projects undertaken by the non-utility businesses and the success of efforts to invest in and develop new opportunities;
 
  internal restructuring or other restructuring options that may be pursued;
 
  potential business strategies, including acquisitions or dispositions of assets or businesses, which cannot be assured to be completed or beneficial to Southern Company or its subsidiaries;
 
  the ability of counterparties of Southern Company and its subsidiaries to make payments as and when due and to perform as required;
 
  the ability to obtain new short- and long-term contracts with neighboring utilities;
 
  the direct or indirect effect on Southern Company’s business resulting from terrorist incidents and the threat of terrorist incidents;
 
  interest rate fluctuations and financial market conditions and the results of financing efforts, including Southern Company’s and its subsidiaries’ credit ratings;
 
  the ability of Southern Company and its subsidiaries to obtain additional generating capacity at competitive prices;
 
  catastrophic events such as fires, earthquakes, explosions, floods, hurricanes, droughts, pandemic health events such as an avian influenza, or other similar occurrences;
 
  the direct or indirect effects on Southern Company’s business resulting from incidents similar to the August 2003 power outage in the Northeast;
 
  the effect of accounting pronouncements issued periodically by standard setting bodies; and
 
  other factors discussed elsewhere herein and in other reports (including the Form 10-K) filed by the registrants from time to time with the SEC.
Each registrant expressly disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statements.

7


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND
SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

8


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)
                                 
    For the Three Months     For the Six Months  
    Ended June 30,     Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)  
Operating Revenues:
                               
Retail revenues
  $ 3,449,878     $ 3,105,056     $ 6,455,492     $ 5,848,867  
Wholesale revenues
    591,802       486,877       1,105,464       967,576  
Other electric revenues
    141,162       129,583       271,352       250,877  
Other revenues
    32,345       50,412       65,789       113,277  
 
                       
Total operating revenues
    4,215,187       3,771,928       7,898,097       7,180,597  
 
                       
Operating Expenses:
                               
Fuel
    1,622,074       1,457,506       3,074,017       2,774,025  
Purchased power
    197,260       100,136       290,164       164,209  
Other operations
    619,369       586,377       1,209,795       1,151,749  
Maintenance
    295,629       289,039       602,020       571,034  
Depreciation and amortization
    358,745       310,286       702,630       616,630  
Taxes other than income taxes
    198,042       184,527       387,314       367,566  
 
                       
Total operating expenses
    3,291,119       2,927,871       6,265,940       5,645,213  
 
                       
Operating Income
    924,068       844,057       1,632,157       1,535,384  
Other Income and (Expense):
                               
Allowance for equity funds used during construction
    35,486       23,597       76,071       43,771  
Interest income
    1,188       9,660       10,993       20,215  
Equity in income (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries
    1,097       (13,567 )     1,425       (20,302 )
Leveraged lease income (losses)
    (70,879 )     9,707       (59,954 )     19,569  
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized
    (228,947 )     (222,576 )     (446,056 )     (440,426 )
Preferred and preference dividends of subsidiaries
    (16,195 )     (10,129 )     (32,390 )     (20,258 )
Other income (expense), net
    (4,484 )     (6,015 )     (3,570 )     (8,946 )
 
                       
Total other income and (expense)
    (282,734 )     (209,323 )     (453,481 )     (406,377 )
 
                       
Earnings Before Income Taxes
    641,334       634,734       1,178,676       1,129,007  
Income taxes
    224,952       205,581       403,090       361,165  
 
                       
Consolidated Net Income
  $ 416,382     $ 429,153     $ 775,586     $ 767,842  
 
                       
Common Stock Data:
                               
Earnings per share —
                               
Basic
  $ 0.54     $ 0.57     $ 1.01     $ 1.02  
Diluted
  $ 0.54     $ 0.56     $ 1.00     $ 1.01  
Average number of shares of common stock outstanding (in thousands)
                               
Basic
    769,122       755,137       767,636       752,698  
Diluted
    773,140       759,846       771,727       757,596  
Cash dividends paid per share of common stock
  $ 0.4200     $ 0.4025     $ 0.8225     $ 0.7900  
The accompanying notes as they relate to Southern Company are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

9


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
                 
    For the Six Months  
    Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Operating Activities:
               
Consolidated net income
  $ 775,586     $ 767,842  
Adjustments to reconcile consolidated net income to net cash provided from operating activities —
               
Depreciation and amortization
    831,791       732,511  
Deferred income taxes and investment tax credits
    (79,033 )     85,007  
Deferred revenues
    57,768       (6,193 )
Allowance for equity funds used during construction
    (76,071 )     (43,771 )
Equity in income (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries
    (1,425 )     20,302  
Leveraged lease income (losses)
    59,954       (19,569 )
Pension, postretirement, and other employee benefits
    24,596       21,510  
Stock option expense
    15,734       23,454  
Derivative fair value adjustments
    6,652       (958 )
Hedge settlements
    17,289       7,866  
Hurricane Katrina grant proceeds-property reserve
          60,000  
Other, net
    (11,504 )     (6,875 )
Changes in certain current assets and liabilities —
               
Receivables
    (317,403 )     (122,018 )
Fossil fuel stock
    (121,823 )     (113,570 )
Materials and supplies
    (28,609 )     (36,002 )
Other current assets
    (54,536 )     (69,985 )
Hurricane Katrina grant proceeds
          14,345  
Accounts payable
    161,703       (31,681 )
Accrued taxes
    181,105       (82,875 )
Accrued compensation
    (185,500 )     (251,073 )
Other current liabilities
    121,336       26,103  
 
           
Net cash provided from operating activities
    1,377,610       974,370  
 
           
Investing Activities:
               
Property additions
    (1,983,177 )     (1,568,357 )
Investment in restricted cash from pollution control bonds
    (161 )     (96,049 )
Distribution of restricted cash from pollution control bonds
    32,908        
Nuclear decommissioning trust fund purchases
    (405,999 )     (322,509 )
Nuclear decommissioning trust fund sales
    399,119       315,629  
Proceeds from property sales
    5,495       28,602  
Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries
    (2,780 )     (25,185 )
Cost of removal, net of salvage
    (40,757 )     (40,957 )
Hurricane Katrina capital grant proceeds
    7,314       10,869  
Other
    (35,907 )     15,877  
 
           
Net cash used for investing activities
    (2,023,945 )     (1,682,080 )
 
           
Financing Activities:
               
Decrease in notes payable, net
    (151,513 )     (445,605 )
Proceeds —
               
Long-term debt
    1,684,935       2,531,500  
Common stock
    235,454       311,485  
Redemptions —
               
Long-term debt
    (361,263 )     (1,084,078 )
Preferred stock
    (125,000 )      
Payment of common stock dividends
    (630,594 )     (593,991 )
Other
    (12,267 )     (9,610 )
 
           
Net cash provided from financing activities
    639,752       709,701  
 
           
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    (6,583 )     1,991  
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period
    200,550       166,846  
 
           
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period
  $ 193,967     $ 168,837  
 
           
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
               
Cash paid during the period for —
               
Interest (net of $39,434 and $26,926 capitalized for 2008 and 2007, respectively)
  $ 389,466     $ 391,105  
Income taxes (net of refunds)
  $ 280,902     $ 266,273  
The accompanying notes as they relate to Southern Company are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

10


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
                 
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
Assets   2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Current Assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 193,967     $ 200,550  
Restricted cash
    41,406       68,013  
Receivables —
               
Customer accounts receivable
    1,199,505       999,264  
Unbilled revenues
    426,817       294,487  
Under recovered regulatory clause revenues
    519,002       715,744  
Other accounts and notes receivable
    379,994       347,573  
Accumulated provision for uncollectible accounts
    (23,384 )     (22,142 )
Fossil fuel stock, at average cost
    836,265       709,823  
Materials and supplies, at average cost
    746,435       725,001  
Vacation pay
    134,285       134,806  
Assets from risk management activities
    312,156       83,043  
Prepaid expenses
    297,999       147,903  
Other
    304,169       328,167  
 
           
Total current assets
    5,368,616       4,732,232  
 
           
Property, Plant, and Equipment:
               
In service
    49,537,608       47,175,717  
Less accumulated depreciation
    17,887,372       17,412,658  
 
           
 
    31,650,236       29,763,059  
Nuclear fuel, at amortized cost
    459,377       336,129  
Construction work in progress
    2,452,957       3,227,605  
 
           
Total property, plant, and equipment
    34,562,570       33,326,793  
 
           
Other Property and Investments:
               
Nuclear decommissioning trusts, at fair value
    1,054,152       1,131,798  
Leveraged leases
    923,451       984,441  
Other
    212,127       237,400  
 
           
Total other property and investments
    2,189,730       2,353,639  
 
           
Deferred Charges and Other Assets:
               
Deferred charges related to income taxes
    944,201       910,402  
Prepaid pension costs
    2,415,092       2,368,798  
Unamortized debt issuance expense
    200,756       190,700  
Unamortized loss on reacquired debt
    278,203       288,973  
Deferred under recovered regulatory clause revenues
    525,926       388,945  
Other regulatory assets
    861,530       769,226  
Other
    511,631       459,172  
 
           
Total deferred charges and other assets
    5,737,339       5,376,216  
 
           
 
Total Assets
  $ 47,858,255     $ 45,788,880  
 
           
The accompanying notes as they relate to Southern Company are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

11


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
                 
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity   2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Current Liabilities:
               
Securities due within one year
  $ 947,837     $ 1,177,889  
Notes payable
    1,119,944       1,271,457  
Accounts payable
    1,396,380       1,213,766  
Customer deposits
    290,234       273,800  
Accrued taxes —
               
Income taxes
    33,907       52,237  
Unrecognized tax benefits
    279,819       164,599  
Other
    302,274       329,895  
Accrued interest
    243,888       217,883  
Accrued vacation pay
    168,920       170,574  
Accrued compensation
    228,592       407,543  
Other regulatory liabilities
    345,929       34,352  
Other
    348,224       316,665  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    5,705,948       5,630,660  
 
           
Long-term Debt
    15,582,929       14,143,114  
 
           
Deferred Credits and Other Liabilities:
               
Accumulated deferred income taxes
    5,884,614       5,838,674  
Deferred credits related to income taxes
    265,527       272,181  
Accumulated deferred investment tax credits
    467,388       479,302  
Employee benefit obligations
    1,524,918       1,492,472  
Asset retirement obligations
    1,147,394       1,200,094  
Other cost of removal obligations
    1,326,393       1,307,732  
Other regulatory liabilities
    1,737,912       1,613,004  
Other
    362,896       346,371  
 
           
Total deferred credits and other liabilities
    12,717,042       12,549,830  
 
           
Total Liabilities
    34,005,919       32,323,604  
 
           
Preferred and Preference Stock of Subsidiaries
    1,081,863       1,080,248  
 
           
Common Stockholders’ Equity:
               
Common stock, par value $5 per share —
               
Authorized — 1 billion shares
               
Issued — June 30, 2008: 770,617,262 Shares;
               
— December 31, 2007: 763,502,427 Shares
               
Treasury — June 30, 2008: 429,966 Shares;
               
— December 31, 2007: 398,746 Shares
               
Par value
    3,853,038       3,817,453  
Paid-in capital
    1,678,470       1,454,288  
Treasury, at cost
    (12,207 )     (11,143 )
Retained earnings
    7,295,431       7,154,596  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (44,259 )     (30,166 )
 
           
Total Common Stockholders’ Equity
    12,770,473       12,385,028  
 
           
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
  $ 47,858,255     $ 45,788,880  
 
           
The accompanying notes as they relate to Southern Company are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

12


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (UNAUDITED)
                                 
    For the Three Months     For the Six Months  
    Ended June 30,     Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)  
Consolidated Net Income
  $ 416,382     $ 429,153     $ 775,586     $ 767,842  
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                               
Qualifying hedges:
                               
Changes in fair value, net of tax of $2,571, $14,996, $(11,417), and $13,429, respectively
    4,337       23,839       (17,914 )     21,371  
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income, net of tax of $2,371, $1,420, $4,149, and $2,679, respectively
    3,734       2,197       6,509       4,401  
Marketable securities:
                               
Change in fair value, net of tax of $(319), $1,086, $(2,456), and $1,904, respectively
    (925 )     1,320       (4,026 )     2,627  
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income, net of tax of $-, $(361), $-, and $(361), respectively
          (573 )           (573 )
Pension and other post retirement benefit plans:
                               
Benefit plan net gain (loss), net of tax of $-, $(1,510),$-, and $(1,510), respectively
          (2,424 )           (2,424 )
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income, net of tax of $277, $280, $536, and $527, respectively
    471       404       882       842  
 
                       
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
    7,617       24,763       (14,549 )     26,244  
 
                       
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
  $ 423,999     $ 453,916     $ 761,037     $ 794,086  
 
                       
The accompanying notes as they relate to Southern Company are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

13


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
SECOND QUARTER 2008 vs. SECOND QUARTER 2007
AND
YEAR-TO-DATE 2008 vs. YEAR-TO-DATE 2007
OVERVIEW
Discussion of the results of operations is focused on Southern Company’s primary business of electricity sales in the Southeast by the traditional operating companies – Alabama Power, Georgia Power, Gulf Power, and Mississippi Power – and Southern Power. The traditional operating companies are vertically integrated utilities providing electric service in four Southeastern states. Southern Power constructs, acquires, and manages generation assets and sells electricity at market-based rates in the wholesale market. Southern Company’s other business activities include investments in leveraged lease projects, telecommunications, and energy-related services. For additional information on these businesses, see BUSINESS – The Southern Company System – “Traditional Operating Companies,” “Southern Power,” and “Other Businesses” in Item 1 of the Form 10-K.
Southern Company continues to focus on several key performance indicators. These indicators include customer satisfaction, plant availability, system reliability, and earnings per share. For additional information on these indicators, see MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – OVERVIEW – “Key Performance Indicators” of Southern Company in Item 7 of the Form 10-K.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Net Income
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$(12.8)   (3.0)   $7.8   1.0
 
Southern Company’s second quarter 2008 earnings were $416.4 million ($0.54 per share) compared to $429.2 million ($0.57 per share) for the second quarter 2007. The decrease in the second quarter 2008 when compared to the same period in 2007 was primarily the result of a significant charge related to leveraged lease investments, higher other operations and maintenance expenses, and higher depreciation and amortization. The second quarter 2008 decrease was partially offset by an increase in contributions from market-response rates to large commercial and industrial customers and retail base rate increases at Alabama Power and Georgia Power.
Southern Company’s year-to-date 2008 earnings were $775.6 million ($1.01 per share) compared to $767.8 million ($1.02 per share) for year-to-date 2007. The increase for year-to-date 2008 when compared to the same period in 2007 was primarily the result of an increase in contributions from market-response rates to large commercial and industrial customers, retail base rate increases at Alabama Power and Georgia Power, and an increase in allowance for equity funds used during construction. The year-to-date 2008 increase was partially offset by a significant charge related to leveraged lease investments, higher other operations and maintenance expenses, and higher depreciation and amortization.
Retail Revenues
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$344.8   11.1   $606.6   10.4
 
In the second quarter 2008, retail revenues were $3.45 billion compared to $3.11 billion for the same period in 2007.

14


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
For year-to-date 2008, retail revenues were $6.46 billion compared to $5.85 billion for the same period in 2007.
Details of the change to retail revenues follow:
                                 
    Second Quarter     Year-to-Date  
    2008     2008  
    (in millions)     (% change)     (in millions)     (% change)  
Retail – prior year
  $ 3,105.1             $ 5,848.9          
Estimated change in —
                               
Rates and pricing
    213.5       6.9       348.3       6.0  
Sales growth
    0.9       0.0       23.4       0.4  
Weather
    (14.5 )     (0.5 )     (13.3 )     (0.2 )
Fuel and other cost recovery
    144.9       4.7       248.2       4.2  
 
Retail – current year
  $ 3,449.9       11.1 %   $ 6,455.5       10.4 %
 
Revenues associated with changes in rates and pricing increased in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 when compared to the same periods in 2007 primarily as a result of an increase in revenues from market-response rates to large commercial and industrial customers and retail base rate increases at Alabama Power and Georgia Power.
Revenues attributable to changes in sales growth were insignificant in the second quarter 2008 when compared to the same period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, revenues attributable to changes in sales growth increased when compared to the same period in 2007 due to a 0.2% increase in weather-adjusted retail KWH sales resulting primarily from a 0.9% increase in customer growth, partially offset by a 0.7% decrease in usage among customers mainly due to a higher housing inventory in Southern Company’s service area as compared to the same period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, weather-adjusted residential KWH sales increased 0.1%, weather-adjusted commercial KWH sales increased 1.3%, and weather-adjusted industrial KWH sales decreased 0.7%.
Revenues resulting from changes in weather decreased because of less favorable weather in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 when compared to the same periods in 2007.
Fuel and other cost recovery revenues increased $144.9 million in the second quarter 2008 and $248.2 million for year-to-date 2008 when compared to the same periods in 2007. Electric rates for the traditional operating companies include provisions to adjust billings for fluctuations in fuel costs, including the energy component of purchased power costs. Under these provisions, fuel revenues generally equal fuel expenses, including the fuel component of purchased power costs, and do not affect net income.
Wholesale Revenues
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$104.9
  21.6   $137.9   14.3
 
In the second quarter 2008, wholesale revenues were $591.8 million compared to $486.9 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to a rise in fuel revenues due to a 14.2% increase in the average unit cost of fuel per net KWH generated, higher revenues associated with new and existing wholesale contracts, and generating plant operational performance incentives on existing wholesale contracts.

15


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
For year-to-date 2008, wholesale revenues were $1.11 billion compared to $0.97 billion for the same period in 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to a rise in fuel revenues due to a 12.0% increase in the average unit cost of fuel per net KWH generated and higher revenues associated with new and existing wholesale contracts. Partially offsetting the year-to-date 2008 increase were lower revenues from short-term opportunity sales. Short-term opportunity sales are made at market-based rates that generally provide a margin above Southern Company’s variable cost to produce the energy.
Other Electric Revenues
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$11.6   8.9   $20.5   8.2
 
In the second quarter 2008, other electric revenues were $141.2 million compared to $129.6 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was primarily the result of a $6.1 million increase in co-generation revenues due to higher natural gas prices and a $6.6 million increase related to the settlement of transmission service agreements with Calpine Corporation (Calpine).
For year-to-date 2008, other electric revenues were $271.4 million compared to $250.9 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was primarily the result of a $9.2 million increase in co-generation revenues due to higher natural gas prices, a $6.6 million increase related to the settlement of transmission service agreements with Calpine, an increase in customer fees of $3.8 million, and an increase in outdoor lighting revenues of $3.6 million.
Other Revenues
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$(18.1)   (35.8)   $(47.5)   (41.9)
 
In the second quarter 2008, other revenues were $32.3 million compared to $50.4 million for the same period in 2007. The decrease was primarily the result of a $15.3 million decrease in fuel procurement service revenues following a contract termination in 2007.
For year-to-date 2008, other revenues were $65.8 million compared to $113.3 million for the same period in 2007. The decrease was primarily the result of a $31.8 million decrease in fuel procurement service revenues following a contract termination in 2007 and a $3.9 million decrease in revenues at a subsidiary that provides energy-related services.
Fuel and Purchased Power Expenses
                                 
    Second Quarter 2008     Year-to-Date 2008  
    vs.     vs.  
    Second Quarter 2007     Year-to-Date 2007  
    (change in millions)     (% change)     (change in millions)     (% change)  
Fuel
  $ 164.6       11.3     $ 300.0       10.8  
Purchased power
    97.1       97.0       126.0       76.7  
                     
Total fuel and purchased power expenses
  $ 261.7             $ 426.0          
                     

16


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
In the second quarter 2008, fuel and purchased power expenses were $1.82 billion compared to $1.56 billion for the same period in 2007. The increase in fuel and purchased power expenses was due to a $226.5 million net increase in the average cost of fuel and purchased power, primarily related to an 18.5% increase in the cost of coal per net KWH generated. Also contributing to the increase was a $35.2 million net increase related to total KWHs generated and purchased when compared to the same period in 2007.
For year-to-date 2008, fuel and purchased power expenses were $3.36 billion compared to $2.94 billion for the same period in 2007. The increase in fuel and purchased power expenses was due to a $367.8 million net increase in the average cost of fuel and purchased power, primarily related to a 15.7% increase in the cost of coal per net KWH generated. Also contributing to the increase was a $58.2 million net increase related to total KWHs generated and purchased when compared to the same period in 2007.
Increases in fuel expense at the traditional operating companies are generally offset by fuel revenues and do not affect net income. See FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “FERC and State PSC Matters – Retail Fuel Cost Recovery” herein for additional information. Fuel expenses incurred under Southern Power’s PPAs are generally the responsibility of the counterparties and do not significantly affect net income.
Details of Southern Company’s cost of generation and purchased power are as follows:
                                                 
    Second Quarter     Second Quarter     Percent     Year-to-Date     Year-to-Date     Percent  
Average Cost   2008     2007     Change     2008     2007     Change  
 
   
(cents per net KWH)
 
(cents per net KWH)
Fuel
    3.29       2.88       14.2       3.18       2.84       12.0  
Purchased power
    8.82       7.80       13.1       7.47       6.51       14.8  
 
Energy purchases will vary depending on demand for energy within the Southern Company service area, the market cost of available energy as compared to the cost of Southern Company system-generated energy, and the availability of Southern Company system generation.
Other Operations and Maintenance Expenses
                                 
    Second Quarter 2008     Year-to-Date 2008  
    vs.     vs.  
    Second Quarter 2007     Year-to-Date 2007  
    (change in millions)     (% change)     (change in millions)     (% change)  
Other operations
  $ 33.0       5.6     $ 58.0       5.0  
Maintenance
    6.6       2.3       31.0       5.4  
       
Total other operations and maintenance
  $ 39.6             $ 89.0          
       
In the second quarter 2008, other operations and maintenance expenses were $915.0 million compared to $875.4 million for the same period in 2007. The increase in other operations and maintenance expenses resulted primarily from a $17.9 million increase in fossil and hydro expenses due to costs incurred for scheduled outages and maintenance of fossil and hydro generating units, as well as expenses for new facilities; a $13.2 million increase in administrative and general expenses mainly resulting from increases in affiliated service company expenses and property damage expenses; a $7.8 million increase in customer account expenses largely related to increases in records and collections expenses and bad debt expense; and a $5.4 million increase in nuclear expenses due to costs incurred for maintenance of nuclear generating units and increases in commodity and labor costs.

17


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
For year-to-date 2008, other operations and maintenance expenses were $1.81 billion compared to $1.72 billion for the same period in 2007. The increase in other operations and maintenance expenses resulted primarily from a $46.2 million increase in fossil and hydro expenses due to costs incurred for scheduled outages, maintenance of fossil and hydro generating units, increases in commodity and labor costs, and expenses for new facilities; a $20.1 million increase in administrative and general expenses mainly resulting from increases in affiliated service company expenses and property damage expenses; a $17.2 million increase in customer account expenses largely related to increases in records and collections expenses, bad debt expense, and meter reading; and a $16.9 million increase in nuclear expenses due to costs incurred for maintenance of nuclear generating units and increases in commodity and labor costs.
Depreciation and Amortization
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$48.4
  15.6   $86.0   13.9
 
In the second quarter 2008, depreciation and amortization was $358.7 million compared to $310.3 million for the same period in 2007.
For year-to-date 2008, depreciation and amortization was $702.6 million compared to $616.6 million for the same period in 2007.
The increases in depreciation and amortization in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 when compared to the same periods in 2007 resulted primarily from an increase in plant in service related to environmental, transmission, and distribution projects mainly at Alabama Power and Georgia Power. An increase in depreciation rates at Georgia Power and Southern Power also contributed to the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 increases, as well as the completion of Southern Power’s Plant Oleander Unit 5 in December 2007 and Plant Franklin Unit 3 in June 2008.
Taxes Other Than Income Taxes
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$13.5   7.3   $19.7   5.4
 
In the second quarter 2008, taxes other than income taxes were $198.0 million compared to $184.5 million for the same period in 2007.
For year-to-date 2008, taxes other than income taxes were $387.3 million compared to $367.6 million for the same period in 2007.
The increases in taxes other than income taxes in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 when compared to the same periods in 2007 resulted primarily from increases in franchise fees and municipal gross receipt taxes associated with increases in revenues from energy sales.

18


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Allowance for Equity Funds Used During Construction
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$11.9   50.4   $32.3   73.8
 
In the second quarter 2008, allowance for equity funds used during construction was $35.5 million compared to $23.6 million for the same period in 2007.
For year-to-date 2008, allowance for equity funds used during construction was $76.1 million compared to $43.8 million for the same period in 2007.
The increases in allowance for equity funds used during construction in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 when compared to the same periods in 2007 were primarily the result of additional investments in environmental projects mainly at Georgia Power and Gulf Power, transmission projects at Georgia Power, as well as generation facilities at Georgia Power. Additional investments in environmental projects at Alabama Power also contributed to the year-to-date 2008 increase.
Interest Income
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$(8.5)   (87.7)   $(9.2)   (45.6)
 
In the second quarter 2008, interest income was $1.2 million compared to $9.7 million for the same period in 2007.
For year-to-date 2008, interest income was $11.0 million compared to $20.2 million for the same period in 2007.
The decreases in interest income in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 when compared to the same periods in 2007 were primarily the result of the reversal of accrued interest income on IRS deposits related to sale-in-lease-out (SILO) transactions.
Equity in Income (Losses) of Unconsolidated Subsidiaries
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$14.7   108.1   $21.7   107.0
 
In the second quarter 2008, equity in income (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries was $1.1 million compared to $(13.6) million for the same period in 2007.
For year-to-date 2008, equity in income (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries was $1.4 million compared to $(20.3) million for the same period in 2007.
The increases in equity in income (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 when compared with the same periods in 2007 were primarily the result of Southern Company ending its investment in synthetic fuel production facilities in December 2007.

19


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Leveraged Lease Income (Losses)
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$(80.6)   (830.2)   $(79.6)   (406.4)
 
In the second quarter 2008, leveraged lease income (losses) were $(70.9) million compared to $9.7 million for the same period in 2007.
For year-to-date 2008, leveraged lease income (losses) were $(60.0) million compared to $19.6 million for the same period in 2007.
Southern Company has several leveraged lease agreements which relate to international and domestic energy generation, distribution, and transportation assets. Southern Company receives federal income tax deductions for depreciation and amortization, as well as interest on long-term debt related to these investments. The decreases in leveraged lease income in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008, when compared to the same periods in 2007, were primarily the result of a $51.2 million after tax adjustment in the second quarter 2008 relating to the application of FASB Staff Position No. 13-2, “Accounting for a Change in the Timing of Cash Flows Relating to Income Taxes Generated by a Leveraged Lease Transaction” (FSP 13-2). See FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Income Tax Matters – Leveraged Lease Transactions” and Note (B) to the Condensed Financial Statements under “INCOME TAX MATTERS – Leveraged Lease Transactions” herein for further information.
Preferred and Preference Dividends of Subsidiaries
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$6.1   59.9   $12.1   59.9
 
In the second quarter 2008, preferred and preference dividends of subsidiaries were $16.2 million compared to $10.1 million for the same period in 2007.
For year-to-date 2008, preferred and preference dividends of subsidiaries were $32.4 million compared to $20.3 million for the same period in 2007.
The increases in preferred and preference dividends of subsidiaries in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 when compared to the same periods in 2007 resulted primarily from the issuance of $470 million of preference stock in September and October 2007, partially offset by the redemption of $125 million of preferred stock in January 2008. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Financing Activities” of Southern Company in Item 7 of the Form 10-K and herein for further information.
Income Taxes
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$19.4   9.4   $41.9   11.6
 
In the second quarter 2008, income taxes were $225.0 million compared to $205.6 million for the same period in 2007.
For year-to-date 2008, income taxes were $403.1 million compared to $361.2 million for the same period in 2007.

20


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The increases in income taxes in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 when compared to the same periods in 2007 resulted primarily from higher pre-tax earnings and a decrease in net synthetic fuel tax credits, partially offset by lower leveraged lease income, the tax benefit associated with an increase in allowance for equity funds used during construction, and an increase in the IRC Section 199 production activities deduction. See Note (H) to the Condensed Financial Statements under “Effective Tax Rate” herein for further information.
FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL
The results of operations discussed above are not necessarily indicative of Southern Company’s future earnings potential. The level of Southern Company’s future earnings depends on numerous factors that affect the opportunities, challenges, and risks of Southern Company’s primary business of selling electricity. These factors include the traditional operating companies’ ability to maintain a stable regulatory environment that continues to allow for the recovery of all prudently incurred costs during a time of increasing costs. Other major factors include profitability of the competitive wholesale supply business and federal regulatory policy (including the FERC’s market-based rate proceeding), which may impact Southern Company’s level of participation in this market. Future earnings for the electricity business in the near term will depend, in part, upon growth in energy sales, which is subject to a number of factors. These factors include weather, competition, new energy contracts with neighboring utilities, energy conservation practiced by customers, the price of electricity, the price elasticity of demand, and the rate of economic growth in the service area. In addition, the level of future earnings for the wholesale supply business also depends on numerous factors including creditworthiness of customers, total generating capacity available in the Southeast, and the successful remarketing of capacity as current contracts expire. For additional information relating to these issues, see RISK FACTORS in Item 1A and MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL of Southern Company in Item 7 of the Form
10-K.
Environmental Matters
Compliance costs related to the Clean Air Act and other environmental statutes and regulations could affect earnings if such costs cannot continue to be fully recovered in rates on a timely basis. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters” of Southern Company in Item 7 and Note 3 to the financial statements of Southern Company under “Environmental Matters” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information.
New Source Review Actions
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters – New Source Review Actions” of Southern Company in Item 7 and Note 3 to the financial statements of Southern Company under “Environmental Matters – New Source Review Actions” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information regarding a civil action brought by the EPA alleging that Alabama Power had violated the NSR provisions of the Clean Air Act and related state laws with respect to certain of its coal-fired generating facilities. On July 24, 2008, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Alabama granted partial summary judgment in favor of Alabama Power regarding the proper legal test for determining whether projects are routine maintenance, repair, and replacement and therefore are excluded from NSR permitting. The decision does not resolve the case, the ultimate outcome of which cannot be determined at this time.

21


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Clean Air Interstate Rule
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters – Environmental Statutes and Regulations – Air Quality” of Southern Company in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for background regarding the Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR). On July 11, 2008, in response to petitions brought by certain states and regulated industries challenging particular aspects of CAIR, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit issued a decision vacating CAIR in its entirety and remanding it to the EPA for further action consistent with its opinion. Southern Company’s overall environmental compliance strategy has been developed in response to numerous federal and state regulatory requirements, many of which remain unaffected by the court’s ruling; however, the court’s decision has the potential to impact future decision making regarding capital expenditures, the installation and operation of pollution control equipment, and the purchase, use, and associated carrying values of emissions allowances. The ultimate impact of the court’s decision cannot be determined at this time and may depend on subsequent legal action, including issuance of the court’s mandate, and future rulemaking and regulatory treatment.
Eight-Hour Ozone Regulations
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters – Environmental Statutes and Regulations – Air Quality” of Southern Company in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for additional information regarding revisions to the eight-hour ozone air quality standard. In March 2008, the EPA finalized its revisions to the eight-hour ozone standard, increasing its stringency. The EPA plans to designate nonattainment areas based on the new standard by 2010, and new nonattainment areas within Southern Company’s service territory are expected. The ultimate outcome of this matter cannot be determined at this time and will depend on subsequent legal action and/or future nonattainment designations and regulatory plans.
Carbon Dioxide Litigation
On February 26, 2008, the Native Village of Kivalina and the City of Kivalina filed a suit in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California against several electric utilities (including Southern Company), several oil companies, and a coal company. The plaintiffs are the governing bodies of an Inupiat village in Alaska. The plaintiffs contend that the village is being destroyed by erosion allegedly caused by global warming that the plaintiffs attribute to emissions of greenhouse gases by the defendants. The plaintiffs assert claims for public and private nuisance and contend that the defendants have acted in concert and are therefore jointly and severally liable for the plaintiffs’ damages. The suit seeks damages for lost property values and for the cost of relocating the village, which cost is alleged to be $95 million to $400 million. On June 30, 2008, all defendants filed motions to dismiss this case. Southern Company believes that these claims are without merit and notes that the complaint cites no statutory or regulatory basis for the claims. The ultimate outcome of this matter cannot be determined at this time.
Global Climate Issues
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters – Global Climate Issues” of Southern Company in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for additional information regarding executive orders issued by the Governor of the State of Florida addressing reduction of greenhouse gas emissions within the state. On June 25, 2008, Florida’s Governor signed comprehensive energy-related legislation that includes authorization for the Florida Department of Environmental Protection to adopt rules for a cap-and-trade regulatory program to address greenhouse gas emissions from electric utilities, conditioned upon their ratification by the legislature no sooner than the 2010 legislative session. This legislation also authorizes the Florida PSC to adopt a renewable portfolio standard for

22


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
public utilities, subject to legislative ratification. The impact of this legislation on Southern Company will depend on the development, adoption, legislative ratification, implementation, and potential legal challenges in connection with rules governing greenhouse gas emissions and mandates regarding the use of renewable energy, and the ultimate outcome cannot be determined at this time.
FERC and State PSC Matters
Retail Fuel Cost Recovery
The traditional operating companies each have established fuel cost recovery rates approved by their respective state PSCs. Over the past several years, the traditional operating companies have continued to experience higher than expected fuel costs for coal, natural gas, and uranium. These higher fuel costs have resulted in under recovered fuel costs included in the balance sheets of approximately $1.0 billion at June 30, 2008 as compared to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2007. Operating revenues are adjusted for differences in actual recoverable fuel costs and amounts billed in current regulated rates. Accordingly, changes to the billing factors will have no significant effect on Southern Company’s revenues or net income but will affect cash flow. The traditional operating companies continuously monitor the under recovered fuel cost balance in light of these higher fuel costs. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “PSC Matters – Fuel Cost Recovery” of Southern Company in Item 7 and Note 3 to the financial statements of Southern Company under “Alabama Power Retail Regulatory Matters” and “Georgia Power Retail Regulatory Matters” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information.
On February 29, 2008, Georgia Power filed a request with the Georgia PSC to change the fuel cost recovery rate effective June 1, 2008. The request was approved on May 20, 2008. Total annual fuel recovery billings increased by approximately $222 million. Georgia Power is required to file its next fuel cost recovery case by March 1, 2009.
Gulf Power filed a petition on June 20, 2008 with the Florida PSC requesting an adjustment to the fuel cost recovery factor due to a projected increase in the expected under recovery balance at year end 2008. On July 29, 2008, the Florida PSC approved Gulf Power’s request for an increase of approximately 28.3% in the fuel factor for retail customers. This change represents an increase of 11.3% for a residential customer billing of 1,000 KWH per month. The increase will result in the recovery of $38.2 million of the projected under recovered balance during the period September through December 2008. The remaining portion of the projected under recovered balance is expected to be recovered in 2009. The fuel cost recovery factor will be reviewed again by the Florida PSC in November 2008 as a normal part of its ongoing oversight over fuel cost recovery matters with the resulting adjustment to rates to take effect in January 2009.
Mississippi Base Load Construction Legislation
In the 2008 regular session of the Mississippi legislature, a bill was passed and signed by the Governor on May 9, 2008 to enhance the Mississippi PSC’s authority to facilitate development and construction of base load generation in the State of Mississippi. The bill authorizes, but does not require, the Mississippi PSC to include in retail base rates, prior to and during construction, all or a portion of the prudently incurred pre-construction and construction costs incurred by a utility in constructing a base load electric generating plant. The bill also provides for periodic prudence reviews by the Mississippi PSC and prohibits the cancellation of any such generating plant without the approval of the Mississippi PSC. In the event of cancellation of the construction of the plant without approval of the Mississippi PSC, the bill authorizes the Mississippi PSC to make a public interest determination as to whether and to what extent the utility will be afforded rate recovery for costs incurred in connection with such cancelled generating plant. The effect of this legislation on Mississippi Power cannot now be determined.

23


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Income Tax Matters
Leveraged Lease Transactions
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Income Tax Matters – Leveraged Lease Transactions” of Southern Company in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for information regarding pending litigation and proposed legislation related to the SILO transactions. Also see Note 1 to the financial statements of Southern Company under “Income and Other Taxes,” Note 3 to the financial statements of Southern Company under “Income Tax Matters,” and Note 5 to the financial statements of Southern Company under “Unrecognized Tax Benefits” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K and Note (H) to the Condensed Financial Statements under “Unrecognized Tax Benefits” herein for information regarding Southern Company’s unrecognized tax benefit related to the SILO transactions.
During the second quarter 2008, decisions in favor of the IRS were reached in several court cases involving other tax payers with similar leveraged lease investments. Pursuant to the application of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (FIN 48) and FSP 13-2, management is required to assess, on a periodic basis, the likely outcome of the uncertain tax positions related to the SILO transactions. Based on these accounting standards and management’s review of the recent court decisions, Southern Company recorded an after tax charge of approximately $67 million in the second quarter 2008. Of the total, approximately $16 million is associated with the application of FIN 48 and represents additional interest expense related to tax returns for years 2000 through 2007 and approximately $51 million represents non-cash charges related to the application of FSP 13-2. The charges related to FSP 13-2 reflect the reallocation of lease income and will be recognized as income over the remaining term of the affected leases. The tax benefit associated with the lease transactions represents timing differences that do not impact total net income over the life of the transactions. The ultimate impact on Southern Company’s net income and cash flow will be dependent on the outcome of its pending litigation, other court decisions, and proposed legislation, and cannot be determined at this time.
Bonus Depreciation
On February 13, 2008, President Bush signed the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008 (Stimulus Act) into law. The Stimulus Act includes a provision that allows 50% bonus depreciation for certain property acquired in 2008 and placed in service in 2008 or, in certain limited cases, 2009. The States of Alabama, Florida, Georgia, and Mississippi do not allow the bonus depreciation deduction allowed by the Stimulus Act for state income tax purposes. Southern Company is currently assessing the financial implications of the Stimulus Act and estimates the cash flow reduction to tax payments for 2008 to be between $120 million and $215 million.
Construction Projects
Integrated Coal Gasification Combined Cycle
As part of the evaluation and screening of alternatives to meet its future generation needs, Mississippi Power is considering the construction of an advanced coal gasification facility to be located in Kemper County, Mississippi, that would use locally mined lignite coal. The plant would use an air-blown IGCC technology that generates power from low-rank coals and coals with high moisture or high ash content. These coals, which include lignite, make up approximately half the proven United States and worldwide coal reserves. The feasibility assessment of the project is currently underway. Mississippi Power filed an application in June 2006 with the DOE for certain tax credits available to projects using clean coal technologies under the Energy Policy Act of 2005. The DOE subsequently certified the project and in November 2006, the IRS allocated IRC Section 48A tax credits of $133 million to Mississippi Power. The utilization of these credits is dependent

24


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
upon meeting the certification requirements for the project, including an in-service date no later than November 2013. On February 14, 2008, Mississippi Power also requested that the DOE transfer the remaining funds previously granted to another Southern Company project that would have been located in Orlando, Florida. The Orlando project was cancelled in 2007.
In December 2006, the Mississippi PSC approved Mississippi Power’s request for accounting treatment of the costs associated with Mississippi Power’s generation resource planning, evaluation, and screening activities. The Mississippi PSC gave Mississippi Power the authority to defer such costs as a regulatory asset. In December 2007, Mississippi Power reported to the Mississippi PSC an updated estimate and received an order directing Mississippi Power to continue charging all costs associated with the generation capacity assessment to the regulatory asset. At June 30, 2008, Mississippi Power had spent $31.1 million, of which $2.7 million related to land purchases capitalized. Of the remaining $28.4 million, the retail portion of $20 million was deferred in other regulatory assets and the wholesale portion of $8.4 million was expensed. Of this $8.4 million, $4.3 million and $4.1 million are related to expenses through June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The retail portion of these costs will be charged to and remain as a regulatory asset until the Mississippi PSC determines the prudence and ultimate recovery of such costs, which decision is expected by January 2009. The balance of such regulatory asset is included in Mississippi Power’s rate base for retail ratemaking purposes. Approval by various regulatory agencies, including the Mississippi PSC, will also be required if the project proceeds. The Mississippi PSC, in its discretion, may exercise its additional rate authority granted to the Mississippi PSC in the Mississippi base load construction legislation if the project proceeds. See “FERC and State PSC Matters – Mississippi Base Load Construction Legislation” herein for additional information.
The final outcome of this matter cannot now be determined.
Nuclear
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Construction Projects – Nuclear” of Southern Company in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for information regarding the potential expansion of Plant Vogtle.
In August 2006, Southern Nuclear, on behalf of Georgia Power, OPC, MEAG Power, and Dalton Utilities (collectively, Owners), filed an application with the NRC for an early site permit approving two additional nuclear units on the site of Plant Vogtle. On March 31, 2008, Southern Nuclear filed an application with the NRC for a combined construction and operating license (COL) for the new units.
On April 8, 2008, Georgia Power, acting for itself and as agent for the Owners, and a consortium consisting of Westinghouse and Stone & Webster (collectively, Consortium) entered into an engineering, procurement, and construction agreement to design, engineer, procure, construct, and test two AP1000 nuclear units with electric generating capacity of approximately 1,100 MWs each and related facilities, structures, and improvements at Plant Vogtle (Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement).
The Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement is an arrangement whereby the Consortium supplies and constructs the entire facility with the exception of certain items provided by the Owners. Under the terms of the Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement, the Owners will pay a purchase price that will be subject to certain price escalation and adjustments, adjustments for change orders, and performance bonuses. Each Owner is severally (and not jointly) liable for its proportionate share, based on its ownership interest, of all amounts owed to the Consortium under the Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement. Georgia Power’s proportionate share, based on its current ownership interest, is 45.7%. Under the terms of a separate joint development agreement, the Owners finalized their ownership percentages on July 2, 2008, except for allowed changes, under certain limited circumstances, during the Georgia PSC certification process.

25


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Georgia Power submitted its self-build nuclear proposal to the Georgia PSC on May 1, 2008 in connection with its 2016-2017 base load capacity request for proposals (RFP). No other responses to the RFP were received. On August 1, 2008, Georgia Power submitted an application for the Georgia PSC to certify the project. A final certification decision is expected in March 2009.
If certified by the Georgia PSC and licensed by the NRC, Vogtle Units 3 and 4 are scheduled to be placed in service in 2016 and 2017, respectively. The total plant value to be placed in service will also include financing costs for each of the Owners, the impacts of inflation on costs, and transmission and other costs that are the responsibility of the Owners. Georgia Power’s proportionate share of the estimated in-service costs, based on its current ownership interest, is approximately $6.4 billion, subject to adjustments and performance bonuses under the Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement.
The Owners and the Consortium have agreed to certain liquidated damages upon the Consortium’s failure to comply with the schedule and performance guarantees. The Owners and the Consortium also have agreed to certain bonuses payable to the Consortium for early completion and unit performance. The Consortium’s liability to the Owners for schedule and performance liquidated damages and warranty claims is subject to a cap.
The obligations of Westinghouse and Stone & Webster under the Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement are guaranteed by Toshiba Corporation and The Shaw Group, Inc., respectively. In the event of certain credit rating downgrades of any Owner, such Owner will be required to provide a letter of credit or other credit enhancement.
The Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement is subject to certification by the Georgia PSC. In addition, the Owners may terminate the Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement at any time for their convenience, provided that the Owners will be required to pay certain termination costs and, at certain stages of the work, cancellation fees to the Consortium. The Consortium may terminate the Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement under certain circumstances, including delays in receipt of the COL or delivery of full notice to proceed, certain Owner suspension or delays of work, action by a governmental authority to permanently stop work, certain breaches of the Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement by the Owners, Owner insolvency, and certain other events.
Other Matters
Southern Company is involved in various other matters being litigated, regulatory matters, and certain tax-related issues that could affect future earnings. In addition, Southern Company is subject to certain claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Southern Company’s business activities are subject to extensive governmental regulation related to public health and the environment. Litigation over environmental issues and claims of various types, including property damage, personal injury, common law nuisance, and citizen enforcement of environmental requirements such as opacity and air and water quality standards, has increased generally throughout the United States. In particular, personal injury claims for damages caused by alleged exposure to hazardous materials have become more frequent. The ultimate outcome of such pending or potential litigation against Southern Company and its subsidiaries cannot be predicted at this time; however, for current proceedings not specifically reported herein or in Note 3 to the financial statements of Southern Company in Item 8 of the Form 10-K, management does not anticipate that the liabilities, if any, arising from such current proceedings would have a material adverse effect on Southern Company’s financial statements.
See the Notes to the Condensed Financial Statements herein for discussion of various other contingencies, regulatory matters, and other matters being litigated which may affect future earnings potential.

26


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Southern Company prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the financial statements of Southern Company in Item 8 of the Form 10-K. In the application of these policies, certain estimates are made that may have a material impact on Southern Company’s results of operations and related disclosures. Different assumptions and measurements could produce estimates that are significantly different from those recorded in the financial statements. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – ACCOUNTING POLICIES – “Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” of Southern Company in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for a complete discussion of Southern Company’s critical accounting policies and estimates related to Electric Utility Regulation, Contingent Obligations, Unbilled Revenues, and Leveraged Leases.
New Accounting Standards
Business Combinations
In December 2007, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations (SFAS No. 141R). SFAS No. 141R, when adopted, will significantly change the accounting for business combinations, specifically the accounting for contingent consideration, contingencies, acquisition costs, and restructuring costs. Southern Company plans to adopt SFAS No. 141R on January 1, 2009. It is likely that the adoption of SFAS No. 141R will have a significant impact on the accounting for any business combinations completed by Southern Company after January 1, 2009.
In December 2007, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 160, “Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” (SFAS No. 160). SFAS No. 160 amends Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements” to establish accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling (minority) interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It clarifies that a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements and establishes a single method of accounting for changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation. Southern Company plans to adopt SFAS No. 160 on January 1, 2009. Southern Company is currently assessing its impact, if any.
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY
Overview
Southern Company’s financial condition remained stable at June 30, 2008. Net cash provided from operating activities totaled $1.38 billion for the first six months of 2008 compared to $974 million for the first six months of 2007. The $404 million increase in net cash provided from operating activities in 2008 is primarily due to increased revenues as a result of retail rate increases at Alabama Power and Georgia Power, a reduction in the outflow of cash for accounts payable of $193 million, a positive change in cash flow of $125 million in accrued taxes primarily due to a difference between the periods in payments for federal taxes and property taxes, and a decrease in cash used for compensation earned of $66 million.
Net cash used for investing activities totaled $2.02 billion for the first six months 2008, compared to $1.68 billion in the same period of the prior year, an increase of $342 million, primarily due to property additions to utility plant. Net cash provided from financing activities totaled $640 million for the first six months of 2008 compared to $710 million for the corresponding period in 2007, a decrease of $70 million, primarily due to reduced issuances of new long-term debt and the redemption of preferred stock.

27


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Significant balance sheet changes for the first six months of 2008 include an increase in total property, plant, and equipment of $1.24 billion and an increase in long-term debt, excluding amounts due within one year, of $1.44 billion used primarily for the repayment of short-term debt, construction expenditures, and general corporate purposes.
The market price of Southern Company’s common stock at June 30, 2008 was $34.92 per share (based on the closing price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange) and the book value was $16.58 per share, representing a market-to-book ratio of 211%, compared to $38.75, $16.23, and 239%, respectively, at the end of 2007. The dividend for the second quarter 2008 was $0.42 per share compared to $0.4025 per share in the second quarter 2007.
Capital Requirements and Contractual Obligations
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Capital Requirements and Contractual Obligations” of Southern Company in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for a description of Southern Company’s capital requirements for its construction program and other funding requirements associated with scheduled maturities of long-term debt, as well as the related interest, preferred and preference stock dividends, leases, trust funding requirements, other purchase commitments, unrecognized tax benefits and interest, and derivative obligations. Revised funding requirements associated with unrecognized tax benefits and interest for 2008 are $327 million and $139 million for years after 2008. Approximately $948 million will be required through June 30, 2009 for maturities of long-term debt. In addition, in connection with Georgia Power’s entering into the Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement, as described under FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Construction Projects” herein, the revised estimated total construction program for Southern Company is $4.4 billion in 2008, $5.2 billion in 2009, and $4.8 billion in 2010. Actual construction costs may vary from these estimates because of changes in such factors as: business conditions; environmental statutes and regulations; nuclear plant regulation; FERC rules and regulations; load projections; the cost and efficiency of construction labor, equipment, and materials; and the cost of capital. In addition, there can be no assurance that costs related to capital expenditures will be fully recovered.
Sources of Capital
Southern Company intends to meet its future capital needs through internal cash flow and external security issuances. Equity capital can be provided from any combination of Southern Company’s stock plans, private placements, or public offerings. The amount and timing of additional equity capital to be raised in 2008, as well as in subsequent years, will be contingent on Southern Company’s investment opportunities. The traditional operating companies and Southern Power plan to obtain the funds required for construction and other purposes from sources similar to those used in the past, which were primarily from operating cash flows, security issuances, term loans, short-term borrowings, and equity contributions from Southern Company. However, the amount, type, and timing of any financings, if needed, will depend upon prevailing market conditions, regulatory approval, and other factors. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Sources of Capital” of Southern Company in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for additional information.

28


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Southern Company’s current liabilities frequently exceed current assets because of the continued use of short-term debt as a funding source to meet cash needs as well as scheduled maturities of long-term debt. To meet short-term cash needs and contingencies, Southern Company has substantial cash flow from operating activities and access to capital markets, including commercial paper programs, to meet liquidity needs. At June 30, 2008, Southern Company and its subsidiaries had approximately $194 million of cash and cash equivalents and approximately $4.3 billion of unused credit arrangements with banks, of which $653 million expire in 2008, $438 million expire in 2009, and $3.2 billion expire in 2012. Approximately $79 million of the credit facilities expiring in 2008 and 2009 allow for the execution of term loans for an additional two-year period, and $594 million contain provisions allowing one-year term loans. Approximately $1.4 billion of the credit facilities are dedicated to providing liquidity support to the traditional operating companies’ variable rate pollution control bonds. See Note 6 to the financial statements of Southern Company under “Bank Credit Arrangements” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information. The traditional operating companies may also meet short-term cash needs through a Southern Company subsidiary organized to issue and sell commercial paper and extendible commercial notes at the request and for the benefit of each of the traditional operating companies. At June 30, 2008, the Southern Company system had outstanding commercial paper of $921 million and short-term bank notes of $195 million. Management believes that the need for working capital can be adequately met by utilizing commercial paper programs and lines of credit without maintaining large cash balances.
Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements” of Southern Company in Item 7 and Note 7 to the financial statements of Southern Company under “Operating Leases” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for information related to Mississippi Power’s lease of a combined cycle generating facility at Plant Daniel.
Credit Rating Risk
Southern Company does not have any credit arrangements that would require material changes in payment schedules or terminations as a result of a credit rating downgrade. There are certain contracts that could require collateral, but not accelerated payment, in the event of a credit rating change to BBB and Baa2, or BBB- and/or Baa3 or below. These contracts are primarily for physical electricity purchases and sales and for construction of new generation. At June 30, 2008, the maximum potential collateral requirements at a BBB and Baa2 rating were approximately $9 million and at a BBB- or Baa3 rating were approximately $363 million. At June 30, 2008, the maximum potential collateral requirements at a rating below BBB- and/or Baa3 were approximately $1.5 billion. Generally, collateral may be provided by a Southern Company guaranty, letter of credit, or cash.
Southern Company’s operating subsidiaries are also party to certain agreements that could require collateral and/or accelerated payment in the event of a credit rating change to below investment grade for Alabama Power and/or Georgia Power. These agreements are primarily for natural gas and power price risk management activities. At June 30, 2008, Southern Company’s total exposure to these types of agreements was approximately $68 million.
Market Price Risk
Southern Company’s market risk exposures relative to interest rate changes have not changed materially compared with the December 31, 2007 reporting period. In addition, Southern Company is not aware of any facts or circumstances that would significantly affect such exposures in the near term.
Due to cost-based rate regulation, the traditional operating companies have limited exposure to market volatility in interest rates, commodity fuel prices, and prices of electricity. In addition, Southern Power’s exposure to market volatility in commodity fuel prices and prices of electricity is limited because its long-term sales

29


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
contracts shift substantially all fuel cost responsibility to the purchaser. To mitigate residual risks relative to movements in electricity prices, the traditional operating companies enter into physical fixed-price contracts for the purchase and sale of electricity through the wholesale electricity market and, to a lesser extent, into financial hedge contracts for natural gas purchases. The traditional operating companies have implemented fuel-hedging programs at the instruction of their respective state PSCs.
The changes in fair value of energy-related derivative contracts and valuations at June 30, 2008 were as follows:
                 
  Second Quarter Year-to-Date
  2008 2008
  Changes Changes
  Fair Value
    (in millions)
Contracts outstanding at the beginning of the period, assets (liabilities), net
  $ 162.1     $ 4.4  
Contracts realized or settled
    (57.0 )     (47.6 )
Current period changes (a)
    208.1       356.4  
 
Contracts outstanding at the end of the period, assets (liabilities), net
  $ 313.2     $ 313.2  
 
(a) Current period changes also include the changes in fair value of new contracts entered into during the period, if any.
Gains and losses on energy-related derivative contracts related to the traditional operating companies’ fuel hedging programs are initially recorded as regulatory liabilities and assets, respectively, and then are included in fuel expense as they are recovered through the fuel cost recovery clauses. In addition, gains and losses on energy-related derivatives used by Southern Power to hedge anticipated purchases and sales are initially deferred in other comprehensive income before being recognized in income in the same period as the hedged transaction. Gains and losses on energy-related derivative contracts that are not designated or fail to qualify as hedges are recognized in the statements of income as incurred.
The fair value gain/(loss) of energy-related derivative contracts outstanding at June 30, 2008 was reflected in the financial statements as follows:
         
  Amounts
    (in millions)
Regulatory liabilities, net
  $ 343.6  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    (23.9 )
Net income
    (6.5 )
 
Total fair value gain/(loss)
  $ 313.2  
 
Unrealized pre-tax gains/(losses) recognized in income for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2008 for energy-related derivative contracts that are not hedges were $7.6 million and $(6.6) million, respectively. For the three months and six months ended June 30, 2007, the unrealized gains recognized in income were $1.7 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

30


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The maturities of the energy-related derivative contracts and the level of the fair value hierarchy in which they fall at June 30, 2008 are as follows:
                         
  June 30, 2008
Fair Value Measurements
    Total   Maturity
  Fair Value   Year 1   1-3 Years
    (in millions)
Level 1
  $     $     $  
Level 2
    313.2       224.5       88.7  
Level 3
                 
 
Fair value of contracts outstanding at end of period
  $ 313.2     $ 224.5     $ 88.7  
 
As part of the adoption of SFAS No. 157 to increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements and related disclosures, the table above now uses the three-tier fair value hierarchy, as discussed in Note (C) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein, as opposed to the previously used descriptions “actively quoted,” “external sources,” and “models and other methods.” The three-tier fair value hierarchy focuses on the fair value of the contract itself, whereas the previous descriptions focused on the source of the inputs. Because Southern Company uses over-the-counter contracts that are not exchange traded but are fair valued using prices which are actively quoted, the valuations of those contracts now appear in Level 2; previously they were shown as “actively quoted.”
For additional information, see MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Market Price Risk” of Southern Company in Item 7 and Notes 1 and 6 to the financial statements of Southern Company under “Financial Instruments” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K and Note (F) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein.
Financing Activities
In the first six months of 2008, Southern Company’s subsidiaries issued $1.1 billion of senior notes, and Southern Company issued $235 million of common stock through the Southern Investment Plan and employee and director stock plans. In addition, Georgia Power, Gulf Power, and Mississippi Power entered into long-term bank loans of $300 million, $110 million, and $80 million, respectively. The proceeds were primarily used to repay short-term indebtedness and to fund ongoing construction projects. See Southern Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows herein for further details on financing activities during the first six months of 2008. Also during the first six months of 2008, interest rate hedges of $405 million notional amount were settled at a loss of $25.7 million related to the issuances. These losses were deferred in other comprehensive income and will be amortized to income over the original term of the hedges. See Note (F) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein for further details. Also during the first six months of 2008, Southern Company and its subsidiaries repaid at maturity $361.3 million of long-term debt and also redeemed $125 million of preferred stock.
Also in 2008, Southern Company’s subsidiaries converted their entire $1.2 billion of obligations related to auction rate tax-exempt securities from auction rate modes to other interest rate modes. Initially, approximately $696 million of the auction rate tax-exempt securities were converted to fixed interest rate modes and approximately $553 million were converted to daily floating rate modes. In June 2008, approximately $98 million of the daily floating rate securities were converted to fixed interest rate modes.
During the second quarter 2008, Southern Company and its subsidiaries did no additional hedging of interest rate risk.

31


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Subsequent to June 30, 2008, Alabama Power incurred obligations related to the issuance of $120 million pollution control revenue bonds for Alabama Power’s Barry Plant Project.
In addition to any financings that may be necessary to meet capital requirements and contractual obligations, Southern Company and its subsidiaries plan to continue, when economically feasible, a program to retire higher-cost securities and replace these obligations with lower-cost capital if market conditions permit.

32


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 3. Quantitative And Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Market Price Risk” herein for each registrant and Notes 1 and 6 to the financial statements of Southern Company, Alabama Power, Georgia Power, Gulf Power, Mississippi Power, and Southern Power under “Financial Instruments” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K. Also, see Note (F) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein for information relating to derivative instruments.
Item 4. Controls and Procedures.
     (a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.
As of the end of the period covered by this quarterly report, Southern Company conducted an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of Southern Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Sections 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based upon this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures are effective in alerting them in a timely manner to material information relating to Southern Company (including its consolidated subsidiaries) required to be included in periodic filings with the SEC.
     (b) Changes in internal controls.
There have been no changes in Southern Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) during the second quarter of 2008 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect Southern Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Item 4T. Controls and Procedures.
     (a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.
As of the end of the period covered by this quarterly report, Alabama Power, Georgia Power, Gulf Power, Mississippi Power, and Southern Power conducted separate evaluations under the supervision and with the participation of each company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Sections 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based upon these evaluations, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, in each case, concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures are effective in alerting them in a timely manner to material information relating to their company (including its consolidated subsidiaries, if any) required to be included in periodic filings with the SEC.
     (b) Changes in internal controls.
There have been no changes in Alabama Power’s, Georgia Power’s, Gulf Power’s, Mississippi Power’s, or Southern Power’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) during the second quarter of 2008 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect Alabama Power’s, Georgia Power’s, Gulf Power’s, Mississippi Power’s, or Southern Power’s internal control over financial reporting.

33


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY

34


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)
                                 
    For the Three Months     For the Six Months  
    Ended June 30,     Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)  
Operating Revenues:
                               
Retail revenues
  $ 1,147,786     $ 1,093,970     $ 2,182,040     $ 2,049,743  
Wholesale revenues —
                               
Non-affiliates
    169,971       156,061       340,011       311,183  
Affiliates
    96,421       39,032       180,113       81,226  
Other revenues
    55,635       47,029       104,328       91,142  
 
                       
Total operating revenues
    1,469,813       1,336,092       2,806,492       2,533,294  
 
                       
Operating Expenses:
                               
Fuel
    523,348       460,909       976,497       846,981  
Purchased power —
                               
Non-affiliates
    38,450       18,070       49,669       22,708  
Affiliates
    75,789       76,493       164,496       149,207  
Other operations
    198,012       183,741       382,562       355,144  
Maintenance
    108,531       97,092       233,531       215,854  
Depreciation and amortization
    130,630       117,168       255,267       233,111  
Taxes other than income taxes
    75,614       71,531       151,385       144,249  
 
                       
Total operating expenses
    1,150,374       1,025,004       2,213,407       1,967,254  
 
                       
Operating Income
    319,439       311,088       593,085       566,040  
Other Income and (Expense):
                               
Allowance for equity funds used during construction
    9,235       8,376       20,539       14,962  
Interest income
    4,258       3,613       8,900       8,007  
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized
    (69,646 )     (69,576 )     (138,621 )     (136,766 )
Other income (expense), net
    (6,707 )     (3,966 )     (13,930 )     (6,890 )
 
                       
Total other income and (expense)
    (62,860 )     (61,553 )     (123,112 )     (120,687 )
 
                       
Earnings Before Income Taxes
    256,579       249,535       469,973       445,353  
Income taxes
    93,798       94,182       167,226       166,884  
 
                       
Net Income
    162,781       155,353       302,747       278,469  
Dividends on Preferred and Preference Stock
    9,866       8,181       19,732       16,363  
 
                       
Net Income After Dividends on Preferred and Preference Stock
  $ 152,915     $ 147,172     $ 283,015     $ 262,106  
 
                       
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (UNAUDITED)
                                 
    For the Three Months     For the Six Months  
    Ended June 30,     Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)  
Net Income After Dividends on Preferred and Preference Stock
  $ 152,915     $ 147,172     $ 283,015     $ 262,106  
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                               
Qualifying hedges:
                               
Changes in fair value, net of tax of $1,172, $1,290, $(1,039), and $1,188, respectively
    1,927       2,121       (1,710 )     1,953  
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income, net of tax of $443, $73, $628, and $132, respectively
    728       122       1,033       218  
 
                       
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
    2,655       2,243       (677 )     2,171  
 
                       
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
  $ 155,570     $ 149,415     $ 282,338     $ 264,277  
 
                       
The accompanying notes as they relate to Alabama Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

35


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
                 
    For the Six Months  
    Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Operating Activities:
               
Net income
  $ 302,747     $ 278,469  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided from operating activities —
               
Depreciation and amortization
    297,792       271,770  
Deferred income taxes and investment tax credits, net
    20,648       30,076  
Allowance for equity funds used during construction
    (20,539 )     (14,962 )
Pension, postretirement, and other employee benefits
    (12,958 )     (6,895 )
Stock option expense
    2,520       4,152  
Tax benefit of stock options
    460       968  
Other, net
    14,499       (3,407 )
Changes in certain current assets and liabilities —
               
Receivables
    34,056       (74,311 )
Fossil fuel stock
    (21,879 )     (22,418 )
Materials and supplies
    (6,887 )     (13,846 )
Other current assets
    (42,632 )     (19,117 )
Accounts payable
    (68,407 )     (72,137 )
Accrued taxes
    64,490       38,526  
Accrued compensation
    (47,094 )     (46,154 )
Other current liabilities
    26,481       10,473  
 
           
Net cash provided from operating activities
    543,297       361,187  
 
           
Investing Activities:
               
Property additions
    (714,878 )     (555,333 )
Investment in restricted cash from pollution control bonds
    (161 )     (96,049 )
Distribution of restricted cash from pollution control bonds
    19,687        
Nuclear decommissioning trust fund purchases
    (180,522 )     (138,263 )
Nuclear decommissioning trust fund sales
    180,522       138,263  
Cost of removal, net of salvage
    (18,157 )     (21,986 )
Other
    (11,489 )     (192 )
 
           
Net cash used for investing activities
    (724,998 )     (673,560 )
 
           
Financing Activities:
               
Increase (decrease) in notes payable, net
    24,980       (92,703 )
Proceeds —
               
Senior notes
    600,000       450,000  
Common stock issued to parent
    150,000       140,000  
Capital contributions
    12,178        
Gross excess tax benefit of stock options
    858       2,160  
Pollution control bonds
          246,500  
Redemptions —
               
Senior notes
    (250,000 )     (168,500 )
Preferred stock
    (125,000 )      
Payment of preferred and preference stock dividends
    (21,142 )     (14,698 )
Payment of common stock dividends
    (245,650 )     (232,500 )
Other
    (5,523 )     (11,843 )
 
           
Net cash provided from financing activities
    140,701       318,416  
 
           
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    (41,000 )     6,043  
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period
    73,616       15,539  
 
           
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period
  $ 32,616     $ 21,582  
 
           
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
               
Cash paid during the period for —
               
Interest (net of $9,322 and $7,590 capitalized for 2008 and 2007, respectively)
  $ 126,502     $ 115,898  
Income taxes (net of refunds)
  $ 124,050     $ 135,066  
The accompanying notes as they relate to Alabama Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

36


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
                 
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
Assets   2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Current Assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 32,616     $ 73,616  
Restricted cash
    206       19,732  
Receivables —
               
Customer accounts receivable
    391,505       357,355  
Unbilled revenues
    127,604       95,278  
Under recovered regulatory clause revenues
    15,210       232,226  
Other accounts and notes receivable
    40,567       42,745  
Affiliated companies
    58,851       61,250  
Accumulated provision for uncollectible accounts
    (8,637 )     (7,988 )
Fossil fuel stock, at average cost
    208,003       182,963  
Materials and supplies, at average cost
    294,539       287,994  
Vacation pay
    50,499       50,266  
Assets from risk management activities
    78,985       2,790  
Prepaid expenses
    163,672       72,952  
Other
    3,712       16,820  
 
           
Total current assets
    1,457,332       1,487,999  
 
           
Property, Plant, and Equipment:
               
In service
    17,357,396       16,669,142  
Less accumulated provision for depreciation
    6,113,163       5,950,373  
 
           
 
    11,244,233       10,718,769  
Nuclear fuel, at amortized cost
    202,831       137,146  
Construction work in progress
    734,741       928,182  
 
           
Total property, plant, and equipment
    12,181,805       11,784,097  
 
           
Other Property and Investments:
               
Equity investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries
    52,089       48,664  
Nuclear decommissioning trusts, at fair value
    504,336       542,846  
Other
    31,801       31,146  
 
           
Total other property and investments
    588,226       622,656  
 
           
Deferred Charges and Other Assets:
               
Deferred charges related to income taxes
    355,410       347,193  
Prepaid pension costs
    1,022,953       989,085  
Deferred under recovered regulatory clause revenues
    205,347       81,650  
Other regulatory assets
    219,079       224,792  
Other
    234,105       209,153  
 
           
Total deferred charges and other assets
    2,036,894       1,851,873  
 
           
Total Assets
  $ 16,264,257     $ 15,746,625  
 
           
The accompanying notes as they relate to Alabama Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

37


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
                 
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity   2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Current Liabilities:
               
Securities due within one year
  $ 160,156     $ 535,152  
Notes payable
    24,980        
Accounts payable —
               
Affiliated
    236,691       193,518  
Other
    207,244       308,177  
Customer deposits
    72,393       67,722  
Accrued taxes —
               
Income taxes
    2,740       45,958  
Other
    71,623       29,198  
Accrued interest
    57,934       55,263  
Accrued vacation pay
    42,138       42,138  
Accrued compensation
    47,078       92,385  
Other regulatory liabilities
    97,676       2,269  
Other
    58,135       53,062  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    1,078,788       1,424,842  
 
           
Long-term Debt
    5,351,090       4,750,196  
 
           
Deferred Credits and Other Liabilities:
               
Accumulated deferred income taxes
    2,184,220       2,065,264  
Deferred credits related to income taxes
    91,869       93,709  
Accumulated deferred investment tax credits
    176,600       180,578  
Employee benefit obligations
    357,051       349,974  
Asset retirement obligations
    447,280       505,794  
Other cost of removal obligations
    622,866       613,616  
Other regulatory liabilities
    629,172       637,040  
Other
    28,601       31,417  
 
           
Total deferred credits and other liabilities
    4,537,659       4,477,392  
 
           
Total Liabilities
    10,967,537       10,652,430  
 
           
Preferred and Preference Stock
    685,127       683,512  
 
           
Common Stockholder’s Equity:
               
Common stock, par value $40 per share —
               
Authorized - 40,000,000 shares
               
Outstanding - June 30, 2008: 21,725,000 shares
    869,000       719,000  
- December 31, 2007: 17,975,000 shares
               
Paid-in capital
    2,081,189       2,065,298  
Retained earnings
    1,666,528       1,630,832  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (5,124 )     (4,447 )
 
           
Total common stockholder’s equity
    4,611,593       4,410,683  
 
           
Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity
  $ 16,264,257     $ 15,746,625  
 
           
The accompanying notes as they relate to Alabama Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

38


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
SECOND QUARTER 2008 vs. SECOND QUARTER 2007
AND
YEAR-TO-DATE 2008 vs. YEAR-TO-DATE 2007
OVERVIEW
Alabama Power operates as a vertically integrated utility providing electricity to retail customers within its traditional service area located within the State of Alabama and to wholesale customers in the Southeast. Many factors affect the opportunities, challenges, and risks of Alabama Power’s primary business of selling electricity. These factors include the ability to maintain a stable regulatory environment, to achieve energy sales growth, and to effectively manage and secure timely recovery of rising costs. These costs include those related to growing demand, increasingly stringent environmental standards, fuel costs, capital expenditures, and restoration following major storms. Appropriately balancing the need to recover these increasing costs with customer prices will continue to challenge Alabama Power for the foreseeable future.
Alabama Power continues to focus on several key performance indicators. These indicators include customer satisfaction, plant availability, system reliability, and net income after dividends on preferred and preference stock. For additional information on these indicators, see MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – OVERVIEW – “Key Performance Indicators” of Alabama Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Net Income
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$5.7   3.9   $20.9   8.0
 
Alabama Power’s net income after dividends on preferred and preference stock for the second quarter 2008 was $152.9 million compared to $147.2 million for the corresponding period in 2007. Alabama Power’s net income after dividends on preferred and preference stock for year-to-date 2008 was $283.0 million compared to $262.1 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These increases in earnings for the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 were primarily due to retail base rate increases resulting from an increase in rates under Rate RSE and Rate CNP for environmental costs (Rate CNP Environmental) in January 2008, as well as customer and demand growth. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “PSC Matters – Retail Rate Adjustments” of Alabama Power in Item 7 and Note 3 to the financial statements of Alabama Power under “Retail Regulatory Matters” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information on Alabama Power’s rates. These increases in revenues were partially offset by increases in operations and maintenance expenses related to steam power associated with environmental mandates and scheduled outages, routine nuclear operation expenses, and depreciation and amortization expense resulting from additional plant in service.

39


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Retail Revenues
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$53.8   4.9   $132.3   6.5
 
In the second quarter 2008, retail revenues were $1.15 billion compared to $1.09 billion for the same period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, retail revenues were $2.18 billion compared to $2.05 billion for the same period in 2007.
Details of the change to retail revenues are as follows:
                                 
    Second Quarter   Year-to-Date
    2008   2008
 
 
  (in millions)   (% change)   (in millions)   (% change)
Retail – prior year
  $ 1,094.0             $ 2,049.7          
Estimated change in —
                               
Rates and pricing
    62.9       5.7       111.4       5.5  
Sales growth
    9.8       0.9       29.3       1.4  
Weather
    (14.0 )     (1.3 )     (21.5 )     (1.0 )
Fuel and other cost recovery
    (4.9 )     (0.4 )     13.1       0.6  
 
Retail – current year
  $ 1,147.8       4.9 %   $ 2,182.0       6.5 %
 
Revenues associated with changes in rates and pricing increased in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 when compared to the same periods in 2007 primarily due to the Rate RSE and Rate CNP Environmental increases effective in January 2008. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “PSC Matters – Retail Rate Adjustments” of Alabama Power in Item 7 and Note 3 to the financial statements of Alabama Power under “Retail Regulatory Matters” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information.
Revenues attributable to sales growth increased in the second quarter 2008 when compared to the same period in 2007. Weather-adjusted commercial KWH energy sales increased 2.1% due to continued customer and demand growth. Weather-adjusted residential KWH energy sales increased 0.8% due to continued customer growth. Industrial KWH energy sales decreased 0.6% due to a decline in sales demand in the chemical and textile sectors, partially offset by an increase in the primary metals sector. For year-to-date 2008, revenues attributable to sales growth increased when compared to the same period in 2007, primarily due to increases in weather-adjusted residential and commercial KWH energy sales of 3.1% and 1.9%, respectively, related to customer and demand growth. In addition, industrial KWH energy sales increased by 1.2%, primarily as a result of increased sales demand in the primary metals sector, partially offset by a decrease in the chemical and textile sectors.
Revenues resulting from changes in weather decreased due to less favorable weather conditions in the second quarter 2008 compared to the second quarter 2007, which resulted in decreased KWH energy sales to residential and commercial customers of 4.9% and 1.4%, respectively. For year-to-date 2008, revenues resulting from changes in weather decreased due to less favorable weather conditions compared to the same period in 2007, which resulted in decreased KWH energy sales to residential and commercial customers of 3.6% and 1.2%, respectively.

40


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Fuel and other cost recovery revenues decreased in the second quarter 2008 when compared to the same period in 2007 due to the reduction in the Rate NDR customer billing rate, as a result of the full recovery of the 2005 storm costs related to Hurricanes Dennis and Katrina, and costs associated with PPAs certificated by the Alabama PSC, partially offset by increases in fuel costs and purchased power costs. For year-to-date 2008, fuel and other cost recovery revenues increased when compared to the same period in 2007 due to increases in fuel costs and purchased power costs. These costs were offset by a reduction in the Rate NDR customer billing rate due to the full recovery of the 2005 storm costs related to Hurricanes Dennis and Katrina. Electric rates include provisions to recognize the full recovery of fuel costs, purchased power costs, PPAs certificated by the Alabama PSC, and costs associated with the natural disaster reserve. Under these provisions, fuel and other cost recovery revenues generally equal fuel and other cost recovery expenses and do not impact net income.
Wholesale Revenues – Non-Affiliates
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$13.9   8.9   $28.8   9.3
 
Wholesale revenues from non-affiliates will vary depending on the market cost of available energy compared to the cost of Alabama Power and Southern Company system-owned generation, demand for energy within the Southern Company service territory, and availability of Southern Company system generation.
In the second quarter 2008, wholesale revenues from non-affiliates were $170.0 million compared to $156.1 million for the same period in 2007. This increase was primarily due to a 13.4% increase in price related to fuel, partially offset by a 3.9% decrease in KWH sales.
For year-to-date 2008, wholesale revenues from non-affiliates were $340.0 million compared to $311.2 million for the same period in 2007. This increase was primarily due to a 15.7% increase in price related to fuel, partially offset by a 5.5% decrease in KWH sales.
Wholesale Revenues – Affiliates
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$57.4   147.0   $98.9   121.7
 
Wholesale revenues from affiliates will vary depending on demand and the availability and cost of generating resources at each company within the Southern Company system. These affiliate sales are made in accordance with the IIC, as approved by the FERC. These transactions do not have a significant impact on earnings since the energy is generally sold at marginal cost.
In the second quarter 2008, wholesale revenues from affiliates were $96.4 million compared to $39.0 million for the same period in 2007. This increase was primarily due to a 59.2% increase in KWH sales and a 55.2% increase in price related to fuel.
For year-to-date 2008, wholesale revenues from affiliates were $180.1 million compared to $81.2 million for the same period in 2007. This increase was primarily due to a 54.9% increase in price related to fuel and a 43.1% increase in KWH sales.

41


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Other Revenues
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$8.6   18.3   $13.2   14.5
 
In the second quarter 2008, other revenues were $55.6 million compared to $47.0 million in the same period in 2007. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $6.1 million in revenues from gas-fueled co-generation steam facilities resulting from higher gas prices and a $2.5 million increase in revenues from the settlement of transmission service agreements with Calpine Corporation.
For year-to-date 2008, other revenues were $104.3 million compared to $91.1 million for the same period in 2007. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $9.2 million in revenues from gas-fueled co-generation steam facilities resulting from higher gas prices and a $2.5 million increase in revenues from the settlement of transmission service agreements with Calpine Corporation.
Co-generation steam fuel revenues do not have a significant impact on earnings since they are generally offset by fuel expense.
Fuel and Purchased Power Expenses
                                 
    Second Quarter 2008     Year-to-Date 2008  
    vs.     vs.  
    Second Quarter 2007     Year-to-Date 2007  
 
 
  (change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
Fuel
  $ 62.4       13.5     $ 129.5       15.3  
Purchase power – non-affiliates
    20.4       112.8       27.0       118.7  
Purchased power – affiliates
    (0.7 )     (0.9 )     15.3       10.2  
                       
Total fuel and purchased power expenses
  $ 82.1             $ 171.8          
                       
In the second quarter 2008, total fuel and purchased power expenses were $637.6 million compared to $555.5 million in the same period in 2007. This increase was primarily due to a $99.1 million increase in the cost of energy resulting from an increase in the average cost of fuel, partially offset by a $17.0 million decrease related to fewer KWHs purchased.
For year-to-date 2008, total fuel and purchased power expenses were $1.19 billion compared to $1.02 billion in the same period in 2007. This increase was primarily due to a $170.5 million increase in the cost of energy resulting from an increase in the average cost of fuel, while the KWHs purchased remained relatively flat.
Fuel and purchased power transactions do not have a significant impact on earnings since energy expenses are generally offset by energy revenues through Rate ECR.

42


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Details of Alabama Power’s cost of generation and purchased power are as follows:
                                                 
    Second Quarter   Second Quarter   Percent   Year-to-Date   Year-to-Date   Percent
Average Cost   2008   2007   Change   2008   2007   Change
 
    (cents per net KWH)           (cents per net KWH)        
Fuel
    2.72       2.41       12.9       2.66       2.36       12.7  
Purchased power
    8.61       6.14       40.2       6.97       5.36       30.0  
 
In the second quarter 2008, fuel expense was $523.3 million compared to $460.9 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was due to a 12.9% increase in the average cost of fuel per KWH generated, primarily due to an increase in fuel commodity prices resulting from demand and increased transportation costs. The average cost of coal per KWH generated increased 20.9% primarily as a result of increases in commodity and transportation costs. The average cost of oil and natural gas per KWH generated increased 29.6% primarily as a result of increases in commodity prices.
For year-to-date 2008, fuel expense was $976.4 million compared to $846.9 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was due to a 12.7% increase in the average cost of fuel per KWH generated. The average cost of coal per KWH generated increased 18.0% primarily as a result of increases in commodity and transportation costs. The average cost of oil and natural gas per KWH generated increased 14.0% primarily as a result of increases in commodity prices.
See FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “FERC and Alabama PSC Matters – Retail Fuel Cost Recovery” herein for additional information.
Non-Affiliates
In the second quarter 2008, purchased power from non-affiliates was $38.5 million compared to $18.1 million for the same period in 2007. This increase was primarily related to a 68.4% volume increase in the KWHs purchased from available lower priced market energy alternatives and a 17.6% increase in price.
For year-to-date 2008, purchased power from non-affiliates was $49.7 million compared to $22.7 million for the same period in 2007. This increase was primarily related to a 50.7% volume increase in the KWHs purchased from available lower priced market energy alternatives and a 39.5% increase in price.
Energy purchases from non-affiliates will vary depending on the market cost of available energy compared to the cost of Southern Company system-generated energy, demand for energy within the Southern Company system service territory, and availability of Southern Company system generation.
Affiliates
The second quarter 2008 variance in purchased power from affiliates when compared to the same period in 2007 was not material.
For year-to-date 2008, purchased power from affiliates was $164.5 million compared to $149.2 million for the same period in 2007. This increase was primarily related to a 26.4% increase in price, partially offset by an 11.3% decrease in the amount of energy purchased.

43


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Energy purchases from affiliates will vary depending on demand and the availability and cost of generating resources at each company within the Southern Company system. These purchases are made in accordance with the IIC, as approved by the FERC.
Other Operations and Maintenance Expenses
                                 
    Second Quarter 2008     Year-to-Date 2008  
    vs.     vs.  
    Second Quarter 2007     Year-to-Date 2007  
 
 
  (change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
Other operations
  $ 14.3       7.8     $ 27.4       7.7  
Maintenance
    11.4       11.8       17.7       8.2  
                       
Total other operations and maintenance
  $ 25.7             $ 45.1          
                       
In the second quarter 2008, other operations and maintenance expenses were $306.5 million compared to $280.8 million for the corresponding period in 2007. This increase was primarily a result of an $11.9 million increase in steam power expense associated with compliance with environmental mandates, scheduled outages, and maintenance cost related to increases in contract labor and materials, as well as a $5.3 million increase in nuclear production expense related to routine operations. Also contributing to the increase was a $4.3 million increase in administrative and general expenses primarily related to an increase in affiliated service company expenses, as well as a $2.5 million increase related to uncollectible accounts and customer service expense.
For-year-to-date 2008, other operations and maintenance expenses were $616.1 million compared to $571.0 million for the corresponding period in 2007. This increase was primarily a result of a $23.0 million increase in steam power expense associated with compliance with environmental mandates, scheduled outages, and maintenance cost related to increases in contract labor and materials, as well as a $10.0 million increase in nuclear production expense related to routine operations. Also contributing to the increase was a $7.2 million increase in administrative and general expenses primarily related to increases in affiliated service company expenses and employee group insurance, as well as a $4.2 million increase in customer service expense.
Depreciation and Amortization
                         
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$13.4
  11.5   $22.2   9.5
 
In the second quarter 2008, depreciation and amortization was $130.6 million compared to $117.2 million for the same period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, depreciation and amortization was $255.3 million compared to $233.1 million for the same period in 2007. These increases were the result of an increase in plant in service due to environmental mandates.
Taxes Other Than Income Taxes
                         
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$4.1
  5.7   $7.2   4.9
 
In the second quarter 2008, taxes other than income taxes were $75.6 million compared to $71.5 million in the same period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, taxes other than income taxes were $151.4 million compared to

44


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
$144.2 million for the same period in 2007. These increases were primarily due to increases in state and municipal public utility license taxes, which are directly related to increased retail revenues.
Allowance for Equity Funds Used During Construction
                         
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$0.9
  10.3   $5.5   37.3
 
The second quarter 2008 variance in allowance for equity funds used during construction when compared to the same period in 2007 was not material. For year-to-date 2008, allowance for equity funds used during construction was $20.5 million compared to $15.0 million for the same period in 2007. This increase was primarily due to increases in the amount of construction work in progress at generating facilities related to environmental mandates, as well as transmission and distribution projects when compared to the same period in 2007.
Other Income (Expense), Net
                         
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$(2.7)
  (69.1)   $(7.0)   (102.2)
 
In the second quarter 2008, other income (expense), net was $(6.7) million compared to $(4.0) million for the same period in 2007. This decrease to other income was primarily due to a $1.4 million decrease in merchandise operating income and a $1.4 million increase in miscellaneous non-regulatory expenses.
For year-to-date 2008, other income (expense), net was $(13.9) million compared to $(6.9) million for the same period in 2007. This decrease to other income was primarily due to a $3.4 million decrease in merchandise operating income and a $2.4 million increase in miscellaneous non-regulatory expenses.
FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL
The results of operations discussed above are not necessarily indicative of Alabama Power’s future earnings potential. The level of Alabama Power’s future earnings depends on numerous factors that affect the opportunities, challenges, and risks of Alabama Power’s primary business of selling electricity. These factors include Alabama Power’s ability to maintain a stable regulatory environment that continues to allow for the recovery of all prudently incurred costs during a time of increasing costs. Future earnings in the near term will depend, in part, upon growth in energy sales, which is subject to a number of factors. These factors include weather, competition, new energy contracts with neighboring utilities, energy conservation practiced by customers, the price of electricity, the price elasticity of demand, and the rate of economic growth in Alabama Power’s service area. For additional information relating to these issues, see RISK FACTORS in Item 1A and MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL of Alabama Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K.
Environmental Matters
Compliance costs related to the Clean Air Act and other environmental statutes and regulations could affect earnings if such costs cannot continue to be fully recovered in rates on a timely basis. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters” of

45


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Alabama Power in Item 7 and Note 3 to the financial statements of Alabama Power under “Environmental Matters” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information.
New Source Review Actions
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters – New Source Review Actions” of Alabama Power in Item 7 and Note 3 to the financial statements of Alabama Power under “Environmental Matters – New Source Review Actions” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information regarding a civil action brought by the EPA alleging that Alabama Power had violated the NSR provisions of the Clean Air Act and related state laws with respect to certain of its coal-fired generating facilities. On July 24, 2008, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Alabama granted partial summary judgment in favor of Alabama Power regarding the proper legal test for determining whether projects are routine maintenance, repair, and replacement and therefore are excluded from NSR permitting. The decision does not resolve the case, the ultimate outcome of which cannot be determined at this time.
Clean Air Interstate Rule
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters – Environmental Statutes and Regulations – Air Quality” of Alabama Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for background regarding the Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR). On July 11, 2008, in response to petitions brought by certain states and regulated industries challenging particular aspects of CAIR, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit issued a decision vacating CAIR in its entirety and remanding it to the EPA for further action consistent with its opinion. Alabama Power’s overall environmental compliance strategy has been developed in response to numerous federal and state regulatory requirements, many of which remain unaffected by the court’s ruling; however, the court’s decision has the potential to impact future decision making regarding capital expenditures, the installation and operation of pollution control equipment, and the purchase, use, and associated carrying values of emissions allowances. The ultimate impact of the court’s decision cannot be determined at this time and may depend on subsequent legal action, including issuance of the court’s mandate, and future rulemaking and regulatory treatment.
Eight-Hour Ozone Regulations
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters – Environmental Statutes and Regulations – Air Quality” of Alabama Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for additional information regarding revisions to the eight-hour ozone air quality standard. In March 2008, the EPA finalized its revisions to the eight-hour ozone standard, increasing its stringency. The EPA plans to designate nonattainment areas based on the new standard by 2010, and new nonattainment areas within Alabama Power’s service territory are expected. The ultimate outcome of this matter cannot be determined at this time and will depend on subsequent legal action and/or future nonattainment designations and regulatory plans.
Carbon Dioxide Litigation
On February 26, 2008, the Native Village of Kivalina and the City of Kivalina filed a suit in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California against several electric utilities (including Southern Company), several oil companies, and a coal company. The plaintiffs are the governing bodies of an Inupiat village in Alaska. The plaintiffs contend that the village is being destroyed by erosion allegedly caused by global

46


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
warming that the plaintiffs attribute to emissions of greenhouse gases by the defendants. The plaintiffs assert claims for public and private nuisance and contend that the defendants have acted in concert and are therefore jointly and severally liable for the plaintiffs’ damages. The suit seeks damages for lost property values and for the cost of relocating the village, which cost is alleged to be $95 million to $400 million. On June 30, 2008, all defendants filed motions to dismiss this case. Southern Company believes that these claims are without merit and notes that the complaint cites no statutory or regulatory basis for the claims. The ultimate outcome of this matter cannot be determined at this time.
FERC and Alabama PSC Matters
Retail Fuel Cost Recovery
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “PSC Matters – Retail Fuel Cost Recovery” of Alabama Power in Item 7 and Note 3 to the financial statements of Alabama Power under “Retail Regulatory Matters – Fuel Cost Recovery” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for information regarding Alabama Power’s fuel cost recovery. Alabama Power’s under recovered fuel costs as of June 30, 2008 totaled $205.3 million as compared to $279.8 million at December 31, 2007. Alabama Power classified all $205.3 million of the under recovered regulatory clause revenues as deferred charges and other assets in the Condensed Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2008. This classification is based on an estimate which includes such factors as weather, generation availability, energy demand, and the price of energy. A change in any of these factors could have a material impact on the timing of the recovery of the under recovered fuel costs.
Natural Disaster Cost Recovery
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “PSC Matters – Natural Disaster Cost Recovery” of Alabama Power in Item 7 and Note 3 to the financial statements of Alabama Power under “Retail Regulatory Matters – Natural Disaster Cost Recovery” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for information regarding natural disaster cost recovery. At June 30, 2008, Alabama Power had accumulated a balance of $30.7 million in the target reserve for future storms, which is included in the Condensed Balance Sheets herein under “Other Regulatory Liabilities.”
Income Tax Matters
Bonus Depreciation
On February 13, 2008, President Bush signed the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008 (Stimulus Act) into law. The Stimulus Act includes a provision that allows 50% bonus depreciation for certain property acquired in 2008 and placed in service in 2008 or, in certain limited cases, 2009. The State of Alabama income tax law does not allow the bonus depreciation deduction allowed by the Stimulus Act for state income tax purposes. Alabama Power is currently assessing the financial implications of the Stimulus Act and estimates the cash flow reduction to tax payments for 2008 to be between $55 million and $100 million.
Other Matters
Alabama Power is involved in various other matters being litigated and regulatory matters that could affect future earnings. In addition, Alabama Power is subject to certain claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Alabama Power’s business activities are subject to extensive governmental

47


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
regulation related to public health and the environment. Litigation over environmental issues and claims of various types, including property damage, personal injury, common law nuisance, and citizen enforcement of environmental requirements such as opacity and air and water quality standards, has increased generally throughout the United States. In particular, personal injury claims for damages caused by alleged exposure to hazardous materials have become more frequent. The ultimate outcome of such pending or potential litigation against Alabama Power cannot be predicted at this time; however, for current proceedings not specifically reported herein or in Note 3 to the financial statements of Alabama Power in Item 8 of the Form 10-K, management does not anticipate that the liabilities, if any, arising from such current proceedings would have a material adverse effect on Alabama Power’s financial statements.
See the Notes to the Condensed Financial Statements herein for discussion of various other contingencies, regulatory matters, and other matters being litigated which may affect future earnings potential.
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Alabama Power prepares its financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the financial statements of Alabama Power in Item 8 of the Form 10-K. In the application of these policies, certain estimates are made that may have a material impact on Alabama Power’s results of operations and related disclosures. Different assumptions and measurements could produce estimates that are significantly different from those recorded in the financial statements. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – ACCOUNTING POLICIES – “Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” of Alabama Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for a complete discussion of Alabama Power’s critical accounting policies and estimates related to Electric Utility Regulation, Contingent Obligations, and Unbilled Revenues.
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY
Overview
Alabama Power’s financial condition remained stable at June 30, 2008. Net cash provided from operating activities totaled $543.3 million for the first six months of 2008, compared to $361.2 million for the corresponding period in 2007. The $182.1 million increase in cash provided from operating activities in the first six months of 2008 is primarily due to an increase in net income, as previously discussed, as well as an increase in depreciation and amortization, an increase in accrued tax liability, and a decrease in receivables from under recovered regulatory clauses. Net cash used for investing activities totaled $725.0 million primarily due to gross property additions to utility plant of $714.9 million in the first six months of 2008. These additions were primarily related to construction of transmission and distribution facilities, replacement of steam generation equipment, purchases of nuclear fuel, and environmental mandates. Net cash provided from financing activities totaled $140.7 million for the first six months of 2008, compared to $318.4 million for the corresponding period in 2007. The $177.7 million decrease is primarily due to greater cash outflows relating to redemptions of senior notes and preferred stock and decreased cash inflows from the issuance of long-term debt as compared to the first six months of 2007, partially offset by an increase in notes payable.
Significant balance sheet changes for the first six months of 2008 include an increase of $688.3 million in gross plant primarily due to an increase in environmental-related equipment and an increase of $600.9 million in long-term debt.

48


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Capital Requirements and Contractual Obligations
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Capital Requirements and Contractual Obligations” of Alabama Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for a description of Alabama Power’s capital requirements for its construction program, scheduled maturities of long-term debt, as well as the related interest, derivative obligations, preferred and preference stock dividends, leases, and other purchase commitments. Approximately $160.2 million will be required through June 30, 2009 for maturities of long-term debt.
Sources of Capital
Alabama Power plans to obtain the funds required for construction and other purposes from sources similar to those utilized in the past. Recently, Alabama Power has primarily utilized funds from operating cash flows, unsecured debt, common stock, preferred stock, and preference stock. However, the amount, type, and timing of any future financings, if needed, will depend upon regulatory approval, prevailing market conditions, and other factors. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Sources of Capital” of Alabama Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for additional information.
Alabama Power’s current liabilities sometimes exceed current assets because of Alabama Power’s debt due within one year and the periodic use of short-term debt as a funding source primarily to meet scheduled maturities of long-term debt as well as cash needs which can fluctuate significantly due to the seasonality of the business. To meet short-term cash needs and contingencies, Alabama Power had at June 30, 2008 approximately $32.6 million of cash and cash equivalents, unused committed lines of credit of approximately $1.3 billion (including $582.4 million of such lines which are dedicated to funding purchase obligations related to variable rate pollution control bonds), a commercial paper program, and an extendible commercial note program. Of the unused credit facilities, $485.1 million will expire at various times in 2008 and 2009 (of which $404 million allow for one-year term loans). The remaining $800 million of credit facilities expire in 2012. Alabama Power expects to renew its credit facilities, as needed, prior to expiration. See Note 6 to the financial statements of Alabama Power under “Bank Credit Arrangements” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information. Alabama Power may also meet short-term cash needs through a Southern Company subsidiary organized to issue and sell commercial paper and extendible commercial notes at the request and for the benefit of Alabama Power and other Southern Company subsidiaries. Alabama Power has regulatory authority for up to $2.0 billion of short-term borrowings. At June 30, 2008, Alabama Power had $25.0 million of commercial paper outstanding. Management believes that the need for working capital can be adequately met by issuing commercial paper or utilizing lines of credit without maintaining large cash balances.
Credit Rating Risk
Alabama Power does not have any credit arrangements that would require material changes in payment schedules or terminations as a result of a credit rating downgrade. There are certain contracts that could require collateral, but not accelerated payment, in the event of a credit rating change to BBB- or Baa3 or below. These contracts are primarily for coal purchases and purchases of emissions allowances. At June 30, 2008, the maximum potential collateral requirements at a BBB- or Baa3 were approximately $1 million. The maximum potential collateral requirements at a rating below BBB- or Baa3 were approximately $23.0 million. Generally, collateral may be provided by cash, letter of credit, or a Southern Company guaranty.
Alabama Power, along with all members of the Power Pool, is party to certain agreements that could require collateral and/or accelerated payment in the event of a credit rating change to below investment grade for Alabama Power and/or Georgia Power. These agreements are primarily for natural gas and power price risk

49


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
management activities. At June 30, 2008, Alabama Power’s exposure related to these agreements was approximately $68 million.
Market Price Risk
Alabama Power’s market risk exposures relative to interest rate changes have not changed materially compared with the December 31, 2007 reporting period. In addition, Alabama Power is not aware of any facts or circumstances that would significantly affect such exposures in the near term.
Due to cost-based rate regulation, Alabama Power has limited exposure to market volatility in interest rates, commodity fuel prices, and prices of electricity. To mitigate residual risks relative to movements in electricity prices, Alabama Power enters into physical fixed-price contracts for the purchase and sale of electricity through the wholesale electricity market. Alabama Power has also implemented a retail fuel-hedging program at the instruction of the Alabama PSC.
The changes in fair value of energy-related derivative contracts and valuations at June 30, 2008 were as follows:
                 
    Second Quarter     Year-to-Date  
    2008     2008  
    Changes     Changes  
  Fair Value
    (in millions)
Contracts outstanding at the beginning of the period, assets (liabilities), net
  $ 55.9     $ (0.4 )
Contracts realized or settled
    (18.1 )     (13.5 )
Current period changes (a)
    67.1       118.8  
 
Contracts outstanding at the end of the period, assets (liabilities), net
  $ 104.9     $ 104.9  
 
(a)   Current period changes also include the changes in fair value of new contracts entered into during the period, if any.
Gains and losses on energy-related derivative contracts related to Alabama Power’s fuel hedging program are initially recorded as regulatory liabilities and assets, respectively, and then are included in fuel expense as they are recovered through the fuel cost recovery clauses. Certain other gains and losses on energy-related derivatives, designated as hedges, are initially deferred in other comprehensive income before being recognized in income in the same period as the hedged transaction. Gains and losses on energy-related derivative contracts that are not designated as hedges are recognized in the statements of income as incurred.
The fair value gain/(loss) of energy-related derivative contracts outstanding at June 30, 2008 was reflected in the financial statements as follows:
         
     Amounts  
    (in millions)  
Regulatory liabilities, net
  $ 104.9  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
     
Net income
     
 
Total fair value gain/(loss)
  $ 104.9  
 

50


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Unrealized pre-tax gains and losses recognized in income for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 for energy-related derivative contracts that are not hedges were not material.
The maturities of the energy-related derivative contracts and the level of the fair value hierarchy in which they fall at June 30, 2008 are as follows:
                         
            June 30, 2008        
    Fair Value Measurements
 
    Total   Maturity
    Fair Value   Year 1   1-3 Years
 
    (in millions)
Level 1
  $     $     $  
Level 2
    104.9       76.2       28.7  
Level 3
                 
 
Fair value of contracts outstanding at end of period
  $ 104.9     $ 76.2     $ 28.7  
 
As part of the adoption of SFAS No. 157 to increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements and related disclosures, the table above now uses the three-tier fair value hierarchy, as discussed in Note (C) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein, as opposed to the previously used descriptions “actively quoted,” “external sources,” and “models and other methods.” The three-tier fair value hierarchy focuses on the fair value of the contract itself, whereas the previous descriptions focused on the source of the inputs. Because Alabama Power uses over-the-counter contracts that are not exchange traded but are fair valued using prices which are actively quoted, the valuations of those contracts now appear in Level 2; previously they were shown as “actively quoted.”
For additional information, see MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Market Price Risk” of Alabama Power in Item 7 and Notes 1 and 6 to the financial statements of Alabama Power under “Financial Instruments” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K and Note (F) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein.
Financing Activities
In January 2008, Alabama Power issued $300 million of additional Series 2007D 4.85% Senior Notes due December 15, 2012. The proceeds were used to repay short-term indebtedness and for other general corporate purposes. Additionally, Alabama Power redeemed 1,250 shares of its Flexible Money Market Class A Preferred Stock (Series 2003A), Stated Capital $100,000 Per Share ($125 million aggregate value).
In January 2008, Alabama Power also entered into $330 million notional amount of interest rate swaps related to variable rate tax-exempt debt to hedge changes in interest rates for the period February 2008 through February 2010. The weighted average fixed payment rate on these hedges is 2.49% and Alabama Power now has a total of $576 million of such hedges in place, with an overall weighted average fixed payment rate of 2.69%. See Note (F) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein for further details.
In February 2008, Alabama Power issued 3,750,000 shares of common stock to Southern Company at $40 a share ($150 million aggregate purchase price). The proceeds were used for general corporate purposes.
In March 2008, Alabama Power converted its $246.5 million obligations related to auction rate tax-exempt securities from an auction rate mode to fixed rate interest modes. With the completion of this conversion, none of the outstanding securities or obligations of Alabama Power is subject to an auction rate mode.

51


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
In May 2008, Alabama Power issued $300 million of Series 2008A 6.125% Senior Notes due May 15, 2038. The proceeds were used to repay short-term indebtedness and for other general corporate purposes.
In May 2008, Alabama Power paid at maturity $250 million in aggregate principal amount of Series X 3.125% Senior Notes.
Subsequent to June 30, 2008, Alabama Power incurred obligations related to the issuance of $120 million of The Industrial Development Board of the City of Mobile Pollution Control Revenue Bonds (Alabama Power Barry Plant Project), Series 2008. The proceeds will be held by the trustee and will be transferred to Alabama Power to fund pollution control and environmental improvement facilities at Plant Barry.
Subsequent to June 30, 2008, Alabama Power issued 1,875,000 shares of common stock to Southern Company at $40 a share ($75 million aggregate purchase price). The proceeds were used for general corporate purposes.
In addition to any financings that may be necessary to meet capital requirements and contractual obligations, Alabama Power plans to continue, when economically feasible, a program to retire higher-cost securities and replace these obligations with lower-cost capital if market conditions permit.

52


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY

53


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)
                                 
    For the Three Months     For the Six Months  
    Ended June 30,     Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)  
Operating Revenues:
                               
Retail revenues
  $ 1,830,753     $ 1,585,563     $ 3,405,760     $ 2,997,892  
Wholesale revenues —
                               
Non-affiliates
    142,276       135,055       294,968       278,822  
Affiliates
    72,164       58,826       146,074       100,614  
Other revenues
    65,969       64,705       129,207       123,991  
 
                       
Total operating revenues
    2,111,162       1,844,149       3,976,009       3,501,319  
 
                       
Operating Expenses:
                               
Fuel
    683,299       650,830       1,321,222       1,244,724  
Purchased power —
                               
Non-affiliates
    107,723       67,670       165,754       113,763  
Affiliates
    247,842       179,655       500,777       364,197  
Other operations
    266,024       249,538       507,116       480,286  
Maintenance
    125,757       136,816       253,480       261,258  
Depreciation and amortization
    159,204       127,262       309,812       253,411  
Taxes other than income taxes
    79,485       71,610       150,771       143,951  
 
                       
Total operating expenses
    1,669,334       1,483,381       3,208,932       2,861,590  
 
                       
Operating Income
    441,828       360,768       767,077       639,729  
Other Income and (Expense):
                               
Allowance for equity funds used during construction
    23,981       14,687       51,738       27,866  
Interest income
    1,050       632       1,837       1,107  
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized
    (83,728 )     (87,080 )     (170,065 )     (172,545 )
Other income (expense), net
    1,372       301       (1,922 )     (3,915 )
 
                       
Total other income and (expense)
    (57,325 )     (71,460 )     (118,412 )     (147,487 )
 
                       
Earnings Before Income Taxes
    384,503       289,308       648,665       492,242  
Income taxes
    132,279       100,204       216,080       171,184  
 
                       
Net Income
    252,224       189,104       432,585       321,058  
Dividends on Preferred and Preference Stock
    4,346       689       8,691       1,378  
 
                       
Net Income After Dividends on Preferred and Preference Stock
  $ 247,878     $ 188,415     $ 423,894     $ 319,680  
 
                       
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (UNAUDITED)
                                 
    For the Three Months     For the Six Months  
    Ended June 30,     Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)  
Net Income After Dividends on Preferred and Preference Stock
  $ 247,878     $ 188,415     $ 423,894     $ 319,680  
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                               
Qualifying hedges:
                               
Changes in fair value, net of tax of $6,027, $10,812, $(16), and $9,730, respectively
    9,556       17,140       (24 )     15,426  
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income, net of tax of $489, $31, $695, and $2, respectively
    774       50       1,101       4  
Marketable securities:
                               
Change in fair value, net of tax of $-, $(6), $-, and $36, respectively
          (7 )           58  
 
                       
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
    10,330       17,183       1,077       15,488  
 
                       
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
  $ 258,208     $ 205,598     $ 424,971     $ 335,168  
 
                       
The accompanying notes as they relate to Georgia Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

54


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
                 
    For the Six Months  
    Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Operating Activities:
               
Net income
  $ 432,585     $ 321,058  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided from operating activities —
               
Depreciation and amortization
    367,910       302,523  
Deferred income taxes and investment tax credits
    29,175       12,347  
Deferred revenues
    60,898       (479 )
Deferred expenses — affiliates
    21,571       21,933  
Allowance for equity funds used during construction
    (51,738 )     (27,866 )
Pension, postretirement, and other employee benefits
    6,304       6,035  
Hedge settlements
    (20,486 )     4,836  
Other, net
    (20,337 )     8,336  
Changes in certain current assets and liabilities —
               
Receivables
    (193,372 )     (46,080 )
Fossil fuel stock
    (40,214 )     (51,433 )
Prepaid income taxes
    4,303       (46,479 )
Other current assets
    (14,873 )     (9,680 )
Accounts payable
    102,384       814  
Accrued taxes
    (12,300 )     (60,944 )
Accrued compensation
    (49,119 )     (88,796 )
Other current liabilities
    54,940       35,025  
 
           
Net cash provided from operating activities
    677,631       381,150  
 
           
Investing Activities:
               
Property additions
    (992,317 )     (753,046 )
Distribution of restricted cash from pollution control bonds
    13,221        
Nuclear decommissioning trust fund purchases
    (225,477 )     (184,246 )
Nuclear decommissioning trust fund sales
    218,597       177,366  
Cost of removal, net of salvage
    (15,957 )     (18,042 )
Change in construction payables, net of joint owner portion
    7,200       20,517  
Other
    (16,754 )     (6,059 )
 
           
Net cash used for investing activities
    (1,011,487 )     (763,510 )
 
           
Financing Activities:
               
Increase (decrease) in notes payable, net
    (347,612 )     79,495  
Proceeds —
               
Senior notes
    500,000       850,000  
Pollution control bonds
    94,935        
Capital contributions from parent company
    251,262       269,949  
Other long-term debt
    300,000        
Redemptions —
               
Capital leases
    (759 )     (1,957 )
Senior notes
    (45,812 )      
Pollution control bonds
    (41,935 )      
Other long-term debt
          (453,608 )
Payment of preferred and preference stock dividends
    (8,309 )     (1,550 )
Payment of common stock dividends
    (360,600 )     (344,950 )
Other
    (7,671 )     (4,664 )
 
           
Net cash provided from financing activities
    333,499       392,715  
 
           
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    (357 )     10,355  
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period
    15,392       16,850  
 
           
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period
  $ 15,035     $ 27,205  
 
           
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
               
Cash paid during the period for —
               
Interest (net of $21,619 and $11,386 capitalized for 2008 and 2007, respectively)
  $ 154,225     $ 157,693  
Income taxes (net of refunds)
  $ 130,091     $ 158,849  
The accompanying notes as they relate to Georgia Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

55


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
                 
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
Assets   2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Current Assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 15,035     $ 15,392  
Restricted cash
    41,198       48,279  
Receivables —
               
Customer accounts receivable
    608,671       491,389  
Unbilled revenues
    215,656       137,046  
Under recovered regulatory clause revenues
    404,855       384,538  
Other accounts and notes receivable
    75,819       147,498  
Affiliated companies
    53,397       21,699  
Accumulated provision for uncollectible accounts
    (8,269 )     (7,636 )
Fossil fuel stock, at average cost
    433,436       393,222  
Materials and supplies, at average cost
    349,013       337,652  
Vacation pay
    68,639       69,394  
Assets from risk management activities
    127,737       4,262  
Prepaid income taxes
    46,799       51,101  
Other
    67,989       50,907  
 
           
Total current assets
    2,499,975       2,144,743  
 
           
Property, Plant, and Equipment:
               
In service
    23,280,746       22,011,215  
Less accumulated provision for depreciation
    8,924,909       8,696,668  
 
           
 
    14,355,837       13,314,547  
Nuclear fuel, at amortized cost
    256,546       198,983  
Construction work in progress
    1,415,177       1,797,642  
 
           
Total property, plant, and equipment
    16,027,560       15,311,172  
 
           
Other Property and Investments:
               
Equity investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries
    58,188       53,813  
Nuclear decommissioning trusts, at fair value
    549,815       588,952  
Other
    42,847       47,914  
 
           
Total other property and investments
    650,850       690,679  
 
           
Deferred Charges and Other Assets:
               
Deferred charges related to income taxes
    555,156       532,539  
Prepaid pension costs
    1,055,718       1,026,985  
Deferred under recovered regulatory clause revenues
    311,479       307,294  
Other regulatory assets
    628,903       541,014  
Other
    275,780       268,335  
 
           
Total deferred charges and other assets
    2,827,036       2,676,167  
 
           
Total Assets
  $ 22,005,421     $ 20,822,761  
 
           
The accompanying notes as they relate to Georgia Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

56


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
                 
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity   2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Current Liabilities:
               
Securities due within one year
  $ 303,353     $ 198,576  
Notes payable
    367,979       715,591  
Accounts payable —
               
Affiliated
    331,132       236,332  
Other
    486,433       463,945  
Customer deposits
    181,155       171,553  
Accrued taxes —
               
Income taxes
    104,110       68,782  
Other
    157,797       219,585  
Accrued interest
    79,734       74,674  
Accrued vacation pay
    55,064       56,303  
Accrued compensation
    70,617       114,974  
Other regulatory liabilities
    160,171       14,601  
Other
    88,161       88,624  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    2,385,706       2,423,540  
 
           
Long-term Debt
    6,638,738       5,937,792  
 
           
Deferred Credits and Other Liabilities:
               
Accumulated deferred income taxes
    2,895,715       2,850,655  
Deferred credits related to income taxes
    144,338       146,886  
Accumulated deferred investment tax credits
    262,672       269,125  
Employee benefit obligations
    704,191       678,826  
Asset retirement obligations
    667,049       663,503  
Other cost of removal obligations
    416,457       414,745  
Other regulatory liabilities
    690,687       577,642  
Other
    177,113       158,670  
 
           
Total deferred credits and other liabilities
    5,958,222       5,760,052  
 
           
Total Liabilities
    14,982,666       14,121,384  
 
           
Preferred and Preference Stock
    265,957       265,957  
 
           
Common Stockholder’s Equity:
               
Common stock, without par value —
               
Authorized - 20,000,000 shares
               
Outstanding - 9,261,500 shares
    398,473       398,473  
Paid-in capital
    3,631,784       3,374,777  
Retained earnings
    2,739,357       2,676,063  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (12,816 )     (13,893 )
 
           
Total common stockholder’s equity
    6,756,798       6,435,420  
 
           
Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity
  $ 22,005,421     $ 20,822,761  
 
           
The accompanying notes as they relate to Georgia Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

57


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
SECOND QUARTER 2008 vs. SECOND QUARTER 2007
AND
YEAR-TO-DATE 2008 vs. YEAR-TO-DATE 2007
OVERVIEW
Georgia Power operates as a vertically integrated utility providing electricity to retail customers within its traditional service area located within the State of Georgia and to wholesale customers in the Southeast. Many factors affect the opportunities, challenges, and risks of Georgia Power’s business of selling electricity. These factors include the ability to maintain a stable regulatory environment, to achieve energy sales growth, and to effectively manage and secure timely recovery of rising costs. These costs include those related to growing demand, increasingly stringent environmental standards, and fuel costs. Appropriately balancing the need to recover these increasing costs with customer prices will continue to challenge Georgia Power for the foreseeable future. In December 2007, the 2007 Retail Rate Plan was approved, which should provide earnings stability over its three-year term. This regulatory action enables the recovery of substantial capital investments to facilitate the continued reliability of the transmission and distribution networks, continued generation and other investments as well as the recovery of increased operating costs. The 2007 Retail Rate Plan also includes a tariff specifically for the recovery of costs related to environmental controls mandated by state and federal regulations. On May 20, 2008, Georgia Power received a final order from the Georgia PSC to increase its fuel cost recovery rate effective June 1, 2008. Georgia Power is required to file its next fuel cost recovery case by March 1, 2009.
Georgia Power continues to focus on several key performance indicators. These indicators include customer satisfaction, plant availability, system reliability, and net income after dividends on preferred and preference stock. For additional information on these indicators, see MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – OVERVIEW – “Key Performance Indicators” of Georgia Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Net Income
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$59.5   31.6   $104.2   32.6
 
Georgia Power’s net income after dividends on preferred and preference stock for the second quarter 2008 was $247.9 million compared to $188.4 million for the corresponding period in 2007. Georgia Power’s net income after dividends on preferred and preference stock for year-to-date 2008 was $423.9 million compared to $319.7 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These increases were primarily related to increased contributions from market-response rates to large commercial and industrial customers, higher retail base rates resulting from the retail rate increase effective January 1, 2008, and the effects of the allowance for equity funds used during construction (AFUDC).

58


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Retail Revenues
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$245.2   15.5   $407.9   13.6
 
In the second quarter 2008, retail revenues were $1.83 billion compared to $1.59 billion for the corresponding period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, retail revenues were $3.41 billion compared to $3.00 billion for the corresponding period in 2007.
Details of the change to retail revenues are as follows:
                                 
    Second Quarter   Year-to-Date
    2008   2008
 
 
  (in   millions)   (%   change)   (in   millions)   (%   change)
Retail – prior year
  $ 1,585.6             $ 2,997.9          
Estimated change in —
                               
Rates and pricing
    146.2       9.2       227.0       7.6  
Sales growth
    (5.2 )     (0.3 )     (5.8 )     (0.2 )
Weather
    (5.8 )     (0.3 )     2.2       0.1  
Fuel and other cost recovery
    110.0       6.9       184.5       6.1  
 
Retail – current year
  $ 1,830.8       15.5 %   $ 3,405.8       13.6 %
 
Revenues associated with changes in rates and pricing increased in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 when compared to the corresponding periods in 2007 due to higher market-response rates for sales to large commercial and industrial customers and the application of new rates established in January 2008.
Revenues attributable to changes in sales growth decreased in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 when compared to the corresponding periods in 2007. These decreases were primarily the result of a slowing economy within the Southeast. Weather-adjusted total retail KWH sales decreased 1.2% and 0.8% for the second quarter and year-to-date 2008, respectively. Weather-adjusted residential KWH sales decreased 0.5% and 1.1%, weather-adjusted commercial KWH sales increased 0.5% and 1.1%, and weather-adjusted industrial sales decreased 4.1% and 2.9% for the second quarter and year-to-date 2008, respectively, when compared to the corresponding periods in 2007.
Revenues attributable to changes in weather decreased in the second quarter and increased year-to-date 2008 when compared to the corresponding periods in 2007. The decrease in second quarter 2008 revenues attributable to weather effects was primarily due to milder weather in April and May 2008 than in the corresponding periods in 2007. This was partially offset by more favorable weather in June 2008 than June 2007. The increase in year-to-date 2008 revenues attributable to weather effects was primarily due to significant weather volatility in January and June 2008 compared to the corresponding periods in 2007.
Fuel cost recovery revenues increased by $110.0 million in the second quarter 2008 and by $184.5 million year-to-date 2008 when compared to the corresponding periods in 2007 as a result of higher fuel and purchased power expenses. Georgia Power’s electric rates include provisions to adjust billings for fluctuations in fuel costs, including the energy component of purchased power costs. Under these provisions, fuel revenues generally equal fuel expenses, including the fuel component of purchased power costs, and do not affect net income.

59


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Wholesale Revenues – Non-Affiliates
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$7.2   5.3   $16.2   5.8
 
Wholesale revenues from non-affiliates will vary depending on the market cost of available energy compared to the cost of Georgia Power and Southern Company system-owned generation, demand for energy within the Southern Company service territory, and availability of Southern Company system generation.
In the second quarter 2008, wholesale revenues from non-affiliates were $142.3 million compared to $135.1 million for the corresponding period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, wholesale revenues from non-affiliates were $295.0 million compared to $278.8 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These increases were primarily driven by the fuel recovery component within non-affiliate wholesale prices which has increased with the effects of higher fuel and purchased power costs. These increases were partially offset by 3.1% and 2.0% decreases in KWH energy sales in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008, respectively, as well as decreased contributions from the emissions allowance component of market-based wholesale prices.
Wholesale Revenues – Affiliates
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$13.4   22.7   $45.5   45.2
 
Wholesale revenues from affiliates will vary depending on demand and the availability and cost of generating resources at each company within the Southern Company system. These affiliate sales are made in accordance with the IIC, as approved by the FERC. These transactions do not have a significant impact on earnings since the energy is generally sold at marginal cost.
In the second quarter 2008, wholesale revenues from affiliates were $72.2 million compared to $58.8 million for the corresponding period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, wholesale revenues from affiliates were $146.1 million compared to $100.6 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These increases were primarily the result of higher Power Pool rates for these sales due to higher fuel and purchased power costs. These increases were partially offset by 30.6% and 3.9% decreases in KWH energy sales in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008, respectively.
Fuel and Purchased Power Expenses
                                 
    Second Quarter 2008   Year-to-Date 2008
    vs.   vs.
    Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2007
 
 
  (change   in   millions)   (%   change)   (change   in   millions)   (%   change)
Fuel
  $ 32.5       5.0     $ 76.5       6.1  
Purchased power – non-affiliates
    40.1       59.2       52.0       45.7  
Purchased power – affiliates
    68.1       38.0       136.6       37.5  
                     
Total fuel and purchased power expenses
  $ 140.7             $ 265.1          
                     

60


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
In the second quarter 2008, total fuel and purchased power expenses were $1.04 billion compared to $898.2 million for the corresponding period in 2007. The increase in fuel and purchased power expenses was due to a $143.5 million increase in the average cost of fuel and purchased power, partially offset by a $2.8 million decrease in total KWHs generated and purchased.
For year-to-date 2008, total fuel and purchased power expenses were $1.99 billion compared to $1.72 billion for the corresponding period in 2007. The increase in fuel and purchased power expenses was due to a $224.2 million increase in the average cost of fuel and purchased power and a $40.9 million increase in total KWHs generated and purchased.
Fuel and purchased power transactions do not have a significant impact on earnings since energy expenses are generally offset by energy revenues through Georgia Power’s energy cost recovery clause. See FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “FERC and Georgia PSC Matters – Retail Fuel Cost Recovery” herein for additional information.
Details of Georgia Power’s cost of generation and purchased power are as follows:
                                                 
    Second Quarter   Second Quarter   Percent   Year-to-Date   Year-to-Date   Percent
Average Cost   2008   2007   Change   2008   2007   Change
 
    (cents per net KWH)
          (cents per net KWH)
       
Fuel
    3.03       2.67       13.5       2.94       2.65       10.9  
Purchased power
    8.90       7.38       20.6       8.07       6.99       15.5  
 
In the second quarter 2008, fuel expense was $683.3 million compared to $650.8 million for the corresponding period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, fuel expense was $1.32 billion compared to $1.24 billion for the corresponding period in 2007. The increases in fuel expense were the result of 13.5% and 10.9% increases in the average cost of fuel per KWH generated in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008, respectively. These increases were primarily due to an increase in fuel commodity prices, resulting from global demand pressures. The average cost of coal per KWH generated increased 17.0% and 14.6% in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008, respectively. The average cost of oil and natural gas per KWH generated increased 23.9% and 17.0% in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008, respectively.
Non-affiliates
In the second quarter 2008, purchased power from non-affiliates was $107.7 million compared to $67.7 million for the corresponding period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, purchased power from non-affiliates was $165.8 million compared to $113.8 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These increases were primarily the result of 32.7% and 28.8% volume increases in KWHs purchased from available lower priced market energy alternatives in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008, respectively, and increases in the average cost per KWH purchased.
Energy purchases from non-affiliates will vary depending on the market cost of available energy compared to the cost of Southern Company system-generated energy, demand for energy within the Southern Company system service territory, and availability of Southern Company system generation.

61


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Affiliates
In the second quarter 2008, purchased power from affiliates was $247.8 million compared with $179.7 million for the corresponding period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, purchased power from affiliates was $500.8 million compared with $364.2 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These increases were primarily the result of higher average cost of KWHs purchased due to the influence of higher fuel costs within the purchase price. Also contributing to the increases in purchased power from affiliates were 0.9% and 7.8% increases in the volume of KWHs purchased from available lower cost resources within the Power Pool in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008, respectively.
Energy purchases from affiliates will vary depending on demand and the availability and cost of generating resources at each company within the Southern Company system. These purchases are made in accordance with the IIC, as approved by the FERC.
Other Operations and Maintenance Expenses
                                 
    Second Quarter 2008   Year-to-Date 2008
    vs.   vs.
    Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2007
 
 
  (change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
Other operations
  $ 16.5       6.6     $ 26.8       5.6  
Maintenance
    (11.1 )     (8.1 )     (7.8 )     (3.0 )
                     
Total other operations and maintenance
  $ 5.4             $ 19.0          
                     
In the second quarter 2008, other operations and maintenance expenses were $391.8 million compared to $386.4 million for the corresponding period in 2007. The increase was primarily the result of a $3.6 million increase in the accrual for property damage approved under the 2007 Retail Rate Plan. Also contributing to the increase were customer account expenses of $5.1 million primarily related to records and collections and uncollectible accounts, as well as $1.8 million related to medical expenses. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $5.9 million in transmission operations expenses.
For year-to-date 2008, other operations and maintenance expenses were $760.6 million compared to $741.6 million for the corresponding period in 2007. The increase was primarily the result of a $7.0 million increase in nuclear expenses and a $7.3 million increase in the accrual for property damage approved under the 2007 Retail Rate Plan. Also contributing to the increase were customer account expenses of $10.9 million primarily related to meter reading, records and collections, and uncollectible accounts, as well as $3.8 million related to medical expenses. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $11.8 million in transmission operations expenses.
Depreciation and Amortization
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$31.9   25.1   $56.4   22.3
 
In the second quarter 2008, depreciation and amortization was $159.2 million compared to $127.3 million for the corresponding period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, depreciation and amortization was $309.8 million compared to $253.4 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These increases were primarily the result of increases in plant in service related to completed transmission, distribution, and environmental projects and changes in depreciation rates effective January 1, 2008 related to the 2007 Retail Rate Plan.

62


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Taxes Other Than Income Taxes
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$7.9   11.0   $6.8   4.7
 
In the second quarter 2008, taxes other than income taxes were $79.5 million compared with $71.6 million for the corresponding period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, taxes other than income taxes were $150.8 million compared with $144.0 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These increases were primarily the result of higher municipal franchise fees resulting from retail revenue increases during these periods.
Allowance for Equity Funds Used During Construction
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$9.3   63.3   $23.8   85.7
 
In the second quarter 2008, AFUDC was $24.0 million compared with $14.7 million for the corresponding period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, AFUDC was $51.7 million compared with $27.9 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These increases were primarily the result of increases in construction work in progress balances related to ongoing environmental and transmission projects as well as three combined cycle generating units at Plant McDonough.
Income Taxes
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$32.1   32.0   $44.9   26.2
 
In the second quarter 2008, income taxes were $132.3 million compared with $100.2 million for the corresponding period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, income taxes were $216.1 million compared with $171.2 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These increases were primarily the result of increased pre-tax income. These increases were partially offset by increases in non-taxable items, particularly AFUDC, as well as additional state tax credits and an increase in the federal production activities deduction amount.
Dividends on Preferred and Preference Stock
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$3.6   N/M   $7.3   N/M
 
N/M – Not Meaningful
In the second quarter 2008, dividends on preferred and preference stock were $4.3 million compared with $0.7 million for the corresponding period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, dividends on preferred and preference stock were $8.7 million compared with $1.4 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These increases in dividends on preferred and preference stock were primarily the result of the issuance of $225 million of preference stock in the fourth quarter 2007 which has quarterly dividends of approximately $3.7 million.

63


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL
The results of operations discussed above are not necessarily indicative of Georgia Power’s future earnings potential. The level of Georgia Power’s future earnings depends on numerous factors that affect the opportunities, challenges, and risks of Georgia Power’s business of selling electricity. These factors include Georgia Power’s ability to maintain a stable regulatory environment that continues to allow for the recovery of all prudently incurred costs during a time of increasing costs. Future earnings in the near term will depend, in part, upon growth in energy sales which is subject to a number of factors. These factors include weather, competition, new energy contracts with neighboring utilities, energy conservation practiced by customers, the price of electricity, the price elasticity of demand, and the rate of economic growth in Georgia Power’s service area. For additional information relating to these issues, see RISK FACTORS in Item 1A and MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL of Georgia Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K.
Environmental Matters
Compliance costs related to the Clean Air Act and other environmental statutes and regulations could affect earnings if such costs cannot continue to be fully recovered in rates on a timely basis. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters” of Georgia Power in Item 7 and Note 3 to the financial statements of Georgia Power under “Environmental Matters” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information.
New Source Review Actions
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters – New Source Review Actions” of Georgia Power in Item 7 and Note 3 to the financial statements of Georgia Power under “Environmental Matters – New Source Review Actions” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information regarding civil actions brought by the EPA alleging that Georgia Power and Alabama Power had violated the NSR provisions of the Clean Air Act and related state laws with respect to certain of their coal-fired generating facilities. The action against Georgia Power has been administratively closed since 2001, and the case has not been reopened. In the action involving Alabama Power, on July 24, 2008, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Alabama granted partial summary judgment in favor of Alabama Power regarding the proper legal test for determining whether projects are routine maintenance, repair, and replacement and therefore are excluded from NSR permitting. The decision does not resolve the case, the ultimate outcome of which cannot be determined at this time.
Clean Air Interstate Rule
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters – Environmental Statutes and Regulations – Air Quality” of Georgia Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for background regarding the Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR). On July 11, 2008, in response to petitions brought by certain states and regulated industries challenging particular aspects of CAIR, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit issued a decision vacating CAIR in its entirety and remanding it to the EPA for further action consistent with its opinion. Georgia Power’s overall environmental compliance strategy has been developed in response to numerous federal and state regulatory requirements, many of which, including the State of Georgia’s Multi-Pollutant Rule, remain unaffected by the court’s ruling; however, the court’s decision has the potential to impact future decision making regarding capital expenditures, the installation and operation of pollution control equipment, and the purchase, use, and associated carrying values of emissions allowances. The ultimate impact of the court’s decision cannot be

64


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
determined at this time and may depend on subsequent legal action, including issuance of the court’s mandate, and future rulemaking and regulatory treatment.
Eight-Hour Ozone Regulations
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters – Environmental Statutes and Regulations – Air Quality” of Georgia Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for additional information regarding revisions to the eight-hour ozone air quality standard. In March 2008, the EPA finalized its revisions to the eight-hour ozone standard, increasing its stringency. The EPA plans to designate nonattainment areas based on the new standard by 2010, and new nonattainment areas within Georgia Power’s service territory are expected. The ultimate outcome of this matter cannot be determined at this time and will depend on subsequent legal action and/or future nonattainment designations and regulatory plans.
Carbon Dioxide Litigation
On February 26, 2008, the Native Village of Kivalina and the City of Kivalina filed a suit in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California against several electric utilities (including Southern Company), several oil companies, and a coal company. The plaintiffs are the governing bodies of an Inupiat village in Alaska. The plaintiffs contend that the village is being destroyed by erosion allegedly caused by global warming that the plaintiffs attribute to emissions of greenhouse gases by the defendants. The plaintiffs assert claims for public and private nuisance and contend that the defendants have acted in concert and are therefore jointly and severally liable for the plaintiffs’ damages. The suit seeks damages for lost property values and for the cost of relocating the village, which cost is alleged to be $95 million to $400 million. On June 30, 2008, all defendants filed motions to dismiss this case. Southern Company believes that these claims are without merit and notes that the complaint cites no statutory or regulatory basis for the claims. The ultimate outcome of this matter cannot be determined at this time.
FERC and Georgia PSC Matters
Retail Fuel Cost Recovery
On February 6, 2007, the Georgia PSC approved an increase in Georgia Power’s total annual billings of approximately $383 million related to fuel cost recovery effective March 1, 2007. On February 29, 2008, Georgia Power filed a request with the Georgia PSC to change the fuel cost recovery rate effective June 1, 2008. The request was approved on May 20, 2008. Total annual fuel recovery billings increased by approximately $222 million. The order also required Georgia Power to file for a new fuel cost recovery rate no later than March 1, 2009. As of June 30, 2008, Georgia Power had an under recovered fuel balance of approximately $716 million as compared to $692 million at December 31, 2007. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “PSC Matters – Fuel Cost Recovery” of Georgia Power in Item 7 and Note 3 to the financial statements of Georgia Power under “Retail Regulatory Matters – Fuel Cost Recovery” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information. Fuel cost recovery revenues as recorded on the financial statements are adjusted for differences in actual recoverable costs and amounts billed in current regulated rates. Accordingly, any changes in the billing factor will not have a significant effect on Georgia Power’s revenues or net income, but will affect cash flow.

65


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Nuclear
Nuclear Projects
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Nuclear – Nuclear Projects” of Georgia Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for information regarding the potential expansion of Plant Vogtle.
In August 2006, Southern Nuclear, on behalf of Georgia Power, OPC, MEAG Power, and Dalton Utilities (collectively, Owners), filed an application with the NRC for an early site permit approving two additional nuclear units on the site of Plant Vogtle. On March 31, 2008, Southern Nuclear filed an application with the NRC for a combined construction and operating license (COL) for the new units.
On April 8, 2008, Georgia Power, acting for itself and as agent for the Owners, and a consortium consisting of Westinghouse and Stone & Webster (collectively, Consortium) entered into an engineering, procurement, and construction agreement to design, engineer, procure, construct, and test two AP1000 nuclear units with electric generating capacity of approximately 1,100 MWs each and related facilities, structures, and improvements at Plant Vogtle (Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement).
The Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement is an arrangement whereby the Consortium supplies and constructs the entire facility with the exception of certain items provided by the Owners. Under the terms of the Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement, the Owners will pay a purchase price that will be subject to certain price escalation and adjustments, adjustments for change orders, and performance bonuses. Each Owner is severally (and not jointly) liable for its proportionate share, based on its ownership interest, of all amounts owed to the Consortium under the Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement. Georgia Power’s proportionate share, based on its current ownership interest, is 45.7%. Under the terms of a separate joint development agreement, the Owners finalized their ownership percentages on July 2, 2008, except for allowed changes under certain limited circumstances during the Georgia PSC certification process.
Georgia Power submitted its self-build nuclear proposal to the Georgia PSC on May 1, 2008 in connection with its 2016-2017 base load capacity request for proposals (RFP). No other responses to the RFP were received. On August 1, 2008, Georgia Power submitted an application for the Georgia PSC to certify the project. A final certification decision is expected in March 2009.
If certified by the Georgia PSC and licensed by the NRC, Vogtle Units 3 and 4 are scheduled to be placed in service in 2016 and 2017, respectively. The total plant value to be placed in service will also include financing costs for each of the Owners, the impacts of inflation on costs, and transmission and other costs that are the responsibility of the Owners. Georgia Power’s proportionate share of the estimated in-service costs, based on its current ownership interest, is approximately $6.4 billion, subject to adjustments and performance bonuses under the Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement.
The Owners and the Consortium have agreed to certain liquidated damages upon the Consortium’s failure to comply with the schedule and performance guarantees. The Owners and the Consortium also have agreed to certain bonuses payable to the Consortium for early completion and unit performance. The Consortium’s liability to the Owners for schedule and performance liquidated damages and warranty claims is subject to a cap.
The obligations of Westinghouse and Stone & Webster under the Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement are guaranteed by Toshiba Corporation and The Shaw Group, Inc., respectively. In the event of certain credit rating downgrades of any Owner, such Owner will be required to provide a letter of credit or other credit enhancement.

66


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement is subject to certification by the Georgia PSC. In addition, the Owners may terminate the Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement at any time for their convenience, provided that the Owners will be required to pay certain termination costs and, at certain stages of the work, cancellation fees to the Consortium. The Consortium may terminate the Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement under certain circumstances, including delays in receipt of the COL or delivery of full notice to proceed, certain Owner suspension or delays of work, action by a governmental authority to permanently stop work, certain breaches of the Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement by the Owners, Owner insolvency, and certain other events.
Income Tax Matters
Bonus Depreciation
On February 13, 2008, President Bush signed the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008 (Stimulus Act) into law. The Stimulus Act includes a provision that allows 50% bonus depreciation for certain property acquired in 2008 and placed in service in 2008 or, in certain limited cases, 2009. The State of Georgia does not allow the bonus depreciation deduction allowed by the Stimulus Act for state income tax purposes. Georgia Power is currently assessing the financial implications of the Stimulus Act and estimates the cash flow reduction to tax payments for 2008 to be between $50 million and $90 million.
Other Matters
Georgia Power is involved in various other matters being litigated, regulatory matters, and certain tax-related issues that could affect future earnings. In addition, Georgia Power is subject to certain claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Georgia Power’s business activities are subject to extensive governmental regulation related to public health and the environment. Litigation over environmental issues and claims of various types, including property damage, personal injury, common law nuisance, and citizen enforcement of environmental requirements such as opacity and air and water quality standards, has increased generally throughout the United States. In particular, personal injury claims for damages caused by alleged exposure to hazardous materials have become more frequent. The ultimate outcome of such pending or potential litigation against Georgia Power cannot be predicted at this time; however, for current proceedings not specifically reported herein or in Note 3 to the financial statements of Georgia Power in Item 8 of the Form 10-K, management does not anticipate that the liabilities, if any, arising from such current proceedings would have a material adverse effect on Georgia Power’s financial statements.
See the Notes to the Condensed Financial Statements herein for discussion of various other contingencies, regulatory matters, and other matters being litigated which may affect future earnings potential.
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Georgia Power prepares its financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the financial statements of Georgia Power in Item 8 of the Form 10-K. In the application of these policies, certain estimates are made that may have a material impact on Georgia Power’s results of operations and related disclosures. Different assumptions and measurements could produce estimates that are significantly different from those recorded in the financial statements. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – ACCOUNTING POLICIES – “Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” of Georgia Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for a complete discussion of Georgia Power’s critical accounting policies and estimates related to Electric Utility Regulation, Contingent Obligations, and Unbilled Revenues.

67


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY
Overview
Georgia Power’s financial condition remained stable at June 30, 2008. Net cash provided from operating activities totaled $677.6 million for the first six months of 2008, compared to $381.2 million for the corresponding period in 2007. The $296.4 million increase in cash provided from operating activities in the first six months of 2008 is primarily due to higher retail operating revenues. Net cash used for investing activities totaled $1.01 billion for the first six months of 2008 primarily due to gross property additions to utility plant of $1.05 billion. Net cash provided from financing activities totaled $333.5 million for the first six months of 2008 compared to $392.7 million for the corresponding period in 2007. This was primarily due to the repayment of notes payable and the timing of financings in 2008 compared to 2007.
Significant balance sheet changes for the first six months of 2008 include a $1.27 billion increase in plant in service and the refinancing of notes payable to other forms of financing.
Capital Requirements and Contractual Obligations
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY “Capital Requirements and Contractual Obligations” of Georgia Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for a description of Georgia Power’s capital requirements for its construction program, scheduled maturities of long-term debt, as well as related interest, derivative obligations, preferred and preference stock dividends, leases, purchase commitments, and trust funding requirements. Approximately $303 million will be required through June 30, 2009 to fund maturities of long-term debt. In addition, in connection with entering into the Vogtle 3 and 4 Agreement, as described under FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Nuclear – Nuclear Projects” herein, the Georgia Power Board of Directors approved revisions to Georgia Power’s capital budget of $600 million in 2009 and $700 million in 2010, for a revised estimated total construction program of $2.0 billion in 2008, $2.6 billion in 2009, and $2.5 billion in 2010. Actual construction costs may vary from these estimates because of changes in such factors as: business conditions; environmental statutes and regulations; nuclear plant regulations; FERC rules and regulations; load projections; the cost and efficiency of construction labor, equipment, and materials; and the cost of capital. In addition, there can be no assurance that costs related to capital expenditures will be fully recovered.
Sources of Capital
Georgia Power plans to obtain the funds required for construction and other purposes from sources similar to those utilized in the past. Recently, Georgia Power has primarily utilized funds from operating cash flows, short-term debt, external security offerings, and equity contributions from Southern Company. However, the amount, type, and timing of any future financings, if needed, will depend upon regulatory approval, prevailing market conditions, and other factors. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Sources of Capital” of Georgia Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for additional information.
Georgia Power’s current liabilities frequently exceed current assets because of the continued use of short-term debt as a funding source to meet scheduled maturities of long-term debt as well as cash needs which can fluctuate significantly due to the seasonality of the business. To meet short-term cash needs and contingencies, Georgia Power had at June 30, 2008 approximately $15.0 million of cash and cash equivalents and approximately $1.3 billion of unused credit arrangements with banks. Of the unused credit arrangements, $225 million expire in 2009 and $1.1 billion expire in 2012.

68


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Of the facilities that expire in 2009, $40 million contain provisions allowing two-year term loans executable at expiration. Georgia Power expects to renew its credit facilities, as needed, prior to expiration. See Note 6 to the financial statements of Georgia Power under “Bank Credit Arrangements” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information. These credit arrangements provide liquidity support to Georgia Power’s commercial paper program and have $743 million dedicated to funding purchase obligations related to variable rate pollution control bonds. Georgia Power may also meet short-term cash needs through a Southern Company subsidiary organized to issue and sell commercial paper and extendible commercial notes at the request and for the benefit of Georgia Power and other Southern Company subsidiaries. At June 30, 2008, Georgia Power had approximately $268 million of commercial paper and $100 million of short-term bank loans outstanding. Management believes that the need for working capital can be adequately met by utilizing commercial paper programs and lines of credit without maintaining large cash balances.
Credit Rating Risk
Georgia Power does not have any credit arrangements that would require material changes in payment schedules or terminations as a result of a credit rating downgrade. There are certain contracts that could require collateral, but not accelerated payment, in the event of a credit rating change to BBB- and/or Baa3 or below. These contracts are primarily for physical electricity purchases and sales and for the construction of new generation. At June 30, 2008, the maximum potential collateral requirements at a BBB- or Baa3 rating were approximately $27 million. The maximum potential collateral requirements at a rating below BBB- and/or Baa3 were approximately $829 million. Generally, collateral may be provided by a Southern Company guaranty, letter of credit, or cash.
Georgia Power, along with all members of the Power Pool, is party to certain agreements that could require collateral and/or accelerated payment in the event of a credit rating change to below investment grade for Georgia Power and/or Alabama Power. These agreements are primarily for natural gas and power price risk management activities. At June 30, 2008, Georgia Power’s total exposure related to these types of agreements was approximately $68 million.
Market Price Risk
Georgia Power’s market risk exposures relative to interest rate changes have not changed materially compared with the December 31, 2007 reporting period. In addition, Georgia Power is not aware of any facts or circumstances that would significantly affect such exposures in the near term.
Due to cost-based rate regulation, Georgia Power has limited exposure to market volatility in interest rates, commodity fuel prices, and prices of electricity. To mitigate residual risks relative to movements in electricity prices, Georgia Power enters into physical fixed-price contracts for the purchase and sale of electricity through the wholesale electricity market. Georgia Power continues to manage a fuel-hedging program at the instruction of the Georgia PSC.

69


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The change in fair value of energy-related derivative contracts and valuations at June 30, 2008 were as follows:
                 
    Second Quarter   Year-to-Date
    2008   2008
    Changes   Changes
 
    Fair Value
 
    (in   millions)
Contracts outstanding at the beginning of the period, assets (liabilities), net
  $ 83.6     $ (0.4 )
Contracts realized or settled
    (27.3 )     (21.4 )
Current period changes (a)
    112.2       190.3  
 
Contracts outstanding at the end of the period, assets (liabilities), net
  $ 168.5     $ 168.5  
 
(a)   Current period changes also include the changes in fair value of new contracts entered into during the period, if any.
Gains and losses on energy-related derivative contracts related to Georgia Power’s fuel hedging program are initially recorded as regulatory liabilities and assets, respectively, and then are included in fuel expense as they are recovered through the fuel cost recovery mechanism. Certain other gains and losses on energy-related derivatives, designated as hedges, are initially deferred in other comprehensive income before being recognized in income in the same period as the hedged transaction. Gains and losses on energy-related derivative contracts that are not designated as hedges are recognized in the statements of income as incurred.
The fair value gain/(loss) of energy-related derivative contracts outstanding at June 30, 2008 was reflected in the financial statements as follows:
         
    Amounts
 
 
  (in   millions)
Regulatory liabilities, net
  $ 168.5  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
     
Net income
     
 
Total fair value gain/(loss)
  $ 168.5  
 
Unrealized pre-tax gains and losses recognized in income for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 for energy-related derivative contracts that are not hedges were not material.
The maturities of the energy-related derivative contracts and the level of the fair value hierarchy in which they fall at June 30, 2008 are as follows:
                         
    June 30, 2008
    Fair Value Measurements
 
    Total   Maturity
    Fair Value   Year 1   1-3 Years
 
    (in   millions)
Level 1
  $     $     $  
Level 2
    168.5       120.7       47.8  
Level 3
                 
 
Fair value of contracts outstanding at end of period
  $ 168.5     $ 120.7     $ 47.8  
 

70


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
As part of the adoption of SFAS No. 157 to increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements and related disclosures, the table above now uses the three-tier fair value hierarchy, as discussed in Note (C) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein, as opposed to the previously used descriptions “actively quoted,” “external sources,” and “models and other methods.” The three-tier fair value hierarchy focuses on the fair value of the contract itself, whereas the previous descriptions focused on the source of the inputs. Because Georgia Power uses over-the-counter contracts that are not exchange traded but are fair valued using prices which are actively quoted, the valuations of those contracts now appear in Level 2; previously they were shown as “actively quoted.”
For additional information, see MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Market Price Risk” of Georgia Power in Item 7 and Notes 1 and 6 to the financial statements of Georgia Power under “Financial Instruments” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K and Note (F) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein.
Financing Activities
In the first quarter 2008, Georgia Power issued $250 million of Series 2008A Floating Rate Senior Notes due March 17, 2010. The proceeds were used to repay a portion of its outstanding short-term indebtedness. In addition, Georgia Power entered into a three-year $300 million long-term floating rate bank loan that bears interest based on one-month LIBOR. Proceeds were used to repay a portion of Georgia Power’s short-term indebtedness and for other corporate purposes, including Georgia Power’s continuous construction activities. Related to the bank note, Georgia Power settled interest rate hedges of $225 million notional amount at a loss of $16 million. These losses were deferred in other comprehensive income and will be amortized to income over the original term of the hedges. Also in the first three months of 2008, Georgia Power entered into derivative transactions designed to mitigate interest rate risk related to taxable floating rate obligations. The total notional amount of these derivatives was $600 million. See Note (F) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein for further details.
Also in the first four months of 2008, Georgia Power converted its entire $819 million of obligations related to auction rate tax-exempt securities from auction rate modes to other interest rate modes. Initially, approximately $332 million of the auction rate tax-exempt securities were converted to fixed interest rate modes and approximately $487 million were converted to daily floating rate modes. Georgia Power also entered into hedges totaling $301 million to hedge interest rate risk on tax-exempt variable rate demand notes in February. In June 2008, Georgia Power converted approximately $98 million of its daily floating rate securities to fixed interest rate modes. See Note (F) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein for further details.
In June 2008, Georgia Power issued $250 million of Series 2008B 5.40% Senior Notes due June 1, 2018. The proceeds were used to repay outstanding short-term indebtedness, a portion of which was incurred to pay at maturity $45 million aggregate principal amount of its Savannah Electric and Power Company Series C 6.55% Senior Notes, and for general corporate purposes. Georgia Power also terminated derivative contracts related to the issuance of $100 million of the Series 2008B Senior Notes. These contracts were settled at a loss of approximately $5 million, which will be amortized over the life of the Series 2008B Senior Notes.
Also in June 2008, Georgia Power incurred obligations related to the issuance of $53 million of pollution control revenue bonds for Georgia Power’s Plant Hammond Project. The proceeds will be held by the trustee and will be transferred to Georgia Power for reimbursement of project costs.
In addition to any financings that may be necessary to meet capital requirements and contractual obligations, Georgia Power plans to continue, when economically feasible, a program to retire higher-cost securities and replace these obligations with lower-cost capital if market conditions permit.

71


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY

72


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)
                                 
    For the Three Months     For the Six Months  
    Ended June 30,     Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)  
Operating Revenues:
                               
Retail revenues
  $ 284,218     $ 243,379     $ 512,182     $ 462,963  
Wholesale revenues —
                               
Non-affiliates
    25,052       21,004       50,708       44,404  
Affiliates
    26,524       20,813       69,464       60,893  
Other revenues
    14,073       13,198       29,048       26,367  
 
                       
Total operating revenues
    349,867       298,394       661,402       594,627  
 
                       
Operating Expenses:
                               
Fuel
    165,999       133,049       316,126       279,523  
Purchased power —
Non-affiliates
    6,086       1,955       9,212       3,343  
Affiliates
    16,685       10,469       25,428       17,510  
Other operations
    47,023       46,963       94,879       93,013  
Maintenance
    18,751       19,455       37,326       32,657  
Depreciation and amortization
    22,206       21,203       43,910       42,300  
Taxes other than income taxes
    20,803       20,283       41,499       40,489  
 
                       
Total operating expenses
    297,553       253,377       568,380       508,835  
 
                       
Operating Income
    52,314       45,017       93,022       85,792  
Other Income and (Expense):
                               
Allowance for equity funds used during construction
    2,040       485       3,523       864  
Interest income
    709       1,289       1,418       2,897  
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized
    (10,679 )     (11,377 )     (21,675 )     (22,530 )
Other income (expense), net
    (343 )     (325 )     (1,009 )     (875 )
 
                       
Total other income and (expense)
    (8,273 )     (9,928 )     (17,743 )     (19,644 )
 
                       
Earnings Before Income Taxes
    44,041       35,089       75,279       66,148  
Income taxes
    15,499       12,989       25,656       24,360  
 
                       
Net Income
    28,542       22,100       49,623       41,788  
Dividends on Preference Stock
    1,550       825       3,101       1,650  
 
                       
Net Income After Dividends on Preference Stock
  $ 26,992     $ 21,275     $ 46,522     $ 40,138  
 
                       
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (UNAUDITED)
                                 
    For the Three Months     For the Six Months  
    Ended June 30,     Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)  
Net Income After Dividends on Preference Stock
  $ 26,992     $ 21,275     $ 46,522     $ 40,138  
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                               
Qualifying hedges:
                               
Changes in fair value, net of tax of $404 and $1,978, $(1,077), and $2,537, respectively
    643       3,149       (1,715 )     4,039  
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income, net of tax of $103, $76, $157, and $160, respectively
    162       122       249       255  
 
                       
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
    805       3,271       (1,466 )     4,294  
 
                       
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
  $ 27,797     $ 24,546     $ 45,056     $ 44,432  
 
                       
The accompanying notes as they relate to Gulf Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

73


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
                 
    For the Six Months  
    Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Operating Activities:
               
Net income
  $ 49,623     $ 41,788  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided from operating activities —
               
Depreciation and amortization
    46,439       44,827  
Deferred income taxes
    9,215       (12,021 )
Allowance for equity funds used during construction
    (3,523 )     (864 )
Pension, postretirement, and other employee benefits
    554       463  
Stock option expense
    537       891  
Tax benefit of stock options
    109       199  
Hedge settlements
    (5,220 )     3,030  
Other, net
    (61 )     (436 )
Changes in certain current assets and liabilities —
Receivables
    (27,073 )     (6,015 )
Fossil fuel stock
    (26,432 )     (13,473 )
Materials and supplies
    6,669       (1,517 )
Prepaid income taxes
          7,078  
Property damage cost recovery
    12,463       11,440  
Other current assets
    1,339       1,085  
Accounts payable
    6,419       (7,460 )
Accrued taxes
    4,433       6,470  
Accrued compensation
    (6,952 )     (7,990 )
Other current liabilities
    2,838       6,149  
 
           
Net cash provided from operating activities
    71,377       73,644  
 
           
Investing Activities:
               
Property additions
    (149,761 )     (93,207 )
Cost of removal, net of salvage
    (4,519 )     (6,432 )
Construction payables
    5,753       (5,993 )
Other
    (2,883 )     (132 )
 
           
Net cash used for investing activities
    (151,410 )     (105,764 )
 
           
Financing Activities:
               
Decrease in notes payable, net
    (40,801 )     (96,612 )
Proceeds —
               
Senior Notes
          85,000  
Common stock issued to parent
          80,000  
Gross excess tax benefit of stock options
    212       468  
Capital contributions from parent company
    73,060        
Other long-term debt
    110,000        
Redemptions — Senior notes
    (651 )      
Payment of preference stock dividends
    (2,956 )     (1,650 )
Payment of common stock dividends
    (40,850 )     (37,050 )
Other
    (2,141 )     (996 )
 
           
Net cash provided from financing activities
    95,873       29,160  
 
           
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    15,840       (2,960 )
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period
    5,348       7,526  
 
           
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period
  $ 21,188     $ 4,566  
 
           
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
               
Cash paid during the period for —
Interest (net of $1,404 and $381 capitalized for 2008 and 2007, respectively)
  $ 19,831     $ 16,991  
Income taxes (net of refunds)
  $ 17,744     $ 27,824  
The accompanying notes as they relate to Gulf Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

74


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
                 
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
Assets   2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Current Assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 21,188     $ 5,348  
Receivables —
               
Customer accounts receivable
    68,968       63,227  
Unbilled revenues
    55,314       39,000  
Under recovered regulatory clause revenues
    71,077       58,435  
Other accounts and notes receivable
    6,220       7,162  
Affiliated companies
    7,240       19,377  
Accumulated provision for uncollectible accounts
    (1,277 )     (1,711 )
Fossil fuel stock, at average cost
    98,901       71,012  
Materials and supplies, at average cost
    39,094       45,763  
Property damage cost recovery
    4,372       18,585  
Other regulatory assets
    8,896       10,220  
Other
    32,126       14,878  
 
           
Total current assets
    412,119       351,296  
 
           
Property, Plant, and Equipment:
               
In service
    2,745,010       2,678,952  
Less accumulated provision for depreciation
    951,726       931,968  
 
           
 
    1,793,284       1,746,984  
Construction work in progress
    215,845       150,870  
 
           
Total property, plant, and equipment
    2,009,129       1,897,854  
 
           
Other Property and Investments
    4,598       4,563  
 
           
Deferred Charges and Other Assets:
               
Deferred charges related to income taxes
    21,067       17,847  
Prepaid pension costs
    108,757       107,151  
Other regulatory assets
    105,570       97,492  
Other
    43,257       22,784  
 
           
Total deferred charges and other assets
    278,651       245,274  
 
           
Total Assets
  $ 2,704,497     $ 2,498,987  
 
           
The accompanying notes as they relate to Gulf Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

75


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
                 
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity   2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Current Liabilities:
               
Notes payable
  $ 3,824     $ 44,625  
Accounts payable —
               
Affiliated
    57,387       39,375  
Other
    60,894       56,823  
Customer deposits
    26,609       24,885  
Accrued taxes —
               
Income taxes
    35,171       30,026  
Other
    16,800       10,577  
Accrued interest
    7,448       7,698  
Accrued compensation
    8,144       15,096  
Other regulatory liabilities
    32,887       6,027  
Other
    20,931       32,023  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    270,095       267,155  
 
           
Long-term Debt
    849,634       740,050  
 
           
Deferred Credits and Other Liabilities:
               
Accumulated deferred income taxes
    244,188       240,101  
Accumulated deferred investment tax credits
    12,121       12,988  
Employee benefit obligations
    76,025       74,021  
Other cost of removal obligations
    175,920       172,876  
Other regulatory liabilities
    89,852       82,741  
Other
    80,525       79,802  
 
           
Total deferred credits and other liabilities
    678,631       662,529  
 
           
Total Liabilities
    1,798,360       1,669,734  
 
           
Preference Stock
    97,998       97,998  
 
           
Common Stockholder’s Equity:
               
Common stock, without par value —
               
Authorized - 20,000,000 shares
               
Outstanding - 1,792,717 shares
    118,060       118,060  
Paid-in capital
    508,899       435,008  
Retained earnings
    186,445       181,986  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (5,265 )     (3,799 )
 
           
Total common stockholder’s equity
    808,139       731,255  
 
           
Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity
  $ 2,704,497     $ 2,498,987  
 
           
The accompanying notes as they relate to Gulf Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

76


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
SECOND QUARTER 2008 vs. SECOND QUARTER 2007
AND
YEAR-TO-DATE 2008 vs. YEAR-TO-DATE 2007
OVERVIEW
Gulf Power operates as a vertically integrated utility providing electricity to retail customers within its traditional service area located in northwest Florida and to wholesale customers in the Southeast. Many factors affect the opportunities, challenges, and risks of Gulf Power’s business of selling electricity. These factors include the ability to maintain a stable regulatory environment, to achieve energy sales growth, and to effectively manage and secure timely recovery of rising costs. These costs include those related to growing demand, increasingly stringent environmental standards, fuel costs, and storm restoration costs. Appropriately balancing the need to recover these increasing costs with customer prices will continue to challenge Gulf Power for the foreseeable future.
Gulf Power continues to focus on several key performance indicators. These indicators include customer satisfaction, plant availability, system reliability, and net income after dividends on preference stock. For additional information on these indicators, see MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – OVERVIEW – “Key Performance Indicators” of Gulf Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Net Income
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$5.7   26.9   $6.4   15.9
 
Gulf Power’s net income after dividends on preference stock for the second quarter 2008 was $27.0 million compared to $21.3 million for the corresponding period in 2007. The increase was primarily due to more favorable weather, higher wholesale capacity revenues from non-affiliates, and increased allowance for equity funds used during construction (AFUDC), partially offset by increased income taxes.
Gulf Power’s net income after dividends on preference stock for year-to-date 2008 was $46.5 million compared to $40.1 million for the corresponding period in 2007. The increase was primarily due to more favorable weather, higher wholesale capacity revenues from non-affiliates, and increased AFUDC. The increase was partially offset by higher operations and maintenance expenses due to scheduled maintenance at generation facilities.
Retail Revenues
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$40.8   16.8   $49.2   10.6
 
In the second quarter 2008, retail revenues were $284.2 million compared to $243.4 million for the corresponding period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, retail revenues were $512.2 million compared to $463.0 million for the corresponding period in 2007.

77


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Details of the change to retail revenues are as follows:
                                 
    Second Quarter   Year-to-Date
    2008   2008
 
    (in millions)   (% change)   (in millions)   (% change)
Retail – prior year
  $ 243.4             $ 463.0          
Estimated change in —
Rates and pricing
    1.4       0.6       2.8       0.6  
Sales growth
    (1.9 )     (0.8 )     0.4       0.1  
Weather
    3.3       1.4       4.4       0.9  
Fuel and other cost recovery
    38.0       15.6       41.6       9.0  
 
Retail – current year
  $ 284.2       16.8 %   $ 512.2       10.6 %
 
Revenues associated with changes in rates and pricing increased in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 when compared to the same periods in 2007 primarily due to cost recovery provisions for energy conservation costs and environmental compliance costs. Annually, Gulf Power petitions the Florida PSC for recovery of projected costs including any true-up amount from prior periods, and approved rates are implemented each January. These recovery provisions include related expenses and a return on average net investment. See Note 1 to the financial statements of Gulf Power under “Revenues” and Note 3 to the financial statements of Gulf Power under “Environmental Remediation” and “Retail Regulatory Matters – Environmental Cost Recovery” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information.
Revenues attributable to changes in sales growth decreased in the second quarter 2008 when compared to the same period in 2007. Weather-adjusted KWH energy sales to residential customers and commercial customers decreased 6.4% and 1.0%, respectively. The decrease in weather-adjusted KWH energy sales to residential customers was primarily due to lower home occupancy rates. Weather-adjusted KWH energy sales to industrial customers increased 18.5%. The increase in weather-adjusted KWH energy sales to industrial customers was primarily a result of decreased customer co-generation due to the higher cost of natural gas. Revenues attributable to changes in sales growth increased year-to-date 2008 when compared to the same period in 2007. Weather-adjusted KWH energy sales to residential customers decreased 3.9%, primarily due to lower home occupancy rates. Weather-adjusted KWH energy sales to commercial and industrial customers increased 0.7% and 12.0%, respectively. The increase in weather-adjusted KWH energy sales to industrial customers was primarily a result of decreased customer co-generation due to the higher cost of natural gas.
Revenues attributable to changes in weather increased in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 when compared to the corresponding periods in 2007. These increases were due to more favorable weather.
Fuel and other cost recovery revenues increased in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 when compared to the corresponding periods in 2007 primarily due to higher fuel and purchased power expenses. Fuel and other cost recovery revenues include fuel expenses, the energy component of purchased power costs, purchased power capacity costs, and revenues related to the recovery of storm damage restoration costs. Annually, Gulf Power petitions the Florida PSC for recovery of projected fuel and purchased power costs including any true-up amount from prior periods, and approved rates are implemented each January. The recovery provisions generally equal the related expenses and have no material effect on net income. See FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “FERC and Florida PSC Matters – Retail Fuel Cost Recovery” herein and MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “PSC Matters – Fuel Cost Recovery” of Gulf Power in Item 7 and Note 1 to the financial statements of Gulf Power under “Revenues” and “Property Damage Reserve” and Note 3 to the financial statements of Gulf Power under “Retail Regulatory Matters – Storm Damage Cost Recovery” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information.

78


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Wholesale Revenues – Non-Affiliates
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$4.0
  19.3   $6.3   14.2
 
Wholesale revenues from non-affiliates are predominantly unit power sales under long-term contracts to other Florida utilities. Revenues from these contracts have both capacity and energy components. Capacity revenues reflect the recovery of fixed costs and a return on investment under the contracts. Energy is generally sold at variable cost.
In the second quarter 2008, wholesale revenues from non-affiliates were $25.0 million compared to $21.0 million for the corresponding period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, wholesale revenues from non-affiliates were $50.7 million compared to $44.4 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These increases were primarily a result of higher energy revenues caused by increased fuel costs and higher capacity revenues associated with new and existing territorial wholesale contracts.
Wholesale Revenues – Affiliates
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$5.7   27.4   $8.6   14.1
 
Wholesale revenues from affiliates will vary depending on demand and the availability and cost of generating resources at each company within the Southern Company system. These affiliate sales are made in accordance with the IIC, as approved by the FERC. These transactions do not have a significant impact on earnings since this energy is generally sold at marginal cost.
In the second quarter 2008, wholesale revenues from affiliates were $26.5 million compared to $20.8 million for the corresponding period in 2007. For year-to-date, wholesale revenues from affiliates were $69.5 million compared to $60.9 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These increases were primarily a result of higher Power Pool interchange energy rates produced by rising fuel costs, partially offset by decreased KWH sales.
Other Revenues
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$0.9   6.6   $2.7   10.2
 
In the second quarter 2008, other revenues were $14.1 million compared to $13.2 million for the same period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, other revenues were $29.0 million compared to $26.3 million for the same period in 2007. These increases were primarily related to the settlement of a transmission service agreement with Calpine Corporation and increases in other transmission services.

79


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Fuel and Purchased Power Expenses
                                 
    Second Quarter 2008   Year-to-Date 2008
    vs.   vs.
    Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2007
 
    (change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
Fuel
  $ 33.0       24.8     $ 36.6       13.1  
Purchased power – non-affiliates
    4.1       211.3       5.9       175.6  
Purchased power – affiliates
    6.2       59.4       7.9       45.2  
                     
Total fuel and purchased power expenses
  $ 43.3             $ 50.4          
                     
In the second quarter 2008, total fuel and purchased power expenses were $188.8 million compared to $145.5 million for the corresponding period in 2007. The net increase in fuel and purchased power expenses was due to a $42.5 million increase in the average cost of fuel and purchased power as well as a $4.0 million increase in KWHs purchased, partially offset by a $3.2 million decrease in KWHs generated.
For year-to-date 2008, total fuel and purchased power expenses were $350.7 million compared to $300.3 million for the corresponding period in 2007. The net increase in fuel and purchased power expenses was due to a $60.4 million increase in the average cost of fuel and purchased power as well as a $2.2 million increase in KWHs purchased, partially offset by a $12.2 million decrease in KWHs generated.
Fuel and purchased power transactions do not have a significant impact on earnings since energy expenses are generally offset by energy revenues through Gulf Power’s fuel cost recovery clause. See FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “FERC and Florida PSC Matters – Retail Fuel Cost Recovery” herein for additional information.
Details of Gulf Power’s cost of generation and purchased power are as follows:
                                                 
    Second Quarter   Second Quarter   Percent   Year-to-Date   Year-to-Date   Percent
Average Cost   2008   2007   Change   2008   2007   Change
 
    (cents per net KWH)           (cents per net KWH)        
Fuel
    4.26       3.33       27.9       4.03       3.41       18.2  
Purchased power
    10.73       7.71       39.2       8.90       5.92       50.3  
 
In the second quarter 2008, fuel expense was $166.0 million compared to $133.0 million in the same period in 2007. The increase was due to a $36.2 million increase in the average cost of fuel, partially offset by a $3.2 million decrease related to total KWHs generated. The average cost of coal per KWH generated increased 20.4% primarily as a result of increases in commodity and transportation costs. The average cost of oil and natural gas per KWH generated increased 32.3% primarily as a result of increases in commodity prices.
For year-to-date 2008, fuel expense was $316.1 million compared to $279.5 million in the same period in 2007. The increase was due to a $48.8 million increase in the average cost of fuel, partially offset by a $12.2 million decrease related to total KWHs generated. The average cost of coal per KWH generated increased 17.4% primarily as a result of increases in commodity and transportation costs. The average cost of oil and natural gas per KWH generated increased 17.6% primarily as a result of increases in commodity prices.

80


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Non-affiliates
In the second quarter 2008, purchased power from non-affiliates was $6.1 million compared to $2.0 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was due to a $3.2 million increase resulting from the higher average cost per KWH and a $0.9 million increase in total KWHs purchased.
For year-to-date 2008, purchased power from non-affiliates was $9.2 million compared to $3.3 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was due to a $5.7 million increase resulting from the higher average cost per KWH and a $0.2 million increase in total KWHs purchased.
Energy purchases from non-affiliates will vary depending on the market cost of available energy compared to the cost of Southern Company system-generated energy, demand for energy within the Southern Company system service territory, and availability of Southern Company system generation.
Affiliates
In the second quarter 2008, purchased power from affiliates was $16.7 million compared to $10.5 million for the corresponding period in 2007. The increase was due to a $3.7 million increase resulting from the higher average cost per KWH and a $2.5 million increase in total KWHs purchased.
For year-to-date 2008, purchased power from affiliates was $25.4 million compared to $17.5 million for the corresponding period in 2007. The increase was due to a $5.5 million increase resulting from the higher average cost per KWH and a $2.4 million increase in total KWHs purchased.
Energy purchases from affiliates will vary depending on demand and the availability and cost of generating resources at each company within the Southern Company system. These purchases are made in accordance with the IIC, as approved by the FERC.
Other Operations and Maintenance Expenses
                                 
    Second Quarter 2008   Year-to-Date 2008
    vs.   vs.
    Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2007
 
    (change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
Other operations
  $ 0.1       0.1     $ 1.8       2.0  
Maintenance
    (0.7 )     (3.6 )     4.7       14.3  
                     
Total other operations and maintenance
  $ (0.6 )           $ 6.5          
                     
The second quarter 2008 decrease in other operations and maintenance expenses when compared to the same period in 2007 was not material. For year-to-date 2008, other operations and maintenance expenses were $132.2 million compared to $125.7 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was primarily due to a $3.5 million increase in scheduled maintenance at generation facilities and a $1.4 million increase in distribution contract labor costs.

81


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Allowance for Equity Funds Used During Construction
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$1.5
  320.6   $2.6   307.8
 
In the second quarter 2008, AFUDC was $2.0 million compared to $0.5 million for the corresponding period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, AFUDC was $3.5 million compared to $0.9 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These increases were primarily due to the construction of environmental control projects.
Interest Income
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$(0.6)   (45.0)   $(1.5)   (51.1)
 
In the second quarter 2008, interest income was $0.7 million compared to $1.3 million for the same period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, interest income was $1.4 million compared to $2.9 million for the same period in 2007. These decreases were primarily a result of lower variable interest rates charged against the under recovered fuel balance and a decrease in the property damage reserve balance. The Florida PSC has authorized the calculation of interest on under recovered regulatory clause revenues at 30-day commercial paper rates.
Interest Expense, Net of Amounts Capitalized
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$(0.7)   (6.1)   $(0.8)   (3.8)
 
In the second quarter 2008, interest expense was $10.7 million compared to $11.4 million for the same period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, interest expense was $21.7 million compared to $22.5 million for the same period in 2007. These decreases were primarily due to capitalization of the allowance for debt funds used during construction related to the construction of environmental control projects.
Income Taxes
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$2.5   19.3   $1.3   5.3
 
In the second quarter 2008, income taxes were $15.5 million compared to $13.0 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was primarily a result of higher earnings before income taxes, partially offset by the tax benefit associated with an increase in AFUDC.
For year-to-date 2008, income taxes were $25.7 million compared to $24.4 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was primarily a result of higher earnings before income taxes. This increase was partially offset by an increase in the federal production activities deduction and the tax benefit associated with an increase in AFUDC.

82


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Dividends on Preference Stock
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$0.7   87.9   $1.4   87.9
 
In the second quarter 2008, dividends on preference stock were $1.5 million compared to $0.8 million for the same period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, dividends on preference stock were $3.1 million compared to $1.7 million for the same period in 2007. These increases resulted from the issuance of $45 million of 6.45% Preference Stock in September 2007.
FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL
The results of operations discussed above are not necessarily indicative of Gulf Power’s future earnings potential. The level of Gulf Power’s future earnings depends on numerous factors that affect the opportunities, challenges, and risks of Gulf Power’s business of selling electricity. These factors include Gulf Power’s ability to maintain a stable regulatory environment that continues to allow for the recovery of all prudently incurred costs during a time of increasing costs. Future earnings in the near term will depend, in part, upon growth in energy sales, which is subject to a number of factors. These factors include weather, competition, new energy contracts with neighboring utilities, energy conservation practiced by customers, the price of electricity, the price elasticity of demand, and the rate of economic growth in Gulf Power’s service area. For additional information relating to these issues, see RISK FACTORS in Item 1A and MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL of Gulf Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K.
Environmental Matters
Compliance costs related to the Clean Air Act and other environmental statutes and regulations could affect earnings if such costs cannot continue to be fully recovered in rates on a timely basis. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters” of Gulf Power in Item 7 and Note 3 to the financial statements of Gulf Power under “Environmental Matters” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information.
New Source Review Actions
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters – New Source Review Actions” of Gulf Power in Item 7 and Note 3 to the financial statements of Gulf Power under “Environmental Matters – New Source Review Actions” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information regarding notices of violation issued by the EPA relating to Gulf Power’s Plant Crist and a unit partially owned by Gulf Power at Plant Scherer and civil actions brought by the EPA against Alabama Power and Georgia Power alleging that these companies had violated the NSR provisions of the Clean Air Act and related state laws with respect to certain of their coal-fired generating facilities. In the action involving Alabama Power, on July 24, 2008, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Alabama granted partial summary judgment in favor of Alabama Power regarding the proper legal test for determining whether projects are routine maintenance, repair, and replacement and therefore are excluded from NSR permitting. The decision does not resolve the case, the ultimate outcome of which cannot be determined at this time.

83


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Clean Air Interstate Rule
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters – Environmental Statutes and Regulations – Air Quality” of Gulf Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for background regarding the Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR). On July 11, 2008, in response to petitions brought by certain states and regulated industries challenging particular aspects of CAIR, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit issued a decision vacating CAIR in its entirety and remanding it to the EPA for further action consistent with its opinion. Gulf Power’s overall environmental compliance strategy has been developed in response to numerous federal and state regulatory requirements, many of which remain unaffected by the court’s ruling; however, the court’s decision has the potential to impact future decision making regarding capital expenditures, the installation and operation of pollution control equipment, and the purchase, use, and associated carrying values of emissions allowances. The ultimate impact of the court’s decision cannot be determined at this time and may depend on subsequent legal action, including issuance of the court’s mandate, and future rulemaking and regulatory treatment.
Eight-Hour Ozone Regulations
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters – Environmental Statutes and Regulations – Air Quality” of Gulf Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for additional information regarding revisions to the eight-hour ozone air quality standard. In March 2008, the EPA finalized its revisions to the eight-hour ozone standard, increasing its stringency. The EPA plans to designate nonattainment areas based on the new standard by 2010, and new nonattainment areas within Gulf Power’s service territory are expected. The ultimate outcome of this matter cannot be determined at this time and will depend on subsequent legal action and/or future nonattainment designations and regulatory plans.
Carbon Dioxide Litigation
On February 26, 2008, the Native Village of Kivalina and the City of Kivalina filed a suit in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California against several electric utilities (including Southern Company), several oil companies, and a coal company. The plaintiffs are the governing bodies of an Inupiat village in Alaska. The plaintiffs contend that the village is being destroyed by erosion allegedly caused by global warming that the plaintiffs attribute to emissions of greenhouse gases by the defendants. The plaintiffs assert claims for public and private nuisance and contend that the defendants have acted in concert and are therefore jointly and severally liable for the plaintiffs’ damages. The suit seeks damages for lost property values and for the cost of relocating the village, which cost is alleged to be $95 million to $400 million. On June 30, 2008, all defendants filed motions to dismiss this case. Southern Company believes that these claims are without merit and notes that the complaint cites no statutory or regulatory basis for the claims. The ultimate outcome of this matter cannot be determined at this time.
Global Climate Issues
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters – Global Climate Issues” of Gulf Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for additional information regarding executive orders issued by the Governor of the State of Florida addressing reduction of greenhouse gas emissions within the state. On June 25, 2008, Florida’s Governor signed comprehensive energy-related legislation that includes authorization for the Florida Department of Environmental Protection to

84


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
adopt rules for a cap-and-trade regulatory program to address greenhouse gas emissions from electric utilities, conditioned upon their ratification by the legislature no sooner than the 2010 legislative session. This legislation also authorizes the Florida PSC to adopt a renewable portfolio standard for public utilities, subject to legislative ratification. The impact of this legislation on Gulf Power will depend on the development, adoption, legislative ratification, implementation, and potential legal challenges in connection with rules governing greenhouse gas emissions and mandates regarding the use of renewable energy, and the ultimate outcome cannot be determined at this time.
FERC and Florida PSC Matters
Retail Fuel Cost Recovery
Gulf Power has established fuel cost recovery rates approved by the Florida PSC. In recent years, Gulf Power has experienced higher than expected fuel costs for coal and natural gas. If the projected fuel revenue over or under recovery exceeds 10% of the projected fuel revenue applicable for the period, Gulf Power is required to notify the Florida PSC and indicate if an adjustment to the fuel cost recovery factor is being requested. Gulf Power filed a petition on June 20, 2008 with the Florida PSC requesting an adjustment to the fuel cost recovery factor. On July 29, 2008, the Florida PSC approved Gulf Power’s request for an increase of approximately 28.3% in the fuel factor for retail customers. This change represents an increase of 11.3% for a residential customer billing of 1,000 KWH per month. The increase will result in the recovery of $38.2 million of the projected under recovered balance during the period September through December 2008. The remaining portion of the projected under recovered balance is expected to be recovered in 2009. The fuel cost recovery factor will be reviewed again by the Florida PSC in November 2008 as a normal part of its ongoing oversight over fuel cost recovery matters with the resulting adjustment to rates to take effect in January 2009.
Under recovered fuel costs at June 30, 2008 totaled $77.7 million, compared to $56.6 million at December 31, 2007. Approximately $68.6 million of the $77.7 million is included in under recovered regulatory clause revenues and approximately $9.1 million is included in deferred charges and other assets on Gulf Power’s Condensed Balance Sheets herein. Fuel cost recovery revenues, as recorded on the financial statements, are adjusted for differences in actual recoverable costs and amounts billed in current regulated rates. Accordingly, any change in the billing factor would have no significant effect on Gulf Power’s revenues or net income, but would affect cash flow. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “PSC Matters – Fuel Cost Recovery” of Gulf Power in Item 7 and Note 1 to the financial statements of Gulf Power under “Revenues” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information.
Income Tax Matters
Bonus Depreciation
On February 13, 2008, President Bush signed the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008 (Stimulus Act) into law. The Stimulus Act includes a provision that allows 50% bonus depreciation for certain property acquired in 2008 and placed in service in 2008 or, in certain limited cases, 2009. The State of Florida does not allow the bonus depreciation deduction allowed by the Stimulus Act for state income tax purposes. Gulf Power is currently assessing the financial implications of the Stimulus Act and estimates the cash flow reduction to tax payments for 2008 to be between $7 million and $12 million.

85


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Other Matters
Gulf Power is involved in various other matters being litigated and regulatory matters that could affect future earnings. In addition, Gulf Power is subject to certain claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Gulf Power’s business activities are subject to extensive governmental regulation related to public health and the environment. Litigation over environmental issues and claims of various types, including property damage, personal injury, common law nuisance, and citizen enforcement of environmental requirements such as opacity and air and water quality standards, has increased generally throughout the United States. In particular, personal injury claims for damages caused by alleged exposure to hazardous materials have become more frequent. The ultimate outcome of such pending or potential litigation against Gulf Power cannot be predicted at this time; however, for current proceedings not specifically reported herein or in Note 3 to the financial statements of Gulf Power in Item 8 of the Form 10-K, management does not anticipate that the liabilities, if any, arising from such current proceedings would have a material adverse effect on Gulf Power’s financial statements.
See the Notes to the Condensed Financial Statements herein for discussion of various other contingencies, regulatory matters, and other matters being litigated which may affect future earnings potential.
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Gulf Power prepares its financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the financial statements of Gulf Power in Item 8 of the Form 10-K. In the application of these policies, certain estimates are made that may have a material impact on Gulf Power’s results of operations and related disclosures. Different assumptions and measurements could produce estimates that are significantly different from those recorded in the financial statements. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – ACCOUNTING POLICIES – “Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” of Gulf Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for a complete discussion of Gulf Power’s critical accounting policies and estimates related to Electric Utility Regulation, Contingent Obligations, and Unbilled Revenues.
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY
Overview
Gulf Power’s financial condition remained stable at June 30, 2008. Net cash provided from operating activities totaled $71.4 million for the first six months of 2008, compared to $73.6 million for the corresponding period in 2007. The $2.2 million decrease in cash provided from operating activities was primarily due to a $21.1 million increase in cash outflow for receivables, partially offset by an increase in cash inflow of $13.9 million from accounts payable and $8.2 million from materials and supplies in the first six months of 2008. Net cash used for investing activities totaled $151.4 million primarily due to gross property additions to utility plant of $149.8 million in the first six months of 2008. These additions were primarily related to installation of equipment to comply with environmental requirements. Net cash provided from financing activities totaled $95.9 million for the first six months of 2008, compared to $29.2 million for the corresponding period in 2007. The $66.7 million increase in cash provided from financing activities was primarily due to the issuance of $110 million in

86


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
long-term debt, $73.1 million in capital contributions received from Southern Company, and a $55.8 million decrease in cash flows related to notes payable, partially offset by the issuance of $85.0 million in senior notes in 2007 and an $80.0 million common stock issuance to Southern Company in 2007.
Significant balance sheet changes for the first six months of 2008 include a net increase of $111.3 million in property, plant, and equipment, primarily related to environmental control projects, a $25.6 million change in energy-related derivative contracts, and a $21.1 million increase in under recovered regulatory clause revenues related to fuel.
Capital Requirements and Contractual Obligations
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY “Capital Requirements and Contractual Obligations” of Gulf Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for a description of Gulf Power’s capital requirements for its construction program, maturities of long-term debt, leases, derivative obligations, preference stock dividends, purchase commitments, and trust funding requirements. Prior to maturity, Gulf Power repaid $0.7 million of senior notes in the first six months of 2008. At June 30, 2008 Gulf Power had no scheduled maturities of long-term debt through June 30, 2009.
Sources of Capital
Gulf Power plans to obtain the funds required for construction and other purposes from sources similar to those utilized in the past. Recently, Gulf Power has utilized funds from operating cash flows, short-term debt, external security offerings, a long term bank note, and equity contributions from Southern Company. However, the amount, type, and timing of any future financings, if needed, will depend upon regulatory approval, prevailing market conditions, and other factors. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Sources of Capital” of Gulf Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for additional information.
Gulf Power’s current liabilities frequently exceed current assets because of the continued use of short-term debt as a funding source to meet cash needs which can fluctuate significantly due to the seasonality of the business. To meet short-term cash needs and contingencies, Gulf Power had at June 30, 2008 approximately $21.2 million of cash and cash equivalents and $130 million of unused committed lines of credit with banks. Of these credit agreements, $110 million expire in 2008, $20 million expire in 2009, and $105 million contain provisions allowing one-year term loans executable at expiration. During the second quarter 2008, Gulf Power increased an existing committed line of credit with a local bank by $5 million. Gulf Power expects to renew its credit facilities, as needed, prior to expiration. See Note 6 to the financial statements of Gulf Power under “Bank Credit Arrangements” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information. These credit arrangements provide liquidity support to Gulf Power’s commercial paper program and have $70 million dedicated to funding purchase obligations related to variable rate pollution control bonds. Gulf Power may also meet short-term cash needs through a Southern Company subsidiary organized to issue and sell commercial paper and extendible commercial notes at the request and for the benefit of Gulf Power and other Southern Company subsidiaries. At June 30, 2008, Gulf Power had no commercial paper outstanding. Management believes that the need for working capital can be adequately met by utilizing commercial paper programs and lines of credit without maintaining large cash balances.

87


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Credit Rating Risk
Gulf Power does not have any credit arrangements that would require material changes in payment schedules or terminations as a result of a credit rating downgrade. There are certain contracts that could require collateral, but not accelerated payment, in the event of a credit rating change to BBB- or Baa3, or below. These contracts are primarily for physical electricity purchases and sales. At June 30, 2008, the maximum potential collateral requirements at a BBB- or Baa3 rating were approximately $42 million. At June 30, 2008, the maximum potential collateral requirements at a rating below BBB- or Baa3 were approximately $105 million. Generally, collateral may be provided for by a Southern Company guaranty, letter of credit, or cash.
Gulf Power, along with all members of the Power Pool, is party to certain energy-related derivative agreements that could require collateral and/or accelerated payment in the event of a credit rating change to below investment grade for Alabama Power and/or Georgia Power. These agreements are primarily for natural gas and power price risk management activities. At June 30, 2008, Gulf Power’s total exposure to these types of agreements was approximately $68 million.
Market Price Risk
Gulf Power’s market risk exposures relative to interest rate changes have not changed materially compared with the December 31, 2007 reporting period. In addition, Gulf Power is not aware of any facts or circumstances that would significantly affect such exposures in the near term.
Due to cost-based rate regulation, Gulf Power has limited exposure to market volatility in interest rates, commodity fuel prices, and prices of electricity. To mitigate residual risks relative to movements in electricity prices, Gulf Power enters into physical fixed-price contracts for the purchase and sale of electricity through the wholesale electricity market. Gulf Power has also implemented a fuel-hedging program with the approval of the Florida PSC.
The changes in fair value of energy-related derivative contracts and valuations at June 30, 2008 were as follows:
                 
    Second Quarter   Year-to-Date
    2008   2008
    Changes   Changes
 
    Fair Value
 
    (in millions)
Contracts outstanding at the beginning of the period, assets (liabilities), net
  $ 14.0     $ (0.2 )
Contracts realized or settled
    (4.3 )     (3.1 )
Current period changes (a)
    15.7       28.7  
 
Contracts outstanding at the end of the period, assets (liabilities), net
  $ 25.4     $ 25.4  
 
(a)   Current period changes also include the changes in fair value of new contracts entered into during the period, if any.
Gains and losses on energy-related derivative contracts related to Gulf Power’s fuel hedging program are initially recorded as regulatory liabilities and assets, respectively, and then are included in fuel expense as they are recovered through the fuel cost recovery clause. Certain other gains and losses on energy-related derivatives, designated as hedges, are initially deferred in other comprehensive income before being recognized in income in the same period as the hedged transaction. Gains and losses on energy-related derivative contracts that are not designated as hedges are recognized in the statements of income as incurred.

88


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The fair value gain/(loss) of energy-related derivative contracts outstanding at June 30, 2008 was reflected in the financial statements as follows:
         
    Amounts
 
    (in millions)
Regulatory liabilities, net
  $ 25.4  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
     
Net income
     
 
Total fair value gain/(loss)
  $ 25.4  
 
Unrealized pre-tax gains and losses recognized in income for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 for energy-related derivative contracts that are not hedges were not material.
The maturities of the energy-related derivative contracts and the level of the fair value hierarchy in which they fall at June 30, 2008 are as follows:
                         
    June 30, 2008
    Fair Value Measurements
 
    Total   Maturity
    Fair Value   Year 1   1-3 Years
 
    (in millions)
Level 1
  $     $     $  
Level 2
    25.4       16.9       8.5  
Level 3
                 
 
Fair value of contracts outstanding at end of period
  $ 25.4     $ 16.9     $ 8.5  
 
As part of the adoption of SFAS No. 157 to increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements and related disclosures, the table above now uses the three-tier fair value hierarchy, as discussed in Note (C) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein, as opposed to the previously used descriptions “actively quoted,” “external sources,” and “models and other methods.” The three-tier fair value hierarchy focuses on the fair value of the contract itself, whereas the previous descriptions focused on the source of the inputs. Because Gulf Power uses over-the-counter contracts that are not exchange traded but are fair valued using prices which are actively quoted, the valuations of those contracts now appear in Level 2; previously they were shown as “actively quoted.”
For additional information, see MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Market Price Risk” of Gulf Power in Item 7 and Notes 1 and 6 to the financial statements of Gulf Power under “Financial Instruments” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K and Note (F) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein.
Financing Activities
In April 2008, Gulf Power entered into a $110 million term loan agreement that bears interest based on one-month LIBOR and borrowed $80 million under such agreement. In June 2008, Gulf Power borrowed the remaining $30 million under the term loan agreement. Proceeds were used to repay a portion of Gulf Power’s short-term indebtedness and for other general corporate purposes, including Gulf Power’s continuous construction activities. In connection with the term loan agreement, Gulf Power terminated $80 million of

89


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
derivative transactions at a loss of $5.2 million. The loss was deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income and will be amortized over the original life of the hedge, which is a 10-year period.
Also in 2008, Gulf Power converted its entire $141 million of obligations related to auction rate tax-exempt securities from auction rate modes to other interest rate modes. Approximately $75 million of the auction rate tax-exempt securities were converted to fixed interest rate modes and approximately $66 million were converted to daily floating rate modes.
In addition to any financings that may be necessary to meet capital requirements, contractual obligations, and storm-recovery, Gulf Power plans to continue, when economically feasible, a program to retire higher-cost securities and replace these obligations with lower-cost capital if market conditions permit.

90


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY

91


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)
                                 
    For the Three Months     For the Six Months  
    Ended June 30,     Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)  
Operating Revenues:
                               
Retail revenues
  $ 187,121     $ 182,145     $ 355,510     $ 338,269  
Wholesale revenues —
                               
Non-affiliates
    83,595       76,702       168,401       153,996  
Affiliates
    22,546       9,657       50,925       28,572  
Other revenues
    4,670       4,712       8,512       9,205  
 
                       
Total operating revenues
    297,932       273,216       583,348       530,042  
 
                       
Operating Expenses:
                               
Fuel
    138,857       122,158       268,973       243,917  
Purchased power —
                               
Non-affiliates
    5,426       1,259       7,681       2,213  
Affiliates
    17,484       17,040       43,482       29,464  
Other operations
    45,618       43,109       92,303       86,956  
Maintenance
    17,750       17,331       35,838       31,278  
Depreciation and amortization
    17,101       15,153       35,098       29,381  
Taxes other than income taxes
    16,286       15,495       31,851       28,338  
 
                       
Total operating expenses
    258,522       231,545       515,226       451,547  
 
                       
Operating Income
    39,410       41,671       68,122       78,495  
Other Income and (Expense):
                               
Interest income
    184       424       593       999  
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized
    (4,393 )     (4,365 )     (8,833 )     (9,437 )
Other income (expense), net
    2,901       5,105       4,519       4,977  
 
                       
Total other income and (expense)
    (1,308 )     1,164       (3,721 )     (3,461 )
 
                       
Earnings Before Income Taxes
    38,102       42,835       64,401       75,034  
Income taxes
    13,664       16,122       23,358       28,252  
 
                       
Net Income
    24,438       26,713       41,043       46,782  
Dividends on Preferred Stock
    433       433       866       866  
 
                       
Net Income After Dividends on Preferred Stock
  $ 24,005     $ 26,280     $ 40,177     $ 45,916  
 
                       
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (UNAUDITED)
                                 
    For the Three Months     For the Six Months  
    Ended June 30,     Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)  
Net Income After Dividends on Preferred Stock
  $ 24,005     $ 26,280     $ 40,177     $ 45,916  
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                               
Qualifying hedges:
                               
Changes in fair value, net of tax of $(144), $408, $(1,454), and $46, respectively
    (233 )     657       (2,347 )     73  
 
                       
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
  $ 23,772     $ 26,937     $ 37,830     $ 45,989  
 
                       
The accompanying notes as they relate to Mississippi Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

92


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
                 
    For the Six Months  
    Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Operating Activities:
               
Net income
  $ 41,043     $ 46,782  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided from operating activities —
               
Depreciation and amortization
    37,231       34,116  
Deferred income taxes and investment tax credits, net
    (8,732 )     (12,089 )
Plant Daniel capacity
          (2,829 )
Pension, postretirement, and other employee benefits
    3,765       3,928  
Stock option expense
    555       830  
Tax benefit of stock options
    95       238  
Hurricane Katrina grant proceeds-property reserve
          60,000  
Other, net
    (10,640 )     (15,859 )
Changes in certain current assets and liabilities —
               
Receivables
    (22,108 )     16,671  
Fossil fuel stock
    (30,521 )     (23,319 )
Materials and supplies
    (13,569 )     (880 )
Prepaid income taxes
    1,607       19,666  
Other current assets
    272       (764 )
Hurricane Katrina grant proceeds
          14,345  
Hurricane Katrina accounts payable
          5,440  
Other accounts payable
    14,947       (9,313 )
Accrued taxes
    (20,369 )     (2,669 )
Accrued compensation
    (12,379 )     (13,420 )
Other current liabilities
    19,802       (77 )
 
           
Net cash provided from operating activities
    999       120,797  
 
           
Investing Activities:
               
Property additions
    (57,404 )     (56,089 )
Cost of removal, net of salvage
    (424 )     7,113  
Construction payables
    (7,275 )     (408 )
Hurricane Katrina capital grant proceeds
    7,314       10,869  
Other
    (998 )     527  
 
           
Net cash used for investing activities
    (58,787 )     (37,988 )
 
           
Financing Activities:
               
Increase (decrease) in notes payable, net
    10,669       (774 )
Proceeds —
               
Capital contributions
    2,714       (3 )
Gross excess tax benefit of stock options
    253       478  
Other long-term debt
    80,000        
Redemptions — Long-term debt
          (36,082 )
Payment of preferred stock dividends
    (866 )     (866 )
Payment of common stock dividends
    (34,200 )     (33,650 )
Other
    (1,470 )      
 
           
Net cash provided from (used for) financing activities
    57,100       (70,897 )
 
           
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    (688 )     11,912  
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period
    4,827       4,214  
 
           
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period
  $ 4,139     $ 16,126  
 
           
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
               
Cash paid during the period for —
               
Interest (net of $58 and $0 capitalized for 2008 and 2007, respectively)
  $ 7,844     $ 9,046  
Income taxes (net of refunds)
  $ 32,628     $ (270 )
The accompanying notes as they relate to Mississippi Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

93


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
                 
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
Assets   2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Current Assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 4,139     $ 4,827  
Receivables —
               
Customer accounts receivable
    51,031       43,946  
Unbilled revenues
    28,243       23,163  
Under recovered regulatory clause revenues
    27,860       40,545  
Other accounts and notes receivable
    11,364       5,895  
Affiliated companies
    33,971       11,838  
Accumulated provision for uncollectible accounts
    (775 )     (924 )
Fossil fuel stock, at average cost
    77,987       47,466  
Materials and supplies, at average cost
    38,597       27,440  
Assets from risk management activities
    40,853       3,756  
Other regulatory assets
    28,435       32,234  
Other
    21,208       14,666  
 
           
Total current assets
    362,913       254,852  
 
           
Property, Plant, and Equipment:
               
In service
    2,163,644       2,130,835  
Less accumulated provision for depreciation
    903,892       880,148  
 
           
 
    1,259,752       1,250,687  
Construction work in progress
    58,433       50,015  
 
           
Total property, plant, and equipment
    1,318,185       1,300,702  
 
           
Other Property and Investments
    8,847       9,556  
 
           
Deferred Charges and Other Assets:
               
Deferred charges related to income taxes
    8,574       8,867  
Prepaid pension costs
    65,773       66,099  
Other regulatory assets
    70,702       62,746  
Other
    32,809       24,843  
 
           
Total deferred charges and other assets
    177,858       162,555  
 
           
Total Assets
  $ 1,867,803     $ 1,727,665  
 
           
The accompanying notes as they relate to Mississippi Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

94


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
                 
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity   2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Current Liabilities:
               
Securities due within one year
  $ 41,183     $ 1,138  
Notes payable
    20,612       9,944  
Accounts payable —
               
Affiliated
    48,984       40,394  
Other
    59,842       60,758  
Customer deposits
    10,077       9,640  
Accrued taxes —
               
Income taxes
           
Other
    28,490       48,853  
Accrued interest
    3,059       2,713  
Accrued compensation
    9,587       21,965  
Other regulatory liabilities
    54,871       11,082  
Other
    32,493       23,882  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    309,198       230,369  
 
           
Long-term Debt
    321,373       281,963  
 
           
Deferred Credits and Other Liabilities:
               
Accumulated deferred income taxes
    205,627       206,818  
Deferred credits related to income taxes
    13,849       15,156  
Accumulated deferred investment tax credits
    14,680       15,254  
Employee benefit obligations
    90,226       88,300  
Other cost of removal obligations
    95,902       90,485  
Other regulatory liabilities
    127,436       119,458  
Other
    35,661       33,252  
 
           
Total deferred credits and other liabilities
    583,381       568,723  
 
           
Total Liabilities
    1,213,952       1,081,055  
 
           
Preferred Stock
    32,780       32,780  
 
           
Common Stockholder’s Equity:
               
Common stock, without par value —
               
Authorized - 1,130,000 shares
               
Outstanding - 1,121,000 shares
    37,691       37,691  
Paid-in capital
    317,935       314,324  
Retained earnings
    267,219       261,242  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (1,774 )     573  
 
           
Total common stockholder’s equity
    621,071       613,830  
 
           
Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity
  $ 1,867,803     $ 1,727,665  
 
           
The accompanying notes as they relate to Mississippi Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

95


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
SECOND QUARTER 2008 vs. SECOND QUARTER 2007
AND
YEAR-TO-DATE 2008 vs. YEAR-TO-DATE 2007
OVERVIEW
Mississippi Power operates as a vertically integrated utility providing electricity to retail customers within its traditional service area located within the State of Mississippi and to wholesale customers in the Southeast. Many factors affect the opportunities, challenges, and risks of Mississippi Power’s business of selling electricity. These factors include the ability to maintain a stable regulatory environment, to achieve energy sales growth, and to effectively manage and secure timely recovery of rising costs. These costs include those related to growing demand, increasingly stringent environmental standards, fuel costs, and major storm restoration. Appropriately balancing the need to recover these increasing costs with customer prices will continue to challenge Mississippi Power for the foreseeable future.
Mississippi Power continues to focus on several key performance indicators. In recognition that Mississippi Power’s long-term financial success is dependent upon how well it satisfies its customers’ needs, Mississippi Power’s retail base rate mechanism, PEP, includes performance indicators that directly tie customer service indicators to Mississippi Power’s allowed return. In addition to the PEP performance indicators, Mississippi Power focuses on other performance measures, including broader measures of customer satisfaction, plant availability, system reliability, and net income after dividends on preferred stock. For additional information on these indicators, see MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – OVERVIEW – “Key Performance Indicators” of Mississippi Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Net Income
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$(2.3)   (8.7)   $(5.7)   (12.5)
 
Mississippi Power’s net income after dividends on preferred stock for the second quarter 2008 was $24.0 million compared to $26.3 million for the corresponding period in 2007. The $2.3 million decrease was primarily a result of a $2.2 million increase in non-fuel related expenses, a $2.5 million increase in depreciation and amortization primarily due to the amortization of regulatory items, a $1.4 million decrease in retail revenues for System Restoration Rider (SRR), and a $2.2 million decrease in other income (expense), net, partially offset by a $4.0 million increase in territorial base revenues primarily due to a retail base rate increase effective January 2008. For additional information on SRR, see MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “PSC Matters – System Restoration Rider” of Mississippi Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K.
Mississippi Power’s net income after dividends on preferred stock for year-to-date 2008 was $40.2 million compared to $45.9 million for the corresponding period in 2007. The $5.7 million decrease was primarily a result of an $8.0 million increase in non-fuel related expenses, a $5.1 million increase in depreciation and amortization primarily due to the amortization of regulatory items, a $2.5 million decrease in retail revenues for SRR, and a $0.5 million decrease in other income (expense), net, partially offset by a $7.4 million increase in territorial base revenues primarily due to a retail base rate increase effective January 2008.

96


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Retail Revenues
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$5.0   2.7   $17.2   5.1
 
In the second quarter 2008, retail revenues were $187.1 million compared to $182.1 million for the same period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, retail revenues were $355.5 million compared to $338.3 million for the same period in 2007.
Details of the change to retail revenues are as follows:
                                 
    Second Quarter   Year-to-Date
    2008   2008
 
    (in millions)   (% change)   (in millions)   (% change)
Retail – prior year
  $ 182.1             $ 338.3          
Estimated change in —
                               
Rates and pricing
    2.9       1.6       7.2       2.1  
Sales growth
    (1.9 )     (1.0 )     (0.5 )     (0.2 )
Weather
    2.2       1.1       1.4       0.5  
Fuel and other cost recovery
    1.8       1.0       9.1       2.7  
 
Retail – current year
  $ 187.1       2.7 %   $ 355.5       5.1 %
 
Revenues associated with changes in rates and pricing increased in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 when compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to a base rate increase effective January 2008 of $4.1 million for the second quarter and $7.5 million year-to-date 2008 and an increase in the ECO Plan rate effective April 2007 of $0.3 million for the second quarter and $2.2 million year-to-date 2008. These revenues were partially offset by retail revenue reductions related to SRR revenues of approximately $1.5 million for the second quarter and $2.5 million year-to-date 2008.
Revenues attributable to changes in sales growth decreased in the second quarter 2008 when compared to the same period in 2007 due to 1.9% and 5.9% decreases in weather-adjusted KWH sales to residential and industrial customers, respectively, which was partially offset by a 1.0% increase in weather-adjusted KWH sales to commercial customers. The decrease in industrial sales is primarily due to lower production levels and maintenance outages experienced by some industrial customers. Revenues attributable to changes in sales growth decreased slightly year-to-date 2008 when compared to the same period in 2007 due to a 2.8% decrease in weather-adjusted KWH sales to industrial customers which was partially offset by 1.4% and 1.9% increases in weather-adjusted KWH sales to residential and commercial customers, respectively. The decrease in industrial sales is primarily due to lower production levels and maintenance outages experienced by some industrial customers.
Revenues resulting from changes in weather increased for the second quarter 2008 when compared to the same period in 2007, primarily due to the warmer weather experienced in May and June 2008 as compared to the same months in 2007. Revenues resulting from changes in weather increased year-to-date 2008 when compared to the same period in 2007 primarily due to the warmer weather experienced in May and June 2008 as compared to the same months in 2007 which was partially offset by the colder weather experienced in the first three months of 2007 as compared to the same period in 2008.

97


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Fuel and other cost recovery revenues increased in the second quarter and year-to-date 2008 when compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily as a result of the increase in fuel and purchased power expenses. Electric rates include provisions to adjust billings for fluctuations in fuel costs, including the energy component of purchased power costs, and do not affect net income.
Wholesale Revenues – Non-Affiliates
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$6.9
  9.0   $14.4   9.4
 
Wholesale revenues from non-affiliates will vary depending on the market cost of available energy compared to the cost of Mississippi Power and Southern Company system-owned generation, demand for energy within the Southern Company service territory, and availability of Southern Company system generation.
In the second quarter 2008, wholesale revenues to non-affiliates were $83.6 million compared to $76.7 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was due to increased revenues from customers outside Mississippi Power’s service territory of $5.5 million and increased revenues from customers inside Mississippi Power’s service territory of $1.4 million. The $5.5 million increase in revenues from customers outside Mississippi Power’s service territory was primarily due to a $7.4 million increase associated with higher prices, partially offset by a $1.5 million decrease associated with decreased sales and a $0.4 million decrease in capacity revenues. Increased prices were due to the higher marginal cost of fuel which resulted in fewer opportunity sales to customers outside of Mississippi Power’s service territory. The $1.4 million increase in revenues from customers inside Mississippi Power’s service territory is due to a $1.7 million increase in fuel costs, partially offset by lower demand by customers of approximately $0.3 million.
For year-to-date 2008, wholesale revenues to non-affiliates were $168.4 million compared to $154.0 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was due to increased revenues from customers outside Mississippi Power’s service territory of $10.2 million and increased revenues from customers inside Mississippi Power’s service territory of $4.2 million. The $10.2 million increase in revenues from customers outside Mississippi Power’s service territory was primarily due to an $11.7 million increase associated with higher prices, partially offset by a $1.2 million decrease associated with decreased sales and a $0.3 million decrease in capacity revenues. Increased prices were due to the higher marginal cost of fuel which resulted in fewer opportunity sales to customers outside of Mississippi Power’s service territory. The $4.2 million increase in revenues from customers inside Mississippi Power’s service territory is due to a $5.1 million increase in fuel costs, partially offset by lower demand by customers of approximately $0.9 million.
Wholesale Revenues – Affiliates
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$12.9   133.5   $22.4   78.2
 
Wholesale revenues from affiliates will vary depending on demand and the availability and cost of generating resources at each company within the Southern Company system. These affiliate sales are made in accordance with the IIC, as approved by the FERC. These transactions do not have a significant impact on earnings since the energy is generally sold at marginal cost.

98


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
In the second quarter 2008, wholesale revenues from affiliates were $22.5 million compared to $9.7 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was primarily due to a $12.4 million increase in energy revenues, of which $8.5 million was associated with higher fuel prices and $3.9 million was associated with increased sales. Capacity revenues increased $0.5 million.
For year-to-date 2008, wholesale revenues from affiliates were $50.9 million compared to $28.6 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was primarily due to a $21.8 million increase in energy revenues, of which $18.1 million was associated with higher fuel prices and $3.7 million was associated with increased sales. Capacity revenues increased $0.6 million.
Fuel and Purchased Power Expenses
                                 
    Second Quarter 2008   Year-to-Date 2008
    vs.   vs.
    Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2007
 
    (change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
Fuel
  $ 16.7       13.7     $ 25.1       10.3  
Purchased power – non-affiliates
    4.2       331.0       5.5       247.1  
Purchased power – affiliates
    0.4       2.6       14.0       47.6  
                     
Total fuel and purchased power expenses
  $ 21.3             $ 44.6          
                     
In the second quarter 2008, total fuel and purchased power expenses were $161.8 million compared to $140.5 million for the same period in 2007. The increase in fuel and purchased power expenses was primarily due to a $20.0 million increase in the cost of fuel and purchased power and a $1.3 million increase related to total KWHs generated and purchased.
For year-to-date 2008, total fuel and purchased power expenses were $320.1 million compared to $275.5 million for the same period in 2007. The increase in fuel and purchased power expenses was primarily due to a $41.4 million increase in the cost of fuel and purchased power and a $3.2 million increase related to total KWHs generated and purchased.
Fuel and purchased power transactions do not have a significant impact on earnings since these costs are generally offset by energy revenues through Mississippi Power’s fuel cost recovery clauses.
Details of Mississippi Power’s cost of generation and purchased power are as follows:
                                                 
    Second Quarter   Second Quarter   Percent   Year-to-Date   Year-to-Date   Percent
Average Cost   2008   2007   Change   2008   2007   Change
 
    (cents per net KWH)           (cents per net KWH)        
Fuel
    4.03       3.71       8.6       3.97       3.63       9.4  
Purchased power
    6.77       4.14       63.5       5.94       3.77       57.6  
 
In the second quarter 2008, fuel expense was $138.9 million compared to $122.2 million for the same period for 2007. The increase was due to an $11.1 million increase in the prices of coal, gas, transportation, and emission allowances and a $5.6 million increase in generation from Mississippi Power-owned facilities.
For year-to-date 2008, fuel expense was $269.0 million compared to $243.9 million for the same period for 2007. The increase was due to a $22.7 million increase in the prices of coal, gas, transportation, and emission allowances and a $2.3 million increase in generation from Mississippi Power-owned facilities.

99


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Non-affiliates
In the second quarter 2008, purchased power expense from non-affiliates was $5.4 million compared to $1.3 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was primarily the result of a 199.6% increase in the average cost of purchased power per KWH and a 43.8% increase in KWH volume purchased. The increase in prices was due to a higher marginal cost of fuel, while the increase in volume was a result of lower cost opportunity purchases.
For year-to-date 2008, purchased power expense from non-affiliates was $7.7 million compared to $2.2 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was primarily the result of a 180.9% increase in the average cost of purchased power per KWH and a 23.5% increase in KWH volume purchased. The increase in prices was due to a higher marginal cost of fuel, while the increase in volume was a result of lower cost opportunity purchases.
Energy purchases from non-affiliates will vary depending on the market cost of available energy compared to the cost of Southern Company system-generated energy, demand for energy within the Southern Company system service territory, and availability of Southern Company system generation.
Affiliates
In the second quarter 2008, purchased power from affiliates was $17.5 million compared to $17.0 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was primarily due to a 58.8% increase in the average cost of purchased power per KWH, partially offset by a 35.4% decrease in KWH volume purchased.
For year-to-date 2008, purchased power from affiliates was $43.5 million compared to $29.5 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was primarily due to a 51.2% increase in the average cost of purchased power per KWH, partially offset by a 2.4% decrease in KWH volume purchased.
Energy purchases from affiliates will vary depending on demand and the availability and cost of generating resources at each company within the Southern Company system. These purchases are made in accordance with the IIC, as approved by the FERC.
Other Operations and Maintenance Expenses
                                 
    Second Quarter 2008   Year-to-Date 2008
    vs.   vs.
    Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2007
 
    (change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
Other operations
  $ 2.5       5.8     $ 5.3       6.1  
Maintenance
    0.4       2.4       4.6       14.6  
                     
Total other operations and maintenance
  $ 2.9             $ 9.9          
                     
In the second quarter 2008, other operations and maintenance expenses were $63.4 million compared to $60.4 million for the same period in 2007. The increase in other operations and maintenance expenses was primarily due to a $2.2 million increase in generation screening and evaluation, a $1.1 million increase in transmission, and a $1.8 million increase in distribution, primarily due to the right of way maintenance, partially offset by a $2.1 million decrease in production primarily due to outage work in 2007.

100


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
For year-to-date 2008, other operations and maintenance expenses were $128.1 million compared to $118.2 million for the same period in 2007. The increase in other operations and maintenance expenses was primarily due to a $3.6 million increase in generation screening and evaluation, a $1.9 million increase in environmental projects, a $4.2 million increase in distribution, and a $1.2 million increase in transmission expenses related to right of way maintenance, partially offset by a $1.4 million decrease in production primarily due to outage work in 2007.
Depreciation and Amortization
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$1.9
  12.9   $5.7   19.5
 
In the second quarter 2008, depreciation and amortization was $17.1 million compared to $15.2 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was primarily due to a $1.4 million increase in amortization related to a regulatory liability recorded in 2003 that ended in December 2007 in connection with the Mississippi PSC’s accounting order on Plant Daniel capacity, a $0.6 million increase for amortization of certain reliability-related maintenance costs deferred in 2007 in accordance with a Mississippi PSC order, and a $0.5 million increase in depreciation for transmission and distribution expenditures, partially offset by a $0.7 million decrease in amortization of environmental costs related to the approved ECO Plan.
For year-to-date 2008, depreciation and amortization was $35.1 million compared to $29.4 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was primarily due to a $2.8 million increase in amortization related to a regulatory liability recorded in 2003 that ended in December 2007 in connection with the Mississippi PSC’s accounting order on Plant Daniel capacity, a $1.2 million increase for amortization of certain reliability-related maintenance costs deferred in 2007 in accordance with a Mississippi PSC order, a $0.9 million increase in depreciation for transmission and distribution expenditures, and a $0.4 million increase in amortization of environmental costs related to the approved ECO Plan.
See Note 3 to the financial statements of Mississippi Power under “Retail Regulatory Matters” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information.
Taxes Other Than Income Taxes
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$0.8   5.1   $3.5   12.4
 
In the second quarter 2008, taxes other than income taxes were $16.3 million compared to $15.5 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was primarily due to a $0.4 million increase in franchise taxes and a $0.4 million increase in ad valorem taxes.
For year-to-date 2008, taxes other than income taxes were $31.9 million compared to $28.3 million for the same period in 2007. The increase was primarily due to a $1.0 million increase in franchise taxes and a $2.4 million increase in ad valorem taxes.
The retail portion of the increase in ad valorem taxes is recoverable under Mississippi Power’s ad valorem tax cost recovery clause and, therefore, does not impact net income.

101


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Other Income (Expense), Net
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$(2.2)   (43.2)   $(0.5)   (9.2)
 
In the second quarter 2008, other income (expense), net was $2.9 million compared to $5.1 million for the same period in 2007. The change was primarily the result of a $3.7 million decrease due to a contract termination in 2007 and a $0.9 million decrease in income associated with customer projects, partially offset by a $1.3 million increase due to mark to market gains on energy-related derivative positions and amounts collected from a customer for construction of a substation project, which had a tax effect of $1.0 million.
For year-to-date 2008, other income (expense), net was $4.5 million compared to $5.0 million for the same period in 2007. The change was primarily the result of a $3.7 million decrease due to a contract termination in 2007 and a $0.9 million decrease in income associated with customer projects partially offset by amounts collected from a customer for construction of a substation project, which had a tax effect of $2.0 million, and a $1.6 million increase due to mark to market gains on energy-related derivative positions.
Income Taxes
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$(2.5)   (15.2)   $(4.9)   (17.3)
 
In the second quarter 2008, income taxes were $13.7 million compared to $16.1 million for the same period in 2007. The change of $2.5 million was primarily due to a decrease in pre-tax income.
For year-to-date 2008, income taxes were $23.4 million compared to $28.3 million for the same period in 2007. The decrease of $4.9 million was primarily due to a decrease in pre-tax income and the amortization of a regulatory liability of $0.7 million pursuant to a December 2007 regulatory accounting order from the Mississippi PSC. See Note 3 to the financial statements of Mississippi Power under “Retail Regulatory Matters” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information.
FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL
The results of operations discussed above are not necessarily indicative of Mississippi Power’s future earnings potential. The level of Mississippi Power’s future earnings depends on numerous factors that affect the opportunities, challenges, and risks of Mississippi Power’s business of selling electricity. These factors include Mississippi Power’s ability to maintain a stable regulatory environment that continues to allow for the recovery of all prudently incurred costs during a time of increasing costs. Future earnings in the near term will depend, in part, upon growth in energy sales, which is subject to a number of factors. These factors include weather, competition, new energy contracts with neighboring utilities, energy conservation practiced by customers, the price of electricity, the price elasticity of demand, and the rate of economic growth in Mississippi Power’s service area in the aftermath of Hurricane Katrina. For additional information relating to these issues, see RISK FACTORS in Item 1A and MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL of Mississippi Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K.

102


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Environmental Matters
Compliance costs related to the Clean Air Act and other environmental statutes and regulations could affect earnings if such costs cannot continue to be fully recovered in rates on a timely basis. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters” of Mississippi Power in Item 7 and Note 3 to the financial statements of Mississippi Power under “Environmental Matters” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information.
New Source Review Actions
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters – New Source Review Actions” of Mississippi Power in Item 7 and Note 3 to the financial statements of Mississippi Power under “Environmental Matters – New Source Review Actions” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information regarding a civil action brought by the EPA alleging that Alabama Power had violated the NSR provisions of the Clean Air Act and related state laws with respect to certain of its coal-fired generating facilities, including one facility co-owned by Mississippi Power. On July 24, 2008, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Alabama granted partial summary judgment in favor of Alabama Power regarding the proper legal test for determining whether projects are routine maintenance, repair, and replacement and therefore are excluded from NSR permitting. The decision does not resolve the case, the ultimate outcome of which cannot be determined at this time.
Clean Air Interstate Rule
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters – Environmental Statutes and Regulations – Air Quality” of Mississippi Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for background regarding the Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR). On July 11, 2008, in response to petitions brought by certain states and regulated industries challenging particular aspects of CAIR, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit issued a decision vacating CAIR in its entirety and remanding it to the EPA for further action consistent with its opinion. Mississippi Power’s overall environmental compliance strategy has been developed in response to numerous federal and state regulatory requirements, many of which remain unaffected by the court’s ruling; however, the court’s decision has the potential to impact future decision making regarding capital expenditures, the installation and operation of pollution control equipment, and the purchase, use, and associated carrying values of emissions allowances. The ultimate impact of the court’s decision cannot be determined at this time and may depend on subsequent legal action, including issuance of the court’s mandate, and future rulemaking and regulatory treatment.
Eight-Hour Ozone Regulations
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters – Environmental Statutes and Regulations – Air Quality” of Mississippi Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for additional information regarding revisions to the eight-hour ozone air quality standard. In March 2008, the EPA finalized its revisions to the eight-hour ozone standard, increasing its stringency. The EPA plans to designate nonattainment areas based on the new standard by 2010, and new nonattainment areas within Mississippi Power’s service territory are expected. The ultimate outcome of this matter cannot be determined at this time and will depend on subsequent legal action and/or future nonattainment designations and regulatory plans.

103


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Carbon Dioxide Litigation
On February 26, 2008, the Native Village of Kivalina and the City of Kivalina filed a suit in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California against several electric utilities (including Southern Company), several oil companies, and a coal company. The plaintiffs are the governing bodies of an Inupiat village in Alaska. The plaintiffs contend that the village is being destroyed by erosion allegedly caused by global warming that the plaintiffs attribute to emissions of greenhouse gases by the defendants. The plaintiffs assert claims for public and private nuisance and contend that the defendants have acted in concert and are therefore jointly and severally liable for the plaintiffs’ damages. The suit seeks damages for lost property values and for the cost of relocating the village, which cost is alleged to be $95 million to $400 million. On June 30, 2008, all defendants filed motions to dismiss this case. Southern Company believes that these claims are without merit and notes that the complaint cites no statutory or regulatory basis for the claims. The ultimate outcome of this matter cannot be determined at this time.
FERC and Mississippi PSC Matters
Retail Regulatory Matters
Environmental Compliance Overview Plan
See Note 3 to the financial statements of Mississippi Power under “Retail Regulatory Matters – Environmental Compliance Overview Plan” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for information on Mississippi Power’s annual environmental filing with the Mississippi PSC. On February 1, 2008, Mississippi Power filed with the Mississippi PSC its annual ECO Plan evaluation for 2008.
Since the filing of the ECO Plan evaluation on February 1, 2008, the regulations addressing mercury emissions were altered by a decision issued by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit on February 8, 2008. On April 7, 2008, Mississippi Power filed with the Mississippi PSC a supplemental ECO Plan evaluation in which the projects included in the ECO Plan evaluation on February 1, 2008 being undertaken primarily for mercury control were removed. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters – Environmental Statutes and Regulations – Air Quality” of Mississippi Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for a discussion regarding the Clean Air Mercury Rule. In this supplemental ECO Plan filing, Mississippi Power requested a 15 cent per 1,000 KWH decrease for retail residential customers. The Mississippi PSC approved the supplemental ECO Plan evaluation on June 11, 2008, with the new rates effective in June 2008.
Performance Evaluation Plan
See Note 3 to the financial statements of Mississippi Power under “Retail Regulatory Matters – Performance Evaluation Plan” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for information on Mississippi Power’s base rates. In a May 2004 order establishing Mississippi Power’s forward-looking rate schedule PEP, the Mississippi PSC ordered that the Mississippi Public Utilities Staff and Mississippi Power review the operations of the PEP in 2007. By mutual agreement, this review was deferred and is scheduled to occur in 2008.
In December 2007, Mississippi Power submitted its annual PEP filing for 2008, which resulted in a rate increase of 1.983%, or $15.5 million annually, effective January 2008. In March 2008, Mississippi Power submitted its annual PEP lookback filing for 2007, which recommended no surcharge or refund. The filing is under review by the Mississippi Public Utilities Staff; therefore, the ultimate outcome of this filing cannot now be determined.

104


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Fuel Cost Recovery
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “PSC Matters – Fuel Cost Recovery” of Mississippi Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for information regarding Mississippi Power’s fuel cost recovery. At June 30, 2008, the under recovered balance of fuel recorded in Mississippi Power’s Condensed Balance Sheets herein was $19.2 million compared to $40.5 million at December 31, 2007. Mississippi Power’s operating revenues are adjusted for differences in actual recoverable fuel cost and amounts billed in accordance with the currently approved cost recovery rate. Accordingly, changes to the billing factor will have no significant effect on Mississippi Power’s revenues or net income, but will affect cash flow.
Statewide Electric Generation Needs Review
On April 30, 2008, in accordance with the Mississippi Public Utility Act, the Mississippi PSC issued an order to develop, publicize, and keep current an analysis of the five-year long-range needs for expansion of facilities for the generation of electricity in the State of Mississippi. In its order, the Mississippi PSC directed all affected utilities to submit evidence in support of their forecasts and plans in accordance with the Mississippi PSC’s Public Utilities Rules of Practice and Procedure. Comments were filed on June 10, 2008, and hearings are scheduled for August 18, 2008. The ultimate outcome of this matter cannot now be determined.
Mississippi Base Load Construction Legislation
In the 2008 regular session of the Mississippi legislature, a bill was passed and signed by the Governor on May 9, 2008 to enhance the Mississippi PSC’s authority to facilitate development and construction of base load generation in the State of Mississippi. The bill authorizes, but does not require, the Mississippi PSC to include in retail base rates, prior to and during construction, all or a portion of the prudently incurred pre-construction and construction costs incurred by a utility in constructing a base load electric generating plant. The bill also provides for periodic prudence reviews by the Mississippi PSC and prohibits the cancellation of any such generating plant without the approval of the Mississippi PSC. In the event of cancellation of the construction of the plant without approval of the Mississippi PSC, the bill authorizes the Mississippi PSC to make a public interest determination as to whether and to what extent the utility will be afforded rate recovery for costs incurred in connection with such cancelled generating plant. The effect of this legislation on Mississippi Power cannot now be determined.
Integrated Coal Gasification Combined Cycle
As part of the evaluation and screening of alternatives to meet its future generation needs, Mississippi Power is considering the construction of an advanced coal gasification facility to be located in Kemper County, Mississippi, that would use locally mined lignite coal. The plant would use an air-blown IGCC technology that generates power from low-rank coals and coals with high moisture or high ash content. These coals, which include lignite, make up approximately half the proven United States and worldwide coal reserves. The feasibility assessment of the project is currently underway. Mississippi Power filed an application in June 2006 with the DOE for certain tax credits available to projects using clean coal technologies under the Energy Policy Act of 2005. The DOE subsequently certified the project and in November 2006, the IRS allocated IRC Section 48A tax credits of $133 million to Mississippi Power. The utilization of these credits is dependent upon meeting the certification requirements for the project, including an in-service date no later than November 2013. On February 14, 2008, Mississippi Power also requested that the DOE transfer the remaining funds previously granted to another Southern Company project that would have been located in Orlando, Florida. The Orlando project was cancelled in 2007.

105


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
In December 2006, the Mississippi PSC approved Mississippi Power’s request for accounting treatment of the costs associated with Mississippi Power’s generation resource planning, evaluation, and screening activities. The Mississippi PSC gave Mississippi Power the authority to defer such costs as a regulatory asset. In December 2007, Mississippi Power reported to the Mississippi PSC an updated estimate and received an order directing Mississippi Power to continue charging all costs associated with the generation capacity assessment to the regulatory asset. At June 30, 2008, Mississippi Power had spent $31.1 million, of which $2.7 million related to land purchases capitalized. Of the remaining $28.4 million, the retail portion of $20 million was deferred in other regulatory assets and the wholesale portion of $8.4 million was expensed. Of this $8.4 million, $4.3 million and $4.1 million are related to expenses through June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The retail portion of these costs will be charged to and remain as a regulatory asset until the Mississippi PSC determines the prudence and ultimate recovery of such costs, which decision is expected by January 2009. The balance of such regulatory asset is included in Mississippi Power’s rate base for retail ratemaking purposes. Approval by various regulatory agencies, including the Mississippi PSC, will also be required if the project proceeds. The Mississippi PSC, in its discretion, may exercise its additional rate authority granted to the Mississippi PSC in the Mississippi base load construction legislation if the project proceeds. See “Mississippi Base Load Construction Legislation” herein for additional information.
The final outcome of this matter cannot now be determined.
Income Tax Matters
Bonus Depreciation
On February 13, 2008, President Bush signed the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008 (Stimulus Act) into law. The Stimulus Act includes a provision that allows 50% bonus depreciation for certain property acquired in 2008 and placed in service in 2008 or, in certain limited cases, 2009. The State of Mississippi does not allow the bonus depreciation deduction allowed by the Stimulus Act for state income tax purposes. Mississippi Power is currently assessing the financial implications of the Stimulus Act and estimates the cash flow reduction to tax payments for 2008 to be between $6 million and $9 million.
Other Matters
Mississippi Power is involved in various other matters being litigated and regulatory matters that could affect future earnings. In addition, Mississippi Power is subject to certain claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Mississippi Power’s business activities are subject to extensive governmental regulation related to public health and the environment. Litigation over environmental issues and claims of various types, including property damage, personal injury, common law nuisance, and citizen enforcement of environmental requirements such as opacity and air and water quality standards, has increased generally throughout the United States. In particular, personal injury claims for damages caused by alleged exposure to hazardous materials have become more frequent. The ultimate outcome of such pending or potential litigation against Mississippi Power cannot be predicted at this time; however, for current proceedings not specifically reported herein or in Note 3 to the financial statements of Mississippi Power in Item 8 of the Form 10-K, management does not anticipate that the liabilities, if any, arising from such current proceedings would have a material adverse effect on Mississippi Power’s financial statements.
See the Notes to the Condensed Financial Statements herein for discussion of various other contingencies, regulatory matters, and other matters being litigated which may affect future earnings potential.

106


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Mississippi Power prepares its financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the financial statements of Mississippi Power in Item 8 of the Form 10-K. In the application of these policies, certain estimates are made that may have a material impact on Mississippi Power’s results of operations and related disclosures. Different assumptions and measurements could produce estimates that are significantly different from those recorded in the financial statements. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – ACCOUNTING POLICIES – “Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” of Mississippi Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for a complete discussion of Mississippi Power’s critical accounting policies and estimates related to Electric Utility Regulation, Contingent Obligations, Unbilled Revenues, and Plant Daniel Operating Lease.
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY
Overview
Mississippi Power’s financial condition remained stable at June 30, 2008. Net cash provided from operating activities totaled $1.0 million for the first six months of 2008, compared to $120.8 million net cash provided from operating activities for the corresponding period in 2007. The $119.8 million decrease in net cash provided from operating activities in the first six months of 2008 was primarily due to the receipt of grant proceeds of $74.3 million in June 2007 and an increase in receivables in 2008 in the amount of $38.8 million, of which $22.1 million was associated with affiliate receivables. This was due primarily from increased Power Pool sales and gas settlements. Also, an $18.1 million change in prepaid income taxes was primarily due to a refund received in the first quarter 2007. The $20.8 million increase in net cash used for investing activities in the first six months of 2008 is primarily due to increases in cost of removal, net of salvage and increases in construction payables due to new construction projects. Net cash provided from financing activities totaled $57.1 million for the first six months of 2008, compared to $70.9 million used in financing for the corresponding period in 2007. The $128.0 million increase in net cash provided from financing activities was primarily due to the $80 million long-term bank loan made to Mississippi Power on March 5, 2008 and the $36 million redemption of the long-term debt to an affiliated trust in the first six months of 2007.
Significant balance sheet changes for the first six months of 2008 include an increase in fossil fuel stock, at an average cost of $30.5 million, primarily due to increases in coal and gas of $10.4 million and $17.5 million, respectively. Assets from risk management activities increased by $37.1 million, primarily due to increases in forward gas prices. Securities due within one year increased by $40.0 million due to the current portion of the senior note maturing in 2009. Also, other regulatory liabilities increased by $43.8 million primarily relating to increases in the fuel hedges as a result of increased gas prices.
Capital Requirements and Contractual Obligations
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Capital Requirements and Contractual Obligations” of Mississippi Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for a description of Mississippi Power’s capital requirements for its construction program, lease obligations, purchase commitments, derivative obligations, preferred stock dividends, and trust funding requirements. Approximately $41.2 million will be required through June 30, 2009 for maturities of long-term debt.

107


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Sources of Capital
Mississippi Power plans to obtain the funds required for construction and other purposes from sources similar to those utilized in the past. Mississippi Power has primarily utilized funds from operating cash flows, short-term debt, external security offerings, and equity contributions from Southern Company. However, the amount, type, and timing of any future financings, if needed, will depend upon regulatory approval, prevailing market conditions, and other factors. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Sources of Capital” of Mississippi Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for additional information.
Mississippi Power’s current liabilities frequently exceed current assets because of the continued use of short-term debt as a funding source to meet scheduled maturities of long-term debt as well as cash needs which can fluctuate significantly due to the seasonality of the business. To meet short-term cash needs and contingencies, Mississippi Power had at June 30, 2008 approximately $4.1 million of cash and cash equivalents and $181 million of unused committed credit arrangements with banks. Of these facilities, $141 million expire in 2008 and $40 million expire in 2009. Approximately $39 million of these credit arrangements contain provisions allowing two-year term loans executable at expiration and $15 million contain provisions allowing one-year term loans executable at expiration. Mississippi Power expects to renew its credit facilities, as needed, prior to expiration. See Note 6 to the financial statements of Mississippi Power under “Bank Credit Arrangements” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information. These credit arrangements provide liquidity support to Mississippi Power’s commercial paper program and have $40.1 million dedicated to funding purchase obligations related to variable rate pollution control bonds. Mississippi Power may also meet short-term cash needs through a Southern Company subsidiary organized to issue and sell commercial paper and extendible commercial notes at the request and for the benefit of Mississippi Power and other Southern Company subsidiaries. At June 30, 2008, Mississippi Power had $20.6 million of commercial paper outstanding. Management believes that the need for working capital can be adequately met by utilizing commercial paper programs and lines of credit without maintaining large cash balances.
Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements” of Mississippi Power in Item 7 and Note 7 to the financial statements of Mississippi Power under “Operating Leases” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for information related to Mississippi Power’s lease of a combined cycle generating facility at Plant Daniel.
Credit Rating Risk
Mississippi Power does not have any credit arrangements that would require material changes in payment schedules or terminations as a result of a credit rating downgrade. There are certain contracts that could require collateral, but not accelerated payment, in the event of a credit rating change to below BBB- or Baa3. These contracts are primarily for electricity sales, coal purchases, and purchases of emissions allowances. At June 30, 2008, the maximum potential collateral requirements at a rating below BBB- or Baa3 were approximately $50 million. Generally, collateral may be provided by a Southern Company guaranty, letter of credit, or cash.
Mississippi Power, along with all members of the Power Pool, is party to certain energy-related derivative agreements that could require collateral and/or accelerated payment in the event of a credit rating change to below investment grade for Alabama Power and/or Georgia Power. These agreements are primarily for natural gas and power price risk management activities. At June 30, 2008, Mississippi Power’s total exposure to these types of agreements was approximately $68 million.

108


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Market Price Risk
Mississippi Power’s market risk exposures relative to interest rate changes have not changed materially compared with the December 31, 2007 reporting period. In addition, Mississippi Power is not aware of any facts or circumstances that would significantly affect such exposures in the near term.
Due to cost-based rate regulation, Mississippi Power has limited exposure to market volatility in interest rates, commodity fuel prices, and prices of electricity. To mitigate residual risks relative to movements in electricity prices, Mississippi Power enters into physical fixed-price contracts for the purchase and sale of electricity through the wholesale electricity market. Mississippi Power has also implemented retail fuel-hedging programs at the instruction of the Mississippi PSC and wholesale fuel-hedging programs under agreements with wholesale customers.
The changes in fair value of energy-related derivative contracts and valuations at June 30, 2008 were as follows:
                 
    Second Quarter   Year-to-Date
    2008   2008
    Changes   Changes
 
    Fair Value
 
    (in millions)
Contracts outstanding at the beginning of the period, assets (liabilities), net
  $ 27.2     $ 2.0  
Contracts realized or settled
    (10.0 )     (9.5 )
Current period changes (a)
    26.9       51.6  
 
Contracts outstanding at the end of the period, assets (liabilities), net
  $ 44.1     $ 44.1  
 
(a)   Current period changes also include the changes in fair value of new contracts entered into during the period, if any.
Gains and losses on energy-related derivative contracts related to Mississippi Power’s fuel hedging program are initially recorded as regulatory liabilities and assets, respectively, and then are included in fuel expense as they are recovered through the energy cost management clause. Certain other gains and losses on energy-related derivatives, designated as hedges, are initially deferred in other comprehensive income before being recognized in income in the same period as the hedged transaction. Gains and losses on energy-related derivative contracts that are not designated as hedges are recognized in the statements of income as incurred.
The fair value gain/(loss) of energy-related derivative contracts outstanding at June 30, 2008 was reflected in the financial statements as follows:
         
    Amounts
 
    (in millions)
Regulatory liabilities, net
  $ 44.8  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    (2.3 )
Net income
    1.6  
 
Total fair value gain/(loss)
  $ 44.1  
 
Unrealized pre-tax gains recognized in income for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2008 for energy-related derivative contracts that are not hedges were $1.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively, and were not material for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2007.

109


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The maturities of the energy-related derivative contracts and the level of the fair value hierarchy in which they fall at June 30, 2008 are as follows:
                         
            June 30, 2008        
    Fair Value Measurements
 
    Total   Maturity
    Fair Value   Year 1   1-3 Years
 
            (in millions)        
Level 1
  $     $     $  
Level 2
    44.1       37.0       7.1  
Level 3
                 
 
Fair value of contracts outstanding at end of period
  $ 44.1     $ 37.0     $ 7.1  
 
As part of the adoption of SFAS No. 157 to increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements and related disclosures, the table above now uses the three-tier fair value hierarchy, as discussed in Note (C) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein, as opposed to the previously used descriptions “actively quoted,” “external sources,” and “models and other methods.” The three-tier fair value hierarchy focuses on the fair value of the contract itself, whereas the previous descriptions focused on the source of the inputs. Because Mississippi Power uses over-the-counter contracts that are not exchange traded but are fair valued using prices which are actively quoted, the valuations of those contracts now appear in Level 2; previously they were shown as “actively quoted.”
For additional information, see MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Market Price Risk” of Mississippi Power in Item 7 and Notes 1 and 6 to the financial statements of Mississippi Power under “Financial Instruments” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K and Note (F) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein.
Financing Activities
In March 2008, Mississippi Power entered into an $80 million long-term bank loan that bears interest based on one-month LIBOR with a three-year maturity. Proceeds were used to repay a portion of Mississippi Power’s short-term indebtedness and for other corporate purposes, including Mississippi Power’s continuous construction activities.
Also in 2008, Mississippi Power converted its entire $42.6 million of obligations related to auction rate tax-exempt securities from an auction rate mode to a fixed rate mode.
In addition to any financings that may be necessary to meet capital requirements, contractual obligations, and storm restoration costs, Mississippi Power plans to continue, when economically feasible, a program to retire higher-cost securities and replace these obligations with lower-cost capital if market conditions permit.

110


Table of Contents

SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY
AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

111


Table of Contents

SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)
                                 
    For the Three Months     For the Six Months  
    Ended June 30,     Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)  
Operating Revenues:
                               
Wholesale revenues —
                               
Non-affiliates
  $ 170,907     $ 98,053     $ 251,376     $ 179,170  
Affiliates
    143,893       143,925       277,386       253,427  
Other revenues
    1,784       2,040       3,354       3,913  
 
                       
Total operating revenues
    316,584       244,018       532,116       436,510  
 
                       
Operating Expenses:
                               
Fuel
    76,341       58,779       112,388       86,145  
Purchased power —
                               
Non-affiliates
    34,312       11,181       50,868       22,211  
Affiliates
    64,963       36,840       115,671       68,127  
Other operations
    22,238       21,555       48,437       42,444  
Maintenance
    13,416       8,205       22,248       13,503  
Depreciation and amortization
    20,943       18,302       40,930       36,696  
Taxes other than income taxes
    4,639       4,316       9,181       8,027  
 
                       
Total operating expenses
    236,852       159,178       399,723       277,153  
 
                       
Operating Income
    79,732       84,840       132,393       159,357  
Other Income and (Expense):
                               
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized
    (19,895 )     (20,458 )     (39,252 )     (41,352 )
Other income (expense), net
    35       1,185       12,615       1,103  
 
                       
Total other income and (expense)
    (19,860 )     (19,273 )     (26,637 )     (40,249 )
 
                       
Earnings Before Income Taxes
    59,872       65,567       105,756       119,108  
Income taxes
    24,452       25,713       41,361       47,218  
 
                       
Net Income
  $ 35,420     $ 39,854     $ 64,395     $ 71,890  
 
                       
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (UNAUDITED)
                                 
    For the Three Months     For the Six Months  
    Ended June 30,     Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)  
Net Income
  $ 35,420     $ 39,854     $ 64,395     $ 71,890  
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                               
Qualifying hedges:
                               
Changes in fair value, net of tax of $(4,887), $509, $(7,831), and $(71), respectively
    (7,554 )     769       (12,116 )     (122 )
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income, net of tax of $1,348, $1,249, $2,690, and $2,405, respectively
    2,084       1,921       4,158       3,958  
 
                       
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
    (5,470 )     2,690       (7,958 )     3,836  
 
                       
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
  $ 29,950     $ 42,544     $ 56,437     $ 75,726  
 
                       
The accompanying notes as they relate to Southern Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

112


Table of Contents

SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
                 
    For the Six Months  
    Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Operating Activities:
               
Net income
  $ 64,395     $ 71,890  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided from operating activities —
               
Depreciation and amortization
    48,844       43,874  
Deferred income taxes and investment tax credits, net
    23,614       32,770  
Deferred revenues
    (27,234 )     (29,872 )
Mark-to-market adjustments
    8,534       (1,115 )
Accumulated billings on construction contract
    39,437       30,195  
Accumulated costs on construction contract
    (46,014 )     (8,901 )
Gain on sale of property
    (6,015 )      
Other, net
    1,552       786  
Changes in certain current assets and liabilities —
               
Receivables
    (114,097 )     (55,286 )
Fossil fuel stock
    (2,776 )     (2,928 )
Materials and supplies
    (1,049 )     (7,853 )
Prepaid income taxes
    (12,033 )      
Other current assets
    (494 )     (432 )
Accounts payable
    59,180       16,458  
Accrued taxes
    7,829       7,007  
Accrued interest
    (25 )     281  
Other current liabilities
    2,326        
 
           
Net cash provided from operating activities
    45,974       96,874  
 
           
Investing Activities:
               
Property additions
    (40,444 )     (74,347 )
Sale of property
    5,001        
Change in construction payables, net
    (7,222 )     (4,096 )
Payments pursuant to long-term service agreements
    (14,094 )     (14,583 )
Other
    (726 )     (1,405 )
 
           
Net cash used for investing activities
    (57,485 )     (94,431 )
 
           
Financing Activities:
               
Increase in notes payable, net
    56,625       16,374  
Proceeds — Capital contributions
    2,135        
Redemptions — Long-term debt
          (1,209 )
Payment of common stock dividends
    (47,250 )     (44,900 )
Other
          (26 )
 
           
Net cash provided from (used for) financing activities
    11,510       (29,761 )
 
           
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    (1 )     (27,318 )
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period
    5       29,929  
 
           
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period
  $ 4     $ 2,611  
 
           
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
               
Cash paid during the period for —
               
Interest (net of $7,000 and $7,382 capitalized for 2008 and 2007, respectively)
  $ 31,941     $ 33,510  
Income taxes (net of refunds)
  $ 29,866     $ 16,681  
The accompanying notes as they relate to Southern Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

113


Table of Contents

SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
                 
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
Assets   2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Current Assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 4     $ 5  
Receivables —
               
Customer accounts receivable
    64,219       19,100  
Other accounts receivable
    1,431       1,025  
Affiliated companies
    104,327       27,004  
Fossil fuel stock, at average cost
    17,937       15,160  
Materials and supplies, at average cost
    20,333       19,284  
Prepaid service agreements — current
    46,535       14,233  
Prepaid income taxes
    20,993       135  
Assets from risk management activities
    46,884       16,079  
Other
    7,648       6,931  
 
           
Total current assets
    330,311       118,956  
 
           
Property, Plant, and Equipment:
               
In service
    2,846,701       2,534,507  
Less accumulated provision for depreciation
    321,890       280,962  
 
           
 
    2,524,811       2,253,545  
Construction work in progress
    1,221       283,084  
 
           
Total property, plant, and equipment
    2,526,032       2,536,629  
 
           
Deferred Charges and Other Assets:
               
Prepaid long-term service agreements
    67,538       87,058  
Other —
               
Affiliated
    3,983       4,138  
Other
    17,799       21,993  
 
           
Total deferred charges and other assets
    89,320       113,189  
 
           
Total Assets
  $ 2,945,663     $ 2,768,774  
 
           
The accompanying notes as they relate to Southern Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

114


Table of Contents

SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
                 
    At June 30,     At December 31,  
Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity   2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Current Liabilities:
               
Notes payable
  $ 106,373     $ 49,748  
Accounts payable —
               
Affiliated
    108,700       48,475  
Other
    12,969       20,322  
Accrued taxes —
               
Income taxes
          392  
Other
    11,071       2,658  
Accrued interest
    30,143       30,168  
Liabilities from risk management activities
    73,170       12,639  
Billings in excess of cost on construction contract
    29,807       36,384  
Other
    1,082       9,523  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    373,315       210,309  
 
           
Long-term Debt
    1,297,226       1,297,099  
 
           
Deferred Credits and Other Liabilities:
               
Accumulated deferred income taxes
    165,831       138,123  
Deferred capacity revenues — Affiliated
    8,223       34,801  
Other —
               
Affiliated
    7,235       7,754  
Other
    5,304       2,801  
 
           
Total deferred credits and other liabilities
    186,593       183,479  
 
           
Total Liabilities
    1,857,134       1,690,887  
 
           
Common Stockholder’s Equity:
               
Common stock, par value $.01 per share —
               
Authorized - 1,000,000 shares
               
Outstanding - 1,000 shares
           
Paid-in capital
    860,601       858,466  
Retained earnings
    269,596       253,131  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (41,668 )     (33,710 )
 
           
Total common stockholder’s equity
    1,088,529       1,077,887  
 
           
Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity
  $ 2,945,663     $ 2,768,774  
 
           
The accompanying notes as they relate to Southern Power are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

115


Table of Contents

SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
SECOND QUARTER 2008 vs. SECOND QUARTER 2007
AND
YEAR-TO-DATE 2008 vs. YEAR-TO-DATE 2007
OVERVIEW
Southern Power and its wholly-owned subsidiaries construct, acquire, own, and manage generation assets and sell electricity at market-based prices in the southeastern wholesale market. Southern Power continues to execute its regional strategy through a combination of acquiring and constructing new power plants and by entering into PPAs with investor owned utilities, independent power producers, municipalities, and electric cooperatives.
To evaluate operating results and to ensure Southern Power’s ability to meet its contractual commitments to customers, Southern Power focuses on several key performance indicators. These indicators include peak season equivalent forced outage rate (EFOR) and net income. EFOR defines the hours during peak demand times when Southern Power’s generating units are not available due to forced outages (the lower the better). For additional information on these indicators, see MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – OVERVIEW – “Key Performance Indicators” of Southern Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Net Income
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$(4.5)   (11.1)   $(7.5)   (10.4)
 
Southern Power’s net income for the second quarter 2008 was $35.4 million compared to $39.9 million for the corresponding period of 2007. This decrease was primarily due to timing of plant maintenance activities, increased depreciation associated with the implementation of a new depreciation study, and increased depreciation associated with Plant Oleander Unit 5 and Plant Franklin Unit 3 being placed into commercial operation in December 2007 and June 2008, respectively.
Southern Power’s net income for year-to-date 2008 was $64.4 million compared to $71.9 million for the corresponding period of 2007. This decrease was primarily due to mark to market losses on forward sales of uncontracted generating capacity, transmission service and tariff penalties incurred during the first quarter 2008, timing of plant maintenance activities, increased depreciation associated with the implementation of a new depreciation study, and increased depreciation associated with Plant Oleander Unit 5 and Plant Franklin Unit 3 being placed into commercial operation in December 2007 and June 2008, respectively. These unfavorable impacts were partially offset by a gain on the sale of an undeveloped tract of land and the receipt of a fee for participating in an asset auction during the first quarter 2008. Southern Power was not the successful bidder in the asset auction.

116


Table of Contents

SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Wholesale Revenues Non-Affiliates
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$72.8   74.3   $72.2   40.3
 
Wholesale energy sales to non-affiliates will vary depending on the energy demand of those customers and their generation capacity, as well as the market cost of available energy compared to the cost of Southern Power.
Wholesale revenues from non-affiliates for the second quarter 2008 were $170.9 million compared to $98.1 million for the corresponding period in 2007. Wholesale revenues from non-affiliates for year-to-date 2008 were $251.4 million compared to $179.2 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These increases were primarily due to increases in short-term market energy revenues, increased energy revenues due to higher natural gas prices, and revenues from the operation of Plant Oleander Unit 5. Mark to market losses on forward sales of uncontracted generating capacity arising from an increase in forward market prices partially offset this increase.
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Power Sales Agreements” of Southern Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for additional information.
Wholesale Revenues Affiliates
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
N/M   N/M   $24.0   9.5
 
N/M – Not Meaningful
Wholesale energy sales to affiliated companies within the Southern Company system will vary depending on demand and the availability and cost of generating resources at each company. Sales to affiliate companies that are not covered by PPAs are made in accordance with the IIC, as approved by the FERC.
Wholesale revenues from affiliates for the second quarter 2008 were $143.9 million compared to $143.9 million for the corresponding period in 2007. Two offsetting factors impacted wholesale revenues from affiliates during the quarter. An increase of $30.3 million resulting from higher natural gas prices was offset by a $30.9 million decrease primarily due to decreased demand as a result of milder weather in the second quarter 2008 than in the corresponding period in 2007.
Wholesale revenues from affiliates for year-to-date 2008 were $277.4 million compared to $253.4 million for the corresponding period in 2007. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $47.6 million resulting from higher natural gas prices. Partially offsetting this increase was a $25.3 million decrease primarily due to decreased demand as a result of milder weather in the second quarter 2008 than in the corresponding period in 2007.

117


Table of Contents

SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Fuel and Purchased Power Expenses
                                 
    Second Quarter 2008   Year-to-Date 2008
    vs.   vs.
    Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2007
 
 
  (change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
Fuel
  $ 17.6       29.9     $ 26.2       30.5  
Purchased power – non-affiliates
    23.1       206.9       28.7       129.0  
Purchased power – affiliates
    28.1       76.3       47.5       69.8  
                         
Total fuel and purchased power expenses
  $ 68.8             $ 102.4          
                         
In the second quarter 2008, total fuel and purchased power expenses were $175.6 million compared to $106.8 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These increases were primarily due to higher fuel and purchased power costs of $83.4 million due to an increase in the average cost of fuel and purchased power. Mark to market gains of $11.7 million on forward natural gas derivatives and a $2.9 million decrease due to decreased generation offset a portion of the total increase.
For year-to-date 2008, total fuel and purchased power expenses were $278.9 million compared to $176.5 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These increases were primarily due to increased generation and purchases of $13.6 million in order to meet the higher energy sales as well as higher fuel and purchased power costs of $114.4 million due to an increase in the average cost of fuel and purchased power. Mark to market gains of $25.6 million on forward natural gas derivatives offset a portion of these increases.
Other Operations and Maintenance Expenses
                                 
    Second Quarter 2008   Year-to-Date 2008
    vs.   vs.
    Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2007
 
 
  (change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
Other operations
  $ 0.7       3.2     $ 6.0       14.1  
Maintenance
    5.2       63.5       8.8       64.8  
                         
Total other operations and maintenance
  $ 5.9             $ 14.8          
                         
In the second quarter 2008, other operations and maintenance expenses were $35.7 million compared to $29.8 million for the same period in 2007. This increase was primarily due to timing of plant maintenance activities of $4.8 million and an increase in general and administrative expenses of $2.4 million primarily related to the implementation of the FERC separation order. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in transmission expenses of $1.3 million.
For year-to-date 2008, other operations and maintenance expenses were $70.7 million compared to $55.9 million for the same period in 2007. This increase was primarily due to timing of plant maintenance activities of $8.6 million, general and administrative expenses of $3.8 million primarily related to the implementation of the FERC separation order, and transmission service and tariff penalties of $2.4 million.

118


Table of Contents

SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Depreciation and Amortization
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$2.6   14.4   $4.2   11.5
 
In the second quarter 2008, depreciation and amortization was $20.9 million compared to $18.3 million for the corresponding period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, depreciation and amortization was $40.9 million compared to $36.7 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These increases were primarily due to the completion of Plant Oleander Unit 5 in December 2007 and Plant Franklin Unit 3 in June 2008 and higher depreciation rates implemented in January 2008.
See Note (J) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein for additional information.
Other Income (Expense), Net
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$(1.2)   N/M   $11.5   N/M
 
N/M — Not Meaningful
In the second quarter 2008, the change in other income (expense), net was not material.
For year-to-date 2008, other income (expense), net was $12.6 million as compared to $1.1 million for the corresponding period in 2007. This change is primarily due to a $6.0 million gain on the sale of an undeveloped tract of land and a $6.4 million fee received for participating in an asset auction. Southern Power was not the successful bidder in the asset auction.
Income Taxes
             
Second Quarter 2008 vs. Second Quarter 2007   Year-to-Date 2008 vs. Year-to-Date 2007
 
(change in millions)   (% change)   (change in millions)   (% change)
$(1.2)   (4.9)   $(5.8)   (12.4)
 
In the second quarter 2008, income taxes were $24.5 million compared to $25.7 million for the corresponding period in 2007. For year-to-date 2008, income taxes were $41.4 million compared to $47.2 million for the corresponding period in 2007. These decreases were primarily due to decreases in earnings before taxes.
FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL
The results of operations discussed above are not necessarily indicative of Southern Power’s future earnings potential. A number of factors affect the opportunities, challenges, and risks of Southern Power’s competitive wholesale energy business. These factors include the ability to achieve sales growth while containing costs. Another major factor is federal regulatory policy, which may impact Southern Power’s level of participation in this market. The level of future earnings depends on numerous factors, including regulatory matters (such as those related to affiliate contracts), sales, creditworthiness of customers, total generating capacity available in the Southeast, and the successful remarketing of capacity as current contracts expire. For additional information relating to these issues, see RISK

119


Table of Contents

SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
FACTORS in Item 1A and MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL of Southern Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K.
Construction Projects
Plant Franklin Unit 3
Southern Power completed construction of Plant Franklin Unit 3 in June 2008. Costs incurred through June 30, 2008 were $308.6 million. The unit is a natural gas-fueled combined cycle located in Smiths, Alabama with a nameplate capacity of 648 MW. The unit will be used to provide annual capacity for a PPA with Constellation Energy Group, Inc. from 2009 through 2015.
Power Sales Agreements
Southern Power signed extensions of existing contracts with 10 members of the Georgia Electric Membership Corporation (EMC). Eight contracts were extended beginning in 2010 through 2031 and two contracts were extended beginning in 2013 through 2034. The EMCs are currently projected to purchase 500 MWs in 2008 under these agreements. Their purchases are projected to grow to more than 1400 MWs during the extension.
Environmental Matters
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FUTURE EARNINGS POTENTIAL – “Environmental Matters” of Southern Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for information on the development by federal and state environmental regulatory agencies of additional control strategies for emission of air pollution from industrial sources, including electric generating facilities. Compliance with possible additional federal or state legislation or regulations related to global climate change, air quality, or other environmental and health concerns could also affect earnings. While Southern Power’s PPAs generally contain provisions that permit charging the counterparty with some of the new costs incurred as a result of changes in environmental laws and regulations, the full impact of any such regulatory or legislative changes cannot be determined at this time.
Carbon Dioxide Litigation
On February 26, 2008, the Native Village of Kivalina and the City of Kivalina filed a suit in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California against several electric utilities (including Southern Company), several oil companies, and a coal company. The plaintiffs are the governing bodies of an Inupiat village in Alaska. The plaintiffs contend that the village is being destroyed by erosion allegedly caused by global warming that the plaintiffs attribute to emissions of greenhouse gases by the defendants. The plaintiffs assert claims for public and private nuisance and contend that the defendants have acted in concert and are therefore jointly and severally liable for the plaintiffs’ damages. The suit seeks damages for lost property values and for the cost of relocating the village, which cost is alleged to be $95 million to $400 million. On June 30, 2008, all defendants filed motions to dismiss this case. Southern Company believes that these claims are without merit and notes that the complaint cites no statutory or regulatory basis for the claims. The ultimate outcome of this matter cannot be determined at this time.

120


Table of Contents

SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Other Matters
Southern Power is involved in various other matters being litigated and regulatory matters that could affect future earnings. In addition, Southern Power is subject to certain claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Southern Power’s business activities are subject to extensive governmental regulation related to public health and the environment. Litigation over environmental issues and claims of various types, including property damage, personal injury, common law nuisance, and citizen enforcement of environmental requirements such as opacity and air and water quality standards, has increased generally throughout the United States. In particular, personal injury claims for damages caused by alleged exposure to hazardous materials have become more frequent. The ultimate outcome of such potential litigation against Southern Power and its subsidiaries cannot be predicted at this time; however, for current proceedings not specifically reported herein or in Note 3 to the financial statements of Southern Power in Item 8 of the Form 10-K, management does not anticipate that the liabilities, if any, arising from any such proceedings would have a material adverse effect on Southern Power’s financial statements.
See Note (B) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein for discussion of various other contingencies, regulatory matters, and other matters being litigated which may affect future earnings potential.
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Southern Power prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the financial statements of Southern Power in Item 8 of the Form 10-K. In the application of these policies, certain estimates are made that may have a material impact on Southern Power’s results of operations and related disclosures. Different assumptions and measurements could produce estimates that are significantly different from those recorded in the financial statements. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – ACCOUNTING POLICIES – “Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” of Southern Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for a complete discussion of Southern Power’s critical accounting policies and estimates related to Revenue Recognition, Normal Sale and Non-Derivative Transactions, Cash Flow Hedge Transactions, Mark-to-Market Transactions, Percentage of Completion, Asset Impairments, Acquisition Accounting, and Contingent Obligations.
Depreciation
Depreciation of the original cost of assets is computed under the straight-line method and applies a composite depreciation rate based on the assets’ estimated useful lives determined by management. The primary assets in property, plant, and equipment are power plants, all of which have an estimated composite life ranging from 29 to 37 years. These lives reflect a weighted average of the significant components (retirement units) that make up the plants. Depreciation studies are conducted periodically to update the component depreciable lives and salvage values. See Note (J) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein for a discussion of changes in depreciation assumptions made by Southern Power effective January 1, 2008. Southern Power is currently undertaking an additional review of the estimated useful lives of its assets and further changes may be warranted which could increase depreciation.
When property subject to composite depreciation is retired or otherwise disposed of in the normal course of business, its cost is charged to accumulated depreciation. For other property dispositions, the applicable cost and accumulated depreciation is removed from the accounts and a gain or loss is recognized.

121


Table of Contents

SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
New Accounting Standards
Business Combinations
In December 2007, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (SFAS No. 141R). SFAS No. 141R, when adopted, will significantly change the accounting for business combinations, specifically the accounting for contingent consideration, contingencies, acquisition costs, and restructuring costs. Southern Power plans to adopt SFAS No. 141R on January 1, 2009. It is likely that the adoption of SFAS No. 141R will have a significant impact on the accounting for any business combinations completed by Southern Power after January 1, 2009.
In December 2007, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 160, “Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” (SFAS No. 160). SFAS No. 160 amends Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements” to establish accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling (minority) interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It clarifies that a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements and establishes a single method of accounting for changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation. Southern Power plans to adopt SFAS No. 160 on January 1, 2009 and is currently assessing its impact, if any.
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY
Overview
Southern Power’s financial condition remained stable at June 30, 2008. Net cash provided from operating activities totaled $46.0 million for the first six months of 2008, compared to $96.9 million for the corresponding period in 2007. The $50.9 million decrease in cash provided from operating activities in the first six months of 2008 is primarily due to costs incurred on the construction of the combined cycle unit for the Orlando Utilities Commission and timing of tax payments. Net cash used for investing activities totaled $57.5 million for the first six months of 2008, compared to $94.4 million for the corresponding period in 2007 due to completion of Plant Oleander Unit 5 in December 2007 and Plant Franklin Unit 3 in June 2008. Net cash provided from financing activities totaled $11.5 million for the first six months of 2008, compared to net cash used for financing activities of $29.8 million for the corresponding period in 2007 due to changes in levels of short-term debt.
Significant balance sheet changes for the first six months of 2008 include increases in assets and liabilities for Southern Power’s risk management activities due to increases in the forward prices for power and natural gas. Other asset changes include the completion of the sale of land that was held for sale at December 31, 2007, the timing of tax payments, and increases in customer accounts receivable due to seasonality. Other liability changes include a reduction in other current liabilities due to payment of IGCC termination costs of $2.6 million, a reduction of deferred capacity revenues due to seasonality, and increases in accounts payable due to increased prices in energy and fuel.
Capital Requirements and Contractual Obligations
See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Capital Requirements and Contractual Obligations” of Southern Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for a description of Southern Power’s capital requirements for its construction program,

122


Table of Contents

SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
maturing debt, interest, leases, derivative obligations, purchase commitments, and long-term service agreements.
In June 2008, Southern Power entered into an agreement to purchase power in the years 2011- 2015. The purchase commitment will be approximately $20.5 million for years 2011-2012 and a total of $45.0 million for the years after 2012.
Sources of Capital
Southern Power may use operating cash flows, external funds, or equity contributions from Southern Company to finance any new projects, acquisitions, and ongoing capital requirements. Southern Power expects to generate external funds from the issuance of unsecured senior debt and commercial paper or utilization of credit arrangements from banks. However, the amount, type, and timing of any financings, if needed, will depend upon regulatory approval, prevailing market conditions, and other factors. See MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Sources of Capital” of Southern Power in Item 7 of the Form 10-K for additional information.
Southern Power’s current liabilities frequently exceed current assets due to the use of short-term indebtedness as a funding source, as well as cash needs which can fluctuate significantly due to the seasonality of the business. To meet liquidity and capital resource requirements, Southern Power had at June 30, 2008 approximately $400 million in committed credit arrangements with banks that expire in 2012. Borrowings of $95 million under these arrangements were outstanding as of June 30, 2008. Proceeds from these credit arrangements may be used for working capital and general corporate purposes as well as liquidity support for Southern Power’s commercial paper program.
Southern Power’s commercial paper program is used to finance acquisition and construction costs related to electric generating facilities and for general corporate purposes. At June 30, 2008, there was $11.4 million of commercial paper outstanding.
Management believes that the need for working capital can be adequately met by utilizing commercial paper programs and lines of credit without maintaining large cash balances.
Credit Rating Risk
Southern Power does not have any credit arrangements that would require material changes in payment schedules or terminations as a result of a credit rating downgrade. There are certain contracts that could require collateral, but not accelerated payment, in the event of a credit rating change to BBB and Baa2 or to BBB- or Baa3 or below. These contracts are primarily for physical electricity purchases and sales. At June 30, 2008, the maximum potential collateral requirements at a BBB and Baa2 rating were approximately $9 million and at a BBB- or Baa3 rating were approximately $317 million. At June 30, 2008, the maximum potential collateral requirements at a rating below BBB- or Baa3 were approximately $603 million. Generally, collateral may be provided by a Southern Company guaranty, letter of credit, or cash.
In addition, Southern Power is party to a PPA that could require collateral, but not accelerated payment, in the event of a downgrade to Southern Power’s credit rating to below BBB- or Baa3. The amount of collateral required would depend upon actual losses, if any, resulting from a credit downgrade, limited to Southern Power’s remaining obligations under the contract.

123


Table of Contents

SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Southern Power, along with all members of the Power Pool, is party to certain agreements that could require collateral and/or accelerated payment in the event of a credit rating change to below investment grade for Alabama Power and/or Georgia Power. These agreements are primarily for natural gas and power price risk management activities. At June 30, 2008, Southern Power’s total exposure to these types of agreements was approximately $68 million.
Market Price Risk
Southern Power’s market risk exposures relative to interest rate changes have not changed materially compared with the December 31, 2007 reporting period. In addition, Southern Power is not aware of any facts or circumstances that would significantly affect such exposures in the near term.
Southern Power is exposed to market risks, including changes in interest rates, certain energy-related commodity prices, and, occasionally, currency exchange rates. To manage the volatility attributable to these exposures, Southern Power nets the exposures to take advantage of natural offsets and enters into various derivative transactions for the remaining exposures pursuant to Southern Power’s policies in areas such as counterparty exposure and hedging practices. Southern Power’s policy is that derivatives are to be used primarily for hedging purposes. Derivative positions are monitored using techniques that include market valuation and sensitivity analysis.
Because energy from Southern Power’s facilities is primarily sold under long-term PPAs with tolling agreements and provisions shifting substantially all of the responsibility for fuel cost to the counterparties, Southern Power’s exposure to market volatility in commodity fuel prices and prices of electricity is generally limited. However, during 2008, Southern Power is exposed to market volatility in energy-related commodity prices as a result of sales of uncontracted generating capacity.
The change in fair value of energy-related derivative contracts and valuations at June 30, 2008 were as follows:
                 
    Second Quarter   Year-to-Date
    2008   2008
    Changes   Changes
 
    Fair Value
 
    (in millions)
Contracts outstanding at the beginning of the period, assets (liabilities), net
  $ (18.6 )   $ 3.4  
Contracts realized or settled
    2.7       (0.1 )
Current period changes (a)
    (13.8 )     (33.0 )
 
Contracts outstanding at the end of the period, assets (liabilities), net
  $ (29.7 )   $ (29.7 )
 
(a)   Current period changes also include the changes in fair value of new contracts entered into during the period, if any.
Gains and losses on energy-related derivatives used by Southern Power to hedge anticipated purchases and sales are initially deferred in other comprehensive income before being recognized in income in the same period as the hedged transaction. Gains and losses on energy-related derivative contracts that are not designated or fail to qualify as hedges are recognized in the statements of income as incurred.

124


Table of Contents

SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The fair value gain/(loss) of energy-related derivative contracts outstanding at June 30, 2008 was reflected in the financial statements as follows:
         
    Amounts
 
 
  (in millions)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
  $ (21.6 )
Net income
    (8.1 )
 
Total fair value gain/(loss)
  $ (29.7 )
 
Unrealized pre-tax gains/(losses) recognized in income for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2008 for energy-related derivative contracts that are not hedges were $5.9 million and $(8.5) million, respectively, and will continue to be marked to market until the settlement date. Unrealized amounts were not material for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2007.
The maturities of the energy-related derivative contracts and the level of the fair value hierarchy in which they fall at June 30, 2008 are as follows:
                         
    June 30, 2008
    Fair Value Measurements
    Total   Maturity
    Fair Value   Year 1   1-3 Years
 
    (in millions)
Level 1
  $     $     $  
Level 2
    (29.7 )     (26.3 )     (3.4 )
Level 3
                 
 
Fair value of contracts outstanding at end of period
  $ (29.7 )   $ (26.3 )   $ (3.4 )
 
As part of the adoption of SFAS No. 157 to increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements and related disclosures, the table above now uses the three-tier fair value hierarchy, as discussed in Note (C) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein, as opposed to the previously used descriptions “actively quoted,” “external sources,” and “models and other methods.” The three-tier fair value hierarchy focuses on the fair value of the contract itself, whereas the previous descriptions focused on the source of the inputs. Because Southern Power uses over-the-counter contracts that are not exchange traded but are fair valued using prices which are actively quoted, the valuations of those contracts now appear in Level 2; previously they were shown as “actively quoted.”
For additional information, see MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY – “Market Price Risk” of Southern Power in Item 7 and Notes 1 and 6 to the financial statements of Southern Power under “Financial Instruments” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K and Note (F) to the Condensed Financial Statements herein.
Financing Activities
Southern Power did not issue or redeem any long-term securities during the six months ended June 30, 2008.

125


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR
THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
GULF POWER COMPANY
MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
INDEX TO APPLICABLE NOTES TO
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BY REGISTRANT
         
Registrant   Applicable Notes    
 
       
Southern Company
  A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K    
 
       
Alabama Power
  A, B, C, F, G, H, I    
 
       
Georgia Power
  A, B, C, D, F, G, H, I    
 
       
Gulf Power
  A, B, C, F, G, H    
 
       
Mississippi Power
  A, B, C, D, F, G, H    
 
       
Southern Power
  A, B, C, F, H, J    

126


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
GULF POWER COMPANY
MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
  (A)   INTRODUCTION
 
      The condensed quarterly financial statements of each registrant included herein have been prepared by such registrant, without audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. The Condensed Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 have been derived from the audited financial statements of each registrant. In the opinion of each registrant’s management, the information regarding such registrant furnished herein reflects all adjustments, which, except as otherwise disclosed, are of a normal recurring nature, necessary to present fairly the results of operations for the periods ended June 30, 2008 and 2007. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations, although each registrant believes that the disclosures regarding such registrant are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. Disclosures which would substantially duplicate the disclosures in the Form 10-K and details which have not changed significantly in amount or composition since the filing of the Form 10-K are generally omitted from this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Therefore, these Condensed Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto included in the Form 10-K. Due to the seasonal variations in the demand for energy, operating results for the periods presented do not necessarily indicate operating results for the entire year.
 
      Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. Where applicable, each registrant’s statements of income for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2007 were modified to report “Interest expense to affiliate trusts” together with “Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized.” In addition, where applicable, the financing activities section of each registrant’s statement of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2007 was modified to report “Long-term debt to affiliate trust” together with “Long-term debt.” Also, where applicable, each registrant’s balance sheet at December 31, 2007 was modified within the current liabilities section to present a separate line item for “Other regulatory liabilities” previously included in “Other.” Due to materiality in the current period, the balance sheets of Southern Company, Alabama Power, Georgia Power, and Mississippi Power were modified to present a separate line item for “Assets from risk management activities” previously included in “Other” in the prior period.
 
      Southern Company’s current liability section of the balance sheet at December 31, 2007 was modified to reflect the amount of “Unrecognized tax benefits” as a separate line item previously included within “Accrued taxes—Income taxes.” Also, Southern Company’s statement of cash flows for the prior period was modified within the operating activities section to present separate line items for “Derivative fair value adjustments” and “Deferred revenues” previously included in “Other, net.”
 
      Georgia Power’s statement of cash flows for the prior period was modified within the operating activities section to present separate line items for “Deferred revenues” and “Hedge settlements” previously included in “Other, net.” Additionally, the line item “Material and supplies” was combined into “Other current assets.”
 
      Gulf Power modified its statements of income for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2007 to report a separate line item for “Allowance for equity funds used during construction” previously

127


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
      included in “Other income and expense, net.” In conjunction with such modification, Gulf Power modified its statement of cash flows within the operating activities section to present a separate line item for “Allowance for equity funds used during construction” previously included in “Other, net.” In addition, the operating activities section now includes a separate line item to present “Hedge settlements” previously included in “Other, net” in the prior period.
 
      Due to the relative insignificance of the amount reported at June 30, 2008, the balance sheet at December 31, 2007 of Mississippi Power was modified to combine assets in “Prepaid income taxes” into “Other.”
 
      Southern Power modified its statement of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2007 to present a separate line within the investing section for “Payments pursuant to long-term service agreements” previously included in “Property additions.” In order to conform to the current period presentation, Southern Power also modified its balance sheet for the prior period to present separately the amount of “Prepaid income taxes.” The remaining amount of assets in “Prepaid expenses” was collapsed into “Other.”
 
      These reclassifications had no effect on total assets, net income, cash flows, or earnings per share.
 
      In the first quarter 2008, Gulf Power sold a turbine rotor assembly to Southern Power for $9.4 million. In the second quarter 2008, Southern Power sold a turbine rotor assembly to Alabama Power for $8.2 million. These affiliate transactions were made in accordance with FERC and state PSC rules and guidelines and were eliminated in consolidation for Southern Company.
 
  (B)   CONTINGENCIES AND REGULATORY MATTERS
 
      See Note 3 to the financial statements of the registrants in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for information relating to various lawsuits, other contingencies, and regulatory matters.
 
      General Litigation Matters
 
      Each registrant is subject to certain claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In addition, each registrant’s business activities are subject to extensive governmental regulation related to public health and the environment. Litigation over environmental issues and claims of various types, including property damage, personal injury, common law nuisance, and citizen enforcement of environmental requirements such as opacity and air and water quality standards, has increased generally throughout the United States. In particular, personal injury claims for damages caused by alleged exposure to hazardous materials have become more frequent. The ultimate outcome of such pending or potential litigation against the registrants and any of their subsidiaries cannot be predicted at this time; however, for current proceedings not specifically reported herein or in Note 3 to the financial statements of each registrant in Item 8 of the Form 10-K, management does not anticipate that the liabilities, if any, arising from such current proceedings would have a material adverse effect on such registrant’s financial statements.
 
      Mirant Matters
 
      Mirant was an energy company with businesses that included independent power projects and energy trading and risk management companies in the United States and selected other countries. It was a wholly-owned subsidiary of Southern Company until its initial public offering in October 2000. In April 2001, Southern Company completed a spin-off to its shareholders of its remaining ownership, and Mirant became an independent corporate entity.

128


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
      Mirant Bankruptcy
 
      In July 2003, Mirant and certain of its affiliates filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas. The Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming Mirant’s plan of reorganization in December 2005, and Mirant announced that this plan became effective in January 2006. As part of the plan, Mirant transferred substantially all of its assets and its restructured debt to a new corporation that adopted the name Mirant Corporation (Reorganized Mirant).
 
      Southern Company has certain contingent liabilities associated with guarantees of contractual commitments made by Mirant’s subsidiaries discussed under “Guarantees” in Note 7 to the financial statements of Southern Company in Item 8 of the Form 10-K and with various lawsuits related to Mirant discussed below. Also, Southern Company has joint and several liability with Mirant regarding the joint consolidated federal income tax returns through 2001, as discussed in Note 5 to the financial statements of Southern Company in Item 8 of the Form 10-K. In December 2004, as a result of concluding an IRS audit for the tax years 2000 and 2001, Southern Company paid approximately $39 million in additional tax and interest related to Mirant tax items and filed a claim in Mirant’s bankruptcy case for that amount. Through December 2007, Southern Company received from the IRS approximately $36 million in refunds related to Mirant. Southern Company believes it has a right to recoup the $39 million tax payment owed by Mirant from such tax refunds. As a result, Southern Company intends to retain the tax refunds and reduce its claim against Mirant for the payment of Mirant taxes by the amount of such refunds. MC Asset Recovery, a special purpose subsidiary of Reorganized Mirant, has objected to and sought to equitably subordinate the Southern Company tax claim in its fraudulent transfer litigation against Southern Company. Southern Company has reserved the approximately $3 million amount remaining with respect to its Mirant tax claim.
 
      Under the terms of the separation agreements entered into in connection with the spin-off, Mirant agreed to indemnify Southern Company for costs associated with these guarantees, lawsuits, and additional IRS assessments. However, as a result of Mirant’s bankruptcy, Southern Company sought reimbursement as an unsecured creditor in Mirant’s Chapter 11 proceeding. As part of a complaint filed against Southern Company in June 2005 and amended thereafter, Mirant and The Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of Mirant Corporation (Unsecured Creditors’ Committee) objected to and sought equitable subordination of Southern Company’s claims, and Mirant moved to reject the separation agreements entered into in connection with the spin-off. MC Asset Recovery has been substituted as plaintiff in the complaint. If Southern Company’s claims for indemnification with respect to these, or any additional future payments, are allowed, then Mirant’s indemnity obligations to Southern Company would constitute unsecured claims against Mirant entitled to stock in Reorganized Mirant. The final outcome of this matter cannot now be determined.
 
      MC Asset Recovery Litigation
 
      In June 2005, Mirant, as a debtor in possession, and the Unsecured Creditors’ Committee filed a complaint against Southern Company in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas, which was amended in July 2005, February 2006, May 2006, and March 2007.
 
      In December 2005, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order authorizing the transfer of this proceeding, along with certain other actions, to MC Asset Recovery. Under that order, Reorganized Mirant is obligated to fund up to $20 million in professional fees in connection with the lawsuits, as well as certain additional amounts. Any net recoveries from these lawsuits will be distributed to, and shared equally by, certain unsecured creditors and the original equity holders. In January 2006, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas substituted MC Asset Recovery as plaintiff.

129


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
      The complaint, as amended in March 2007, alleges that Southern Company caused Mirant to engage in certain fraudulent transfers and to pay illegal dividends to Southern Company prior to the spin-off. The alleged fraudulent transfers and illegal dividends include without limitation: (1) certain dividends from Mirant to Southern Company in the aggregate amount of $668 million, (2) the repayment of certain intercompany loans and accrued interest in an aggregate amount of $1.035 billion, and (3) the dividend distribution of one share of Series B Preferred Stock and its subsequent redemption in exchange for Mirant’s 80% interest in a holding company that owned SE Finance Capital Corporation and Southern Company Capital Funding, Inc., which transfer plaintiff asserts is valued at over $200 million. The complaint also seeks to recharacterize certain advances from Southern Company to Mirant for investments in energy facilities from debt to equity. The complaint further alleges that Southern Company is liable to Mirant’s creditors for the full amount of Mirant’s liability under an alter ego theory of recovery and that Southern Company breached its fiduciary duties to Mirant and its creditors, caused Mirant to breach its fiduciary duties to creditors, and aided and abetted breaches of fiduciary duties by Mirant’s directors and officers. The complaint also seeks recoveries under the theories of restitution and unjust enrichment. In addition, the complaint alleges a claim under the Federal Debt Collection Procedure Act (FDCPA) to void certain transfers from Mirant to Southern Company. MC Asset Recovery claims to have standing to assert violations of the FDCPA and to recover property on behalf of the Mirant debtors’ estates. On July 7, 2008, the court ruled that the FDCPA does not apply and that Georgia law should apply instead. The complaint seeks monetary damages in excess of $2 billion plus interest, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, and costs. Finally, the complaint includes an objection to Southern Company’s pending claims against Mirant in the Bankruptcy Court (which relate to reimbursement under the separation agreements of payments such as income taxes, interest, legal fees, and other guarantees described in Note 7 to the financial statements of Southern Company in Item 8 of the Form 10-K) and seeks equitable subordination of Southern Company’s claims to the claims of all other creditors. Southern Company served an answer to the complaint in April 2007.
 
      In January 2006, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas granted Southern Company’s motion to withdraw this action from the Bankruptcy Court and, in February 2006, granted Southern Company’s motion to transfer the case to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia. In May 2006, Southern Company filed a motion for summary judgment seeking entry of judgment against the plaintiff as to all counts of the complaint. In December 2006, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia granted in part and denied in part the motion. As a result, certain breach of fiduciary duty claims alleged in earlier versions of the complaint are barred; all other claims in the complaint may proceed. Southern Company believes there is no meritorious basis for the claims in the complaint and is vigorously defending itself in this action. However, the final outcome of this matter cannot now be determined.
 
      Mirant Securities Litigation
 
      In November 2002, Southern Company, certain former and current senior officers of Southern Company, and 12 underwriters of Mirant’s initial public offering were added as defendants in a class action lawsuit that several Mirant shareholders originally filed against Mirant and certain Mirant officers in May 2002. Several other similar lawsuits filed subsequently were consolidated into this litigation in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia. The amended complaint is based on allegations related to alleged improper energy trading and marketing activities involving the California energy market, alleged false statements and omissions in Mirant’s prospectus for its initial public offering and in subsequent public statements by Mirant, and accounting-related issues previously disclosed by Mirant. The lawsuit purports to include persons who acquired Mirant securities between September 26, 2000 and September 5, 2002.

130


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
      In July 2003, the court dismissed all claims based on Mirant’s alleged improper energy trading and marketing activities involving the California energy market. The other claims do not allege any improper trading and marketing activity, accounting errors, or material misstatements or omissions on the part of Southern Company but seek to impose liability on Southern Company based on allegations that Southern Company was a “control person” as to Mirant prior to the spin-off date. Southern Company filed an answer to the consolidated amended class action complaint in September 2003. The plaintiffs have also filed a motion for class certification.
 
      During Mirant’s Chapter 11 proceeding, the securities litigation was stayed, with the exception of limited discovery. Since Mirant’s plan of reorganization has become effective, the stay has been lifted. In March 2006, the plaintiffs filed a motion for reconsideration requesting that the court vacate that portion of its July 2003 order dismissing the plaintiffs’ claims based upon Mirant’s alleged improper energy trading and marketing activities involving the California energy market. Southern Company and the other defendants have opposed the plaintiffs’ motion. In March 2007, the court granted plaintiffs’ motion for reconsideration, reinstated the California energy market claims, and granted in part and denied in part defendants’ motion to compel certain class certification discovery. In March 2007, defendants filed renewed motions to dismiss the California energy claims on grounds originally set forth in their 2003 motions to dismiss, but which were not addressed by the court. In July 2007, certain defendants, including Southern Company, filed motions for reconsideration of the court’s denial of a motion seeking dismissal of certain federal securities laws claims based upon, among other things, certain alleged errors included in financial statements issued by Mirant. The ultimate outcome of this matter cannot be determined at this time.
 
      The plaintiffs have also stated that they intend to request that the court grant leave for them to amend the complaint to add allegations based upon claims asserted against Southern Company in the MC Asset Recovery litigation.
 
      Under certain circumstances, Southern Company will be obligated under its by-laws to indemnify the four current and/or former Southern Company officers who served as directors of Mirant at the time of its initial public offering through the date of the spin-off and who are also named as defendants in this lawsuit. The final outcome of this matter cannot now be determined.
 
      Environmental Matters
 
      New Source Review Actions
 
      In November 1999, the EPA brought a civil action in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia against certain Southern Company subsidiaries, including Alabama Power and Georgia Power, alleging that these subsidiaries had violated the NSR provisions of the Clean Air Act and related state laws at certain coal-fired generating facilities. Through subsequent amendments and other legal procedures, the EPA filed a separate action in January 2001 against Alabama Power in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Alabama after Alabama Power was dismissed from the original action. In these lawsuits, the EPA alleged that NSR violations occurred at eight coal-fired generating facilities operated by Alabama Power and Georgia Power, including one co-owned by Mississippi Power. The civil actions request penalties and injunctive relief, including an order requiring the installation of the best available control technology at the affected units. The EPA concurrently issued notices of violations relating to Gulf Power’s Plant Crist and a unit partially owned by Gulf Power at Plant Scherer. In early 2000, the EPA filed a motion to amend its complaint to add the allegations in the notice of violation and to add Gulf Power as a defendant. However, in March 2001, the court denied the motion based on lack of jurisdiction, and the EPA has not refiled. The action against Georgia Power has been administratively closed since the spring of 2001, and the case has not been reopened.

131


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
      In June 2006, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Alabama entered a consent decree between Alabama Power and the EPA, resolving the alleged NSR violations at Plant Miller. The consent decree required Alabama Power to pay $100,000 to resolve the government’s claim for a civil penalty and to donate $4.9 million of sulfur dioxide emission allowances to a nonprofit charitable organization and formalized specific emissions reductions to be accomplished by Alabama Power, consistent with other Clean Air Act programs that require emissions reductions. In August 2006, the district court in Alabama granted Alabama Power’s motion for summary judgment and entered final judgment in favor of Alabama Power on the EPA’s claims related to all of the remaining plants: Plants Barry, Gaston, Gorgas, and Greene County.
 
      The plaintiffs appealed the district court’s decision to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit, and the appeal was stayed by the Appeals Court pending the U.S. Supreme Court’s decision in a similar case against Duke Energy. The Supreme Court issued its decision in the Duke Energy case in April 2007. In October 2007, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Alabama issued an order in the Alabama Power case indicating a willingness to re-evaluate its previous decision in light of the Supreme Court’s Duke Energy opinion. In December 2007, the Eleventh Circuit vacated the district court’s decision in the Alabama Power case and remanded the case back to the district court for consideration of the legal issues in light of the Supreme Court’s decision in the Duke Energy case. On July 24, 2008, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Alabama granted partial summary judgment in favor of Alabama Power regarding the proper legal test for determining whether projects are routine maintenance, repair, and replacement and therefore are excluded from NSR permitting. The decision does not resolve the case, the ultimate outcome of which cannot be determined at this time.
 
      Southern Company and the traditional operating companies believe they complied with applicable laws and the EPA regulations and interpretations in effect at the time the work in question took place. The Clean Air Act authorizes maximum civil penalties of $25,000 to $32,500 per day, per violation at each generating unit, depending on the date of the alleged violation. An adverse outcome in either of these cases could require substantial capital expenditures or affect the timing of currently budgeted capital expenditures that cannot be determined at this time and could possibly require payment of substantial penalties. Such expenditures could affect future results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition if such costs are not recovered through regulated rates.
 
      Carbon Dioxide Litigation
 
      New York Case
 
      In July 2004, attorneys general from eight states, each outside of Southern Company’s service territory, and the corporation counsel for New York City filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against Southern Company and four other electric power companies. A nearly identical complaint was filed by three environmental groups in the same court. The complaints allege that the companies’ emissions of carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas, contribute to global warming, which the plaintiffs assert is a public nuisance. Under common law public and private nuisance theories, the plaintiffs seek a judicial order (1) holding each defendant jointly and severally liable for creating, contributing to, and/or maintaining global warming and (2) requiring each of the defendants to cap its emissions of carbon dioxide and then reduce those emissions by a specified percentage each year for at least a decade. The plaintiffs have not, however, requested that damages be awarded in connection with their claims. Southern Company believes these claims are without merit and notes that the complaint cites no statutory or regulatory basis for the claims. In September 2005, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York granted Southern Company’s and the other defendants’ motions to dismiss these cases. The plaintiffs filed an appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit in October 2005 and no decision has been issued. The ultimate outcome of these matters cannot be determined at this time.

132


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
      Kivalina Case
 
      On February 26, 2008, the Native Village of Kivalina and the City of Kivalina filed a suit in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California against several electric utilities (including Southern Company), several oil companies, and a coal company. The plaintiffs are the governing bodies of an Inupiat village in Alaska. The plaintiffs contend that the village is being destroyed by erosion allegedly caused by global warming that the plaintiffs attribute to emissions of greenhouse gases by the defendants. The plaintiffs assert claims for public and private nuisance and contend that the defendants have acted in concert and are therefore jointly and severally liable for the plaintiffs’ damages. The suit seeks damages for lost property values and for the cost of relocating the village, which cost is alleged to be $95 million to $400 million. On June 30, 2008, all defendants filed motions to dismiss this case. Southern Company believes that these claims are without merit and notes that the complaint cites no statutory or regulatory basis for the claims. The ultimate outcome of this matter cannot be determined at this time.
 
      Environmental Remediation
 
      The registrants must comply with environmental laws and regulations that cover the handling and disposal of waste and releases of hazardous substances. Under these various laws and regulations, the subsidiaries may also incur substantial costs to clean up properties. The traditional operating companies have each received authority from their respective state PSCs to recover approved environmental compliance costs through regulatory mechanisms. Within limits approved by the state PSCs, these rates are adjusted annually or as necessary.
 
      Georgia Power has been designated or identified as a potentially responsible party at sites governed by the Georgia Hazardous Site Response Act and/or by the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), including a large site in Brunswick, Georgia on the CERCLA National Priorities List (NPL). The parties have completed the removal of wastes from the Brunswick site as ordered by the EPA. Additional claims for recovery of natural resource damages at this site or for the assessment and potential cleanup of other sites on the Georgia Hazardous Sites Inventory and CERCLA NPL are anticipated. The balance of Georgia Power’s environmental remediation liability at June 30, 2008 was $11.1 million.
 
      Gulf Power’s environmental remediation liability includes estimated costs of environmental remediation projects of approximately $67.1 million as of June 30, 2008. These estimated costs relate to site closure criteria by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) for impacts to groundwater from herbicide applications at Gulf Power substations. The schedule for completion of the remediation projects will be subject to FDEP approval. The projects have been approved by the Florida PSC for recovery through Gulf Power’s environmental cost recovery clause; therefore, there was no impact on net income as a result of these estimates.
 
      In 2003, the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) designated Mississippi Power as a potentially responsible party at a site in Texas. The site was owned by an electric transformer company that handled Mississippi Power’s transformers as well as those of many other entities. The site owner is now in bankruptcy and the State of Texas has entered into an agreement with Mississippi Power and several other utilities to investigate and remediate the site. Amounts expensed during 2005, 2006, and 2007 related to this work were not material. Hundreds of entities have received notices from the TCEQ requesting their participation in the anticipated site remediation. The final impact of this matter on Mississippi Power will depend upon further environmental assessment and the ultimate number of potentially responsible parties. The remediation expenses incurred by Mississippi Power are expected to be recovered through the ECO Plan. See Note 3 to the financial statements of Mississippi Power under “Retail Regulatory Matters – Environmental Compliance Overview Plan” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information.

133


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
      The final outcome of these matters cannot now be determined. However, based on the currently known conditions at these sites and the nature and extent of activities relating to these sites, Southern Company, Georgia Power, Gulf Power, and Mississippi Power do not believe that additional liabilities, if any, at these sites would be material to their respective financial statements.
 
      FERC Matters
 
      Market-Based Rate Authority
 
      Each of the traditional operating companies and Southern Power has authorization from the FERC to sell power to non-affiliates, including short-term opportunity sales, at market-based prices. Specific FERC approval must be obtained with respect to a market-based contract with an affiliate.
 
      In December 2004, the FERC initiated a proceeding to assess Southern Company’s generation dominance within its retail service territory. The ability to charge market-based rates in other markets is not an issue in the proceeding. Any new market-based rate sales by any subsidiary of Southern Company in Southern Company’s retail service territory entered into during a 15-month refund period that ended in May 2006 could be subject to refund to a cost-based rate level.
 
      In November 2007, the presiding administrative law judge issued an initial decision regarding the methodology to be used in the generation dominance tests. The proceedings are ongoing. The ultimate outcome of this generation dominance proceeding cannot now be determined, but an adverse decision by the FERC in a final order could require the traditional operating companies and Southern Power to charge cost-based rates for certain wholesale sales in the Southern Company retail service territory, which may be lower than negotiated market-based rates and could also result in total refunds of up to $19.7 million, plus interest. The potential refunds include $3.9 million for Alabama Power, $5.8 million for Georgia Power, $0.8 million for Gulf Power, $8.4 million for Mississippi Power, and $0.7 million for Southern Power, in each case plus interest. Southern Company and its subsidiaries believe that there is no meritorious basis for this proceeding and are vigorously defending themselves in this matter.
 
      In June 2007, the FERC issued its final rule in Order No. 697 regarding market-based rate authority. The FERC generally retained its current market-based rate standards. Responding to a number of requests for rehearing, the FERC issued Order No. 697-A on April 21, 2008. This latest order largely affirmed its prior revision and codification of the regulations governing market-based rates for public utilities. The impact of these orders and their effect on the generation dominance proceeding cannot now be determined.
 
      Intercompany Interchange Contract
 
      Southern Company’s generation fleet in its retail service territory is operated under the IIC as approved by the FERC. In May 2005, the FERC initiated a new proceeding to examine (1) the provisions of the IIC among the traditional operating companies, Southern Power, and SCS, as agent, under the terms of which the Power Pool is operated, (2) whether any parties to the IIC have violated the FERC’s standards of conduct applicable to utility companies that are transmission providers, and (3) whether Southern Company’s code of conduct defining Southern Power as a “system company” rather than a “marketing affiliate” is just and reasonable. In connection with the formation of Southern Power, the FERC authorized Southern Power’s inclusion in the IIC in 2000. The FERC also previously approved Southern Company’s code of conduct.
 
      In October 2006, the FERC issued an order accepting a settlement resolving the proceeding subject to Southern Company’s agreement to accept certain modifications to the settlement’s terms and Southern Company notified the FERC that it accepted the modifications. The modifications largely

134


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
      involve functional separation and information restrictions related to marketing activities conducted on behalf of Southern Power. Southern Company filed with the FERC in November 2006 a compliance plan in connection with the order. In April 2007, the FERC approved, with certain modifications, the plan submitted by Southern Company. Implementation of the plan is not expected to have a material impact on the financial statements of Southern Company or the traditional operating companies. Southern Power’s cost of implementing the compliance plan, including the modifications, is expected to be approximately $8 million annually. In November 2007, Southern Company notified the FERC that the plan had been implemented and the FERC division of audits subsequently began an audit pertaining to compliance implementation and related matters, which is ongoing.
 
      Generation Interconnection Agreements
 
      In November 2004, generator company subsidiaries of Tenaska, Inc. (Tenaska), as counterparties to three previously executed interconnection agreements with subsidiaries of Southern Company, filed complaints at the FERC requesting that the FERC modify the agreements and that those Southern Company subsidiaries refund a total of $19 million previously paid for interconnection facilities of which $11 million would be refunded by Alabama Power and $8 million by Georgia Power. No other similar complaints are pending with the FERC.
 
      In January 2007, the FERC issued an order granting Tenaska’s requested relief. Although the FERC’s order required the modification of Tenaska’s interconnection agreements, under the provisions of the order, Southern Company determined that no refund was payable to Tenaska. Southern Company requested rehearing asserting that the FERC retroactively applied a new principle to existing interconnection agreements. Tenaska requested rehearing of FERC’s methodology for determining the amount of refunds. The requested rehearings were denied, and Southern Company and Tenaska have appealed the orders to the U.S. Circuit Court for the District of Columbia. The final outcome of this matter cannot now be determined.
 
      Right of Way Litigation
 
      Southern Company and certain of its subsidiaries, including Gulf Power, Mississippi Power, and Southern Telecom, Inc. (a subsidiary of SouthernLINC Wireless), have been named as defendants in numerous lawsuits brought by landowners since 2001. The plaintiffs’ lawsuits claim that the defendants may not use, or sublease to third parties, some or all of the fiber optic communications lines on the rights of way that cross the plaintiffs’ properties and that such actions exceed the easements or other property rights held by the defendants. The plaintiffs assert claims for, among other things, trespass and unjust enrichment and seek compensatory and punitive damages and injunctive relief. Management of Southern Company and its subsidiaries believe that they have complied with applicable laws and that the plaintiffs’ claims are without merit.
 
      In November 2003, the Second Circuit Court in Gadsden County, Florida, ruled in favor of the plaintiffs on their motion for partial summary judgment concerning liability in one such lawsuit brought by landowners regarding the installation and use of fiber optic cable over Gulf Power rights of way located on the landowners’ property. Subsequently, the plaintiffs sought to amend their complaint and asked the court to enter a final declaratory judgment and to enter an order enjoining Gulf Power from allowing expanded general telecommunications use of the fiber optic cables that are the subject of this litigation. In January 2005, the trial court granted in part the plaintiffs’ motion to amend their complaint and denied the requested declaratory and injunctive relief. In November 2005, the trial court ruled in favor of the plaintiffs and against Gulf Power on their respective motions for partial summary judgment. In that same order, the trial court also denied Gulf Power’s motion to dismiss certain claims. Gulf Power filed an appeal to the Florida First District Court of Appeals in December 2005. In October 2006, the Florida First District Court of Appeals issued an order dismissing Gulf Power’s December 2005 appeal on the basis that the trial court’s order was a

135


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
      non-final order and therefore not subject to review on appeal at that time. The case was returned to the trial court for further proceedings. The parties reached agreement on a proposed settlement plan that was subject to approval by the trial court. In November 2007, the trial court granted preliminary approval and set forth the requirements for the trial court to make its final determination on the proposed settlement. At a hearing on April 30, 2008, the trial court granted final approval of the settlement agreement. The time period for filing a timely appeal of that order has since expired.
 
      To date, Mississippi Power has entered into agreements with the plaintiffs in approximately 90% of the actions pending against Mississippi Power to clarify its easement rights in the State of Mississippi. These agreements have been approved by the Circuit Courts of Harrison County and Jasper County, Mississippi (First Judicial Circuit), and dismissals of the related cases are in progress. These agreements have not resulted in any material effects on Southern Company’s or Mississippi Power’s financial statements.
 
      In addition, in late 2001, certain subsidiaries of Southern Company, including Alabama Power, Georgia Power, Gulf Power, Mississippi Power, and Southern Telecom, Inc. (a subsidiary of SouthernLINC Wireless), were named as defendants in a lawsuit brought by a telecommunications company that uses certain of the defendants’ rights of way. This lawsuit alleges, among other things, that the defendants are contractually obligated to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the telecommunications company from any liability that may be assessed against it in pending and future right of way litigation. The defendants believe that the plaintiff’s claims are without merit. In the fall of 2004, the trial court stayed the case until resolution of the underlying landowner litigation discussed above. In January 2005, the Georgia Court of Appeals dismissed the telecommunications company’s appeal of the trial court’s order for lack of jurisdiction. An adverse outcome in this matter, combined with an adverse outcome against the telecommunications company in one or more of the right of way lawsuits, could result in substantial judgments; however, the final outcome of these matters cannot now be determined.
 
      Income Tax Matters
 
      Leveraged Lease Transactions
 
      See Note 1 to the financial statements of Southern Company under “Income and Other Taxes,” Note 3 to the financial statements of Southern Company under “Income Tax Matters,” and Note 5 to the financial statements of Southern Company under “Unrecognized Tax Benefits” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K. The IRS challenged Southern Company’s deductions related to three international lease transactions (so-called SILO or sale-in-lease-out transactions), in connection with its audits of Southern Company’s 2000 through 2003 tax returns. In the third quarter 2006, Southern Company paid the full amount of the disputed tax and the applicable interest on the SILO issue for tax years 2000 – 2001 and filed a claim for refund which has now been denied by the IRS. The disputed tax amount is $79 million and the related interest is approximately $24 million for these tax years. This payment, and the subsequent IRS disallowance of the refund claim, closed the issue with the IRS and Southern Company has initiated litigation in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia for a complete refund of tax and interest paid for the 2000 – 2001 tax years. The IRS also challenged the SILO deductions for the tax years 2002 and 2003. The estimated amount of disputed tax and interest for these tax years was approximately $83 million and $15 million, respectively. The tax and interest for these tax years was paid to the IRS in the fourth quarter 2006. Southern Company has accounted for both payments in 2006 as deposits. For tax years 2000 through 2007, Southern Company has claimed approximately $330 million in tax benefits related to these SILO transactions challenged by the IRS. These tax benefits relate to timing differences and do not impact total net income over the life of the transactions. Southern Company believes these transactions are valid leases for U.S. tax purposes and the related deductions are allowable.

136


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
      During the second quarter 2008, decisions in favor of the IRS were reached in several court cases involving other tax payers with similar leveraged lease investments. Pursuant to the application of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (FIN 48) and FASB Staff Position No. 13-2, “Accounting for a Change in the Timing of Cash Flows Relating to Income Taxes Generated by a Leveraged Lease Transaction” (FSP 13-2), management is required to assess, on a periodic basis, the likely outcome of the uncertain tax positions related to the SILO transactions. Based on these accounting standards and management’s review of the recent court decisions, Southern Company recorded an after tax charge of approximately $67 million in the second quarter 2008. Of the total, approximately $16 million is associated with the application of FIN 48 and represents additional interest expense related to tax returns for years 2000 through 2007 and approximately $51 million represents non-cash charges related to the application of FSP 13-2. The charges related to FSP 13-2 reflect the reallocation of lease income and will be recognized as income over the remaining term of the affected leases. The tax benefit associated with the lease transactions represents timing differences that do not impact total net income over the life of the transactions. In accordance with the requirements of FIN 48 and FSP 13-2 Southern Company will continue to evaluate the SILO transactions and the projected timing of income tax cash flows in light of Southern Company’s pending litigation and other recent court decisions involving lease-in-lease-out (LILO) and SILO transactions. In addition, the U.S. Senate is currently considering legislation that would disallow tax benefits after December 31, 2007 for SILO losses and other international leveraged lease transactions (such as LILO transactions). The ultimate impact on Southern Company’s net income and cash flow will be dependent on the outcome of its pending litigation, other court decisions, and proposed legislation and cannot be determined at this time.
 
      Georgia State Income Tax Credits
 
      Georgia Power’s 2005 through 2008 income tax filings for the State of Georgia include state income tax credits for increased activity through Georgia ports. Georgia Power has also filed similar claims for the years 2002 through 2004. The Georgia Department of Revenue has not responded to these claims. On July 24, 2007, Georgia Power filed a complaint in the Superior Court of Fulton County to recover the credits claimed for the years 2002 through 2004. An unrecognized tax benefit has been recorded related to these credits. If Georgia Power prevails, these claims could have a significant, and possibly material, positive effect on Southern Company’s and Georgia Power’s net income. If Georgia Power is not successful, payment of the related state tax could have a significant, and possibly material, negative effect on Southern Company’s and Georgia Power’s cash flow. The ultimate outcome of this matter cannot now be determined.
 
      IRC Section 199 Domestic Production Deduction
 
      The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 created a tax deduction for a portion of income attributable to U.S. production activities as defined in the IRC Section 199 (production activities deduction). The deduction is equal to a stated percentage of qualified production activities net income. The percentage is phased in over the years 2005 through 2010 with a 3% rate applicable to the years 2005 and 2006, a 6% rate applicable for years 2007 through 2009, and a 9% rate applicable for all years after 2009. The IRS has not clearly defined a methodology for calculating this deduction; therefore, an unrecognized tax benefit has been recorded related to this deduction.
 
  (C)   FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT
 
      On January 1, 2008, the registrants adopted FASB Statement No. 159, “Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (SFAS No. 159). This standard permits an entity to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Southern Company, Alabama Power, and Georgia Power have elected the fair value option only for investment securities held in nuclear decommissioning trust funds (Funds). See Note 1 to the financial statements of Southern

137


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
      Company, Alabama Power, and Georgia Power under “Nuclear Decommissioning” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for information on these trusts funds.
 
      Management elected the fair value option for the Funds because management believes that fair value best represents the nature of the Funds. Management has delegated day-to-day management of the investments in the Funds to unrelated third party managers with oversight by Southern Company, Alabama Power, and Georgia Power management. The managers of the Funds are authorized, within broad limits, to actively buy and sell securities at their own discretion in order to maximize the investment return on the Funds’ investments.
 
      The adoption of SFAS No. 159 had no impact on the results of operations, cash flows, or financial condition of Southern Company, Alabama Power, and Georgia Power as all gains, losses, and other-than-temporary impairments, whether realized or unrealized, continue to be recorded through a regulatory liability. For the three months and six months ended June 30, 2008, the reduction in fair value of the Funds, which includes reinvested interest and dividends, was $3.5 million and $36.7 million, respectively, for Alabama Power, and was $3.5 million and $43.4 million, respectively, for Georgia Power, and which totals $7.0 million and $80.1 million, respectively, for Southern Company.
 
      Also on January 1, 2008, the registrants adopted SFAS No. 157 which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements. The criterion that is set forth in this standard is applicable to fair value measurement where it is permitted or required under other accounting pronouncements.
 
      SFAS No. 157 defines fair value as the exit price, which is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value measurement is based on inputs of observable and unobservable market data that a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability. The use of observable inputs is maximized where available and the use of unobservable inputs is minimized for fair value measurement. As a means to illustrate the inputs used, SFAS No. 157 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy that prioritizes inputs to valuation techniques used for fair value measurement.
    Level 1 consists of observable market data in an active market for identical assets or liabilities.
 
    Level 2 consists of observable market data, other than that included in Level 1, that is either directly or indirectly observable.
 
    Level 3 consists of unobservable market data. The input may reflect the assumptions of the registrant of what a market participant would use in pricing an asset or liability. If there is little available market data, then the registrant’s own assumptions are the best available information.
      In the case of multiple inputs being used in a fair value measurement, the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement represents the level in the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurement is reported.
 
      The adoption of SFAS No. 157 has not resulted in any significant changes to the methodologies used for fair value measurement. Primarily all the changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities are recorded in other comprehensive income or regulatory assets and liabilities, and thus the impact on earnings is limited to derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting. See Note 1 to the financial statements of Southern Company, Alabama Power, and Georgia Power under “Nuclear Decommissioning” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information and Note 6 to the financial statements of the registrants in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for information on financial instruments.

138


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
The fair value measurements performed on a recurring basis and the level of the fair value hierarchy in which they fall as of June 30, 2008 are as follows:
                                 
As of June 30, 2008:   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
 
    (in millions)
Southern Company
                               
Assets:
                               
Energy-related derivatives
  $     $ 400.6     $     $ 400.6  
Interest rate derivatives
          7.3             7.3  
Nuclear decommissioning trusts
    683.9       368.4             1,052.3 (a)
Other
    1.0       41.9       44.3       87.2  
 
Total fair value
  $ 684.9     $ 818.2     $ 44.3     $ 1,547.4  
 
Liabilities:
                               
Energy-related derivatives
  $     $ 87.4     $     $ 87.4  
Interest rate derivatives
          7.5             7.5  
 
Total fair value
  $     $ 94.9     $     $ 94.9  
 
Alabama Power
                               
Assets:
                               
Energy-related derivatives
  $     $ 107.3     $     $ 107.3  
Interest rate derivatives
          0.7             0.7  
Nuclear decommissioning trusts
    315.4       187.9             503.3 (a)
 
Total fair value
  $ 315.4     $ 295.9     $     $ 611.3  
 
Liabilities:
                               
Energy-related derivatives
  $     $ 2.4     $     $ 2.4  
Interest rate derivatives
          3.8             3.8  
 
Total fair value
  $     $ 6.2     $     $ 6.2  
 
Georgia Power
                               
Assets:
                               
Energy-related derivatives
  $     $ 171.8     $     $ 171.8  
Interest rate derivatives
          6.6             6.6  
Nuclear decommissioning trusts
    368.5       180.5             549.0 (a)
 
Total fair value
  $ 368.5     $ 358.9     $     $ 727.4  
 
Liabilities:
                               
Energy-related derivatives
  $     $ 3.3     $     $ 3.3  
Interest rate derivatives
          3.7             3.7  
 
Total fair value
  $     $ 7.0     $     $ 7.0  
 
Gulf Power
                               
Assets:
                               
Energy-related derivatives total fair value
  $     $ 26.1     $     $ 26.1  
 
Liabilities:
                               
Energy-related derivatives total fair value
  $     $ 0.7     $     $ 0.7  
 
Mississippi Power
                               
Assets:
                               
Energy-related derivatives total fair value
  $     $ 48.5     $     $ 48.5  
 
Liabilities:
                               
Energy-related derivatives total fair value
  $     $ 4.4     $     $ 4.4  
 
Southern Power
                               
Assets:
                               
Energy-related derivatives total fair value
  $     $ 46.9     $     $ 46.9  
 
Liabilities:
                               
Energy-related derivatives total fair value
  $     $ 76.6     $     $ 76.6  
 
(a)   Excludes receivables related to investment income and pending investment sales, and payables related to pending investment purchases.

139


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
Energy-related derivatives and interest rate derivatives significantly comprise over-the-counter contracts. The nuclear decommissioning trust funds are invested in a diversified mix of equity and fixed income securities. “Other” represents marketable securities and funds set aside to fund deferred compensation for certain management and are also invested in various marketable securities. All of these financial instruments and investments are valued primarily using the market approach.
Changes in the fair value measurement of the Level 3 items for Southern Company at June 30, 2008 are as follows:
                 
    Southern Company
    Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
Other   June 30, 2008   June 30, 2008
 
    (in millions)
Beginning balance
  $ 44.9     $ 50.4  
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized)
               
Included in other comprehensive income
    (0.6 )     (6.1 )
Purchases, issuances and settlements
           
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
           
 
Ending balance as of June 30, 2008
  $ 44.3     $ 44.3  
 
  (D)   CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
 
      Construction Program
 
      The revised estimated total construction program for Southern Company is $4.4 billion in 2008, $5.2 billion in 2009, and $4.8 billion in 2010 and for Georgia Power is $2.0 billion in 2008, $2.6 billion in 2009, and $2.5 billion in 2010. The revised estimates are a result of Georgia Power’s entering into an engineering, procurement, and construction agreement to design, engineer, procure, construct, and test two AP 1000 nuclear units with electric generating capacity of approximately 1,100 MWs each and related facilities, structures, and improvements at Plant Vogtle. Actual construction costs may vary from these estimates because of changes in such factors as: business conditions; environmental statutes and regulations; nuclear plant regulation; FERC rules and regulations; load projections; the cost and efficiency of construction labor, equipment, and materials; and the cost of capital. In addition, there can be no assurance that costs related to capital expenditures will be fully recovered. See Note 7 to the financial statements of Southern Company and Georgia Power under “COMMITMENTS – Construction Program” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for additional information.
 
      Integrated Coal Gasification Combined Cycle
 
      As part of the evaluation and screening of alternatives to meet its future generation needs, Mississippi Power is considering the construction of an advanced coal gasification facility to be located in Kemper County, Mississippi, that would use locally mined lignite coal. The plant would use an air-blown IGCC technology that generates power from low-rank coals and coals with high moisture or high ash content. These coals, which include lignite, make up approximately half the proven United States and worldwide coal reserves. The feasibility assessment of the project is currently underway. Mississippi Power filed an application in June 2006 with the DOE for certain tax credits available to projects using clean coal technologies under the Energy Policy Act of 2005. The DOE subsequently certified the project and in November 2006, the IRS allocated IRC Section 48A tax credits of $133 million to Mississippi Power. The utilization of these credits is dependent upon meeting the

140


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
      certification requirements for the project, including an in-service date no later than November 2013. On February 14, 2008, Mississippi Power also requested that the DOE transfer the remaining funds previously granted to another Southern Company project that would have been located in Orlando, Florida. The Orlando project was cancelled in 2007.
 
      In December 2006, the Mississippi PSC approved Mississippi Power’s request for accounting treatment of the costs associated with Mississippi Power’s generation resource planning, evaluation, and screening activities. The Mississippi PSC gave Mississippi Power the authority to defer such costs as a regulatory asset. In December 2007, Mississippi Power reported to the Mississippi PSC an updated estimate and received an order directing Mississippi Power to continue charging all costs associated with the generation capacity assessment to the regulatory asset. At June 30, 2008, Mississippi Power had spent $31.1 million, of which $2.7 million related to land purchases capitalized. Of the remaining $28.4 million, the retail portion of $20 million was deferred in other regulatory assets and the wholesale portion of $8.4 million was expensed. Of this $8.4 million, $4.3 million and $4.1 million are related to expenses through June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The retail portion of these costs will be charged to and remain as a regulatory asset until the Mississippi PSC determines the prudence and ultimate recovery of such costs, which decision is expected by January 2009. The balance of such regulatory asset is included in Mississippi Power’s rate base for retail ratemaking purposes. Approval by various regulatory agencies, including the Mississippi PSC, will also be required if the project proceeds.
 
      The final outcome of this matter cannot now be determined.
 
  (E)   COMMON STOCK
 
      For Southern Company, the only difference in computing basic and diluted earnings per share is attributable to exercised options and outstanding options under the stock option plan. See Note 8 to the financial statements of Southern Company in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for further information on the stock option plan. The effect of the stock options was determined using the treasury stock method. Shares used to compute diluted earnings per share are as follows (in thousands):
                                 
    Three Months   Three Months   Six Months   Six Months
    Ended   Ended   Ended   Ended
    June 30,   June 30,   June 30,   June 30,
    2008   2007   2008   2007
     
As reported shares
    769,122       755,137       767,636       752,698  
Effect of options
    4,018       4,709       4,091       4,898  
     
Diluted shares
    773,140       759,846       771,727       757,596  
     
  (F)   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
      See Note 6 to the financial statements of the registrants under “Financial Instruments” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K. At June 30, 2008, the fair value of energy-related derivative contracts was reflected in the financial statements as follows (in millions):
                                                 
    Southern   Alabama   Georgia   Gulf   Mississippi   Southern
    Company   Power   Power   Power   Power   Power
     
Regulatory (assets)/liabilities, net
  $ 343.6     $ 104.9     $ 168.5     $ 25.4     $ 44.8     $  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (23.9 )                       (2.3 )     (21.6 )
Net income (loss)
    (6.5 )                       1.6       (8.1 )
 
Total fair value
  $ 313.2     $ 104.9     $ 168.5     $ 25.4     $ 44.1     $ (29.7 )
 

141


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
      For the three months and six months ended June 30, 2008, the unrealized gain/(loss) recognized in income for energy-related derivative contracts that are not hedges was $7.6 million and $(6.6) million, respectively, for Southern Company, was $1.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively, for Mississippi Power, was $5.9 million and $(8.5) million, respectively, for Southern Power, and was immaterial for all other registrants. For the three months and six months ended June 30, 2007, the unrealized gain recognized in income was $1.7 million and $1.5 million, respectively, for Southern Company, was $1.5 million and $1.1 million, respectively, for Southern Power, and was immaterial for all other registrants.
 
      The amounts reclassified from other comprehensive income to revenue and fuel expense for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 were immaterial for each registrant. Additionally, no material ineffectiveness has been recorded in net income for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007. The amounts expected to be reclassified from other comprehensive income to revenue for the next twelve-month period to June 30, 2009 are losses of $25.1 million for Southern Company, $3.4 million for Mississippi Power, $21.7 million for Southern Power, and are immaterial for all other registrants. All other expected reclassifications to income are immaterial for each registrant.
 
      During 2007, Southern Company had derivatives in place to reduce its exposure to a phase-out of certain income tax credits related to synthetic fuel production in 2007. In accordance with Section 45K of the IRC, these tax credits were subject to limitation as the annual average price of oil increases. These derivatives settled on January 1, 2008 and thus there was no income statement impact in the six months ended June 30, 2008. For the three months and six months ended June 30, 2007, the fair value loss recognized in income to mark the derivatives to market was $6.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively.
 
      At June 30, 2008, Southern Company had a total of $1.6 billion notional amount of interest rate derivatives outstanding with net fair value losses of approximately $0.2 million as follows:
 
      Cash Flow Hedges
                                         
                                    Fair Value
                    Weighted   Hedge   Gain(Loss)
    Notional   Variable Rate   Average   Maturity   June 30,
    Amount   Received   Fixed Rate Paid   Date   2008
 
 
  (in millions)
                          (in millions)
Alabama Power*
  $ 576     SIFMA Index     2.69 %   February 2010   $ (3.1 )
Georgia Power*
     301     SIFMA Index     2.22 %   December 2009     0.7  
Georgia Power
    75     1-month LIBOR     2.70 %   September 2008      
Georgia Power
    75     1-month LIBOR     2.61 %   November 2008     0.1  
Georgia Power
     150     3-month LIBOR     2.63 %   February 2009     0.5  
Georgia Power
     100     3-month LIBOR     5.28 %   February 2019     (3.6 )
Georgia Power
     300     1-month LIBOR     2.43 %   April 2010     5.2  
 
  *   Hedged using the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association Municipal Swap Index (SIFMA) (formerly the Bond Market Association/PSA Municipal Swap Index)
      The amounts reclassified from other comprehensive income to interest expense for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2008 were losses of $6.2 million and $10.8 million, respectively, for Southern Company and $3.5 million and $7.0 million, respectively, for Southern Power, and were immaterial for all other registrants. For the three months and six months ended June 30, 2007, the losses reclassified to interest expense were $3.8 million and $7.3 million, respectively, for Southern Company and $3.3 million and $6.6 million, respectively, for Southern Power, and were immaterial

142


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
      for all other registrants. No material ineffectiveness has been recorded in net income for any of the periods reported.
 
      For the next twelve-month period ending June 30, 2009, the following table reflects the estimated pre-tax gains/(losses) that will be reclassified from other comprehensive income to interest expense (in millions):
         
Southern Company
  $ (15.6 )
Alabama Power
    (2.8 )
Georgia Power
    (1.9 )
Gulf Power
    (1.1 )
Southern Power
    (9.9 )
  (G)   RETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
      Southern Company accounts for pension and other postretirement obligations in accordance with SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” which is an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) (SFAS No. 158). SFAS No. 158 requires recognition of an asset for a plan’s over funded status or a liability for a plan’s under funded status in Southern Company’s statement of financial position. In addition, the measurement date (the date at which plan assets and the benefit obligation are measured) is required to be the same as Southern Company’s fiscal year end. As permitted, Southern Company adopted the measurement date provisions of SFAS No. 158 effective January 1, 2008. Southern Company’s pension and postretirement plans previously used a September 30 measurement date. All plans are now measured as of December 31, consistent with Southern Company’s fiscal year end. The adoption of the measurement date provisions of SFAS No. 158 increased long-term liabilities by approximately $28 million and prepaid pension costs by approximately $16 million. There was no effect on Southern Company’s results of operations or cash flows.
 
      See Note 2 to the financial statements of Southern Company, Alabama Power, Georgia Power, Gulf Power, and Mississippi Power in Item 8 of the Form 10-K. Components of the pension plans’ and postretirement plans’ net periodic costs for the three- and six-month periods ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 are as follows (in millions):
                                         
    Southern   Alabama   Georgia   Gulf   Mississippi
PENSION PLANS   Company   Power   Power   Power   Power
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2008
                                       
Service cost
  $ 37     $ 8     $ 13     $ 1     $ 1  
Interest cost
    87       22       34       4       4  
Expected return on plan assets
    (132 )     (40 )     (53 )     (6 )     (5 )
Net amortization
    11       3       3       1       1  
 
Net cost (income)
  $ 3     $ (7 )   $ (3 )   $     $ 1  
 
 
                                       
Six Months Ended June 30, 2008
                                       
Service cost
  $ 73     $ 17     $ 25     $ 3     $ 3  
Interest cost
    174       44       67       8       8  
Expected return on plan assets
    (263 )     (80 )     (106 )     (12 )     (10 )
Net amortization
    23       6       8       1       1  
 
Net cost (income)
  $ 7     $ (13 )   $ (6 )   $     $ 2  
 

143


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
                                         
    Southern   Alabama   Georgia   Gulf   Mississippi
PENSION PLANS   Company   Power   Power   Power   Power
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2007
                                       
Service cost
  $ 36     $ 8     $ 12     $ 1     $ 1  
Interest cost
    80       20       32       3       3  
Expected return on plan assets
    (121 )     (36 )     (48 )     (5 )     (4 )
Net amortization
    10       3       3       1       1  
 
Net cost (income)
  $ 5     $ (5 )   $ (1 )   $     $ 1  
 
 
                                       
Six Months Ended June 30, 2007
                                       
Service cost
  $ 73     $ 17     $ 25     $ 3     $ 3  
Interest cost
    161       41       63       7       7  
Expected return on plan assets
    (241 )     (73 )     (97 )     (11 )     (9 )
Net amortization
    22       6       8       1       1  
 
Net cost (income)
  $ 15     $ (9 )   $ (1 )   $     $ 2  
 
                                         
    Southern   Alabama   Georgia   Gulf   Mississippi
POSTRETIREMENT PLANS   Company   Power   Power   Power   Power
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2008
                                       
Service cost
  $ 7     $ 2     $ 3     $ 1     $ 1  
Interest cost
    27       8       13       1       2  
Expected return on plan assets
    (14 )     (6 )     (8 )     (1 )     (1 )
Net amortization
    7       2       4       1        
 
Net cost (income)
  $ 27     $ 6     $ 12     $ 2     $ 2  
 
 
                                       
Six Months Ended June 30, 2008
                                       
Service cost
  $ 14     $ 4     $ 5     $ 1     $ 1  
Interest cost
    55       15       25       2       3  
Expected return on plan assets
    (29 )     (11 )     (15 )     (1 )     (1 )
Net amortization
    15       4       8       1        
 
Net cost (income)
  $ 55     $ 12     $ 23     $ 3     $ 3  
 
 
                                       
Three Months Ended June 30, 2007
                                       
Service cost
  $ 7     $ 2     $ 2     $ 1     $ 1  
Interest cost
    26       7       11       1       1  
Expected return on plan assets
    (13 )     (5 )     (6 )     (1 )     (1 )
Net amortization
    10       3       5       1        
 
Net cost (income)
  $ 30     $ 7     $ 12     $ 2     $ 1  
 
 
                                       
Six Months Ended June 30, 2007
                                       
Service cost
  $ 14     $ 4     $ 5     $ 1     $ 1  
Interest cost
    53       14       23       2       2  
Expected return on plan assets
    (26 )     (10 )     (13 )     (1 )     (1 )
Net amortization
    20       6       10       1       1  
 
Net cost (income)
  $ 61     $ 14     $ 25     $ 3     $ 3  
 

144


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
  (H)   EFFECTIVE TAX RATE AND UNRECOGNIZED TAX BENEFITS
 
      Effective Tax Rate
 
      Southern Company’s effective tax rate was 33.3% for the six months ended June 30, 2008, as compared to 31.4% for the same period in 2007. The increase was largely due to the unavailability of synthetic fuel tax credits in 2008. See Note 5 to the financial statements of each registrant in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for information on the effective income tax rate. Southern Company recorded net synthetic fuel tax credits for the six months ended June 30, 2008 that are $42 million less than the net synthetic fuel tax credits recorded for the same period in 2007, which resulted in an increase in income tax expense. The credits are not allowed under IRC Section 45K for any production after December 31, 2007. The increase in Southern Company’s effective tax rate was partially offset by decreases in the effective tax rate at all of the other registrants. These decreases were due to additional allowance for equity funds used during construction (which is not taxable) recorded by Alabama Power, Georgia Power, and Gulf Power and by an increase in the production activities deduction.
 
      Unrecognized Tax Benefits
 
      For the first six months of 2008, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits increased $142 million, resulting in $406 million in unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2008. Of the $142 million increase, $115 million relates to tax positions for which the deductibility is certain, but some uncertainty exists regarding the timing of the deductibility. Of the remaining $27 million, $24 million is for unrecognized tax benefits at Georgia Power and relates to positions that if recognized would impact Georgia Power’s and Southern Company’s effective tax rates.
 
      It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized benefit with respect to a majority of Georgia Power’s and Southern Company’s unrecognized tax positions will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. The possible settlement of the SILO litigation, the Georgia state tax credits litigation, the production activities deduction, and/or the conclusion or settlement of federal or state audits could impact the balances significantly. At this time, other than the SILO litigation, an estimate of the range of reasonably possible outcomes cannot be determined. Southern Company’s unrecognized tax benefit related to the SILO litigation could decrease by $280 million within the next 12 months. However, since the unrecognized tax benefits related to the SILO litigation are related to timing differences only, the $280 million decrease would have no impact on income.
 
  (I)   NUCLEAR FUEL DISPOSAL COST LITIGATION
 
      See Note 1 to the financial statements of Southern Company, Alabama Power, and Georgia Power under “Nuclear Fuel Disposal Costs” in Item 8 of the Form 10-K for information regarding the litigation brought by Alabama Power and Georgia Power against the government for breach of contracts related to the disposal of spent nuclear fuel. In July 2007, the U.S. Court of Federal Claims awarded Georgia Power a total of $30 million, based on its ownership interests, and awarded Alabama Power $17.3 million, representing all of the direct costs of the expansion of spent nuclear fuel storage facilities from 1998 through 2004. In August 2007, the government filed a motion for reconsideration, which was denied in November 2007. On January 2, 2008, the government filed a notice of appeal. On February 29, 2008, the government filed a motion to stay the appeal pending the court’s decisions in three other cases already on appeal. On April 1, 2008, the court granted the government’s motion to stay the appeal. A claim against the government was also filed for damages incurred after December 31, 2004 (the court-mandated cut-off in the original claim), due to the government’s continuing breach of contract. This claim was filed without including any dollar amount for recovery of damages. The final outcome of this matter cannot be determined at this time,

145


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: (Continued)
      but no material impact on net income is expected as any damage amounts collected from the government are expected to be returned to customers.
 
  (J)   SOUTHERN POWER DEPRECIATION STUDY
 
      Southern Power revised its depreciation rates in January 2008. This change in estimate arises from changes in useful life assumptions of certain components of plant in service based on an engineering study completed in the first quarter 2008. Depreciation rates by generating facility changed from a range of 2.7% to 3.8% to a range of 1.8% to 4.1%. These changes increased depreciation and reduced net income by $1.3 million for the first six months of 2008. The expected total impact on Southern Power’s net income for 2008 is a decrease of $2.7 million.
 
  (K)   SEGMENT AND RELATED INFORMATION
 
      Southern Company’s reportable business segments are the sale of electricity in the Southeast by the traditional operating companies and Southern Power. The “All Other” column includes parent Southern Company, which does not allocate operating expenses to business segments. Also, this category includes segments below the quantitative threshold for separate disclosure. These segments include investments in leveraged lease projects, telecommunications, and energy-related services. Southern Power’s revenues from sales to the traditional operating companies were $144 million and $277 million for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively, and $144 million and $253 million for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2007, respectively. All other intersegment revenues are not material. Financial data for business segments and products and services are as follows:
                                                         
    Electric Utilities            
    Traditional                                
    Operating   Southern                   All        
    Companies   Power   Eliminations   Total   Other   Eliminations   Consolidated
     
    ( in millions )
Three Months Ended June 30, 2008:
                                                       
Operating revenues
  $ 4,075     $ 316     $ (208 )   $ 4,183     $ 47     $ (15 )   $ 4,215  
Segment net income (loss)
    451       35             486       (71 )     2        417  
Six Months Ended June 30, 2008:
                                                       
Operating revenues
  $ 7,693     $ 532     $ (393 )   $ 7,832     $ 95     $ (29 )   $ 7,898  
Segment net income (loss)
    793       64             857       (81 )           776  
Total assets at June 30, 2008
  $ 44,012     $ 2,946     $ (232 )   $ 46,726     $ 1,608     $ (476 )   $ 47,858  
                                                         
    Electric Utilities            
    Traditional                                
    Operating   Southern                   All        
    Companies   Power   Eliminations   Total   Other   Eliminations   Consolidated
     
    ( in millions )
Three Months Ended June 30, 2007:
                                                       
Operating revenues
  $ 3,658     $ 245     $ (182 )   $ 3,721     $ 98     $ (47 )   $ 3,772  
Segment net income (loss)
    383       40             423       6             429  
Six Months Ended June 30, 2007:
                                                       
Operating revenues
  $ 6,952     $ 437     $ (322 )   $ 7,067     $ 199     $ (85 )   $ 7,181  
Segment net income (loss)
    667       72             739       30       (1 )     768  
Total assets at December 31, 2007
  $ 41,812     $ 2,769     $ (122 )   $ 44,459     $ 1,767     $ (437 )   $ 45,789  
 
      Products and Services
                                 
    Electric Utilities’ Revenues
Period   Retail   Wholesale   Other   Total
     
    ( in millions )
Three Months Ended June 30, 2008
  $ 3,449     $ 591     $ 143     $ 4,183  
Three Months Ended June 30, 2007
    3,105       487       129       3,721  
 
                               
Six Months Ended June 30, 2008
  $ 6,455     $ 1,105     $ 272     $ 7,832  
Six Months Ended June 30, 2007
    5,849       968       250       7,067  
 

146


Table of Contents

PART II — OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1. Legal Proceedings.
See the Notes to the Condensed Financial Statements herein for information regarding certain legal and administrative proceedings in which the registrants are involved.
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
See RISK FACTORS in Item 1A of the Form 10-K for a discussion of the risk factors of the registrants. There have been no material changes to these risk factors from those previously disclosed in the Form 10-K.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
Southern Company
Southern Company held its annual meeting of shareholders on May 28, 2008. Each nominee for director of Southern Company received the requisite plurality of votes for election. The vote tabulation was as follows:
                 
Nominees   Shares For   Shares Withheld
 
Juanita Powell Baranco
    567,366,162       14,564,721  
Dorrit J. Bern
    566,417,257       15,513,626  
Francis S. Blake
    567,270,778       14,660,105  
Jon A. Boscia
    567,591,995       14,338,888  
Thomas F. Chapman
    567,929,297       14,001,586  
H. William Habermeyer, Jr.
    567,423,496       14,507,387  
Warren A. Hood, Jr.
    567,961,419       13,969,464  
Donald M. James
    565,846,067       16,084,816  
J. Neal Purcell
    567,620,348       14,310,535  
David M. Ratcliffe
    565,276,208       16,654,675  
William G. Smith, Jr.
    568,114,980       13,815,903  
Gerald J. St. Pé
    565,448,641       16,482,242  
In addition, at the annual meeting, shareholders were asked to vote on a number of proposals which were as follows:
    to ratify the appointment of the independent registered public accounting firm. Vote tabulation for this proposal was 569,959,208 shares for, 3,490,470 shares against, and 8,481,205 shares abstaining. As a result of this vote, the appointment of the independent registered public accounting firm was ratified.
 
    to amend the Southern Company by-laws. Vote tabulation for this proposal was 439,321,507 shares for, 35,944,864 shares against, and 10,512,423 shares abstaining. Although this proposal received a majority of the votes, its approval was contingent upon the approval of the next proposal to amend the Certificate of Incorporation and, therefore, this proposal to amend the by-laws of Southern Company was not approved.

147


Table of Contents

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders. (Continued)
    to amend Southern Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. Vote tabulation for this proposal was 442,348,920 shares for, 32,423,836 shares against, and 11,006,038 shares abstaining. Since this proposal to amend Southern Company’s Certificate of Incorporation did not receive the requisite votes totaling 66 2/3% of the shares outstanding, it was not approved.
 
    stockholder proposal on an environmental report. Vote tabulation for this proposal was 46,889,167 shares for, 334,179,914 shares against, and 57,084,932 shares abstaining. As a result of this vote, the shareholder proposal on an environmental report was not approved.
Alabama Power
Alabama Power held its annual meeting of common shareholders and preferred shareholders on April 25, 2008, and the following persons were elected to serve as directors of Alabama Power:
     
Whit Armstrong
  Robert D. Powers
David J. Cooper, Sr.
  David M. Ratcliffe
John D. Johns
  C. Dowd Ritter
Patricia M. King
  James H. Sanford
James K. Lowder
  John C. Webb, IV
Charles D. McCrary
  James W. Wright
Malcolm Portera
   
All 21,725,000 of the shares of Alabama Power’s common stock outstanding on the record date were owned by Southern Company and were voted in favor of the nominees for directors. None of the shares of preferred stock or Class A preferred stock were voted. None of the shares of preference stock were entitled to vote.
In addition, at the annual meeting, shareholders were asked to vote for a proposed amendment to Alabama Power’s Articles of Incorporation, which would increase the authorized number of shares of common stock from 25,000,000 shares to 40,000,000 shares. The vote tabulation was 21,725,000 shares for, 0 shares against, and 0 shares abstaining. None of the shares of preferred stock or Class A preferred stock were voted. None of the shares of preference stock were entitled to vote. As a result of this vote, the amendment was approved.
Georgia Power
Georgia Power held its annual meeting of common shareholders and preferred shareholders on May 21, 2008, and the following persons were elected to serve as directors of Georgia Power:
     
Robert L. Brown, Jr.
  D. Gary Thompson
Anna R. Cablik
  Richard W. Ussery
Michael D. Garrett
  W. Jerry Vereen
David M. Ratcliffe
  E. Jenner Wood, III
Jimmy C. Tallent
   
All of the 9,261,500 outstanding shares of Georgia Power’s common stock were owned by Southern Company and were voted in favor of the nominees for directors. None of the shares of Class A preferred stock were voted. None of the shares of preference stock were entitled to vote.

148


Table of Contents

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders. (Continued)
Gulf Power
By written consent, in lieu of the annual meeting of stockholders of Gulf Power, effective June 24, 2008, the following persons were elected to serve as directors of Gulf Power:
     
C. LeDon Anchors
  William A. Pullum
William C. Cramer, Jr.
  Winston E. Scott
Fred C. Donovan, Sr.
  Susan N. Story
All of the 1,792,717 outstanding shares of Gulf Power’s common stock are owned by Southern Company and were voted in favor of the nominees for directors. None of the shares of preference stock were entitled to vote.
Mississippi Power
Mississippi Power held its annual meeting of common shareholders and preferred shareholders on May 22, 2008, and the following persons were elected to serve as directors of Mississippi Power:
     
Roy Anderson, III
  Martha D. Saunders
Tommy E. Dulaney
  George A. Schloegel
Aubrey B. Patterson, Jr.
  Philip J. Terrell
Christine L. Pickering
  Anthony J. Topazi
All of the 1,121,000 outstanding shares of Mississippi Power’s common stock are owned by Southern Company and were voted in favor of the nominees for directors. None of the shares of preferred stock were voted.
Southern Power
By written consent, in lieu of the annual meeting of stockholders of Southern Power, effective May 30, 2008, the following persons were elected to serve as directors of Southern Power:
     
William P. Bowers
  G. Edison Holland, Jr.
Thomas A. Fanning
  David M. Ratcliffe
All of the 1,000 outstanding shares of Southern Power’s common stock are owned by Southern Company and were voted in favor of the nominees for directors.

149


Table of Contents

Item 6. Exhibits.
         
(4) Instruments Describing Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures
 
       
Alabama Power
 
       
(b)1
  -   Forty-First Supplemental Indenture to Senior Note Indenture dated as of May 14, 2008, providing for the issuance of the Series 2008A 6.125% Senior Notes. (Designated in Form 8-K dated May 8, 2008, File No. 1-3164, as Exhibit 4.2.)
 
       
Georgia Power
 
       
(c)1
  -   Thirty-Fifth Supplemental Indenture to Senior Note Indenture dated as of June 5, 2008, providing for the issuance of the Series 2008B 5.40% Senior Notes. (Designated in Form 8-K dated May 27, 2008, File No. 1-6468, as Exhibit 4.2.)
 
       
(10) Material Contracts
 
       
Alabama Power
 
       
(b)1
  -   Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors of Alabama Power Company, Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2008.
 
       
Georgia Power
 
       
(c)1
  -   Engineering, Procurement and Construction Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2008, between Georgia Power, for itself and as agent for OPC, MEAG Power, and Dalton Utilities, as owners, and a consortium consisting of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC and Stone & Webster, Inc., as contractor, for Units 3 & 4 at the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant Site. (Georgia Power requested confidential treatment for certain portions of this document pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the SEC. Georgia Power omitted such portions from the filing and filed them separately with the SEC.)
 
       
(24) Power of Attorney and Resolutions
 
       
Southern Company
 
       
(a)1
  -   Power of Attorney and resolution. (Designated in the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-3526 as Exhibit 24(a) and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
       
Alabama Power
 
       
(b)1
  -   Power of Attorney and resolution. (Designated in the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-3164 as Exhibit 24(b) and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
       
Georgia Power
 
       
(c)1
  -   Power of Attorney and resolution. (Designated in the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-6468 as Exhibit 24(c) and incorporated herein by reference.)

150


Table of Contents

         
Gulf Power
 
       
(d)1
  -   Power of Attorney and resolution. (Designated in the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 0-2429 as Exhibit 24(d) and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
       
(d)2
  -   Power of Attorney for Philip C. Raymond. (Designated in the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008, File No. 0-2429 as Exhibit 24(d)2 and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
       
Mississippi Power
 
       
(e)1
  -   Power of Attorney and resolution. (Designated in the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 001-11229 as Exhibit 24(e) and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
       
Southern Power
 
       
(f)1
  -   Power of Attorney and resolution. (Designated in the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 333-98553 as Exhibit 24(f) and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
       
(31) Section 302 Certifications
 
       
Southern Company
 
       
(a)1
  -   Certificate of Southern Company’s Chief Executive Officer required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
(a)2
  -   Certificate of Southern Company’s Chief Financial Officer required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
Alabama Power
 
       
(b)1
  -   Certificate of Alabama Power’s Chief Executive Officer required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
(b)2
  -   Certificate of Alabama Power’s Chief Financial Officer required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
Georgia Power
 
       
(c)1
  -   Certificate of Georgia Power’s Chief Executive Officer required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
(c)2
  -   Certificate of Georgia Power’s Chief Financial Officer required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
Gulf Power
 
       
(d)1
  -   Certificate of Gulf Power’s Chief Executive Officer required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
(d)2
  -   Certificate of Gulf Power’s Chief Financial Officer required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

151


Table of Contents

         
Mississippi Power
 
       
(e)1
  -   Certificate of Mississippi Power’s Chief Executive Officer required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
(e)2
  -   Certificate of Mississippi Power’s Chief Financial Officer required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
Southern Power
 
       
(f)1
  -   Certificate of Southern Power’s Chief Executive Officer required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
(f)2
  -   Certificate of Southern Power’s Chief Financial Officer required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
(32) Section 906 Certifications
 
       
Southern Company
 
       
(a)
  -   Certificate of Southern Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
Alabama Power
 
       
(b)
  -   Certificate of Alabama Power’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
Georgia Power
 
       
(c)
  -   Certificate of Georgia Power’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
Gulf Power
 
       
(d)
  -   Certificate of Gulf Power’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
Mississippi Power
 
       
(e)
  -   Certificate of Mississippi Power’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
Southern Power
 
       
(f)
  -   Certificate of Southern Power’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

152


Table of Contents

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. The signature of the undersigned company shall be deemed to relate only to matters having reference to such company and any subsidiaries thereof.
             
 
      THE SOUTHERN COMPANY    
 
           
 
  By   David M. Ratcliffe    
 
      Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer    
 
      (Principal Executive Officer)    
 
           
 
  By   W. Paul Bowers    
 
      Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    
 
      (Principal Financial Officer)    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ Wayne Boston
 
(Wayne Boston, Attorney-in-fact)
   
Date: August 6, 2008

153


Table of Contents

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. The signature of the undersigned company shall be deemed to relate only to matters having reference to such company and any subsidiaries thereof.
             
 
      ALABAMA POWER COMPANY    
 
           
 
  By   Charles D. McCrary    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
      (Principal Executive Officer)    
 
           
 
  By   Art P. Beattie    
 
      Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer    
 
      (Principal Financial Officer)    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ Wayne Boston
 
(Wayne Boston, Attorney-in-fact)
   
Date: August 6, 2008

154


Table of Contents

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. The signature of the undersigned company shall be deemed to relate only to matters having reference to such company and any subsidiaries thereof.
             
 
      GEORGIA POWER COMPANY    
 
           
 
  By   Michael D. Garrett    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
      (Principal Executive Officer)    
 
           
 
  By   Cliff S. Thrasher    
 
      Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer    
 
      (Principal Financial Officer)    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ Wayne Boston
 
(Wayne Boston, Attorney-in-fact)
   
Date: August 6, 2008

155


Table of Contents

GULF POWER COMPANY
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. The signature of the undersigned company shall be deemed to relate only to matters having reference to such company and any subsidiaries thereof.
             
 
      GULF POWER COMPANY    
 
           
 
  By   Susan N. Story    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
      (Principal Executive Officer)    
 
           
 
  By   Philip C. Raymond    
 
      Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    
 
      (Principal Financial Officer)    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ Wayne Boston
 
(Wayne Boston, Attorney-in-fact)
   
Date: August 6, 2008

156


Table of Contents

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. The signature of the undersigned company shall be deemed to relate only to matters having reference to such company and any subsidiaries thereof.
             
 
      MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY    
 
           
 
  By   Anthony J. Topazi    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
      (Principal Executive Officer)    
 
           
 
  By   Frances Turnage    
 
      Vice President, Treasurer, and Chief Financial Officer    
 
      (Principal Financial Officer)    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ Wayne Boston
 
(Wayne Boston, Attorney-in-fact)
   
Date: August 6, 2008

157


Table of Contents

SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. The signature of the undersigned company shall be deemed to relate only to matters having reference to such company and any subsidiaries thereof.
             
 
      SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY    
 
           
 
  By   Ronnie L. Bates    
 
      President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
      (Principal Executive Officer)    
 
           
 
  By   Michael W. Southern    
 
      Senior Vice President, Treasurer, and Chief Financial Officer    
 
      (Principal Financial Officer)    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ Wayne Boston
 
(Wayne Boston, Attorney-in-fact)
   
Date: August 6, 2008

158

Exhibit 10(b)1



DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR

OUTSIDE DIRECTORS OF ALABAMA POWER COMPANY

Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008

 


SECTION 1

 

Purpose and Adoption of Plan

 

1.1

Adoption

Alabama Power Company previously established the Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Alabama Power Company. The Plan was last amended and restated April 26, 2002. The Plan has been amended from time to time including this good faith amendment and restatement effective January 1, 2008 to comply with Code Section 409A. Except as otherwise provided herein and consistent with Sections 1.2 and 1.3, the terms of the Plan as in effect prior to the effective date of this Plan shall continue to be applicable to deferrals made pursuant to the Plan prior to January 1, 2008.

 

1.2

Pre-2005 Deferrals

Compensation paid to Directors and deferred under the Plan prior to January 1, 2005 shall be treated by the Company as not subject to Section 409A of the Code and therefore “grandfathered.” The Account balance (plus earnings thereon) of the “grandfathered” deferrals shall only be subject to the provisions of the Plan in effect prior to January 1, 2005 as set forth in the Schedule of Provisions for Pre-2005 Deferrals attached hereto. In accordance with transition rules under Section 409A of the Code, Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-1, and any other applicable guidance from the Department of Treasury, the provisions of the prior Plan are only intended to preserve the rights and features of the “grandfathered” deferrals and are, therefore, not intended to be “materially modified” with respect to any aspect of such rights and features. Provisions of the prior Plan should be so construed whenever necessary or appropriate.

 

1.3

409A Good Faith Period

For the period from January 1, 2005 to December 31, 2008, the Plan shall be administered in good faith compliance with Section 409A of the Code. At a time and in a manner determined by the Committee, Directors shall make timely elections to conform to the Plan’s terms effective on and after January 1, 2008. Such elections shall be made prior to January 1, 2008 and shall apply to elections to defer Cash Compensation and/or Stock Retainer subject to Section 409A of the Code on and after January 1, 2005. In particular, such elections shall establish the form and timing of commencement of distribution of amounts in Deferred Compensation Accounts pursuant to a new Distribution Election. Such elections are intended to meet the transition requirements of Section 409A of the Code, Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-1 and other related guidance promulgated by the Department of Treasury.

SECTION 2

 

Definitions

            2.1       “ Beneficial Ownership ” means beneficial ownership within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

2.2

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 


            2.3       “ Business Combination ” means a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale of Southern with another corporation or an entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

            2.4       “ Cash Compensation ” means the annual retainer fees and meeting fees payable to a Director.

 

2.5

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute.

            2.6       “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other committee as may be designated by the Board to be responsible for administering the Plan.

            2.7       “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of Southern including any shares into which it may be split, subdivided, or combined.

 

2.8

Company ” means Alabama Power Company, or any successor thereto.

 

2.9

Company Change in Control ” means the following:

(a)       The Consummation of an acquisition by any Person of Beneficial Ownership of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 2.9, any acquisition by an Employee, or Group composed entirely of Employees, any qualified pension plan, any publicly held mutual fund or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Southern or any corporation Controlled by Southern shall not constitute a Change in Control;

(b)       Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company (a “Company Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Company Business Combination, Southern Controls the corporation surviving or resulting from such Company Business Combination; or

(c)       Consummation of the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to an entity which Southern does not Control.

            2.10     “ Compensation Payment Date ” means the date on which compensation, including Cash Compensation, and the Stock Retainer, is payable to a Director or compensation which would otherwise be payable to a Director if an election to defer such compensation had not been made.

            2.11     “ Consummation ” means the completion of the final act necessary to complete a transaction as a matter of law, including, but not limited to, any required approvals by the corporation’s shareholders and board of directors, the transfer of legal and beneficial title to securities or assets and the final approval of the transaction by any applicable domestic or foreign governments or agencies.

            2.12     “ Control ” means, in the case of a corporation, Beneficial Ownership of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the corporation’s Voting Securities, or in the case of any other entity, Beneficial Ownership of more than 50% of such entity’s voting equity interests.

            2.13     “ Deferred Cash Trust ” means the Deferred Cash Compensation Trust for Directors of The Southern Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

 

2

 

 


            2.14     “ Deferred Compensation Account ” means the Prime Rate Investment Account, the Phantom Stock Investment Account, the Deferred Stock Account and/or the Stock Dividend Investment Account.

            2.15     “ Deferred Stock Account ” means the bookkeeping account established under Section 7.3 on behalf of a Director and includes shares of Common Stock credited thereto to reflect the reinvestment of dividends pursuant to Section 7.3(a)(iii).

            2.16     “ Deferred Stock Trust ” means the Deferred Stock Trust for Directors of The Southern Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

2.17

Director ” means a member of the Board.

            2.18     “ Distribution Election ” means the designation by a Director of the manner of distribution of the amounts and quantities held in the Director’s Deferred Compensation Accounts upon the director’s termination from the Board pursuant to Section 6.3.

 

2.19

Effective Date ” of the amendment and restatement means January 1, 2008.

            2.20     “ Employee ” means an employee of Southern or any of its subsidiaries that are “employing companies” as defined in the Southern Company Deferred Compensation Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2005, and as may be amended from time to time.

 

2.21

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2.22

Funding Change in Control ” means any of the following:

(a)       The Consummation of an acquisition by any Person of Beneficial Ownership (during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) of 35% or more of Southern’s Voting Securities; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the following acquisitions of Southern’s Voting Securities shall not constitute a Funding Change in Control:

(i)      any acquisition directly from Southern;

(ii)      any acquisition by Southern;

(iii)      any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Southern or any corporation controlled by Southern;

(iv)      any acquisition by a qualified pension plan or publicly held mutual fund;

(v)       any acquisition by an employee of Southern or its subsidiary or affiliate, or Group composed exclusively of such employees; or

(vi)      any Business Combination which would not otherwise constitute a Funding Change in Control because of the application of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 2.22(a);

(b)       The date a majority of members of the Southern Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a

 

 

3

 

 


majority of the members of the Southern Board before the date of the appointment or election;

(c)       The Consummation of a Business Combination, unless, following such Business Combination, all of the following three conditions are met:

(i)        all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who held Beneficial Ownership, respectively, of Southern’s Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Voting Securities of the corporation surviving or resulting from such Business Combination, (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction holds Beneficial Ownership of all or substantially all of Southern’s Voting Securities or all or substantially all of Southern’s assets) (such surviving or resulting corporation to be referred to as “Surviving Company”), in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of Southern’s Voting Securities;

(ii)       no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination, any qualified pension plan, publicly held mutual fund, Group composed exclusively of employees or employee benefit plan (or related trust) of Southern, its subsidiaries or Surviving Company) holds Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of Surviving Company except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination; and

(iii)      the majority of the members of the board of directors of Surviving Company during the 12-month period following the Business Combination were members of the Southern Board of Directors at the earlier of the date of execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Southern Board of Directors, providing for such Business Combination or such members of the board of directors of the Surviving Company are directors whose appointment or election was endorsed by a majority of the members of such Southern Board of Directors.

(d)       The Consummation of an acquisition by any Person of Beneficial Ownership (during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this Subsection 2.22(d), any acquisition by an employee of Southern or its subsidiary or affiliate, or Group composed entirely of such employees, any qualified pension plan, publicly held mutual fund or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Southern or any corporation Controlled by Southern shall not constitute a Funding Change in Control;

(e)       The Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation (a “Funding Subsidiary Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Funding Subsidiary Business Combination, Southern

 

 

4

 

 


Controls the corporation surviving or resulting from such Funding Subsidiary Business Combination, or

(f)        The Consummation of the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to an entity that Southern does not Control; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (f) the following sales or dispositions otherwise described herein shall not constitute a Funding Change in Control:

(i)        the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to Southern or to a shareholder of Southern in exchange for or with respect to such shareholder’s stock of Southern;

(ii)       the sale of other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a Person that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of the outstanding stock of Southern; or

(iii)      the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to an entity Controlled by shareholders of Southern that hold, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all of the outstanding stock of Southern.

For purposes of this Section 2.22(f) “all or substantially all of the assets” means at least 80% of the gross value of the assets of the entity immediately before the acquisition.

            2.23     “ Funding Event ” means the occurrence of any of the following events as administratively determined by the Southern Committee:

(a)       Southern or the Company has entered into a written agreement, such as, but not limited to, a letter of intent, which, if Consummated, would result in a Funding Change in Control;

(b)       Southern, the Company or any other Person publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which, if Consummated, would result in a Funding Change in Control under circumstances where the Consummation of the announced action or intended action is legally and financially possible;

(c)       Any Person acquires Beneficial Ownership of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the Common Stock; or

(d)       The Southern Board or the Company elects to otherwise fund the Deferred Cash Trust and Deferred Stock Trust in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.

            2.24     “ Funding Subsidiary Business Combination ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.22(e) hereof.

 

2.25

Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

            2.26     “ Incumbent Board ” means those individuals who constitute the Southern board of directors as of January 1, 2008, plus any individual who shall become a director subsequent to

 

 

5

 

 


such date whose election or nomination for election by Southern’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least 75% of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no individual who shall become a director of the Southern board of directors subsequent to January 1, 2008, whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of the regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Southern board of directors shall be a member of the Incumbent Board.

            2.27     “ Market Value ” means the average of the high and low prices of the Common Stock, as published in the Wall Street Journal in its report of New York Stock Exchange composite transactions, on the date such Market Value is to be determined, as specified herein (or the average of the high and low sale prices on the trading day immediately preceding such date if the Common Stock is not traded on the New York Stock Exchange on such date)

            2.28     “ Modification Delay ” means that the election shall not take effect until twelve (12) months after the date the election is made, the payment which is the subject of the election shall be deferred five (5) years from the date previously elected by the Director, and where applicable in the case of a payment made pursuant to a fixed schedule or specified time, the election must be made at least twelve (12) months prior to the time payment is scheduled to be made.

            2.29     “ Participant ” means a Director or former Director who has an unpaid Deferred Compensation Account balance under the Plan.

            2.30     “ Participating Companies ” means those companies that are affiliated with Southern whose boards of directors have authorized the establishment of trust(s) for the funding of their respective directors’ Deferred Compensation Accounts under their respective Deferred Compensation Plans for Directors, including the Company.

            2.31     “ Person ” means any individual, entity or group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.

            2.32     “ Phantom Stock Investment Account ” means the bookkeeping account established pursuant to Section 7.2 in which a Director may elect to defer Cash Compensation or make investments, and includes amounts credited thereto to reflect the reinvestment of dividends.

            2.33     “ Plan ” means the Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors of Alabama Power Company as from time to time in effect.

 

2.34

Plan Period ” means the period designated in Section 5.

            2.35     “ Preliminary Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following as determined by the Southern Committee:

(a)       Southern or the Company has entered into a written agreement, such as, but not limited to, a letter of intent, which, if Consummated, would result in a Southern Change in Control or a Company Change in Control, as the case may be;

(b)       Southern, the Company or any Person publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which, if Consummated, would result in a Southern Change in Control or a Company Change in Control under circumstances where the

 

 

6

 

 


Consummation of the announced action or intended action is legally and financially possible;

(c)       Any Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the Common Stock; or

(d)       The Southern Board of Directors or the Board of Directors of the Company has declared that a Preliminary Change in Control has occurred.

            2.36     “ Prime Interest Rate ” means the prime rate of interest as published in the Wall Street Journal or its successor on the 1 st day of the quarter.

            2.37     “ Prime Rate Investment Account ” means the bookkeeping account established pursuant to Section 7.1 in which a Director may elect to defer Cash Compensation or make investments, the investment return on which is computed at the Prime Interest Rate.

            2.38     “ Separation from Service ” means a ceasing of the obligation to provide service as a Director.

 

2.39

Southern ” means Southern Company.

 

2.40

Southern Board ” means the Board of Directors of Southern.

 

2.41

Southern Change in Control ” means any of the following:

(a)       The Consummation of an acquisition by any Person of Beneficial Ownership of 20% or more of Southern’s Voting Securities; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the following acquisitions of Southern’s Voting Securities shall not constitute a Change in Control:

 

(i)

any acquisition directly from Southern,

 

(ii)

any acquisition by Southern,

(iii)      any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Southern or any corporation controlled by Southern,

(iv)      any acquisition by a qualified pension plan or publicly held mutual fund,

(v)       any acquisition by an Employee or Group composed exclusively of Employees, or

(vi)      any Business Combination which would not otherwise constitute a Change in Control because of the application of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 2.41(a) of this Plan;

(b)       A change in the composition of Southern’s board of directors whereby individuals who constitute the Incumbent Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of Southern’s board of directors; or

 

 

7

 

 


(c)       Consummation of a Business Combination, unless, following such Business Combination, all of the following three conditions are met:

(i)        all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who held Beneficial Ownership, respectively, of Southern’s Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 65% or more of the combined voting power of the Voting Securities of the corporation surviving or resulting from such Business Combination, (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction holds Beneficial Ownership of all or substantially all of Southern’s Voting Securities or all or substantially all of Southern’s assets) (such surviving or resulting corporation to be referred to as “Surviving Company”), in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of Southern’s Voting Securities;

(ii)       no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination, any qualified pension plan, publicly held mutual fund, Group composed exclusively of employees or employee benefit plan (or related trust) of Southern, its subsidiaries, or Surviving Company) holds Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of Surviving Company except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination; and

(iii)      at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of Surviving Company were members of the Incumbent Board at the earlier of the date of execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Southern board of directors, providing for such Business Combination.

            2.42     “ Southern Committee ” means a committee comprised of the Chairman of the Southern Board, the Chief Financial Officer of Southern and the General Counsel of Southern.

            2.43     “ Stock Dividend Investment Account ” means the bookkeeping account(s) established pursuant to Section 7.4 on behalf of a Director that is credited with shares of stock, other than Common Stock, paid as a dividend to holders of record on shares of Common Stock.

            2.44     “ Stock Retainer ” means the annual Board retainer fee that is paid to the Director in the form of Common Stock.

            2.45     “ Transferred Amount ” means an amount (a) equal to the value of a Director’s accounts under the applicable deferred compensation plan for directors of Southern, Georgia Power Company, Gulf Power Company, or Mississippi Power Company and (b) which has been transferred to the Plan in connection with the Director’s transfer from the Southern Board or the board of directors of Georgia Power Company, Gulf Power Company, or Mississippi Power Company.

            2.46     “ Trust Administrator ” means the individual or committee that is established in the Deferred Stock Trust and the Deferred Cash Trust, to administer such trusts on behalf of the Participating Companies.

 

 

8

 

 


            2.47     “ Voting Securities ” means the outstanding voting securities of a corporation entitling the holder thereof to vote generally in the election of such corporation’s directors.

 

Where the context requires, words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, words in the singular shall include the plural, and words in the plural shall include the singular.

SECTION 3

 

Purpose

The Plan provides Directors with an opportunity to defer compensation paid to them on and after January 1, 2008 until a date following their Separation from Service as a member of the Board.

SECTION 4

 

Eligibility

An individual who serves as a Director and is not otherwise actively employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is eligible to participate in the Plan.

SECTION 5

 

Plan Periods

Except as pertains to a Director’s initial Plan Period, all Plan Periods shall be on a calendar year basis. The initial Plan Period applicable to any person elected to the Board who was not a Director on the preceding December 31, shall begin on the first day of the quarter next following the effective date of the Director’s election to the Board where timing permits the transfer of Director compensation data for purposes of administration of an initial deferral election under this Section 5. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the initial Plan Period under this amended and restated Plan for Directors serving as of the Effective Date shall begin January 1, 2008.

SECTION 6

 

Elections

 

6.1

Cash Compensation

(a)       Prior to the beginning of a Plan Period, a Director may direct that payment of all or any portion of Cash Compensation that otherwise would be paid to the Director for the Plan Period, be deferred in amounts as designated by the Director, and credited to (i) a Prime Rate Investment Account, (ii) a Phantom Stock Investment Account, or (iii) a Deferred Stock Account. With respect to a Director’s initial Plan Period, such direction to defer shall be made in a timely manner prior to the commencement of the Plan Period

 

 

9

 

 


in accordance with requirements established by the Committee consistent with Section 5. Upon the Director’s Separation from Service from the Board of Directors, such deferred compensation and accumulated investment return held in the Director’s Deferred Compensation Accounts shall be distributed to the Director in accordance with the Director’s Distribution Election and the provisions of Section 8.

(b)       (i)        An election to defer Cash Compensation is irrevocable for a Plan Period. Such an election shall continue from Plan Period to Plan Period unless the Director changes his election to defer Cash Compensation payable in a future Plan Period prior to the beginning of such future Plan Period.

(ii)       The Participant may transfer all or a portion of his Deferred Compensation Account(s) to another Deferred Compensation Account(s) as provided below. No transfer of amounts between investment options shall be permitted under the Plan except during a window period and in accordance with requirements which may be designated by the Committee. The length and timing of each window period, the restrictions (including whether an election to transfer is subject to a Modification Delay) and procedures for transfer, the valuation of transferred Deferred Compensation Accounts or portions of Deferred Compensation Accounts, and the effective date of such transfers shall be determined by the Committee. In no event prior to a Director’s Separation of Service from the Board may the Committee permit the transfer of a Participant’s Stock Retainer. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a transfer of a Participant’s Stock Retainer may occur after a Director’s Separation from Service from the Board as determined by the Committee; provided that if the Committee permits a Participant to transfer such Stock Retainer after a Director’s Separation from Service from the Board, in order to avoid any inadvertent change to the time and form of payment of such Stock Retainer, the initial time and form of payment elected by the Director in accordance with Section 6.3(a) applicable to the Stock Retainer shall apply to any transferred amounts.

(c)       Cash Compensation deferred under this Section 6.1 shall be invested in Deferred Compensation Accounts as directed by the Director in accordance with procedures established by the Committee prior to the Compensation Payment Date.

 

6.2

Stock Retainer

(a)       Prior to the beginning of a Plan Period, a Director may direct that payment of all of the Stock Retainer that otherwise would be paid to the Director for the Plan Period, be deferred by the Director, and credited to his Deferred Stock Account. Such deferred compensation and accumulated investment return held in the Director’s Deferred Stock Account shall be distributed to the Director in accordance with the Director’s Distribution Election and the provisions of Section 8.

(b)       An election to defer the Stock Retainer is irrevocable for a Plan Period. Such an election shall continue from Plan Period to Plan Period unless the Director changes his election to defer his Stock Retainer paid in a future Plan Period prior to the beginning of such future Plan Period.

 

 

10

 

 


 

6.3

Distribution Election

(a)       Except as set forth in Section 6.3(b), prior to the initial establishment of a Deferred Compensation Account for a Director, the Director must elect that upon Separation from Service from the Board of Directors the values and quantities held in the Directors Deferred Compensation Accounts be distributed to the Director, pursuant to the provisions of Section 8 in a single lump sum or in a series of annual or quarterly installments not to exceed fifteen (15) years; provided that the Committee may establish in writing alternative installment payment schedules for any or all of the Deferred Compensation Accounts. In accordance with this Section 6.3(a), distributions from the Prime Rate Investment Account and Phantom Stock Investment Account can be in a lump sum or in annual or quarterly installments. In accordance with this Section 6.3(a), distributions from the Deferred Stock Account and Stock Dividend Investment Account can be lump sum or annual installments. The time for the commencement of distributions shall be elected by the Director and shall not be later than the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the second anniversary of Separation from Service of Board membership. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Director may elect to modify his distribution election under this Section 6.3 provided that such modification is subject to the requirements of the Modification Delay.

(b)       In the event of a Director’s Separation from Service from the Board with Deferred Compensation Accounts established under Section 7.5, the Transferred Amounts and accumulated investment return held in the Accounts shall be distributed to the Director in accordance with the Director’s distribution election in effect under the applicable deferred compensation plan for directors of Alabama Power Company, Georgia Power Company, Gulf Power Company, or Mississippi Power Company on the date the Director transferred to the Board, and the provisions of Section 8, unless such election is changed pursuant to Section 6.3(a).

 

6.4

Beneficiary Designation

A Director or former Director may designate a beneficiary to receive distributions from the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 upon the death of the Director. The beneficiary designation may be changed by a Director or former Director at any time, and without the consent of the prior beneficiary.

 

6.5

Form of Election

All elections pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6 of the Plan shall be made in writing to the Secretary of the Company or Assistant Secretary of the Company or such other person designated by the Committee on a form or forms available upon request.

 

 

11

 

 


SECTION 7

 

Accounts

 

7.1

Prime Rate Investment Account

A Prime Rate Investment Account shall be established for each Director electing deferral of Cash Compensation for investment at the Prime Interest Rate. The amount directed by the Director to such account shall be credited to it as of the Compensation Payment Date, as applicable, and credited thereafter with interest computed using the Prime Interest Rate. Interest shall be computed from the date such compensation is credited to the account and compounded quarterly at the end of each calendar quarter. The Prime Interest Rate in effect on the first day of a calendar quarter shall be deemed the Prime Interest Rate in effect for that entire quarter. Interest shall accrue and compound on any balance until the amount credited to the account is fully distributed.

 

7.2

Phantom Stock Investment Account

The Phantom Stock Investment Account established for each Director electing deferral of Cash Compensation for investment at the Common Stock investment rate shall be credited with the number of shares (including fractional shares rounded to the nearest ten-thousandth) of Common Stock which could have been purchased on the Compensation Payment Date, as determined by dividing the applicable compensation by the Market Value on such date. On the date of the payment of dividends on the Common Stock, the Director’s Phantom Stock Investment Account shall be credited with additional shares (including fractional shares rounded to the nearest ten-thousandth) of Common Stock, as follows:

(a)       In the case of cash dividends, such additional shares as would have been purchased as of the Common Stock dividend record date as if the credited shares had been outstanding on such date and dividends reinvested thereon under the Southern Company Southern Investment Plan;

(b)       In the case of dividends payable in property other than cash or Common Stock, such additional shares as could be purchased at the Market Value as of the date of payment with the fair market value of the property which would have been payable if the credited shares had been outstanding; and

(c)       In the case of dividends payable in Common Stock, such additional shares as would have been payable on the credited shares as if they had been outstanding.

 

7.3

Deferred Stock Account

 

(a)

A Director’s Deferred Stock Account will be credited:

(i)        with the number of shares of Common Stock (rounded to the nearest ten thousandth of a share) determined by dividing the sum of the amount of Cash Compensation subject to deferral or investment in the Deferred Stock Account and the Stock Retainer (that is denominated in dollars), by the average

 

 

12

 

 


price paid by the Trustee of the Deferred Stock Trust for shares of Common Stock with respect to the Compensation Payment Date, as reported by the Trustee, or if the Trustee shall not at such time purchase any shares of Common Stock, by the Market Value on such date;

(ii)       as of the date on which the Stock Retainer (that is denominated in shares of Common Stock) is paid, with the number of shares of Common Stock payable to the Director as his Stock Retainer; and

(iii)      as of each date on which dividends are paid on the Common Stock, with the number of shares of Common Stock (rounded to the nearest ten thousandth of a share) determined by multiplying the number of shares of Common Stock credited in the Director’s Deferred Stock Account on the dividend record date, by the dividend rate per share of Common Stock, and dividing the product by the price per share of Common Stock attributable to the reinvestment of dividends on the shares of Common Stock held in the Deferred Stock Trust on the applicable dividend payment date or, if the Trustee of the Deferred Stock Trust has not reinvested in shares of Common Stock on the applicable dividend reinvestment date, the product shall be divided by the Market Value on the dividend payment date.

(b)       If Southern enters into transactions involving stock splits, stock dividends, reverse splits or any other recapitalization transactions, the number of shares of Common Stock credited to a Director’s Deferred Stock Account will be adjusted (rounded to the nearest ten thousandth of a share) so that the Director’s Deferred Stock Account reflects the same equity percentage interest in Southern after the recapitalization as was the case before such transaction. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and in any event, any adjustment shall comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(c)       If at least a majority of Southern’s stock is sold or exchanged by its shareholders pursuant to an integrated plan for cash or property (including stock of another corporation) or if substantially all of the assets of Southern are disposed of and, as a consequence thereof, cash or property is distributed to Southern’s shareholders, each Director’s Deferred Stock Account will, to the extent not already so credited under this Section 7.3, be (i) credited with the amount of cash or property receivable by a Southern shareholder directly holding the same number of shares of Common Stock as is credited to such Director’s Deferred Stock Account and (ii) debited by that number of shares of Common Stock surrendered by such equivalent Southern shareholder. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and in any event, any adjustment shall comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(d)       Each Director who has a Deferred Stock Account also shall be entitled to provide directions to the Trust Administrator to vote the Common Stock in his account in the Deferred Stock Trust with respect to any matter presented for a vote to the shareholders of Southern. Such Trust Administrator shall arrange for distribution to all Directors in a timely manner of all communications directed generally to the Southern shareholders as to which their votes are solicited.

 

 

13

 

 


 

7.4

Stock Dividend Investment Account

(a)       A Director’s Stock Dividend Investment Account will be credited as of the date on which a dividend is paid in stock other than Common Stock to the Company’s common stockholders with the number of shares of such other corporation’s stock receivable by such Southern common stockholder. Thereafter, if dividends are paid on the above-described non-Common Stock dividends, such subsequent dividends shall be credited in the same manner as described in Section 7.3(a)(iii).

(b)       Each Director who has a Stock Dividend Investment Account also shall be entitled to provide directions to the Trust Administrator to vote the applicable corporation’s common stock held by the Deferred Stock Trust with respect to any matter presented for a vote to such corporation’s shareholders. The Trust Administrator shall arrange for distribution to all Directors in a timely manner of all communications directed generally to the applicable corporation’s shareholders as to which their votes are solicited.

 

7.5

Transferred Amounts

(a)       As soon as administratively practicable, the Company shall establish for a Director transferring to the Board from the Southern Board or from the board of directors of Georgia Power Company, Gulf Power Company, or Mississippi Power Company such Deferred Compensation Accounts as are necessary to implement Section 7.5(b).

(b)       Any Transferred Amounts will be credited to the Deferred Compensation Account(s) established that are comparable to the deferred compensation accounts to which such amounts were credited under the applicable deferred compensation plan for directors of Southern, Georgia Power Company, Gulf Power Company, or Mississippi Power Company as soon as administratively practicable following the date the Transferred Amounts are transferred to the Plan. Thereafter, the Transferred Amounts shall be credited with investment returns as applicable under this Section 7 of the Plan.

SECTION 8

 

Distributions

 

8.1

Manner of Distribution

Upon the Separation from Service of a Director’s membership on the Board the amount credited to a Director’s Deferred Compensation Accounts will be paid to the Director or his beneficiary, as applicable, in the following manner:

(a)       the amount credited to a Director’s Prime Rate Investment Account and Phantom Stock Investment Account shall be paid in cash;

(b)       the amount credited to a Director’s Deferred Stock Account shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 7.3 and Section 10.5, or to the extent the Company is otherwise, in the reasonable judgment of the Committee, precluded from doing so, be

 

 

14

 

 


paid in shares of Common Stock (with any fractional share interest therein paid in cash to the extent of the then Market Value thereof); and

(c)       the amount credited to a Stock Dividend Investment Account shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.5, be paid from the assets in the Deferred Stock Trust in shares of the applicable corporation, provided however if there is not a sufficient number of shares held in the Trust, the remainder shall be paid in cash based upon the Market Value of such shares.

Such payments shall be from the general assets of the Company (including the Deferred Cash Trust and the Deferred Stock Trust) in accordance with this Section 8.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Company enters into an agreement described in Section 8.3 with respect to a Director prior to the Director’s Separation from Service as a Director, the Company shall have no obligation to make distributions to the Director under this Section 8.1 in connection with such Director’s Separation from Service of membership on the Board.

 

8.2

Timing of Distribution(s)

Subject to the Committee’s authority to establish in writing alternative payment schedules, deferred amounts shall be paid in the form of (i) a lump sum payment, or (ii) in approximately equal annual or quarterly installments, as elected by the Director pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3. Such payments shall be made (or shall commence) as soon as practicable following the Separation from Service of Board membership except that such period shall not exceed ninety (90) days as permitted by Code Section 409A or, if so elected by the Director in the Distribution Election, up to twenty-four (24) months following such Separation from Service.

If at the time of a Director’s Separation from Service of Board membership, his Deferred Compensation Accounts have a cumulative balance of less than the limit in effect under Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, the balance of the Deferred Compensation Accounts may be distributed in a single lump sum payment.

If the Director elected to receive annual or quarterly installments, the first installment shall be equal to the balance in the Director’s Deferred Compensation Accounts on such date divided by the number of annual or quarterly installment payments. Each subsequent annual or quarterly payment shall be an amount equal to the balance in the Director’s Deferred Compensation Accounts on the date of payment divided by the number of remaining annual or quarterly payments and shall be paid on the next appropriate date of payment.

The Market Value of any shares of Common Stock credited to a Director’s Phantom Stock Investment Account shall be determined as of the twenty-fifth (25 th ) day of the month immediately preceding the date of any lump sum or installment distribution or such other date as may be determined by the Committee.

Upon the death of a Director, or a former Director prior to the payment of all amounts credited to the Director’s Deferred Compensation Accounts, the unpaid balance shall be paid in a

 

 

15

 

 


lump sum to the designated beneficiary of such Director or former Director within sixty (60) days of the date of death as permitted by Code Section 409A. In the event a beneficiary designation has not been made, or the designated beneficiary is deceased or cannot be located, payment shall be made to the estate of the Director or former Director.

To the maximum extent permitted under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(3), the Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine to pay an amount credited to a Director’s Deferred Compensation Accounts on account of an unforeseeable emergency.

The Market Value of any shares of Common Stock credited to a Director’s Phantom Stock Investment Account shall be determined as of the twenty-fifth (25 th ) day of the month immediately preceding the date of any lump sum or installment distribution or such other date as may be determined by the Committee.

 

8.3

Transfers in Lieu of Distribution

If the Company enters into a written agreement with the parent, subsidiary, affiliate or former affiliate of the Company under which the parent or affiliate assumes the liability for a Director’s benefits accrued under the Plan in connection with, but prior to, such Director’s Separation from Service from the Board and the Director either has been or will be elected to the board of directors of such parent or subsidiary, affiliate or former affiliate of the Company, the liability for the Director’s benefits which have accrued under the Plan as of the date the Director Separates from Service from the Board shall be transferred from the Company to the parent or subsidiary, affiliate or former affiliate of the Company, and the Company shall have no further obligation to make any distributions to the Director under Section 8.1 or any other section herein. For the avoidance of doubt, the event described in the preceding sentence shall not constitute a distribution event whereby deferred amounts under the Plan are paid to the Director in accordance with this Section 8.

SECTION 9

 

Funding Change in Control and Other Special Provisions

 

9.1

Funding Change in Control

Notwithstanding any other terms of the Plan to the contrary, following a Funding Event, the provisions of this Section 9 shall apply to the payment of benefits under the Plan with respect to any Director who is a Participant on such date.

 

9.2

Funding of Trusts

The Deferred Cash Trust and the Deferred Stock Trust (collectively “Trusts”) have been established to hold assets of the Participating Companies under certain circumstances as a reserve for the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Plan. In the event of a Funding Event involving a Funding Change in Control, the Company shall be obligated to immediately contribute such amounts to the Trusts as may be necessary to fully fund all benefits payable under the Plan in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 9.3 hereof. In addition, in order to provide the added protections for certain individuals in accordance with Paragraph 7(b)

 

 

16

 

 


of the Deferred Cash Trust and Paragraph 7(c) of the Deferred Stock Trust, the Company may fund the Trusts prior to a Funding Event of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Trusts. All assets held in the Trusts remain subject only to the claims of the Participating Companies’ general creditors whose claims against the Participating Companies are not satisfied because of the Participating Companies’ bankruptcy or insolvency (as those terms are defined in the Trusts). No Participant has any preferred claim on, or beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trusts before the assets are paid to the Participant and all rights created under the Trusts, as under the Plan, are unsecured contractual claims of the Participant against the Company.

 

9.3

Funding Timing and Dispute Resolution

As soon as practicable following a Funding Event, the Company shall contribute to each Trust an amount based upon the funding strategy adopted by the Trust Administrator with the assistance of an appointed actuary necessary to fulfill the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Section 9. In the event of a dispute over such actuary’s determination with respect to either or both Trusts, the Company and any complaining Participant(s) shall refer such dispute to an independent, third party actuarial consultant, chosen by the Company and such Participant. If the Company and the Participant cannot agree on an independent, third party actuarial consultant, the actuarial consultant shall be chosen by lot from an equal number of actuaries submitted by the Company and the applicable Trustee. Any such referral shall only occur once in total and the determination by the third-party actuarial consultant shall be final and binding upon both parties. The Company shall be responsible for all of the fees and expenses of the independent actuarial consultant.

 

9.4

Lump Sum Payment

In the event of a Funding Change in Control, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, upon a Director’s Separation from Service from the Board, that amount in the Deferred Compensation Plan Account(s) of a Participant who was a Director determined as of the date of such Funding Change in Control shall be paid out in a lump sum provided that such Separation from Service occurred within two calendar years of the Funding Change in Control. The lump sum payment shall be made within ninety (90) days of such Separation from Service as permitted by Code Section 409A.

SECTION 10

 

General Provisions

10.1     In the event that the Company shall decide to establish an advance accrual reserve on its books against the future expense of payments from any Deferred Compensation Accounts, such reserve shall not under any circumstances be deemed to be an asset of this Plan but, at all times, shall remain a part of the general assets of the Company, subject to claims of the Company’s creditors.

10.2     A person entitled to any amount under this Plan shall be a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to such amount. Furthermore, a person entitled to a

 

 

17

 

 


payment or distribution with respect to a Deferred Compensation Account shall have a claim upon the Company only to the extent of the balance in his Deferred Compensation Accounts.

10.3     The Company will pay all commissions, fees, and expenses that may be incurred in operating the Plan.

10.4     The Company will pay its prorated share of all commissions, fees, and expenses that may be incurred in operating any trust(s) established under the Plan (including the Deferred Stock Trust and the Deferred Cash Trust).

 

10.5

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan:

(a)       elections under this Plan may only be made by Directors while they are directors of the Company; (with the exception of the designation of beneficiaries); and

(b)       distributions otherwise payable to a Director in the form of Common Stock or other corporation’s stock shall be delayed and/or instead paid in cash in an amount equal to the fair market value thereof if such payment in stock would violate any federal or State securities laws (including Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) and/or rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

10.6     Directors, their legal representatives and their beneficiaries shall have no right to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, transfer, pledge or encumber their interests in the Plan, nor shall such interests be subject to attachment, garnishment, levy or execution by or on behalf of creditors of the Directors or of their beneficiaries.

SECTION 11

 

Administration

 

11.1

General Provisions

The Committee shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have all powers necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan as may be more particularly set forth herein. The Committee shall interpret the Plan and shall determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan. Any such determination by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons. The Committee shall be the Plan’s agent for service of process.

The Committee may delegate to such officers, employees, or departments of the Company or Southern, such authority, duties, and responsibilities of the Committee as it, in its sole discretion, considers necessary or appropriate for the proper and efficient operation of the Plan, including, without limitation, (i) interpretation of the Plan, (ii) approval and payment of claims, and (iii) establishment of procedures for administration of the Plan.

 

 

18

 

 


 

11.2

Claims Process

If a claim for benefits under the Plan is denied, in whole or in part, the Committee will provide a written notice of the denial within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 90 days after the claim is received. If special circumstances require more time to process the claim, the Committee will issue a written explanation of the special circumstances prior to the end of the 90 day period and a decision will be made as soon as possible, but not later than 180 days after the claim is received.

The written notice of claim denial will include:

 

Specific reasons why the claim was denied;

 

Specific references to applicable provisions of the Plan document or other relevant records or papers on which the denial is based, and information about where a Participant or his or her beneficiary may see them;

 

A description of any additional material or information needed to process the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

 

An explanation of the claims review procedure, including the time limits applicable to such procedure, as well as a statement notifying the Participant or his or her beneficiary of their right to file suit if the claim for benefits is denied, in whole or in part, on review.

Upon request, a Participant or his or her beneficiary will be provided without charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all non-confidential documents that are relevant to any denial of benefits. A claimant has 60 days from the day he or she receives the original denial to request a review. Such request must be made in writing and sent to the Committee. The request should state the reasons why the claim should be reviewed and may also include evidence or documentation to support the claimant’s position.

The Committee will reconsider the claimant’s claim, taking into account all evidence, documentation, and other information related to the claim and submitted on the claimant’s behalf, regardless of whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial denial of the claim. The Committee will make a decision within 60 days. If special circumstances require more time for this process, the claimant will receive written explanation of the special circumstances prior to the end of the initial 60 day period and a decision will be sent as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after the Committee receives the request.

No legal action to recover benefits or enforce or clarify rights under a Plan can be commenced until the Participant or his or her beneficiary has first exhausted the claims and review procedures provided under the Plan.

 

 

19

 

 


SECTION 12

 

Amendment, Termination and Effective Date

 

12.1

Amendment of the Plan

The Plan may be amended or terminated at any time by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that no such amendment or termination of the Plan shall be effective if such amendment or termination is made or is effective within a period that is (a) six (6) months before, or at any time after, a Preliminary Change in Control and (b) prior to (x) the earlier of such time as the Southern Committee shall have determined that the event that gave rise to such Preliminary Change in Control shall not be Consummated or (y) two years following the respective Change in Control, unless such amendment or termination during such period has the effect of increasing benefits to Participants under the Plan, is determined by the Board of Directors to be immaterial, or applies solely to Directors who, in the case of a Company Change in Control, are not Directors on the date of the respective Preliminary Change in Control, or, in the case of a Southern Change in Control, are not Directors on the date of the respective Southern Change in Control. Following a Change in Control, nothing in this Section 12.1 shall prevent the Board of Directors from amending or terminating the Plan as to any subsequent Change in Control provided that no such amendment or termination shall impair any rights or reduce any benefits previously accrued under the Plan as a result of a previous Change in Control.

 

12.2

No Impairment of Benefits

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 12.1 herein, no amendment to or termination of the Plan shall impair any rights to benefits that have accrued hereunder.

 

12.3

Section 409A of the Code

All payments of “non-qualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), whether or not expressly designated as such, are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A, and shall be interpreted in accordance therewith. Neither the Participant nor the Company may accelerate any such deferred payment, except in compliance with Section 409A for such events that include but may not be limited to a termination of the Plan.

 

12.4

Governing Law

This Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the state of the Company to the extent not inconsistent with the requirement of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and Section 409A of the Code.

 

 

20

 

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008, has been executed pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors of Alabama Power Company , this 25th day of April, 2008.

 

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY

 

 

 

By: /s/Kay I. Worley

Assistant Corporate Secretary

 

Attest:

By:

/s/Ceila H. Shorts

Assistant Corporate Secretary

 

 

21

 

 


SCHEDULE OF PROVISIONS FOR PRE-2005 DEFERRALS

SECTION 1

Purpose

             1.1        Schedule of Provisions for Pre-2005 Deferrals : This Schedule sets forth the operative provisions of the Plan applicable to “grandfathered” deferrals of Cash Compensation and Stock Retainer made by Participants which are treated by the Company as not subject to Section 409A of the Code. The Deferred Compensation Account balance (plus earnings thereon) of the grandfathered deferrals shall only be subject to the provisions set forth in this Schedule. In accordance with transition rules under Section 409A of the Code, Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-1, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1 et seq. , or any other applicable guidance from the Department of Treasury, these provisions are only intended t o preserve the rights and features of the “grandfathered” deferrals and are, therefore, not intended to “materially modify” any aspect of such rights and features. Provisions of this Schedule should be so construed whenever necessary or appropriate. Provisions in this Schedule shall only be amended in accordance with this Schedule’s terms.

SECTION 2

Definitions

2.1       “Beneficial Ownership” means beneficial ownership within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

2.2

“Board” or “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.3       “Business Combination” means a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale of Southern with another corporation or an entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

2.4       “Cash Compensation” means the annual retainer fees and meeting fees payable to a Director in cash.

2.5       “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute.

2.6       “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other committee as may be designated by the Board to be responsible for administering the Plan and this Schedule.

2.7       “Common Stock” means the common stock of Southern, including any shares into which it may be split, subdivided, or combined.

 

2.8

“Company” means Alabama Power Company, or any successor thereto.

 

22

 

 


 

2.9

“Company Change in Control” means the following:

(a)       The Consummation of an acquisition by any Person of Beneficial Ownership of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 2.9, any acquisition by an Employee, or Group composed entirely of Employees, any qualified pension plan, any publicly held mutual fund or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Southern or any corporation Controlled by Southern shall not constitute a Change in Control;

(b)       Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company (a “Company Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Company Business Combination, Southern Controls the corporation surviving or resulting from such Company Business Combination; or

(c)       Consummation of the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to an entity which Southern does not Control.

2.10     “Compensation Payment Date” means the date on which compensation, including Cash Compensation, and the Stock Retainer, is payable to a Director or compensation which would otherwise be payable to a Director if an election to defer such compensation had not been made.

2.11     “Consummation” means the completion of the final act necessary to complete a transaction as a matter of law, including, but not limited to, any required approvals by the corporation’s shareholders and board of directors, the transfer of legal and beneficial title to securities or assets and the final approval of the transaction by any applicable domestic or foreign governments or agencies.

2.12     “Control” means, in the case of a corporation, Beneficial Ownership of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the corporation’s Voting Securities, or in the case of any other entity, Beneficial Ownership of more than 50% of such entity’s voting equity interests.

2.13     “Deferred Cash Trust” means the Deferred Cash Compensation Trust for Directors of The Southern Company and its Subsidiaries.

2.14     “Deferred Compensation Account” means the Prime Rate Investment Account, the Phantom Stock Investment Account, the Deferred Stock Account, and/or the Stock Dividend Investment Account applicable to “grandfathered” deferrals of Cash Compensation and Stock Retainer made by Participants which are treated by the Company as not subject to Section 409A of the Code.

2.15     “Deferred Pension Election” means the election by a Director who had a Pension Benefit as of the Termination Date, who made a single one-time election, to credit all his Pension Benefit into (i) the Prime Rate Investment Account or (ii) the Phantom Stock Investment Account in connection with the deferral of receipt of the Director’s Pension Benefit until termination from the Board.

 

23

 

 


2.16     “Deferred Stock Account” means the bookkeeping account established under Section 5.3 of this Schedule on behalf of a Director and includes shares of Common Stock credited thereto to reflect the reinvestment of dividends pursuant to Section 5.3(a)(iii) of this Schedule.

2.17     “Deferred Stock Trust” means the Deferred Stock Trust for Directors of The Southern Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

2.18

“Director” means a member of the Board.

2.19     “Distribution Election” means the designation by a Director of the manner of distribution of the amounts and quantities held in the Director’s Deferred Compensation Accounts upon the director’s termination from the Board pursuant to Section 6.3 of this Schedule.

2.20     “Employee” means an employee of Southern or any of its subsidiaries that are “employing companies” as defined in the Southern Company Deferred Compensation Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2005, and as may be amended from time to time.

 

2.21

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2.22

“Funding Change in Control means any of the following:

(a)       The Consummation of an acquisition by any Person of Beneficial Ownership (during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) of 35% or more of Southern’s Voting Securities; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the following acquisitions of Southern’s Voting Securities shall not constitute a Funding Change in Control:

 

(i)

any acquisition directly from Southern;

 

(ii)

any acquisition by Southern;

(iii)      any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Southern or any corporation controlled by Southern;

(iv)      any acquisition by a qualified pension plan or publicly held mutual fund;

(v)       any acquisition by an employee of Southern or its subsidiary or affiliate, or Group composed exclusively of such employees; or

(vi)      any Business Combination which would not otherwise constitute a Funding Change in Control because of the application of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 2.22(a);

(b)       The date a majority of members of the Southern Board of Directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not

 

24

 

 


endorsed by a majority of the members of the Southern Board of Directors before the date of the appointment or election;

(c)       The Consummation of a Business Combination, unless, following such Business Combination, all of the following three conditions are met:

(i)        all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who held Beneficial Ownership, respectively, of Southern’s Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Voting Securities of the corporation surviving or resulting from such Business Combination, (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction holds Beneficial Ownership of all or substantially all of Southern’s Voting Securities or all or substantially all of Southern’s assets) (such surviving or resulting corporation to be referred to as “Surviving Company”), in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of Southern’s Voting Securities;

(ii)       no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination, any qualified pension plan, publicly held mutual fund, Group composed exclusively of employees or employee benefit plan (or related trust) of Southern, its subsidiaries or Surviving Company) holds Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of Surviving Company except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination; and

(iii)      the majority of the members of the board of directors of Surviving Company during the 12-month period following the Business Combination were members of the Southern Board of Directors at the earlier of the date of execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Southern Board of Directors, providing for such Business Combination or such members of the board of directors of the Surviving Company are directors whose appointment or election was endorsed by a majority of the members of such Southern Board of Directors.

(d)       The Consummation of an acquisition by any Person of Beneficial Ownership (during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 2.22(d), any acquisition by an employee of Southern or its subsidiary or affiliate, or Group composed entirely of such employees, any qualified pension plan, publicly held mutual fund or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Southern or any corporation Controlled by Southern shall not constitute a Funding Change in Control;

(e)       The Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation (a “Funding Subsidiary Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Funding Subsidiary Business Combination, Southern

 

25

 

 


Controls the corporation surviving or resulting from such Funding Subsidiary Business Combination, or

(f)        The Consummation of the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to an entity that Southern does not Control; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (f) the following sales or dispositions otherwise described herein shall not constitute a Funding Change in Control:

(i)        the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to Southern or to a shareholder of Southern in exchange for or with respect to such shareholder’s stock of Southern;

(ii)       the sale of other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a Person that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of the outstanding stock of Southern; or

(iii)      the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to an entity Controlled by shareholders of Southern that hold, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all of the outstanding stock of Southern.

For purposes of this Section 2.22(f) “all or substantially all of the assets” means at least 80% of the gross value of the assets of the entity immediately before the acquisition.

2.23     “Funding Event” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events as administratively determined by the Southern Committee:

(a)       Southern or the Company has entered into a written agreement, such as, but not limited to, a letter of intent, which, if Consummated, would result in a Funding Change in Control;

(b)       Southern, the Company or any other Person publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which, if Consummated, would result in a Funding Change in Control under circumstances where the Consummation of the announced action or intended action is legally and financially possible;

(c)       Any Person acquires Beneficial Ownership of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the Common Stock; or

(d)       The Southern Board of Directors or the board of directors of the Company elects to otherwise fund the Deferred Cash Trust and Deferred Stock Trust in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of this Schedule.

2.24     “Funding Subsidiary Business Combination” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.22(e) hereof.

 

2.25

“Group” has the meaning set forth in Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

26

 

 


2.26     “Incumbent Board” means those individuals who constitute the Southern board of directors as of January 1, 2008, plus any individual who shall become a director subsequent to such date whose election or nomination for election by Southern’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least 75% of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no individual who shall become a director of the Southern board of directors subsequent to January 1, 2008, whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of the regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Southern board of directors shall be a member of the Incumbent Board.

2.27     “Market Value” means the average of the high and low prices of the Common Stock, as published in the Wall Street Journal in its report of New York Stock Exchange composite transactions, on the date such Market Value is to be determined, as specified herein (or the average of the high and low sale prices on the trading day immediately preceding such date if the Common Stock is not traded on the New York Stock Exchange on such date).

2.28     “Participant” means a Director or former Director who has an unpaid Deferred Compensation Account balance under this Schedule.

2.29     “Participating Companies” means those companies that are affiliated with Southern whose boards of directors have authorized the establishment of trust(s) for the funding of their respective directors’ Deferred Compensation Accounts under their respective Deferred Compensation Plans for Directors, including the Plan as maintained by the Company for its Directors.

2.30     “Pension Benefit” means the U.S. dollar amount of the actuarially-determined present value of benefits based on a Director’s expected service at the required retirement date under The Southern Company Outside Directors Pension Plan, as calculated as of the Termination Date, plus accrued earnings on such amount calculated as if invested at the Prime Interest Rate from the Termination Date, until such amount is invested in Deferred Compensation Accounts.

2.31     “Pension Benefit Investment Date” means the date to be determined by the Committee, as of which the Director’s Pension Benefit will be credited to a Deferred Compensation Account in accordance with the director’s Deferred Pension Election.

2.32     “Person” means any individual, entity or group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.

2.33     “Phantom Stock Investment Account” means the bookkeeping account established pursuant to Section 5.2 of this Schedule in which a Director may elect to defer Cash Compensation or make investments, and includes amounts credited thereto to reflect the reinvestment of dividends.

2.34     “Plan” means the Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors of Alabama Power Company as from time to time in effect.

 

27

 

 


 

2.35

“Plan Period” means the period designated in Section 4.

2.36     “Preliminary Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following as determined by the Southern Committee:

(a)       Southern or the Company has entered into a written agreement, such as, but not limited to, a letter of intent, which, if Consummated, would result in a Southern Change in Control or a Company Change in Control, as the case may be;

(b)       Southern, the Company or any Person publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which, if Consummated, would result in a Southern Change in Control or a Company Change in Control under circumstances where the Consummation of the announced action or intended action is legally and financially possible;

(c)       Any Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the Common Stock; or

(d)       The Southern board of directors or the board of directors of the Company has declared that a Preliminary Change in Control has occurred.

2.37      “Prime Interest Rate” means the prime rate of interest as published in the Wall Street Journal , or its successor on the 1 st day of each quarter.

2.38     “Prime Rate Investment Account” means the bookkeeping account established pursuant to Section 5.1 of this Schedule in which a Director may elect to defer Cash Compensation or make investments, the investment return on which is computed at the Prime Interest Rate.

 

2.39

“Southern” means The Southern Company.

 

2.40

“Southern Change in Control” means any of the following:

(a)       The Consummation of an acquisition by any Person of Beneficial Ownership of 20% or more of Southern’s Voting Securities; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the following acquisitions of Southern’s Voting Securities shall not constitute a Change in Control:

 

(i)

any acquisition directly from Southern,

 

(ii)

any acquisition by Southern,

(iii)      any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Southern or any corporation controlled by Southern,

(iv)      any acquisition by a qualified pension plan or publicly held mutual fund,

 

28

 

 


(v)       any acquisition by an Employee or Group composed exclusively of Employees, or

(vi)      any Business Combination which would not otherwise constitute a Change in Control because of the application of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 2.40(a) of this Schedule;

(b)       A change in the composition of Southern’s board of directors whereby individuals who constitute the Incumbent Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of Southern’s board of directors; or

(c)       Consummation of a Business Combination, unless, following such Business Combination, all of the following three conditions are met:

(i)        all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who held Beneficial Ownership, respectively, of Southern’s Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 65% or more of the combined voting power of the Voting Securities of the corporation surviving or resulting from such Business Combination, (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction holds Beneficial Ownership of all or substantially all of Southern’s Voting Securities or all or substantially all of Southern’s assets) (such surviving or resulting corporation to be referred to as “Surviving Company”), in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of Southern’s Voting Securities;

(ii)       no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination, any qualified pension plan, publicly held mutual fund, Group composed exclusively of employees or employee benefit plan (or related trust) of Southern, its subsidiaries, or Surviving Company) holds Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of Surviving Company except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination; and

(iii)      at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of Board were members of the Incumbent Board at the earlier of the date of execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Southern board of directors, providing for such Business Combination.

2.41     “Southern Committee” means a committee comprised of the Chairman of the Southern Board, the Chief Financial Officer of Southern, and the General Counsel of Southern.

2.42     “Stock Dividend Investment Account” means the bookkeeping account(s) established pursuant to Section 5.4 of this Schedule on behalf of a Director that is credited with shares of stock, other than Common Stock, paid as a dividend on shares of Common Stock.

2.43     “Stock Retainer” means the annual Board retainer fee that is paid to the Director in the form of Common Stock.

 

29

 

 


2.44     “Termination Date” means January 1, 1997, the date as of which The Southern Company Outside Directors Pension Plan was effectively terminated.

2.45     “Trust Administrator” means the individual or committee that is established in the Deferred Stock Trust and the Deferred Cash Trust, to administer such trusts on behalf of the Participating Companies.

2.46     “Voting Securities” means the outstanding voting securities of a corporation entitling the holder thereof to vote generally in the election of such corporation’s directors.

Where the context requires, words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, words in the singular shall include the plural, and words in the plural shall include the singular.

SECTION 3

Eligibility

For so long as a Director has a Deferred Compensation Account balance governed by this Schedule, he or she shall be a Participant in the Plan for purposes of this Schedule, and such Deferred Compensation Account balance shall be maintained and administered solely in accordance with the terms of this Schedule.

SECTION 4

 

Plan Periods

No new deferral elections may be made which are subject to this Schedule.

SECTION 5

 

Accounts

 

5.1

Prime Rate Investment Account

A Prime Rate Investment Account shall be established for each Director electing deferral of Cash Compensation for investment at the Prime Interest Rate. The amount directed by the Director to such account shall be credited to it as of the Pension Benefit Investment Date or Compensation Payment Date, as applicable, and credited thereafter with interest computed using the Prime Interest Rate. Interest shall be computed from the date such compensation is credited to the account and compounded quarterly at the end of each calendar quarter. The Prime Interest Rate in effect on the first day of a calendar quarter shall be deemed the Prime Interest Rate in effect for that entire quarter. Interest shall accrue and compound on any balance until the amount credited to the account is fully distributed.

 

30

 

 


 

5.2

Phantom Stock Investment Account

The Phantom Stock Investment Account established for each Director electing deferral of Cash Compensation for investment at the Common Stock investment rate shall be credited with the number of shares (including fractional shares rounded to the nearest ten-thousandth) of Common Stock which could have been purchased on the Pension Benefit Investment Date or the Compensation Payment Date, as applicable, as determined by dividing the applicable compensation by the Market Value on such date. On the date of the payment of dividends on the Common Stock, the Director’s Phantom Stock Investment Account shall be credited with additional shares (including fractional shares rounded to the nearest ten-thousandth) of Common Stock, as follows:

(a)       In the case of cash dividends, such additional shares as would have been purchased as of the Common Stock dividend record date as if the credited shares had been outstanding on such date and dividends reinvested thereon under the Southern Company Southern Investment Plan;

(b)       In the case of dividends payable in property other than cash or Common Stock, such additional shares as could be purchased at the Market Value as of the date of payment with the fair market value of the property which would have been payable if the credited shares had been outstanding; and

(c)       In the case of dividends payable in Common Stock, such additional shares as would have been payable on the credited shares as if they had been outstanding.

 

5.3

Deferred Stock Account

 

(a)

A Director’s Deferred Stock Account will be credited:

(i)        with the number of shares of Common Stock (rounded to the nearest ten thousandth of a share) determined by dividing the sum of the amount of Cash Compensation subject to deferral or investment in the Deferred Stock Account and the Stock Retainer (that is denominated in dollars), by the average price paid by the Trustee of the Deferred Stock Trust for shares of Common Stock with respect to the Pension Benefit Investment Date or the Compensation Payment Date, as applicable, as reported by the Trustee, or if the Trustee shall not at such time purchase any shares of Common Stock, by the Market Value on such date;

(ii)       as of the date on which Stock Retainer (that is denominated in shares of Common Stock) is paid, with the number of shares of Common Stock payable to the Director as his Stock Retainer; and

(iii)      as of each date on which dividends are paid on the Common Stock, with the number of shares of Common Stock (rounded to the nearest ten thousandth of a share) determined by multiplying the number of shares of Common Stock credited in the Director’s Deferred Stock Account on the dividend record date, by the dividend rate per share of Common Stock, and dividing the

 

31

 

 


product by the price per share of Common Stock attributable to the reinvestment of dividends on the shares of Common Stock held in the Deferred Stock Trust on the applicable dividend payment date or, if the Trustee of the Deferred Stock Trust has not reinvested in shares of Common Stock on the applicable dividend reinvestment date, the product shall be divided by the Market Value on the dividend payment date.

(b)       If Southern enters into transactions involving stock splits, stock dividends, reverse splits or any other recapitalization transactions, the number of shares of Common Stock credited to a Director’s Deferred Stock Account will be adjusted (rounded to the nearest ten thousandth of a share) so that the Director’s Deferred Stock Account reflects the same equity percentage interest in Southern after the recapitalization as was the case before such transaction.

(c)       If at least a majority of Southern’s stock is sold or exchanged by its shareholders pursuant to an integrated plan for cash or property (including stock of another corporation) or if substantially all of the assets of Southern are disposed of and, as a consequence thereof, cash or property is distributed to Southern’s shareholders, each Director’s Deferred Stock Account will, to the extent not already so credited under this Section 5.3, be (i) credited with the amount of cash or property receivable by a Southern shareholder directly holding the same number of shares of Common Stock as is credited to such Director’s Deferred Stock Account and (ii) debited by that number of shares of Common Stock surrendered by such equivalent Southern shareholder.

(d)       Each Director who has a Deferred Stock Account also shall be entitled to provide directions to the Trust Administrator to vote the Common Stock in his account in the Deferred Stock Trust with respect to any matter presented for a vote to the shareholders of Southern. Such Trust Administrator shall arrange for distribution to all Directors in a timely manner of all communications directed generally to the Southern shareholders as to which their votes are solicited.

 

5.4

Stock Dividend Investment Account

(a)       A Director’s Stock Dividend Investment Account will be credited as of the date on which a dividend is paid in stock other than Common Stock to the Company’s common stockholders with the number of shares of such other corporation’s stock receivable by such Southern common stockholder. Thereafter, if dividends are paid on the above-described non-Common Stock dividends, such subsequent dividends shall be credited in the same manner as described in Section 5.3(a)(iii) of this Schedule.

(b)       Each Director who has a Stock Dividend Investment Account also shall be entitled to provide directions to the Trust Administrator to vote the applicable corporation’s common stock held by the Deferred Stock Trust equivalent to the number of shares credited to the Director’s Stock Dividend Investment Account with respect to any matter presented for a vote to such corporation’s shareholders. The Trust Administrator shall arrange for distribution to all Directors in a timely manner of all

 

32

 

 


communications directed generally to the applicable corporation’s shareholders as to which their votes are solicited.

SECTION 6

 

Distributions

6.1       Upon the termination of a Director’s membership on the Board the amount credited to a Director’s Deferred Compensation Accounts will be paid to the Director or his beneficiary, as applicable, in the following manner:

(a)       the amount credited to a Director’s Prime Rate Investment Account and Phantom Stock Investment Account shall be paid in cash;

(b)       the amount credited to a Director’s Deferred Stock Account shall, except as otherwise provided in Sections 5.3 and 6.6 of this Schedule, or to the extent the Company is otherwise, in the reasonable judgment of the Committee, precluded from doing so, be paid in shares of Common Stock (with any fractional share interest therein paid in cash to the extent of the then Market Value thereof); and

(c)       the amount credited to a Stock Dividend Investment Account shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.6 of this Schedule, be paid from the assets in the Deferred Stock Trust in shares of the applicable corporation, however if there is not a sufficient number of shares held in the Trust, the remainder shall be paid in cash based upon the Market Value of such shares held in the Trust, the remainder shall be paid in cash based upon the Market Value of such shares.

Such payments shall be from the general assets of the Company (including the Deferred Cash Trust and the Deferred Stock Trust) in accordance with this Section 6.

6.2       Unless other arrangements are specified by the Committee on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, deferred amounts shall be paid in the form of (i) a lump sum payment, or (ii) in approximately equal annual or quarterly installments, as elected by the Director pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 of this Schedule, provided, however, that payments shall be made only in a single lump sum if payment commences due to termination for cause. Such payments shall be made (or shall commence) as soon as practicable following the termination of Board membership or, if so elected in the Distribution Election, up to twenty-four (24) months following such termination.

If at the time of a Director’s termination of Board membership, his Deferred Compensation Accounts have a cumulative balance of less than $75,000, the balance of the Deferred Compensation Accounts may be distributed in a single lump sum payment or in three or fewer approximately equal annual installments, in the discretion of the Committee if the Director has elected a longer installment payout period.

In the event a Director elected to receive the balance of his Deferred Compensation Accounts in a lump sum, distribution shall be made on the first day of the month selected by the Director on his Distribution Election, or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter. If the Director

 

33

 

 


elected to receive annual or quarterly installments, the first payment shall be made on the first day of the month selected by a Director, or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, and shall be equal to the balance in the Director’s Deferred Compensation Accounts on such date divided by the number of annual or quarterly installment payments. Each subsequent annual or quarterly payment shall be an amount equal to the balance in the Director’s Deferred Compensation Accounts on the date of payment divided by the number of remaining annual or quarterly payments.

Notwithstanding a Director’s election to receive his Deferred Compensation Account balance in installments, the Committee, upon request of the Director and in its sole discretion, may accelerate the payment of any such installments for cause, such as financial hardship or financial emergency. The Market Value of any shares of Common Stock credited to a Director’s Phantom Stock Investment Account shall be determined as of the twenty-fifth (25 th ) day of the month immediately preceding the date of any lump sum or installment distribution or such other date as may be determined by the Committee.

Upon the death of a Director, or a former Director prior to the payment of all amounts credited to the Director’s Deferred Compensation Accounts, the unpaid balance shall be paid in the sole discretion of the Committee (i) in a lump sum to the designated beneficiary of such Director or former Director within thirty (30) days of the date of death (or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter) or (ii) in accordance with the Distribution Election made by such Director or former Director. In the event a beneficiary designation has not been made, or the designated beneficiary is deceased or cannot be located, payment shall be made to the estate of the Director or former Director. Notwithstanding a Director’s election to receive his Deferred Compensation Account balance in installments, the Committee, upon request of the legal representative of the Director’s estate and in its sole discretion, may accelerate the payment of any such installments for cause, such as financial hardship or financial emergency. The Market Value of any shares of Common Stock credited to a Director’s Phantom Stock Investment Account shall be determined as of the twenty-fifth (25 th ) day of the month immediately preceding the date of any lump sum or installment distribution or such other date as may be determined by the Committee.

 

6.3

Distribution Election

(a)       Except as set forth in Section 6.3 (b) of this Schedule, prior to the initial establishment of a Deferred Compensation Account for a Director, the Director must elect, in writing, that upon termination from the Board of Directors the values and quantities held in the Directors Deferred Compensation Accounts be distributed to the Director, pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6, in a lump sum or in a series of annual or quarterly installments not to exceed fifteen (15) years. Distributions from the Prime Rate Investment Account and Phantom Stock Investment Account can be in a lump sum or in annual or quarterly installments. Distributions from the Deferred Stock Account and Stock Dividend Investment Account can be lump sum or annual installments. The time for the commencement of distribution shall not be later than the first day of the month or quarter coinciding with or next following the second anniversary of termination of Board membership.

 

34

 

 


(b)       Any Director who made a Deferred Pension Election made a Distribution Election at the time the Deferred Pension Election was made attributable to the Pension Benefit and any accumulated investment return.

(c)       Distribution Elections made under Sections 6.3(a) and (b) above are irrevocable except that a Director may amend any of the Distribution Elections then in effect while the Director is still a director of the Company as required under Section 6.6 of this Schedule provided the amended election is made not later than the 366 th day prior to the Director’s termination of Board membership. In addition, any amendment to a Distribution Election must be made on a form prescribed by the Committee and delivered to the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company.

 

6.4

Beneficiary Designation

A Director or former Director may designate a beneficiary to receive distributions under this Schedule in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6 upon the death of the director. The beneficiary designation may be changed by a Director or former Director at any time, and without the consent of the prior beneficiary.

 

6.5

Form of Election

All elections pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6 of the Schedule shall be made in writing to the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company on a form or forms available upon request of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary.

 

6.6

Distribution Limitations

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Schedule: (i) elections under this Schedule may only be made by Directors while they are directors of the Company (with the exception of the designation of beneficiaries), and (ii) distributions otherwise payable to a Director in the form of Common Stock or other corporation’s stock shall be delayed and/or instead paid in cash in an amount equal to the fair market value thereof if such payment in Common Stock would violate any federal or State securities laws (including Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) and/or rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

SECTION 7

 

Change in Control and Other Special Provisions

7.1       Notwithstanding any other terms of this Schedule to the contrary, following a Funding Event or a Preliminary Change in Control as the case may be, the provisions of this Section 7 shall apply to the payment of benefits under this Schedule with respect to any Director who is a Participant on such date.

7.2       The Deferred Cash Trust and the Deferred Stock Trust (collectively “Trusts”) have been established to hold assets of the Participating Companies under certain circumstances as a reserve for the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Schedule. In the event of a Funding Event involving a Funding Change in Control of Southern or the Company, the

 

35

 

 


Company shall be obligated to immediately contribute such amounts to the Trusts as may be necessary to fully fund all benefits payable under this Schedule in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 7.3 hereof. In addition, in order to provide the added protections for certain individuals in accordance with Paragraph 7(b) of the Deferred Cash Trust and Paragraph 7(c) of the Deferred Stock Trust, the Company may fund the Trusts prior to a Funding Change in Control of Southern or the Company in accordance with the terms of the Trusts. All assets held in the Trusts remain subject only to the claims of the Participating Companies’ general creditors whose claims against the Participating Companies are not satisfied because of the Participating Companies’ bankruptcy or insolvency (as those terms are defined in the Trusts). No Participant has any preferred claim on, or beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trusts before the assets are paid to the Participant and all rights created under the Trusts, as under this Schedule, are unsecured contractual claims of the Participant against the Company.

7.3       As soon as practicable following a Funding Event, the Company shall contribute an amount based upon the funding strategy adopted by the Trust Administrator with the assistance of an appointed actuary necessary to fulfill the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Section 7. In the event of a dispute over such actuary’s determination, the Company and any complaining Participant(s) shall refer such dispute to an independent, third party actuarial consultant, chosen by the Company and such Participant. If the Company and the Participant cannot agree on an independent, third party actuarial consultant, the actuarial consultant shall be chosen by lot from an equal number of actuaries submitted by the Company and the applicable Trustee. Any such referral shall only occur once in total and the determination by the third-party actuarial consultant shall be final and binding upon both parties. The Company shall be responsible for all of the fees and expenses of the independent actuarial consultant.

7.4       In the event of a Southern Change in Control or a Company Change in Control, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Schedule, upon termination as a Director, that amount in the Deferred Compensation Plan Account(s) of a Participant who was a Director determined as of such Change in Control shall be paid out in a lump sum if such Participant makes an election pursuant to procedures established by the Trust Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion. If no such election is made, the Director shall receive payment of his Accounts solely in accordance with Section 6 of this Schedule.

SECTION 8

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

8.1       Except for Sections 12.1 and 12.2 of the main body of the Plan, Sections 9, 10 and 11 of the main body of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Schedule. Any amendment to Sections 9, 10 and 11 of the main body of the Plan shall operate as an amendment to Sections 9, 10 and 11 of the Schedule except that Section 8.2 below shall set forth the sole method for amending and/or terminating this Schedule.

8.2       Subject to Section 8.1, this Schedule may be amended or terminated at any time by the Board in its sole discretion at any time and from time to time by written resolution expressly modifying this Schedule provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall impair any rights to any benefits that have accrued hereunder, and further provided that no

 

36

 

 


such amendment or termination of the Plan shall be effective if such amendment or termination is made or is effective within a period that is (a) six (6) months before, or at any time after, a Preliminary Change in Control and (b) prior to (x) the earlier of such time as the Southern Committee shall have determined that the event that gave rise to such Preliminary Change in Control shall not be Consummated or (y) two years following the respective Change in Control, unless such amendment or termination during such period has the effect of increasing benefits to Participants under the Plan, is determined by the Board of Directors to be immaterial, or applies solely to Directors who, in the case of a Company Change in Control, are not Directors on the date of the respective Preliminary Change in Control, or, in the case of a Southern Change in Control, are not Directors on the date of the respective Southern Change in Control. Following a Change in Control, nothing in this Section 8.2 shall prevent the Board of Directors from amending or terminating the Schedule as to any subsequent Change in Control provided that no such amendment or termination shall impair any rights or reduce any benefits previously accrued under the Schedule as a result of a previous Change in Control. It is the Company’s intent that any modification to this Schedule shall not constitute nor shall it be interpreted to be a “material modification” of any right or feature of this Schedule as such term is defined under Section 409A of the Code, Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-1, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1 et   seq ., or any subsequent guidance promulgated by the Treasury Department, unless the Schedule is amended contemporaneously to comply with Code Section 409A.

 

 

37

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 10(c)1

 

 

Georgia Power Company has requested confidential treatment for certain portions of this document pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Georgia Power Company has omitted such portions from this filing and filed them separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such omissions are designated as "[***]."

 

 

 

ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION

AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN

 

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY, FOR ITSELF AND AS AGENT FOR OGLETHORPE POWER CORPORATION (AN ELECTRIC MEMBERSHIP CORPORATION), MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC AUTHORITY OF GEORGIA AND THE CITY OF DALTON, GEORGIA, ACTING BY AND THROUGH ITS BOARD OF WATER, LIGHT AND SINKING FUND COMMISSIONERS, AS OWNERS

 

AND

 

A CONSORTIUM CONSISTING OF WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC COMPANY LLC AND STONE & WEBSTER, INC., AS CONTRACTOR

 

FOR

UNITS 3 & 4 AT THE VOGTLE ELECTRIC GENERATING PLANT SITE

IN WAYNESBORO, GEORGIA

 

DATED AS OF APRIL 8, 2008

 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

2

ARTICLE 2 INTERPRETATION

18

ARTICLE 3 SCOPE OF WORK

20

 

3.1 General Scope

20

 

3.2 Phase I-Limited Notice to Proceed

20

 

3.3 Phase II-Full Notice to Proceed

21

 

3.4 Project Schedule

21

 

3.5 Contractor Responsibilities

23

ARTICLE 4 OWNERS' RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS

38

 

4.1 Owners' Responsibilities

38

 

4.2  Owners' Right to Inspect, Stop and Re-Perform Work

40

ARTICLE 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

41

 

5.1 Quality Assurance Program

41

 

5.2 Subcontractor and Vendor Quality Assurance

42

 

5.3 Quality Control and Inspection Activities

42

 

5.4 Access and Auditing on-Site and Other Facilities

42

 

5.5 Witness Points and Hold Points

43

ARTICLE 6 CONTRACT PRICE

44

 

6.1 Contract Price

44

ARTICLE 7 PRICE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS

44

 

7.1 Price Adjustment Methodology

44

 

7.2 [***]

44

 

7.3 [***]

44

ARTICLE 8 PAYMENTS

44

 

8.1 Respective Payment Responsibility

44

 

8.2 Payment for [***]

46

 

8.3 [***] Price Payments

46

 

8.4 Final Payment

47

 

8.5 Supporting Documentation; Payment Disputes

47

 

8.6 No Acceptance by Payment

48

 

i

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

( continued )

Page

 

8.7 Security for Payment by Owners

48

 

8.8 Separate Payments to Consortium Members

49

 

8.9   Conditions of Payments; Punch List Withholding

49

 

8.10 Long Lead Materials

50

ARTICLE 9 CHANGES

51

 

9.1 Entitlement to Change

51

 

9.2 Owner-Directed Changes

52

 

9.3 Effect of Changes

52

 

9.4 Notice of a Change

52

 

9.5 Disputes over Changes

53

 

9.6 Changes for Contractor's Convenience

53

ARTICLE 10 UNCONTROLLABLE CIRCUMSTANCES

54

 

10.1 Uncontrollable Circumstances

54

 

10.2 Burden of Proof

55

 

10.3 Excused Performance

55

ARTICLE 11 TESTING

55

 

11.1 Scope and Objective of Testing

55

 

11.2 Construction and Installation Tests

56

 

11.3 Preoperational System Tests

57

 

11.4 Start-up Tests Objectives and Protocol

58

 

11.5 Performance Tests

60

 

11.6 Performance Guarantees

63

ARTICLE 12 STAGES OF COMPLETION

65

 

12.1 Turnover

65

 

12.2 Unit Mechanical Completion

66

 

12.3 Start-up Test Completion

66

 

12.4 Substantial Completion

67

 

12.5 Punch List

68

 

12.6 Final Completion

68

ARTICLE 13 DELAY AND PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES; BONUSES

69

 

ii

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

( continued )

Page

 

13.1 Delay Liquidated Damages

69

 

13.2 Early Completion Bonus

69

 

13.3 Performance Liquidated Damages

70

 

13.4 Performance Bonus

71

 

13.5 Payment

71

ARTICLE 14 WARRANTY

71

 

14.1 Equipment

71

 

14.2 Services

74

 

14.3 Warranty Period

75

 

14.4 Warranty Period Extension

76

 

14.5 Warranty of Title

76

 

14.6 Limitations and Disclaimers

76

ARTICLE 15 INDEMNITY

78

 

15.1 Third Party Claims

78

 

15.2 Damage to Property

78

 

15.3 Intellectual Property Indemnity

78

 

15.4 Nuclear Indemnity and Insurance

79

 

15.5 Indemnity Procedures

80

ARTICLE 16 INSURANCE

81

 

16.1 Type of Program

81

 

16.2 Phase I Insurance Requirements

82

 

16.3 Phase II Insurance Requirements

83

 

16.4 Additional Insurance Terms

85

ARTICLE 17 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

85

 

17.1 No Consequential Damages

85

 

17.2 Maximum Total Liability

86

 

17.3 Division of Liability

86

 

17.4 Parent Guarantee

86

ARTICLE 18 LIENS; SECURITY

87

 

18.1 Liens

87

 

iii

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

( continued )

Page

 

18.2 Discharge or Bond

87

ARTICLE 19 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

88

 

19.1 Protection of Owner Confidential and Proprietary Information

88

 

19.2 Protection of Contractor's Confidential and Proprietary Information

89

 

19.3 Special Procedures Pertaining to Contractor's Confidential and Proprietary Information

91

 

19.4 Software

95

 

19.5 Publicity

95

 

19.6 Conditional License Grant

95

 

19.7 Procedures for Disclosure to Related Party Recipients

96

ARTICLE 20 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

97

 

20.1 Representations and Warranties of Contractor

97

 

20.2 Representations and Warranties of Owners

98

 

20.3 Direct Representations by Owners

99

 

20.4 Consortium Not a Partnership

99

ARTICLE 21 TITLE; RISK OF LOSS

99

 

21.1 Transfer of Title; Intellectual Property

99

 

21.2 Risk of Loss

100

ARTICLE 22 SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION

101

 

22.1 Suspension by the Owners for Convenience

101

 

22.2 Contractor Event of Default

101

 

22.3 Termination by Owners for Convenience

103

 

22.4 Termination because of Uncontrollable Circumstance, Government Action or Other Causes

103

 

22.5 Termination by Contractor

104

 

22.6 Actions Required of Contractor upon Termination

105

ARTICLE 23 SAFETY; INCIDENT REPORTING

105

 

iv

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

( continued )

Page

 

23.1 Designated Contractor Safety Representative

105

 

23.2 OSHA and Other Laws

106

 

23.3 Cooperation in Governmental Investigations and Inspections

107

 

23.4 Audit

107

ARTICLE 24 QUALIFICATIONS AND PROTECTION OF ASSIGNED PERSONNEL

107

 

24.1 Contractor's Personnel

107

 

24.2 Screening Measures

109

 

24.3 Training of Employees

110

 

24.4 NRC Whistleblower Provision

110

 

24.5 Respirator Protection

110

ARTICLE 25 RECORDS AND AUDIT

110

 

25.1 Technical Documentation

110

 

25.2 Accounting Records

110

 

25.3 Maintenance of Records Generally

111

 

25.4 Right to Audit

111

 

25.5 Sales Tax Records

111

 

25.6 Acknowledgement of Owners' Co-ownership Agreements

112

ARTICLE 26 TAXES

112

 

26.1 Taxes

112

 

26.2 Changes in Import Fees and Duties

113

 

26.3 Sales and Use Tax on Equipment

113

 

26.4 Property Taxes

113

 

26.5 Tax Indemnification

113

 

26.6 Pollution Control Equipment Information

114

ARTICLE 27 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

114

 

27.1 Claims

114

 

27.2 Change Disputes

114

 

27.3 Resolution by Negotiation

114

 

v

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

( continued )

Page

 

27.4 Mediation

115

 

27.5 [***]

115

 

27.6 Exclusive Resolution Procedures; Equitable Remedies

118

 

27.7 Continuation of Work

118

ARTICLE 28 NOTICES

118

 

28.1 General

118

 

28.2 Notices Not Permitted by Facsimile or Email

119

ARTICLE 29 ASSIGNMENT

120

ARTICLE 30 WAIVER

120

 

30.1 Non Waiver

120

 

30.2 No Implied Waiver

121

ARTICLE 31 MODIFICATION

121

ARTICLE 32 SURVIVAL

121

ARTICLE 33 TRANSFER

121

ARTICLE 34 APPLICABLE LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; VENUE

122

 

34.1 Governing Law

122

 

34.2 Waiver of Jury Trial

122

 

34.3 Venue

122

ARTICLE 35 FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATIONS REQUIREMENTS

122

 

35.1 Inclusion of FARs

122

 

35.2 Full Text of Clauses

123

 

35.3 Debarment

123

ARTICLE 36 RELATIONSHIP OF OWNERS AND CONTRACTOR

123

ARTICLE 37 THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES

124

ARTICLE 38 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

124

 

38.1 Rights Exclusive

124

 

38.2 Severability

124

 

38.3 Entire Agreement

124

 

38.4 Counterparts

124

 

38.5 Further Assurances

125

 

vi

 

 


 

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit

Description of Exhibit

 

 

A

Scope of Work/Supply and Division of Responsibilities

 

B

Contractor Organization Chart

 

C

Government Approvals

 

D

Description of Site

 

E-1

Project Schedule

 

E-2

Critical Milestones

 

F

Payment Schedules

 

G

Time and Material Rates and Charges

 

H

Pricing

 

I

Early Service Equipment

 

J

Price Adjustment Provisions

 

K

Contractor's Costs

 

L

Net Electric Guarantee Conditions and Load List

 

M

Form of Software License

 

N

Industry Codes and Standards

 

O-1

Proprietary Data Agreement

 

O-2

List of Intellectual Property Subject To Third Party License Terms

 

O-3-A

Related Party Recipient Form of Confidentiality Agreement

 

O-3-B

Form of Acknowledgement

 

O-3-C

Procedures for Disclosure to Related Party Recipients

 

P-1

Major Vendors

 

P-2

Subcontractors

 

Q

Equipment with Owner-Designated Witness and Hold Points

 

R

Site Condition Information

 

S

Form of Lien Waivers and Releases

 

T

Extended Equipment Warranty Periods

 

U

Form of Letter of Credit

 

V-1

Form of Toshiba Guarantee

 

V-2

Form of Shaw Guarantee

 

V-3

Form of Parent Company Guarantee

 

W

Monthly Status Report

 

X

Form of Contractor Affidavit

 

Y

Flow-Down Clauses

 

Z

Environmental, Health, and Safety Specifications

 

 

 

vii

 

 


 

 

ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT

 

This ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 8th day of April, 2008 (the “Effective Date”), by and between GEORGIA POWER COMPANY, a Georgia corporation (“GPC”), acting for itself and as agent for OGLETHORPE POWER CORPORATION (AN ELECTRIC MEMBERSHIP CORPORATION), an electric membership corporation formed under the laws of the State of Georgia, MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC AUTHORITY OF GEORGIA, a public body corporate and politic and an instrumentality of the State of Georgia, and THE CITY OF DALTON, GEORGIA, an incorporated municipality in the State of Georgia acting by and through its Board of Water, Light and Sinking Fund Commissioners, and a consortium consisting of WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company having a place of business in Monroeville, Pennsylvania (“Westinghouse”), and STONE & WEBSTER, INC. a Louisiana corporation having a place of business in Charlotte, North Carolina (“Stone & Webster”). Except where the context otherwise requires, Westinghouse and Stone & Webster hereinafter are individually referred to as a “Consortium Member” and collectively as “Contractor”. Owners and Contractor may be referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Owners desire to develop, license, procure and have constructed a two-unit, nuclear-fueled electricity generation facility to be located at the existing site of the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant in Waynesboro, Georgia;

WHEREAS, it is the expectation of GPC that construction of the new facility will begin upon issuance of a certificate for public convenience and necessity by the Georgia Public Service Commission, that all costs incurred in the construction of the facility will be incurred in compliance with such certificate, as it may be amended, and that all costs incurred by GPC during the construction period and verified by the Georgia Public Service Commission will be included in the rate base and fully recovered;

WHEREAS, Westinghouse is engaged in the business of designing, developing, supplying and testing commercial nuclear facilities and has developed a pressurized water Nuclear Power Plant known as the AP1000 for which the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission has issued a Standard Design Certification in the form of a rule set forth in Appendix D to 10 C.F.R. Part 52;

WHEREAS, Stone & Webster is engaged in the business of designing and constructing industrial and power generation facilities;

WHEREAS, Westinghouse and Stone & Webster desire to assist Owners in the licensing of and to design, engineer, procure, construct and test two AP1000 Nuclear Power Plants and related facilities, structures and improvements at the Vogtle plant site in Georgia to be designated VEGP Units 3 and 4; and

WHEREAS, Owners and Contractor now desire to enter into this Agreement to provide for, among other things, the design, engineering, procurement, installation, construction and technical support of start-up and testing of equipment, materials and structures comprising the Facility.

 

 

 


 

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the recitals, the mutual promises herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the Parties acknowledge, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, stipulate and agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

Defined Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them, except where the context clearly indicates a different meaning is intended.

AAA ” means the American Arbitration Association.

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(a).

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(a).

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(a).

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(a).

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(a).

AEA ” means the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, 42 U.S.C. § 2011 et seq.

Affected Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Party, any other Person that (a) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, the Party, (b) is owned or controlled by the Party, or (c) is under common ownership or control with the Party, where “own” means ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the equity interests or rights to distributions on account of equity of the Party and “control” means the power to direct the management or policies of the Party, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph above and shall include all Exhibits and amendments hereto (including Change Orders).

AP1000 Facility Information ” means the information within Contractor's Scope of Work, in the form of electronic databases, documents, and drawings that pertain to Facility design, engineering, licensing, analysis, installation, performance, testing, operation and maintenance and will be maintained by Contractor. Collectively, this information, either directly or by reference, will reflect the current approved AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant associated with Contractor’s Scope of Work, including but not limited to applicable design work performed under the NuStart program, at any point in time. The deliverable portion of this information, as defined in Table 2 of Exhibit A , will be provided to Owners via an Information Management System (IMS).

 

 

 

2

 

 


 

 

AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant ” means an electric generating plant utilizing the AP1000 standard design as certified by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission in Appendix D to 10 C.F.R. Part 52 and consisting of both the Standard Plant and the Non-Standard Plant as further described in Table 1 of Exhibit A .

Appendix B Subcontractors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

Arbitrable Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 27.5(a).

Arbitral Panel ” has the meaning set forth in Section 27.5(b).

Business Day ” means every calendar day other than Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday recognized by the State of Georgia.

Chairman ” has the meaning set forth in Section 27.5(b).

Change ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

" Change Dispute " has the meaning set forth in Section 27.2.

" Change Dispute Notice " has the meaning set forth in Section 27.2.

Change in Law ” means (a) the adoption or change, after the Effective Date, of or in the judicial or administrative interpretation of any Laws (excluding any Laws relating to net income Taxes), which is inconsistent or at variance with any Laws in effect prior to the Effective Date, (b) the imposition after the Effective Date of any requirement for a new Government Approval, or (c) the imposition by a Government Authority after the Effective Date of any condition or requirement (except to the extent that any conditions or requirements result from the acts or omissions of Contractor or a Subcontractor or Vendor) not required as of the Effective Date affecting the issuance, renewal or extension of a Government Approval. [***]

Change Order ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5.

Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 27.1.

Claim Threshold Amount ” means (i) for a monetary Claim, that a Party has in good faith alleged that such Claim involves an amount in controversy of greater than [***] and/or (ii) for a Claim involving an adjustment to the Project Schedule, that a Party has in good faith alleged that such Claim involves an adjustment to the Project Schedule in excess of [***]. If a Claim alleges both an amount and adjustment to the Project Schedule in controversy, such Claim will fall below the Claim Threshold Amount only if both (i) the amount in controversy is equal to or less than [***] and (ii) the adjustment to the Project Schedule in controversy is equal to or less than [***].

Combined Operating License ” or “ COL ” means the combined construction and operating license expected to be issued to the Owners pursuant to 10 C.F.R. Part 52 for the Facility.

 

 

 

3

 

 


 

 

Combined Operating License Application ” or “ COLA ” means the COL application for the Facility at the Site that will be submitted to the NRC, as such application may be updated or changed from time to time.

Commercial Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.7.

Confidential and Proprietary Information ” means the terms of this Agreement and any and all information, data, software, matter or thing of a secret, confidential or private nature identified as confidential and/or proprietary information or the like by the Party which claims the information to be proprietary, relating to the business of the disclosing Party or its Affiliates, including matters of a technical nature (such as know-how, processes, data and techniques), matters of a business nature (such as information about schedules, costs, profits, markets, sales, customers, suppliers, the parties’ contractual dealings with each other and the projects that are the subject-matter thereof), matters of a proprietary nature (such as information about patents, patent applications, copyrights, trade secrets and trademarks), other information of a similar nature, and any other information which has been derived from the foregoing information by the receiving Party; provided, however, that Confidential and Proprietary Information shall not include information which: (a) is legally in possession of the receiving Party prior to receipt thereof from the other Party; (b) the receiving Party can show by reasonable evidence to have been independently developed by the receiving Party or its employees, consultants, Affiliates or agents; (c) enters the public domain through no fault of the receiving Party or others within its control; (d) is disclosed to the receiving Party by a third party, without restriction or breach of an obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party or (e) is legally required to be disclosed; provided that the receiving Party uses its reasonable best efforts to notify the other Party of a request or subpoena for the production of any such information and provides such Party with an opportunity to resist such a request or subpoena.

Confidentiality Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.1(f).

Consortium Member ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

Construction and Installation Tests ” means those tests as provided in Section 11.2.

Construction Documents ” means the detailed drawings and Specifications setting forth in detail the requirements for the construction of the Non-Standard Plant.

Construction Equipment ” means equipment, machinery, materials and/or test equipment used in the excavation, civil work, mechanical/electrical installation and/or testing of the Facility, until such equipment is no longer needed for tasks associated with Contractor’s Scope of Work, and which will not become a permanent part of the Facility.

Contract Price ” means the sum of the [***].

Contractor ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

Contractor Controlled Insurance Program ” or “ CCIP ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.1.

Contractor Disclosable Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.3(a).

 

 

 

4

 

 


 

 

Contractor Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 22.2(a).

Contractor Interests ” means Contractor and its (or their) members, and its (or their) respective Affiliates, successors and assigns, including any tier of the foregoing, its (or their) Subcontractors and Vendors of any tier, and employees of all the foregoing, this being limited to activity connected in any way with this Agreement.

Contractor Non-Disclosable Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.3(a).

Contractor’s Authorized Representative ” means the Person whom Contractor designates in writing to act on behalf of Contractor under this Agreement.

Contractor’s Costs ” has the meaning described in Exhibit K .

Contractor’s Deductible Portion ” means the portion of any applicable insurance deductibles for which Contractor shall be responsible as provided in Section 16.4(c).

Contractor’s Government Approvals ” means the Government Approvals identified in Exhibit C as being provided by Contractor.

Contractor’s Project Director ” means the individual whom Contractor designates in writing to administer this Agreement on behalf of Contractor and who shall also serve as Contractor’s Authorized Representative.

Correction Period ” means, for a Unit, the period commencing on the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for such Unit and ending upon [***].

Corrective Action Program ” means measures established to assure that conditions adverse to quality, including, but not limited to, failures, malfunctions, deficiencies, deviations, defective material and Equipment, and non-conformances are promptly identified and corrected. The measures shall assure that the cause of the condition is determined and corrective action taken to preclude repetition. The Corrective Action Program is part of the Quality Assurance Program.

Critical Milestone ” means each of the events set forth in Exhibit E-2 .

Dalton Utilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a).

Dalton Utilities Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a).

Day ” as used in the Agreement means a calendar day and includes Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays.

Delay Liquidated Damages ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.

Design Bases ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in 10 C.F.R. § 50.2.

Design Certification ” means the standard design certification rule for the AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant set forth in Appendix D to 10 C.F.R. Part 52 (71 FR 4464; January 27, 2006).

 

 

 

5

 

 


 

 

Design Control Document ” or “ DCD ” means the AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant Design Control Document, APP-GW-GL-700, Rev. 16, together with Technical Report 134, revision 4.

Design Development Documents ” means those documents for the Non-Standard Plant consisting of drawings, models, specifications, plans and other documents necessary to fix and describe the Non-Standard Plant with respect to the civil engineering, structural, instrumentation, control, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire protection, acoustical and life safety systems to be incorporated therein.

Designated Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).

Development Agreement ” means that certain Plant Vogtle Owners Agreement Authorizing Development, Construction, Licensing and Operation of Additional Generating Units, by and among the Owners, dated as of May 13, 2005.

Documentation ” means the documents that Contractor has agreed to provide in its Scope of Work, the categories of which are described in Table 2 of Exhibit A .

DOE ” means the U.S. Department of Energy.

DOR ” has the meaning set forth in Section 25.4.

Early Completion Bonus ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.2.

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

Environmental Laws ” means any and all statutes, laws, treaties, decrees, executive orders, rules, regulatory orders, directives, judgments, writs, approvals, ordinances, policies, regulations, interpretations and permits or other similar legal requirements as in effect, and as may be amended during the term of this Agreement, of a court, arbitrator, or governmental or political agency, body, or instrumentality with jurisdiction over a Party, the Facility or any Hazardous Materials connected with the Work, relating or applicable to pollution, protection of the environment, and health and safety issues, and including Releases or threatened Releases of Hazardous Materials, Remediation due to Hazardous Materials, the manufacturing, generation, use, processing, treatment, recycling, storage, handling and disposal of Hazardous Materials, human or natural exposure to Hazardous Materials, and interference with the use of property caused by or resulting from Hazardous Materials. Environmental Laws include without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq.; the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. Section 136 et seq.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq.; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 7401 et seq.; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq.; the Oil Pollution Act, 33 U.S.C. Section 2701 et seq.; the Endangered Species Act, 16 U.S.C. Section 1531 et seq.; the National Environmental Policy Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 4321, et seq.; the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. Section 651 et seq. (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials); the Homeland Security Appropriations Act of 2007, 109 P.L. 295; 120 Stat. 1355 (to the extent relating to the security of Hazardous Materials); the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq., the Safe

 

 

 

6

 

 


 

 

Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 300f et seq.; Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 11001 et seq.; Atomic Energy Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 2014 et seq.; Nuclear Waste Policy Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 10101 et seq.; and their state, tribal and local counterparts or equivalents and regulations issued pursuant to any of those statutes.

Equipment ” means machinery, computer hardware and its associated software, apparatus, components, articles, materials and items of any kind that will become a permanent part of the Facility to be provided by the Contractor to the Owners under this Agreement, but excluding the Nuclear Fuel.

Equipment Warranty ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.1(a).

Equipment Warranty Period ” means the Standard Equipment Warranty Period or the Extended Equipment Warranty Period, as applicable.

Exhibit ” means each one of the documents Exhibits A through Z annexed to this Agreement.

Extended Equipment Warranty Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.3(a)(i).

Facility ” means the First Unit and the Second Unit and the Shared Facilities, including the systems, structures and components described in Table 1 of Exhibit A .

Facility Purposes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.2(a)(i).

Final Completion ” for a Unit means that a Unit has achieved the conditions set forth in Section 12.6(a).

Final Payment Invoice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4.

Final Safety Analysis Report ” means the final safety analysis report to be submitted by Owners pursuant to 10 C.F.R. § 52.79(b) and as more specifically defined in 10 C.F.R. § 50.34(b).

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(c).

Financing Parties ” means the lenders and financing institutions providing construction, interim and/or long-term financing for the Work and/or the Facility or any portion thereof, including any financing in the form of a synthetic lease or leveraged lease, and their assigns and a trustee or agent acting on behalf of the lenders or financing institutions.

[***]

Fitch Ratings ” means Fitch Ratings Ltd.

[***]

Full Notice to Proceed ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

Georgia PSC ” means the Georgia Public Service Commission and its staff.

 

 

 

7

 

 


 

 

Georgia PSC Certification Order ” means the final, unappealable order issued by the Georgia PSC with respect to GPC’s application for certification of the recovery of the costs of the Units.

GPC ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

Government Approval ” means an authorization, consent, approval, clearance, license, ruling, permit, tariff, certification, exemption, filing, variance, order, judgment, no-action or no-objection certificate, certificate, decree, decision, declaration or publication of, notices to, confirmation or exemption from, or registration by or with a Government Authority relating to the design, engineering, procurement, installation, construction, testing, start-up, financing, completion, ownership, operation or maintenance of the Facility.

Government Authority ” means a federal, state, county, city, local, municipal, foreign or other government or quasi-government authority or a department, agency, subdivision, court or other tribunal of any of the foregoing that has jurisdiction over Owners, Contractor, the Facility or the activities that are the subject of this Agreement.

Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date ” means [***] 2016 for the First Unit and [***] 2017 for the Second Unit, as such dates may be extended pursuant to a Change Order or otherwise pursuant to the terms hereof.

Hazardous Materials ” means any and all chemicals, constituents, contaminants, pollutants, materials (including but not limited to petroleum or petroleum products), and wastes and any other carcinogenic, corrosive, ignitable, radioactive, reactive, toxic or otherwise hazardous substances, mixtures (whether solids, liquids, gases), daughter or degradation products or any similar substances now or at any time subject to regulation, control, remediation or otherwise addressed under Environmental Laws or considered to be hazardous or otherwise harmful to human health or the environment under such Environmental Laws and shall include those substances defined as a “source”, “special nuclear” or “by-product” material pursuant to Section 10 of the AEA (42 U.S.C. § 2014 et seq .) and those substances defined as “residual radioactive material” in Section 101 of the Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Control Act of 1978 (42 U.S.C. §§ 7901 et seq .).

Hold Point ” means one of the hold points for Equipment manufacturing and tests for selected items of Equipment (including tests at the place of manufacture of the Equipment).

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(d).

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(a).

Independent Engineer ” means, if required by the Georgia PSC, Financing Parties or otherwise, a nationally recognized independent engineering firm, that is not an Affiliate of Owners or Contractor or a competitor of Owners or Contractor in the nuclear power plant market. An Independent Engineer shall be designated by the Georgia PSC, Financing Parties or otherwise, as applicable, and be reasonably acceptable to Owners and Contractor.

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b).

 

 

 

8

 

 


 

 

Industry Codes and Standards ” means the codes and standards set forth in Exhibit N .

Insolvent ” means, with respect to a Person, that such Person shall have commenced a voluntary bankruptcy proceeding, or an involuntary bankruptcy proceeding shall have been commenced against such Person and an order for relief shall have been entered as to such involuntary bankruptcy, or there shall have been appointed a trustee or receiver for such Person or for all or a substantial part of its property, or a case or proceeding shall have been commenced by or on behalf of such Person seeking reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or other such relief in respect of such Person under a bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar act or law of any jurisdiction.

Insurance Exclusions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.1(b).

Invitees ” means, with respect to a Person, such Personnel or other Persons as have been permitted entry onto the Site by such Person.

ITAAC ” means the NRC inspections, tests and analyses and their associated acceptance criteria which are approved and issued for the Facility pursuant to 10 C.F.R. § 52.97(b)(1).

Joint Test Working Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b).

Key Personnel ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(c).

kWe ” means kilowatt electric.

kWh ” means kilowatt-hours.

Law ” means (a) a constitution, statute, law, rule, regulation, code, treaty, ordinance, judgment, decree, writ, order, concession, grant, franchise, license, agreement, directive, guideline, policy, requirement, including without limitation Environmental Laws, or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of or determination by, or any binding interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, a Government Authority, whether now or hereafter in effect and (b) requirements or conditions on or with respect to the issuance, maintenance or renewal of a Government Approval or applications therefor, whether now or hereafter in effect, including without limitation the Georgia PSC Certification Order, the Licensing Basis, the Design Bases for the Facility and the COL.

Licensed Operator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

Licensing Basis ” means the ITAAC, COL and other NRC rules, regulations, and requirements applicable to the Facility, including without limitation the Final Safety Analysis Report, licensee’s written commitments for ensuring compliance with and operation within applicable NRC requirements and the Facility-specific Design Bases (including without limitation all modifications and additions to such commitments that are docketed and in effect over the term of the COL).

Lien ” means a lien, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, charge, security interest, option, right of first refusal, other defect in title or other restriction of any kind or nature.

 

 

 

9

 

 


 

 

Limited Notice to Proceed ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(b).

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6(b)(ii).

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.10.

Maintenance Procedures ” means the procedures, written or electronic, required to perform predictive, corrective, and preventive maintenance of the Facility systems, components and structures, and those procedures required for calibration and testing of instrumentation and measurement systems and other components that are required for operation and maintenance of the Facility.

Major Vendor ” means any Vendor listed or identified in Exhibit P-1 .

Mandatory Spare Parts ” means those items to be identified in Table 3 of Exhibit A pursuant to Section 3.5(i) as Mandatory Spare Parts and required to support initial plant startup and to perform routine maintenance of the Equipment during the first two (2) years of plant operation.

Material Safety Data Sheets ” are those sheets described in Section 3.5(o)(i).

Maximum Liability Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 17.2(a).

[***] Moisture Carryover Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6(c).

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 17.4(a)(1).

Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 27.5(b).

Milestone ” means an event or series of events in the execution of the Work as set forth in the Milestone Payment Schedule.

Milestone Payment ” means the payment due with respect to a completed Milestone.

Milestone Payment Schedule ” means that portion of Exhibit F that includes the Milestones and associated Milestone Payments.

“[***]” has the meaning assigned in Section 11.6(b)(i).

“[***]” has the meaning assigned in Section 11.6(b)(i).

Moisture Carryover ” means the amount of condensate that coexists with saturated steam in a given system, determined by dividing the massflow rate of condensate by the total massflow rate of steam and condensate.

 

Moisture Carryover Guarantee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6(c).

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3(b).

Moisture Carryover Test ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.5(c)(iii).

 

 

 

10

 

 


 

 

Monthly Status Report ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(b).

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.

MWe ” means megawatt electric.

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(a).

Net Unit Electrical Output ” means the electrical power of a Unit measured at the high side of the main step-up transformer in accordance with the requirements and conditions set forth in Exhibit L .

Net Unit Electrical Output Guarantee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6(a).

Net Unit Electrical Output Liquidated Damages ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3(a).

Net Unit Electrical Output Test ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.5(c)(ii).

Non-Standard Plant ” means the systems, structures and components listed on Table 1 of Exhibit A as being supplied by Contractor that are not included in the Standard Plant.

NRC ” means the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission and its staff.

NSSS Thermal Performance Test ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.5(c)(i).

Nuclear Fuel ” means fabricated nuclear fuel and services meeting the principal design requirements referenced in the DCD.

Nuclear Incident ” means any occurrence that causes bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or loss of or damage to property, or loss of use of property, arising out of or resulting from the radioactive, toxic, explosive, or other hazardous properties of source material, special nuclear material, or by-product material which is used in connection with the operation of the Facility. “Source material”, “special nuclear material”, and “by-product material”, as applicable to this Agreement shall have those meanings assigned by the AEA.

NuStart ” means NuStart Energy Development, LLC.

Operating Procedures ” means the procedures, written or electronic, developed by Contractor, in consultation with Owners, provided to Owners in order to operate the Standard Plant and Non-Standard Plant under normal, abnormal, emergency, shutdown, or startup conditions. The Operating Procedures developed for this Agreement will address, at a minimum, the programmatic requirements of the most current version of NRC Regulatory Guide 1.33, as of the date of Turnover.

Operation and Maintenance Manuals ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(p).

Optional Spare Parts ” means those items that may be required to perform major maintenance of the equipment, such as periodic overhaul, or that could fail based on industry experience and for

 

 

 

11

 

 


 

 

which replacement parts may require longer lead times to obtain from the original equipment manufacturers.

OSHA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 23.2.

OSHA Standards ” has the meaning set forth in Section 23.2(b).

Owner Controlled Insurance Program ” or “ OCIP ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.1.

Owners ” means all of GPC, Oglethorpe Power Corporation, the Municipal Electric Authority of Georgia and Dalton Utilities; provided that GPC shall act as agent for Oglethorpe Power Corporation, the Municipal Electric Authority of Georgia and Dalton Utilities as set forth in Section 4.1(a). “ Owner ” means any one of the Owners individually.

Owners’ Authorized Representative ” means the Person who Owners designate in writing to act on behalf of the Owners under this Agreement.

Owners’ Engineer ” means the Person(s) selected by Owners to perform services for Owners in connection with the Facility and solely for Facility Purposes, who is subject to the prior written approval of Contractor and who has entered into a non-disclosure agreement with Contractor and Owners relative to AP1000 Facility Information, the terms of which are at least as restrictive as those stated in Article 19.

Owners’ Government Approvals ” means the Government Approvals identified in Exhibit C as being provided by Owners.

Owners’ Interests ” means Owners and their respective members, Affiliates, successors and assigns, including any tier of the foregoing, their subcontractors (including suppliers) of any tier (other than Contractor, Subcontractors and Vendors), and employees of all the foregoing, this being limited to activity connected in any way with this Agreement.

Ownership Agreement ” means that certain Plant Alvin W. Vogtle Additional Units Ownership Participation Agreement among the Owners, dated as of April 21, 2006.

Ownership Interest ” means the respective ownership interest of an Owner in the Facility as determined from time to time pursuant to the Development Agreement and the Ownership Agreement.

Parent Company Guarantees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 17.4(a).

Party ” and “ Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

Payment Schedules " means the schedules for payments set forth in Exhibit F .

Performance Bonus ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.4.

Performance Guarantees ” means [***].

Performance Liquidated Damages ” means [***].

 

 

 

12

 

 


 

 

Performance Standards ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b).

Performance Tests ” means the tests conducted as provided in Section 11.5(c).

Person ” means an individual, corporation, company, partnership, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization or Government Authority.

Personnel ” means, with respect to a Person, such Person’s employees, officers, directors, agents, personnel, representatives, subcontractors and vendors of any tier.

Phase I ” means the portion of the Work described in Section 3.2.

Phase II ” means the portion of the Work described in Section 3.3.

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(a).

Power Revenue Bond Resolution ” means the Power Revenue Bond Resolution adopted by the Municipal Electric Authority of Georgia on August 30, 1976 that, as amended, restated and supplemented, authorizes the issuance of both senior lien bonds and subordinated lien bonds for the purpose of financing the Municipal Electric Authority of Georgia’s “Project One” facilities.

Preoperational Test Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3(b).

Preoperational Tests ” means the tests conducted as provided in Section 11.3.

Price Adjustment Provisions ” means the terms set forth in Article 7 and Exhibit J .

Price Book ” means Contractor’s pricing proposal dated December 17, 2007, as amended as of April 8, 2008, and the underlying data that has been provided for Owners’ review, a copy of which shall be retained in a format agreeable to the Parties by an escrow agent mutually agreed to by the Parties.

Prime Rate ” means, as of a particular date, the prime rate of interest as published on that date in The Wall Street Journal, and generally defined therein as “the base rate on corporate loans posted by at least 75% of the nation’s 30 largest banks.” If The Wall Street Journal is not published on a date for which the interest rate must be determined, the prime interest rate shall be the prime rate published in The Wall Street Journal on the nearest-preceding date on which The Wall Street Journal was published. If The Wall Street Journal discontinues publishing a prime rate, the prime interest rate shall be the prime rate announced publicly from time to time by Bank of America, N.A. or its successor.

[***]

Profit ” means the aggregate of the profit for each Consortium Member as set forth in the Price Book.

Progress Payment ” means each of the progress payments set forth in Exhibit F .

Project Safety Manual ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(r)(ii).

 

 

 

13

 

 


 

 

Project Schedule ” means the schedule for the performance of the Work described in Section 3.4(a) and set forth in Exhibit E-1 . Exhibit E-1 also sets forth a critical milestone date that Owners must meet in order to support the critical path schedule needed to achieve Substantial Completion of a Unit by the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for such Unit.

Project Security Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(s)(ii).

Project Quality Assurance Program” or “PQAP ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

Project Quality Assurance Program Interface Plan” or PQAPIP ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

Property Tax ” has the meaning set forth in Section 26.4.

Prudent Practices ” means the practices, methods, standards and acts engaged in and generally acceptable to the nuclear power industry in the United States, including without limitation with respect to construction, that, at a particular time, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the facts known at the time a decision was made could have been expected to accomplish the desired result with due regard for Industry Codes and Standards, manufacturers’ warranties and applicable Law and consistent with good business practices, reliability, economy and safety.

Punch List ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.5.

Punch List Withholding Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.9(d).

Purchase Orders ” means Contract Purchase Order No. 8000007 between GPC and Stone & Webster dated June 29, 2007 and Contract Purchase Order No. 8000014 between GPC and Westinghouse dated September 26, 2007; and change orders issued thereunder.

Quality Assurance Program ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

Ready for Performance Test Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.5(d).

Ready for Start-up Test Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(c).

Recipient ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.2(b)(i).

Recovery Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(d)(i).

Reference Conditions ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit L .

Related Party Recipient ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.2(b)(i).

Release ” means spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, exacerbating, aggravating, abandoning or disposing into or migration within the environment.

 

 

 

14

 

 


 

 

Remediation ” means the investigation, removal, remediation and cleanup of, and other corrective action for, Hazardous Materials and/or damage to the environment caused by Hazardous Materials.

S&P ” means Standard and Poor’s Rating Group.

Sales Tax ” means sales, use or similar transactional tax imposed by any Taxing Authority on Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Vendor or Owners with respect to the transfer of property or the provision of services pursuant to the Work.

Schematic Design Documents ” means the design documents for the Non-Standard Plant consisting of drawings, models and other documents illustrating the scale and relationship of the components of the Non-Standard Plant.

Scope of Work ” means the Contractor’s scope of work and supply as set forth in Table 1 of Exhibit A .

Services ” means all labor, transportation, packaging, storage, designing, drawing, creating, engineering, demolition, Site preparation, manufacturing, construction, commissioning, installation, testing, equipping, verification, training, procurement, Documentation, licenses to intellectual property or otherwise and other work, services and actions (including pursuant to any warranty obligations) to be performed by Contractor hereunder (whether at the Site or otherwise) in connection with, or relating to, the Facility (or any component thereof, including any Equipment).

Services Warranty ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.2(a).

Services Warranty Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.3(b).

SGA ” means an amount for Westinghouse’s sales, general and administrative costs as set forth in Exhibit H .

Shared Facilities ” means those systems, structures and components that will be utilized by both Units.

Shaw Guarantee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 17.4(a).

Site ” means the premises (or portion thereof) owned or leased by the Owners on which the Facility will be located, and including construction laydown areas, as more specifically described in Exhibit D . “Site” shall not include the portions of the VEGP site dedicated solely to VEGP Units 1 and 2, except to the extent such portions are needed for access, ingress, egress, or will otherwise be impacted by the construction or operation of the Facility.

Site Return Date ” means the date on which care, custody and control of all or a portion of the Site is returned to Owners by Contractor, which shall occur at the earlier of the date when such portion of the Site is no longer needed for completion of the Work and the date when Owners require control of such portion of the Site to prepare for the arrival of Nuclear Fuel. In the event

 

 

 

15

 

 


 

 

that the Site is to be returned to Owners by Contractor in segments, the date that each segment is returned to Owners shall be the Site Return Date for such segment.

Site Turnover Date ” means the date on which care, custody and control of the Site is turned over by Owners to Contractor for the performance of the Work. In the event that the Site is to be turned over by Owners to Contractor in segments, the date that each segment is turned over to Contractor shall be the Site Turnover Date for such segment.

Software ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit M .

Southern Nuclear ” means Southern Nuclear Operating Company.

Specifications ” means the design and procurement specifications and drawings, and changes thereto for the design, engineering, procurement, installation and construction of the Facility.

SSDs ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.3(b)(viii).

Standard Equipment Warranty Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.3(a)(i).

Standard Plant ” means the plant design features and buildings or structures in the scope of the AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant certification as shown in the DCD Site Plan, Figure 1.2-2.

Start-up Test Completion ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(a).

Start-up Test Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(b).

Start-up Tests ” means the tests conducted as provided in Section 11.4.

Stone & Webster ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

Subcontract ” means a contract, purchase order or other writing between Contractor (or one of its Subcontractors or Vendors) and a Subcontractor or Vendor under which the Subcontractor or Vendor performs or provides a portion of the Work.

Subcontractor ” means a Person other than Contractor performing or providing any portion of the Work on the Site, whether hired directly by Contractor or by a Person hired by Contractor and including every tier of subcontractors, sub-subcontractors and so forth; provided, however, that Subcontractors shall not include the Personnel of a Vendor that are on the Site solely for the purpose of supervising or overseeing the installation of Equipment supplied by such Vendor, or Personnel that are on the Site solely for the purpose of delivering Equipment and are not involved in the unloading or unpacking of such Equipment.

Substantial Completion ” for a Unit means that the Unit shall have achieved the conditions set forth in Section 12.4.

Substantial Completion Date ” for a Unit means the date on which Substantial Completion of such Unit has occurred.

 

 

 

16

 

 


 

 

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means all federal, state, provincial, territorial, municipal, local or foreign income, profits, franchise, gross receipts, environmental, customs, duties, net worth, sales, use, goods and services, withholding, value added, ad valorem, employment, social security, disability, occupation, pension, real property, personal property (tangible and intangible), stamp, transfer, conveyance, severance, production, excise and other taxes, withholdings, duties, levies, imposts and other similar charges and assessments (including without limitation fines, penalties and additions attributable to or otherwise imposed on or with respect to any such taxes, charges, fees, levies or other assessments, and interest thereon) imposed by or on behalf of a Taxing Authority.

Tax Returns ” means a report, return, declaration, claim for refund, information report or return or statement required to be supplied to a Taxing Authority in connection with Taxes, including a schedule or attachment thereto or amendment thereof.

Taxing Authority ” means a Government Authority exercising authority to impose, regulate, levy, assess or administer the imposition of a Tax.

Technical Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.7.

Technical Support ” means the furnishing of technical guidance, advice and counsel with respect to Owners or their Personnel at the Site, and includes, but is not limited to, recommending a course of action with respect to Owners’ operation of a Unit or the Facility based upon current design, engineering, construction and testing practices, but does not include or require supervision, regulation, control, arbitration or measurement of Owners’ Personnel.

Termination Costs ” means with respect to a termination under Section 22.3, 22.4 or 22.5, the aggregate of the following [***]. All such expenses, proceeds and payment shall be substantiated by documentation reasonably satisfactory to Owners and subject to audit as set forth in Article 25.

Third Party ” means a Person other than Owners or Contractor or any other owners of VEGP Units 1 and 2 who are not also Owners. Third Parties shall include Owners’ and Contractor’s respective employees, agents and personnel as well as Owners’ and Contractor’s subcontractors and vendors of any tier.

Third Party Claim ” means a claim, demand or cause of action of any kind and character made by a Third Party and all damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) related thereto.

“[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(a).

[***]

[***]

[***]

Toshiba Guarantee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 17.4(a).

 

 

 

17

 

 


 

 

Turnover ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(a).

Turnover Packages ” means the documentation (including without limitation drawings, start-up procedures, log sheets, settings, and other items) in content acceptable to Owner, submitted by Contractor to Owners pursuant to Section 3.5(q), which demonstrates that the systems comprising the Facility have been completed in accordance with this Agreement.

Uncontrollable Circumstance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Unit ” means each AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant, as further described in Table 1 of Exhibit A , to be constructed hereunder as either VEGP Unit 3 or VEGP Unit 4. Each Unit includes the Equipment incorporated therein and the mechanical, nuclear, electronic, and electrical processes to be performed by such Equipment (individually and collectively). “ First Unit ” refers to the first such Unit to achieve Mechanical Completion pursuant to the Project Schedule and “ Second Unit ” refers to the second such Unit to achieve Mechanical Completion pursuant to the Project Schedule regardless of whether such Units have different numerical designations. “ Units ” means both the First Unit and the Second Unit.

Unit Mechanical Completion ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.

VEGP Units 1 and 2 ” means the existing Vogtle Electric Generating Plant located in Waynesboro, Georgia, designated as Units 1 and 2 as described in Nuclear Regulatory Commission License Nos. NPF-68 and NPF-81, respectively.

Vendor ” means a Person providing or supplying all or a portion of the Equipment for any portion of the Work whether hired directly by Contractor or by a Person hired by Contractor and including every tier of subsuppliers, sub-subsuppliers and so forth.

Warranties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.2(a).

Warranty Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.3(b).

Westinghouse ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.

Witness Point ” means one of the witness points for Equipment manufacturing and tests for selected items of Equipment (including tests at the place of manufacture of the Equipment).

Work ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

ARTICLE 2

 

INTERPRETATION

2.1       Titles, headings, and subheadings of the various articles and paragraphs of this Agreement are used for convenience only and shall not be deemed to be a part thereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 

 

 

18

 

 


 

 

2.2       Words importing the singular only shall also include the plural and vice versa where the context requires. Words in the masculine gender shall be deemed to include the feminine gender and vice versa.

2.3       Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to a document shall mean such document as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.

2.4       Unless otherwise stated, any reference to a party shall include its successors and permitted assigns, and any reference to a Government Authority shall include an entity succeeding to its functions.

2.5       Wherever a provision is made in this Agreement for the giving of notice, consent or approval by a person, such notice, consent or approval shall be in writing, and the word “notify” shall be construed accordingly.

2.6       This Agreement and the documentation to be supplied hereunder shall be in the English language.

2.7       All monetary amounts contained in this Agreement refer to the currency of the United States unless otherwise specifically provided.

2.8       Unless the context requires otherwise, with regard to general oversight of the Work, review of the drawings and specifications and other documents, access to the Site and Work and other similar rights of Owners, the term Owners shall be deemed to also include Owners’ Authorized Representative, employees and agents. A reference contained herein to this Agreement or another agreement shall mean this Agreement or such other agreement, as they may be amended or supplemented, unless otherwise stated.

2.9       Words and abbreviations not otherwise defined in this Agreement which have well-known nuclear industry meanings in the United States are used in this Agreement in accordance with those recognized meanings.

2.10     Neither Contractor nor Owners shall assert or claim a presumption disfavoring the other by virtue of the fact that this Agreement was drafted primarily by legal counsel for the other, and this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by Owners and Contractor and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring a Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

2.11     The word “hereby,” “herein,” “hereunder” or any other word of similar meaning refers to the entire document in which it is contained.

2.12     A reference to an Article includes all Sections and Subsections contained in such Article, and a reference to a Section or Subsection includes all subsections of such Section or Subsection.

2.13     All exhibits referred to in, and attached to, this Agreement are hereby incorporated herein in full by this reference.

 

 

 

19

 

 


 

 

ARTICLE 3

 

SCOPE OF WORK

3.1        General Scope . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Article 4 as being the responsibility of the Owners or in Owners’ scope as specified in Table 1 of Exhibit A , Contractor will, in accordance with this Agreement, perform or provide or cause to be performed or provided the management, labor, Equipment, Services and Technical Support required in connection with the design, engineering, permitting, procurement, construction, assembly, installation, training for operation of, commissioning, Technical Support of start-up and testing and completion of the Facility (including without limitation the Standard Plant in accordance with the DCD) as specified in the Scope of Work and in the other provisions of this Agreement (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Work”). The Work includes all activities necessary to comply with the commitments in the COLA applicable to the design, procurement, construction and start-up of the Facility. The Work will be performed in two phases, as more fully described in Sections 3.2 and 3.3.

 

3.2

Phase I-Limited Notice to Proceed .  

(a)        Phase I Scope . Phase I of the Work will consist of preliminary work commenced under the Purchase Orders and described in Table 6 of Exhibit A including without limitation Contractor’s engineering support and other services required by Owners to support Owners’ Government Approvals for the Facility, continuation of design work (other than design work performed under the NuStart program), project management, engineering and administrative support and the procurement of long lead-time Equipment. Contractor shall provide support to Owners in connection with such Government Approvals, including without limitation the certification proceeding respecting the Facility before the Georgia PSC scheduled for 2008. Such support may include making Personnel available to testify at formal and informal government proceedings, and providing the documents and information reasonably requested by Owners, including without limitation review of and comment on documents prepared by others, and amendments thereto, to address formal NRC licensing questions on a schedule that supports the Project Schedule, and other licensing support. The Parties acknowledge that not all Phase I Work will be completed under the Purchase Orders as of the Effective Date. The Parties agree that, as of a date mutually agreed by the Parties prior to issuance of the Full Notice to Proceed, the Purchase Orders shall be terminated and the remaining work thereunder will be subsumed by this Agreement. As of such agreed date, (i) the Purchase Orders shall be terminated and the remaining Work will be performed under the terms of this Agreement and (ii) the Contract Price shall be increased through a Change Order issued pursuant to Article 9 to account for the price of the remaining Phase I Work not yet paid by or due from Owners pursuant to the Purchase Orders that is subsumed by this Agreement .

(b)        Phase I Timing . Phase I commenced upon the earliest effective date of the Purchase Orders (such commencement to be deemed the “Limited Notice to Proceed”). The occurrence of the Limited Notice to Proceed does not require Owners to issue a Full Notice to Proceed. Phase I will end upon the earlier of issuance of the Full Notice to Proceed or termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article 22.

 

 

 

20

 

 


 

 

 

3.3

Phase II-Full Notice to Proceed .

(a)        Phase II Scope and Timing . Phase II of the Work will consist of the remainder of the Work to commence upon Owners’ issuance of a written notice to Contractor to commence such work (the “Full Notice to Proceed”). Phase II shall continue through Final Completion unless this Agreement is terminated earlier in accordance with Article 22.

(b)        Full Notice to Proceed . Owners will provide at least thirty (30) Days' notice prior to the expected issuance of the Full Notice to Proceed. Failure to issue the Full Notice to Proceed by [***] shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. After the Owners’ issuance of the Full Notice to Proceed, Contractor shall perform only that portion of the Work that is allowed by Law and Government Approvals, including, but not limited to, the COL.

(c)        Notice of Commencement . Contractor shall, in addition to any other requirements of Law, at its expense and prior to starting work at the Site, file a “Notice of Commencement” with the Clerk of the Superior Court for Burke County, and post a copy of said notice in a prominent location at the Site, in accordance with O.C.G.A. Section 44-14-361.5(b). A stamped, filed copy of such Notice of Commencement, and a photograph of such notice posted at the Site, shall be furnished to the Owners prior to the start of any Work at the Site and as a condition precedent to any further payments under this Agreement.

(d)       Owners shall provide Contractor at least thirty (30) Days notice prior to the date on which Contractor may commence the pouring of first concrete for the First Unit .

 

3.4

Project Schedule .

(a)        Project Schedule . The Project Schedule is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit E-1 . The Project Schedule (and any revisions thereto) incorporates a Primavera (level III integrated CPM) schedule, linked to Intergraph Design Review 3D modeling package to enable 4D (3D v. time) visualization. The Project Schedule (and any revisions thereto) will include a construction plan and schedule report. Contractor shall perform the Work under this Agreement in accordance with the Project Schedule. Contractor shall not change the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Dates, any Critical Milestones or the Milestone Payment Schedule without the prior written approval of Owners except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement. Changes made to the Project Schedule by Contractor also shall not adversely affect the time allotted for the performance by Owners of any Owners’ responsibilities under this Agreement without the Owners’ prior written approval.

(b)        Monthly Status Report . On or before the tenth (10th) Day of each month (unless some other frequency is agreed upon by the Parties), Contractor shall submit to Owners, for Owners’ review and comment, a written status report covering the prior month (a “Monthly Status Report”). The report shall be prepared in an electronic format reasonably acceptable to Owners and substantially in the form of Exhibit W , and shall include (i) a description of the progress of the Work against the Project Schedule, including

 

 

 

21

 

 


 

 

critical path activities interconnected by schedule logistics, (ii) a statement of significant issues which remain unresolved and Contractor’s recommendations for resolving the same, (iii) a summary of significant Facility events which are scheduled or expected to occur during the following interval, and (iv) additional information reasonably requested by Owners. Such report also shall include any events or circumstances involving Contractor or Subcontractor Personnel reported to Contractor with respect to Work performed at the Site and/or reportable by Contractor to the NRC or another Government Authority along with a listing and discussion of any OSHA reportable injuries for that month for Work performed at the Site. The Project Schedule and Monthly Status Reports shall be available to Owners in paper form, at the Site (following Full Notice to Proceed) or such other location mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

(c)        Status Meetings . Following the issuance of the Limited Notice to Proceed, Contractor shall attend and participate in regular meetings with Owners which shall occur monthly (or upon such other interval as the Parties agree) for the purpose of discussing the relevant Monthly Status Report (if applicable) and anticipating and resolving problems. Such meetings may be held by conference call or video conference. Contractor shall prepare and promptly deliver to Owners written minutes of each meeting, which Owners shall respond to promptly in writing should they have comments. In addition, following the Full Notice to Proceed, Contractor shall attend and participate in weekly (or upon such other interval as the Parties agree) meetings with Owners for the purpose of discussing the status and progress of the Work. Contractor shall also invite Owners to attend regularly scheduled meetings with Subcontractors and Vendors at which the status and progress of the Work is discussed.

 

(d)

Schedule Delay; Recovery Plan .

(i)        If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor is delayed such that the critical path for Substantial Completion of a Unit is projected to finish [***] or more after the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for such Unit, or the critical path for Unit Mechanical Completion for a Unit is projected to cause [***] or more delay (after the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for such Unit) in achieving Substantial Completion of such Unit, for any reason (as indicated in Contractor’s Monthly Status Report or as recognized and reported by either Party immediately upon the realization of such projected delay), Owners may require Contractor to prepare a proposed plan that feasibly explains how Contractor will regain compliance with the critical path schedule (each such plan a “Recovery Plan”), and Contractor will participate in such meetings as Owners may reasonably require in connection with the production and implementation of such Recovery Plan.

(ii)       Contractor will submit such proposed Recovery Plan to Owners within a reasonable period of time (considering the complexity of the issues involved) after receiving notification from Owners of its requirement but not more than [***] after notification by Owners. Upon receipt of such proposed Recovery Plan, Owners will review and comment upon the same. Contractor will accept and incorporate Owners’ reasonable comments and resubmit, within [***] of receiving such comments, the proposed Recovery Plan to Owners. Contractor will implement the approved

 

 

 

22

 

 


 

 

Recovery Plan, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to adhere to such Recovery Plan in order to regain compliance with the critical path schedule, including without limitation the utilization of additional shifts, additional manpower, overtime and re-sequencing of activities. Owners’ approval of the Recovery Plan will not relieve Contractor of any of its obligations under this Agreement.

(iii)                Owners may request that Contractor accelerate any aspect of the Project Schedule via a request for a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. Contractor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to meet Owners’ request; however, the extent of any acceleration and the means for achieving such acceleration shall be subject to the mutual agreement of the Parties, such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In the event that the Parties agree upon the acceleration of the Project Schedule, and other than in connection with a recovery from delays caused by Contractor or its Personnel, such acceleration shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9.

 

3.5

Contractor Responsibilities .

(a)        Engineering and Design Services . Contractor represents and warrants that it has thoroughly familiarized itself with the Scope of Work, and agrees that it will provide the engineering and design services necessary for the Work (including without limitation applicable design work performed under the NuStart program) that meet the requirements set forth as the responsibilities of Contractor in the Scope of Work; provided, however the DOE funded component of the cost of work performed under cooperative agreements with the DOE, or work performed under contract between Contractor and NuStart, shall not be included in the Contract Price. Contractor will cooperate with the engineering efforts of Owners, NuStart and the Independent Engineer and will assist Owners’ legal, financial, design and construction consultants and other Designated Persons during the design and construction of the Facility. If such requested cooperation and assistance is not specifically described or listed in the Scope of Work, such Work shall be done on a [***]. Engineering work requiring certification by Law shall be certified by professional engineers, licensed and properly qualified to perform such engineering services, or as otherwise required by Law. Contractor shall also comply with applicable Laws respecting licensing of general contractors.

(i)         Documentation – Standard Plant . Table 2 in Exhibit A lists the categories and types of documentation that will be provided to Owners for the Standard Plant as part of this Agreement. Documentation that is provided as part of the Standard Plant will not be subject to Owners’ review and approval process.

(ii)        Documentation Non-Standard Plant . Table 2 in Exhibit A lists the categories and types of documentation that will be provided to Owners for the Non-Standard Plant as part of this Agreement. Contractor will prepare, by the date specified in the Project Schedule, Schematic Design Documents, Design Development Documents, and Construction Documents. Contractor shall identify in the drawings or documentation the originator of the drawings and/or documentation if the originator is other than Contractor. Documentation that is provided as part of the Non-Standard Plant

 

 

 

23

 

 


 

 

will be subject to Owners’ review and acceptance process set forth in Section 3.5(a)(iii) hereof.

(iii)       Owners’ Review and Acceptance of Schematic Design Documents, Design Development Documents and Construction Documents Non-Standard Plant .

(A)      Contractor’s P&IDs, general arrangement, one-line drawings, system design specifications and procurement specifications for the Non-Standard Plant shall be submitted to Owners for review and acceptance of general design, general dimensions, and apparent suitability in accordance with this Agreement, such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld. Owners shall review and provide changes to such documents within [***] of receipt from Contractor. Contractor shall make changes to such documents that Owners determine in their reasonable judgment are necessary consistent with Prudent Practices and any such change shall be deemed to be a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9 if the change to the document impacts the Project Schedule, increases the costs of Equipment or materials or requires additional labor hours for installation; provided that if the change is required so that the Work conforms to the Performance Standards, Contractor shall not be entitled to a Change Order. If Owners request any changes after such [***] period, and such request delays the performance of the Work in accordance with the Project Schedule, such request shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that a change required by Owners pursuant to this paragraph conflicts with any other provision of this Agreement or obligation of Contractor hereunder (other than a change required to conform the Work to the Performance Standards), such required change shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9.

(B)      Owners reserve the right to review and express any objections to the Schematic Design Documents, Design Development Documents and Construction Documents for the Non-Standard Plant. Upon request of Owners, Contractor shall submit such documents to Owners for review and comment. Contractor shall make changes to documents that Owners determine in their reasonable judgment are necessary for operability and maintainability purposes. In the event that Owners’ review delays the performance of the Work in accordance with the Project Schedule, such delay shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. In addition, to the extent that a change required by Owners pursuant to this paragraph following the Effective Date has an effect on the Work of the type described in Section 9.3, such required change shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor or Owners, as the case may be, to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9.

(C)      Owners’ acceptance of Documentation under this Section 3.5 shall mean that Owners have no objection to the adoption or use by Contractor of such Documentation at Contractor’s own risk and responsibility. Contractor shall have no claim relating to any such matter or document accepted, including without limitation any claims relating to the failure or inefficiency of any method accepted. The acceptance by the Owners shall not in any way be deemed to release the Contractor from full responsibility for

 

 

 

24

 

 


 

 

complete and actual performance of the Work in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; neither shall such acceptance release the Contractor from any liability placed upon Contractor by any provision of this Agreement, including without limitation Contractor’s obligations of indemnity; provided, however, that if (i) Owners direct Contractor to use documentation or data to which Contractor has raised reasonable objections or (ii) Owners supply documentation or data to Contractor on which Contractor is entitled to rely and such documentation or data is in error and such error would not have been reasonably discernable from a review of such documentation or data by a contractor using Prudent Practices, Contractor shall not be responsible for any errors or omissions that result from the use of such documentation or data that Owners have directed Contractor to use or on which Contractor was entitled to rely. Subject to the preceding sentence, the Parties acknowledge that Owners’ judgments regarding the Contractor submitted documents are administrative in nature and do not relieve Contractor of its obligations under this Agreement.

(D)      Owners’ acceptance of Documentation shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for design, engineering, Equipment, installation, construction, start-up and testing that meet the requirements of this Agreement and that will operate satisfactorily under the specified conditions, nor will it relieve Contractor from responsibility for detail dimensions. Contractor shall maintain in good order and make available to Owners at the Site at least one record copy of the Schematic Design Documents, Design Development Documents and Construction Documents as part of the Documentation (which may be in whole or in part in electronic form).

(iv)       AP1000 Facility Information . The AP1000 Facility Information shall be controlled and maintained by Contractor for such period of time as is required by Contractor’s Quality Assurance Program or, for information not covered by such Quality Assurance Program, in accordance with Contractor’s document retention procedures. The AP1000 Facility Information shall contain each Facility-deliverable document and information, either directly or by reference, relative to Facility and Site specific engineering and design, licensing, project management, schedule, supply chain management, fabrication, construction, testing, commissioning and startup. A means to access and print out documentation and information in the AP1000 Facility Information shall be made available to Owners through an information management system.

(b)        Performance Standards . All Work performed under this Agreement shall be performed (i) in a professional, prudent and workmanlike manner by qualified persons using competent, professional knowledge and judgment at the degree of skill and care customary to the nuclear power industry, and (ii) in accordance with Law, this Agreement (including without limitation the Documentation), applicable Industry Codes and Standards and Prudent Practices (the “Performance Standards”). In the event of a conflict between any of the authorities in the foregoing sentence, applicable Laws shall control over the terms of this Agreement, Prudent Practices and Industry Codes and Standards; the terms of this Agreement shall control over Prudent Practices and Industry Codes and Standards; and Industry Codes and Standards shall control over Prudent Practices; provided, however, that Contractor shall bring any conflict it identifies to the attention of Owners before taking action with respect to such conflict that would be contrary to any of the Performance

 

 

 

25

 

 


 

 

Standards. Except as otherwise expressly stated in this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement excluding the Exhibits shall control over any conflicting provisions contained in the Exhibits.

(c)        Contractor’s Key Personnel and Labor . Exhibit B contains a chart of Contractor’s intended organization for its performance under this Agreement, including those positions to be designated as “key” management for the performance of the Work (the “Key Personnel”). Contractor shall provide the resumes of the persons filling the Key Personnel positions to Owners for their approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Owners will review these resumes of Key Personnel and provide Contractor with comments and/or approval within [***] from the date of submission of such resumes to Owners. Once Owners have approved any such person, Contractor shall not remove or replace such person from such position without Owners’ prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. If at any time during the performance of the Work, any of Contractor’s personnel becomes, for any reason, unacceptable to Owners, then, upon notice from Owners, Contractor will replace such unacceptable individual with an individual reasonably acceptable to Owners. If at any time during the performance of the Work any of the Key Personnel should no longer be available to perform services in connection with the Work notwithstanding the commercially reasonable efforts of Contractor, then Contractor will replace such individual with an individual acceptable to Owners. The costs associated with the addition, replacement or renewal of any such personnel, whether at Owners’ request or otherwise, will be borne by Contractor. Contractor’s Project Director shall act as Contractor’s Authorized Representative.

(d)        Control of Work . Subject to the requirements of this Agreement, Contractor shall be solely responsible for and shall be free to choose construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures, and safety and quality assurance and quality control programs in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor shall furnish the labor, tools, equipment and materials, and engage in such other activities necessary to perform the Work properly and safely and shall be solely responsible for the actions of Contractor, its Subcontractors, Vendors and the Personnel and Invitees of any of them subject to Section 15.1(a). Contractor, in performing the Work, is and shall perform as an independent contractor and shall not act as an agent or employee of Owners, except as provided in Section 5.1.

(e)        Suitability of the Site . Based on the information provided to Contractor pursuant to Section 4.1(d), Contractor has conducted a reasonable investigation of the Site, has notified Owners of any Site conditions that were discernible from such investigation that will affect the cost or schedule for the construction of the Facility and has factored such Site conditions into the Documentation for the Facility. Following the Effective Date, any subsurface or other site conditions discovered at the Site or changes in the Site parameters that do not conform to the information provided by Owners (or not discernible from Contractor’s investigation) shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. Subject to Owners’ obligations and Contractor’s rights under this Section 3.5(e), Contractor will (i) be responsible for the removal of obstructions from the Site necessary for performance of the Work, (ii) arrange and pay for disposal of sewage and wastes as necessary, (iii) subject to Owners’ rights in

 

 

 

26

 

 


 

 

Section 21.1(b), provide for the procurement of or disposal of, as necessary, soil, gravel and similar materials, and (iv) provide adequate treatment of and protection against water runoff, including without limitation storm water and wastewater, resulting from Contractor’s and/or its Subcontractors’ work. Contractor will provide for the collection, treatment and disposal of groundwater resulting from Contractor’s and its Subcontractors’ work.

(f)         Equipment . Contractor will procure in Contractor’s name, pay for, receive, transport to the Site and store as an independent contractor and not as agent for Owners, the Equipment described as within Contractor’s Scope of Work in Exhibit A , as well as materials and supplies and the manufacturing and related services (whether on or off the Site) for construction of and incorporation into the Facility which are required for completion of the Work in accordance with this Agreement and are not explicitly specified as being furnished by Owners pursuant to Article 4. The components listed below, that are common to both Units, shall be supplied by the same Vendor, on an individual item basis, for both Units; [***]

The components listed below, on an individual basis, will be supplied by same Vendor for each Unit, [***].

 

The components or items of equipment listed below can be supplied from a variety of Vendors:

 

 

Build-to-print tanks

 

Build-to-print heat exchangers

 

Bulk purchase commodities (cable, steel, piping, cement, etc.)

 

Commodity components such as non-safety valves, switches, etc.

 

(g)        Inspection, Component Testing and Expediting . This Section is intended to address components testing only; Sections 3.5(k) and (l) and Article 11 address Facility testing.

(i)         Testing Responsibilities . Contractor will perform the inspections, component testing, expediting, quality surveillance and traffic services as necessary for the performance of the Work. Contractor’s responsibilities under this Section shall include inspecting and testing such materials and equipment as are customarily inspected and/or tested in accordance with Prudent Practices in connection with work of the same nature as the Work, including inspecting the Work in progress at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction, fabrication or shipment on or off the Site as necessary to ensure that such Work is proceeding in accordance with this Agreement and the Project Schedule and to protect Owners against defects and deficiencies in such Work.

(ii)        Owners’ Right to be Present . Contractor will notify Owners via updates to the Project Schedule of any testing to or inspections of any components of the Work, provided that such updates shall be made at least (A) [***] in advance of such testing or inspection, for any testing or inspection outside the Site; and (B) three (3) Business Days in advance of such testing or inspection, for any testing or inspection at the Site. Owners will have continuous access to the updated Project

 

 

 

27

 

 


 

 

Schedule. Owners and the Independent Engineer shall each have the option of being present at the tests and inspections on or off the Site, at the work facilities of Major Vendors and Appendix B Subcontractors, and, in the event that the progress and quality of the Work are not proceeding in accordance with this Agreement and the Project Schedule, in addition to any other remedies available under this Agreement, shall be entitled to make recommendations to Contractor for the purpose of remedying such deficiencies. No inspection nor observance of any inspection or testing performed or failed to be performed by Owners, its Designated Persons or the Independent Engineer or any of their respective representatives hereunder shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of any of Contractor’s obligations under this Agreement or be construed as an approval or acceptance of the Work.

(h)        Temporary Facilities, Utilities, Fuels, Chemicals and Consumables . Exhibit A specifies the division of responsibilities between Owners and Contractor for utilities during construction and for the provision of temporary facilities, water, lubricants, fuel, chemicals and consumables during construction and testing of the Facility.

 

(i)

Spare Parts .

(i)         Mandatory Spares . Within [***] after finalization of the AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant design, Contractor shall provide Owners with a list of spare parts for the Facility referred to as “Mandatory Spare Parts”. At that time, Contractor and Owners shall negotiate in good faith to reach mutual agreement on the price for such Mandatory Spare Parts. As part of Contractor’s Scope of Work, Contractor shall provide the Mandatory Spare Parts to Owners by the completion of the Start-up Tests or as otherwise agreed to in the Project Schedule. All of the foregoing spare parts will be considered to be parts supplied to Owners under this Agreement, and title thereto will pass to Owners in accordance with Section 21.1(a). During the Standard Equipment Warranty Period, Owners shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain an inventory of spare parts equivalent to the Mandatory Spare Parts and shall make such spare parts available to Contractor. If Contractor uses any of Owners’ Mandatory Spare Parts to perform the Work (including without limitation Work pursuant to the Warranties), Contractor will promptly replace such parts with functionally equivalent parts reasonably acceptable to Owners or parts otherwise acceptable to Owners.

(ii)        Optional Spare Parts . Within [***] after finalization of the AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant design, Contractor will provide Owners with a list of Optional Spare Parts that are recommended by Contractor and Vendors supplying the Equipment comprising the Facility. Within one hundred and eighty (180) Days following receipt of Contractor’s list or as otherwise agreed to in the Project Schedule, Owners shall identify to Contractor the Optional Spare Parts which Owners want Contractor to procure, if any, and the Parties shall determine a mutually agreeable delivery schedule for such Optional Spare Parts. Owners may, in their sole discretion, procure any of such recommended long-term operational spare parts directly from the vendors thereof. Owners will make the spare parts so procured available to Contractor for use during the Work (as supplements for the spare parts procured by Contractor under Section 3.5(i)(i)). Contractor shall have the right to use spare parts that are in Owners’ inventory

 

 

 

28

 

 


 

 

specifically for use on the Units during the performance of the Work or to remedy a Warranty item; however, prior to Substantial Completion of the Second Unit or in response to the use of a spare part during a Warranty repair, Contractor shall repair, replace and/or pay fair market value for such spare parts used by Contractor. Contractor will coordinate with Owners concerning the delivery and storage of spare parts.

(iii)      Contractor shall not use any spare parts dedicated to VEGP Units 1 and 2 except on written terms and conditions acceptable to Owners.

(j)         Personnel Training . Commencing as early as necessary in order to support the Facility’s start-up and testing operations, Contractor shall provide [***] training in the operation and maintenance of the component equipment comprising the Facility as requested by Owners.

(k)        Preoperational Testing, Start-Up and Initial Operation . The Work shall include Technical Support of Owners for preoperational testing and start-up of each Unit and its components, in accordance with Article 11, the calibration of controls and equipment, and initial operation of a Unit through Substantial Completion of the Unit. The need for repairs, adjustments or other corrections to the Facility due to the fault of Owners’ Personnel or Uncontrollable Circumstances shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. Subject to such right to seek a Change Order, Contractor will be responsible for any repairs, adjustments and other non-operational Work required in connection with such start-up and initial operation. In addition, Contractor shall be responsible to arrange for one or more designated representatives of a Vendor to be present as necessary to advise upon technical issues relating to the start-up, commissioning and testing of such Vendor’s Equipment. Contractor will promptly inform Owners of any anticipated changes to the testing dates shown on the Project Schedule. Owners will be permitted to have their own Personnel and other designated Persons (including personnel of the Independent Engineer) on the Site to observe and verify the start-up and synchronization activities.

(l)         Performance Testing . The Work shall include Technical Support for the performance, and re-performance, as necessary, of the Performance Tests required by the provisions of Article 11. Owners will be permitted to have their own Personnel and other designated Persons (including without limitation personnel of the Independent Engineer) on the Site to observe and verify such testing.

 

(m)

Clean-Up and Waste Disposal .

(i)         During Work’s Progress . During the performance of the Work, Contractor shall keep the Site and any other area utilized by Contractor during construction clean and free from accumulations of waste materials, (other than Hazardous Materials, which are addressed in Section 3.5(o)) rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. As part of the Work, in accordance with Owners’ Site rules and procedures (which shall be provided to Contractor), Contractor will remove such rubbish, waste materials and debris on a reasonably regular basis, or as may otherwise reasonably be required by Owners, and dispose of the same in accordance with this Agreement and

 

 

 

29

 

 


 

 

applicable Laws. In the event that following notice by Owners to Contractor, Contractor should fail within a reasonable period of time to clean or clear the Site and other affected areas as required above, Owners may perform such work and charge Contractor with the reasonable cost of performing such work.

(ii)        Prior to Substantial Completion . Prior to Substantial Completion of a Unit, Contractor will completely clean the vicinity of the Unit, and any other area utilized by Contractor during construction of the Unit, and will remove the waste materials (other than Hazardous Materials, which are addressed in Section 3.5(o)), rubbish, Contractor’s tools, Construction Equipment, machinery, surplus materials and other debris from the vicinity of the Unit and handle or dispose of the same, in accordance with applicable Laws. Contractor will leave the Facility and the Site in a clean, safe and useable condition. If Contractor has failed to diligently begin its obligations under this Section within [***] or complete its obligations within [***] after Substantial Completion of a Unit, then Owners, after having given prior notice to Contractor and a reasonable opportunity to cure, may clean the vicinity of the Unit and remove the waste materials, rubbish, Contractor’s tools, Construction Equipment, machinery, surplus materials and other debris from the vicinity of the Unit. The reasonable costs incurred by Owners to take such actions will be for the account of Contractor, and Contractor will reimburse such amounts to Owners. The taking of such actions by Owners will not relieve Contractor of its obligations under this Agreement and applicable Laws.

(n)        Equipment Storage . Contractor shall comply with the receipt, storage and maintenance provisions specified in Contractor’s “Construction Execution Plan,” as identified in Table 1 of Exhibit A, and the Quality Assurance Program. During the construction of the Facility, Contractor shall warehouse or otherwise provide appropriate storage, in accordance with manufacturers’ recommendations, for the materials, supplies, Equipment and spare parts to be incorporated into the Facility and/or required for permanent and temporary construction.

 

(o)

Hazardous Materials .

(i)         Material Safety Data Sheets . To the extent required by applicable Law, Contractor shall provide to Owners the “Material Safety Data Sheets” covering Hazardous Materials to be furnished, used, applied or stored by Contractor, or its Subcontractors, at the Site in connection with the Work. Contractor shall coordinate with Owners’ Authorized Representative to provide a listing of such Hazardous Materials and their quantities at the Site for purposes of chemical inventory reporting pursuant to 40 C.F.R. Part 370 and similar state regulations. Unless authorized in writing by Owners in advance, Contractor shall not use asbestos in the Facility.

(ii)        Preventative Measures . Contractor shall take measures necessary to prevent the Release by Contractor, its Subcontractors, or by the Personnel or Invitees of any of them, of Hazardous Materials at the Facility or adjacent areas in violation of applicable Laws. When the use or storage of explosives or other Hazardous Materials or equipment is necessary for the performance of the Work, Contractor shall

 

 

 

30

 

 


 

 

exercise the utmost care and shall carry on its activities under the supervision of properly qualified personnel in accordance with applicable Laws. Under no circumstances shall Contractor allow explosives or blasting on the Site without the specific written consent in each instance of Owners. Contractor shall provide not less than three (3) Business Days’ notice of each proposed use of explosives or blasting, and each such use shall require a separate specific written acceptance by the Owners. In addition, Contractor shall, no less than one hour prior to each blasting or explosive event, contact the VEGP Unit 1 Shift Supervisor by telephone to provide notification of such event (if the Shift Supervisor is unavailable, Contractor shall call the VEGP Unit 1 Unit Operator). Before Unit Mechanical Completion of the Second Unit, Contractor shall remove from the Site and surrounding area in accordance with applicable Laws explosives and other Hazardous Materials supplied or generated by Contractor or its Personnel, unless the same have been permanently incorporated into the Facility; provided that, if any such explosives and other Hazardous Materials are necessary for completion of the Work, Contractor shall be permitted to retain such explosives and other Hazardous Materials at the Site but only if, and to the extent, in compliance with the COL and applicable Laws and only until completion of the Work.

(iii)       Notice Requirements . Contractor shall immediately notify Owners of: (A) any Releases of Hazardous Materials in violation of Law by Contractor, Subcontractors, or by the Personnel or Invitees of any of them, that occur in connection with the performance of the Work at the Site; (B) material violations and investigations, actions, claims, suits, notices of violation, fines, penalties, orders, and other proceedings related to material violations or alleged material violations of Environmental Laws, including, but not limited to, Government Approvals issued thereunder, which are asserted against Contractor, its Subcontractors, or the Personnel or Invitees of any of them, in connection with the Work or their activities on or in connection with the Facility and/or Site; (C) Contractor’s discovery of any Hazardous Materials at the Site or adjacent areas; and (D) material developments with respect to Sections 3.5(o)(iii)(A), 3.5(o)(iii)(B), and/or 3.5(o)(iii)(C). Contractor shall also notify the applicable Government Authorities as required by applicable Law following a Release by Contractor, its Subcontractors, or the Personnel or Invitees of any of them, at the Site of Hazardous Materials, and shall promptly provide Owners with a copy of such notification(s).

(iv)       Contractor Releases; Removal Obligations . Prior to Unit Mechanical Completion of a Unit, Contractor will be responsible for the proper handling, collection, containerizing, storage, removing from such Unit and areas adjacent thereto, transportation and for properly disposing of, at treatment, storage and disposal facilities approved by Owners and otherwise in a manner acceptable to Owners and in compliance with this Agreement and applicable Law, Hazardous Materials generated, Released or accumulated by Contractor or any Subcontractor in the course of performing the Work on such Unit. Except as provided under Section 3.5(o)(v), Contractor shall be the generator of record for such Hazardous Materials and shall obtain a site-specific EPA Identification Number which will be used to identify itself as such on all manifests, hazardous waste reports, and other relevant documents.

 

 

 

31

 

 


 

 

(v)        Pre-Existing Hazardous Materials . In the event Contractor encounters on the Site material reasonably believed to be Hazardous Material that existed prior to the Site Turnover Date (or the relevant Site Turnover Date for the portion of the Site on which the material was encountered), then Contractor will immediately suspend performance of Work in the area affected and report the condition to Owners in writing. Contractor will not thereafter resume performance of the Work in the affected area except with the prior written permission of Owners. To the extent Contractor’s performance of the Work is affected by such suspension of the Work in the affected area in accordance with this Section 3.5(o)(v), such effect shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9.

(p)        Operation and Maintenance Manuals . Not less than [***] prior to the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for a Unit, Contractor shall prepare and deliver to Owners for Owners’ acceptance preliminary manuals for the start-up, operation and maintenance of the Unit including the Operating Procedures and Maintenance Procedures (as set forth in Table 5 to the Scope of Work). This delivery will be made through Owners having electronic access to the manuals through the AP1000 Facility Information. Owners will review these preliminary manuals and provide Contractor with comments thereto within [***] from the date of submission of such manuals to Owners. Contractor will make the revisions to such manuals as reasonably requested by Owners, and once Owners are satisfied with the contents of such manuals, they will be deemed to be accepted (such accepted manuals, the “Operation and Maintenance Manuals”), and the final manuals will be included in the AP1000 Facility Information as a condition to the achievement of Substantial Completion of each Unit.

(q)        Turnover Packages . Contractor shall create, maintain, update and compile Turnover Packages during the course of the Work and will deliver to Owners such Turnover Packages prior to, and as a condition of, Turnover for such Equipment.

 

(r)

Safety Program .

(i)         Contractor Responsibility . Subject to Owners’ obligations for security of the portion of the Site on which the First Unit is located following Unit Mechanical Completion of such Unit, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of Contractor, its Subcontractors, and the Personnel and Invitees of any of them, Owners’ Interests, and the public affected by the performance of the Work.

(ii)        Project Safety Manual . Contractor shall develop a comprehensive safety program that governs all of Contractor’s activities at the Site in connection with its performance of the Work. The safety program shall be reflected in writing in the form of a written project safety manual and provided to Owners no later than September 30, 2008 (the “Project Safety Manual”). Contractor’s Project Safety Manual shall, at a minimum, (a) meet the standards and requirements contained in Contractor’s generic project safety manual that has been provided to Owners; (b) incorporate and comply with the requirements of Article 23 as well as the applicable VEGP Unit 1 and 2 safety requirements, (c) meet the standard of care for such programs as established by nationally recognized firms which provide goods and services in

 

 

 

32

 

 


 

 

connection with nuclear construction projects or other large industrial construction projects, (d) comply with applicable Laws including the COL and license requirements of VEGP Units 1 and 2, and (e) provide other reasonable protection to prevent harm, damage, injury or loss (including without limitation ecological harm or nuisance resulting from contamination, noise or other causes arising from the performance of the Work). If Owners reasonably believe that the Project Safety Manual does not meet the foregoing standards, they shall notify Contractor of such deficiencies in writing and Contractor shall promptly correct such deficiencies in the Project Safety Manual and implement the corrections into the performance of the Work. Contractor and its Personnel shall take reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to Persons and property resulting from the Work, including, without limitation:

(A)      Contractor or Subcontractor employees and other Persons performing the Work and Persons who may be affected by the performance of the Work;

(B)      the Equipment to be incorporated into the Facility, whether in storage on or off the Site or under the care, custody or control of Contractor or its Personnel; and

(C)      all materials and equipment and other real and personal property at or adjacent to the Site or in the vicinity thereof, including without limitation VEGP Units 1 and 2 and structures, equipment, facilities, trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways and utilities.

(iii)       Safeguards . Contractor and its Personnel shall erect, maintain or undertake, as required by existing conditions and the performance of this Agreement, reasonable safeguards for the safety and protection of Persons and property, including without limitation posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations, and notifying Owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. Those precautions will, if appropriate, include providing security guards.

(iv)       Failure to Take Sufficient Precautions . Whenever, in the reasonable opinion of Owners, Contractor has failed to take sufficient precautions for the safety of Contractor, its Subcontractor, and the Personnel and Invitees of any of them, Owners’ Interests, and the public or the protection of the Facility or of structures or property on or adjacent to the Site or on the VEGP Units 1 and 2 site, creating, in the reasonable opinion of Owners, a situation requiring immediate action, then Owners, after having given reasonable prior notice to Contractor, may cause such sufficient precautions to be taken or provide such protection. The taking of such precautions or protection by Owners or its agents or representatives shall be for the account of Contractor and will not relieve Contractor of its obligations under this Agreement and applicable Laws, and Contractor shall reimburse Owners for the reasonable cost thereof.

(v)        Protection of Units 1 and 2 . No activity of Contractor shall interfere with the operation of VEGP Units 1 and 2. Accordingly, Contractor shall

 

 

 

33

 

 


 

 

comply with the restrictions on the VEGP site respecting operation of VEGP Units 1 and 2. For example, offsite power feeds to the plant shall not be interrupted without the written consent of Owners.

(vi)       Emergencies . In the event of an emergency endangering or potentially endangering life or property, Contractor shall take such actions as may be reasonable and necessary to prevent, avoid or mitigate injury, damage or loss and shall promptly report each such emergency, and Contractor’s responses thereto, to Owners. Contractor agrees to provide to Owners the name, title and phone number of its emergency contact person prior to the commencement of the Work.

 

(s)

Project Security Plan .

(i)        Contractor shall be responsible for the security of each portion of the Site beginning on the applicable Site Turnover Date. Security of the portion of the Site on which the First Unit is located (together with any construction laydown and staging areas no longer needed by Contractor) shall transfer from Contractor to Owners on the Site Return Date for the First Unit portion of the Site. Security of the portion of the Site on which the Second Unit is located (together with any construction laydown and staging areas no longer needed by Contractor) shall transfer from Contractor to Owners on the Site Return Date for the Second Unit portion of the Site. Upon Final Completion, security for any remaining construction laydown and staging areas shall transfer from Contractor to Owners.

(ii)       At least [***] prior to the Site Turnover Date, Contractor shall submit to Owners for their acceptance a security program that addresses both the construction project and the interface with Owners’ existing operating VEGP Units 1 and 2 (the “Project Security Plan”). At least [***] prior to the Site Return Date of the First Unit portion of the Site, Contractor shall submit to Owners for their acceptance a revised Project Security Plan that addresses the Second Unit construction project and the interface with VEGP Units 1 and 2 and the First Unit. Such programs shall address industrial security as well as nuclear security issues, based on the phase of construction.  Contractor’s security plan shall, at a minimum, (A) meet the standard of care for such plans as established by nationally recognized firms which provide goods and services of a similar nature, (B) include measures for heightened security as necessary due to the status of the VEGP Units 1 and 2 site and the First Unit portion of the Site, as applicable, and (C) comply with applicable Laws including without limitation NRC regulations and requirements.  Contractor’s Project Security Plan shall address in the level of detail required by Owners the interface between Contractor’s security plan and that of the Owners.  Such plan shall include a method acceptable to Owners for controlling, identifying and monitoring Contractor’s Personnel and Invitees in the areas in which the Work is to be performed.  Owners shall review the Project Security Plan and the revisions thereto and provide Contractor with comments thereto within [***] from the date of submission of the Project Security Plan or the revisions thereto to Owners.  If Owners reasonably believe that the Project Security Plan does not meet the foregoing standards, the Owners’ Authorized Representative shall notify Contractor of such deficiencies in

 

 

 

34

 

 


 

 

writing and Contractor shall promptly correct such deficiencies in the Project Security Plan and implement the corrections into the performance of the Work.

(iii)      Contractor shall implement, maintain and cause Contractor’s Personnel and Invitees to comply with the Project Security Plan. At no time will Contractor, including its Personnel or Invitees, interfere with, violate, or impede the Owners’ security program. Contractor shall comply with Owners’ site rules at any time Contractor requires access to VEGP Units 1 and 2, and, upon Turnover of individual systems, structures and components of the new Units, the requirement to abide by Owners’ security program and site rules extends to the systems turned over to Owners.

(t)         Royalties and Fees . Contractor shall pay the royalties and license fees, if any, for materials, methods, processes and systems that are incorporated into the Facility or used in completion of the Work. [***]. In performing the Work, Contractor and its Subcontractors and Vendors shall not incorporate into the Facility or use materials, methods, processes or systems which involve the use of confidential information, intellectual property or proprietary rights which Owners, Contractor or its Subcontractors or Vendors do not have the right to use or which may result in claims or suits, against Owners, Contractor or its Subcontractors or Vendors arising out of claims of infringement of domestic or foreign patent rights, copyrights or other proprietary rights, or applications for any such rights, or use of confidential information.

 

(u)

Subcontracting .

(i)         Major Vendors . Exhibit P-1 sets forth a list of Contractor’s Major Vendors. After the Effective Date, Contractor shall provide updates to the Exhibit P-1 list whenever such list is no longer accurate. Contractor shall seek Owners' input concerning Contractor’s selection of Vendors to conduct its Scope of Work with respect to the Standard Plant, but Contractor shall have sole discretion as to its choice of Vendors for such scope. Contractor shall work proactively with Owners to choose acceptable Vendors for performance of the Work that is part of the Non-Standard Plant. Owners shall have the right to recommend additions to Exhibit P-1 from time to time, subject to Contractor’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(ii)        Subcontractors . Exhibit P-2 sets forth a list of Subcontractors. In the event that Contractor desires to use any Subcontractor for Work on the Site that is not on Exhibit P-2 , it shall notify Owners and, within [***] of such notice, Owners shall notify Contractor if such proposed Subcontractor is not acceptable to Owners (such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld). If Owners fail to provide such notice within such [***] period, then Owners shall be deemed to have approved such proposed Subcontractor. Owners shall have the reasonable right to request removal from the Site of any Subcontractor deemed unacceptable to Owners, which request shall not be unreasonably denied by Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed to by Owners in writing, Contractor shall not use any Subcontractor that has (w) an Experience Modification Ratio (as calculated in accordance with the definition of the National Council on Compensation Insurance, Inc.) of 1.0 or greater within the previous three years; (x) a Recordable Case Incidence Rate (as calculated in accordance with 29 C.F.R.

 

 

 

35

 

 


 

 

Section 1904.4) of 3.0 or greater within the previous three years; (y) a Days Away From Work Rate (previously known as the Lost Time Incidence Rate, and as calculated in accordance with 29 C.F.R. Section 1904.7) of 1.5 or greater within the previous three years; or (z) one or more fatalities during the last three years.

(iii)       No Privity with Owners . Notwithstanding any agreement with Subcontractors or Vendors, Contractor shall be solely responsible for the Work. Except as otherwise provided herein, Owners shall not be deemed to have any contractual obligation or relationship with any Subcontractor or Vendor. Contractor shall be as fully responsible for the acts, performance, and omissions of its Subcontractors and Vendors and of the personnel either directly or indirectly employed by its Subcontractors and Vendors as Contractor is for its own acts, performance and omissions.

(iv)       Flow-Down Clauses . Contractor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to include in its Subcontracts provisions which impose obligations on Subcontractors and Vendors that are consistent with the obligations imposed on Contractor in the provisions of this Agreement listed in Exhibit Y as those terms are applicable to the scope of work being performed by the Subcontractor or Vendor and subject to the limitations set forth in any such provision or Exhibit Y .

(v)        Termination for Convenience . Subcontracts with Major Vendors and Subcontractors must be terminable for convenience, and related termination fees thereunder must be commercially reasonable in light of the value of the services or materials provided at the time when the termination fee applies and in no event shall such termination fees include payment for any costs, losses, damages, injuries or claims of the type disclaimed under Section 17.1.

(vi)       Payment . Contractor shall be solely responsible for paying each Subcontractor and Vendor for services, equipment, material or supplies in connection with the Work and the Facility.

(vii)      Subcontractor and Vendor Warranties . As a condition to Final Completion, Contractor shall assign to Owners its rights under such Subcontractor and Vendor warranties that continue past the end of the Warranty Period, with such assignment to be effective as of the end of the Warranty Period. Contractor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to secure consent to such assignment from each such Subcontractor and Vendor such that the warranties will be enforceable directly by Owners. Upon Final Completion, Contractor shall deliver to Owners unpriced copies of such Subcontracts. Contractor shall not, and Contractor shall take commercially reasonable actions to ensure that Contractor’s Subcontractors and Vendors do not, take any action which could release, void, impair or waive any Subcontractor or Vendor warranties.

(viii)     Assignment of Subcontracts . Contractor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the agreement of Major Vendors, Subcontractors with Subcontracts in excess of [***] and such other Vendors as are agreed by the Parties, that Contractor’s rights and obligations under the Subcontracts may

 

 

 

36

 

 


 

 

be, at Owners’ option, and without requiring the prior consent of the relevant Subcontractor or Vendor, in whole or in part, assigned and delegated by Contractor to GPC as agent for Owners. Each such Subcontract shall provide that, upon notification to the Subcontractor or Vendor (and Contractor) from Owners that (A) the Agreement has been terminated, (B) Contractor’s right to proceed with the Work has been terminated pursuant to Section 22.2, and (C) Owners will thereafter be assuming the portion of Contractor’s obligations under such Subcontract related to the Work, such Subcontractor or Vendor shall continue to perform the portion of its responsibilities under such Subcontract related to the Work for the benefit of Owners and shall recognize Owners as being vested with all the rights and responsibilities of Contractor under such portion of such Subcontract related to the Work. If Contractor is unable to obtain such agreement in advance from a Vendor, it shall promptly notify Owners; however, in the event that this Agreement is terminated, Contractor shall work cooperatively with Owners to obtain the agreement of the Vendor to assignment of its Subcontract or the relevant portion thereof at that time. It should be noted that the Subcontracts that Contractor will have with [***] associated with the Work will not be directly assignable to Owners in the event of termination of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is specifically understood and agreed (and each Subcontract shall clarify) that no Subcontractor or Vendor shall have any right to look to Owners for the performance of such portion of Contractor’s obligations under any Subcontract related to the Work unless and until Owners have assumed such performance obligations in writing.

(v)        Contractor’s Government Approvals . Subject to the provisions of Article 10, Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, maintaining and paying for Contractor’s Government Approvals as necessary to achieve the Project Schedule. Owners shall provide Contractor reasonable cooperation and assistance in obtaining and maintaining Contractor’s Government Approvals.

 

(w)

ITAACs .

(i)        Contractor shall be responsible for those ITAACs associated with each system, structure, or component within Contractor’s Scope of Work as set forth in Exhibit A . Following the Effective Date, any new or additional ITAAC, or change or modification to the ITAAC associated with each system, structure, or component listed on Exhibit A , that Owners propose be added to Contractor’s Scope of Work shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. To the extent that such changes or modifications are the result of Contractor’s acts or omissions, then Contractor shall not be entitled to a Change Order.

(ii)       Contractor shall be responsible for conducting, or causing to be conducted, the inspections, tests and analyses associated with each Unit’s ITAAC within Contractor’s Scope of Work in accordance with the Project Schedule. Upon completion of such inspections, tests and analyses, Contractor shall be responsible for preparing and delivering to Owners the Documentation or other deliverables to demonstrate and confirm that the related acceptance criteria associated with such inspections, tests and analyses as applicable to each Unit within Contractor’s Scope of Work have been satisfied.

 

 

 

37

 

 


 

 

(x)        Support for Government Approvals . Contractor shall provide support to Owners in connection with Owners’ Government Approvals, including without limitation making personnel available to testify at formal and informal government proceedings, and providing the documents and information reasonably requested by Owners, without limitation, including review and comment to sections prepared by others, and amendments thereto, to address formal NRC licensing questions on a schedule that supports the Project Schedule and licensing support services. [***]

ARTICLE 4

 

OWNERS' RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS

4.1        Owners’ Responsibilities . Owners shall perform the responsibilities set forth in this Article and elsewhere in this Agreement, including Exhibit A , at its own expense and at those times as may be required pursuant to the Project Schedule.

(a)        Appointment of Agents . Owners have appointed GPC as their agent for all purposes under this Agreement pursuant to the Ownership Agreement, with the power and authority to bind Owners to their obligations herein. Except as provided in Sections 8.1 and 8.7, all obligations required under this Agreement to be fulfilled by the Owners will be performed by or at the direction of GPC, as agent for the Owners. Copies of the Ownership Agreement have been provided to and received by Contractor. Owners will not materially change (in terms of the effect of any change on the agent’s authority with respect to this Agreement) the agency authority granted to GPC (or a successor agent) under the Ownership Agreement without Contractor’s prior written approval. GPC, acting for itself and as agent for the other Owners, has appointed Southern Nuclear as agent for the implementation and administration of this Agreement. Southern Nuclear is the exclusive licensed operator of VEGP Units 1 and 2 and will be the licensed operator (“Licensed Operator”) of the Facility having exclusive control over licensed activities at the Facility.

(b)        Owners’ Authorized Representative . Owners shall appoint Owners’ Authorized Representative (and shall have the right to appoint a successor or replacement Authorized Representative) with whom Contractor may consult at all reasonable times and whose written instructions, requests and decisions shall be binding upon Owners as to all matters pertaining to this Agreement. Contractor shall have the right to rely upon a communication from Owners’ Authorized Representative as a communication on behalf of all of the Owners, and shall not rely upon any instruction or direction issued by any other representatives of Owners. Owners’ Authorized Representative shall not have any authority to amend this Agreement except in compliance with the provisions of Article 31.

(c)        Access . From and after the time the Project Schedule indicates that Contractor is required to have access to the Site, Owners shall provide Contractor, at no additional cost to Contractor, rights of access to such portions of the Site as Contractor may reasonably require for the construction of the Facility and for Contractor’s office, warehouse, shop buildings, welding facilities, Contractor’s equipment storage, lay down area, and employee parking. Owners shall cooperate with Contractor so as to minimize disruption by Owners of Contractor’s performance of the Work, and Contractor shall cooperate with

 

 

 

38

 

 


 

 

Owners so as to avoid disruption by Contractor and its Personnel of operation of the existing VEGP Units 1 and 2.

(d)        Site Conditions and Site Parameters . Owners have conducted investigations to determine the suitability of the Site for the Facility. This information, as identified in Exhibit R , has been furnished to and received by Contractor and Contractor is entitled to rely on such information. Owners shall be responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the Site information provided to Contractor.

(e)        Fuel and Utilities . Owners shall provide the electrical interconnect for power to be exported from the Facility at the interconnection points identified or to be identified in Exhibit A . Owners shall provide an electrical interconnect for the Facility at a voltage of 13.8 kV at the construction site boundary for electrical power necessary for construction and testing of the Facility at the time required pursuant to the Project Schedule. Contractor shall be responsible for the lines, cable, transformers, switchgear, equipment, etc. from the interconnection point to Contractor’s facilities. Exhibit A specifies the division of responsibilities between Owners and Contractor for utilities during construction and for the provision of temporary facilities, water, lubricants, fuel, chemicals and consumables during construction and testing of the Facility. Owners shall provide all Nuclear Fuel for testing, startup and operation of the Facility and shall receive all energy generated during testing. The Parties agree that Contractor has no ownership or other rights with respect to such test energy and that all proceeds of the sale or other disposition of the test energy belongs to Owners.

(f)         Operation and Maintenance Staff . For those activities supported and/or conducted by Owners under Articles 11 and 12, Owners shall provide fully trained and qualified operation and maintenance personnel for testing and operation and maintenance of a Unit or the Facility consistent with Contractor’s requirements as set forth in Table 4 of Exhibit A . If Contractor determines that additional operation and maintenance personnel are needed (and provided that such determination has been made in order to comply with Prudent Practices), Contractor shall have the right to require that additional operation and maintenance personnel be provided by Owners upon reasonable advance notice [***] for maintenance personnel [***] for operations personnel) to, and following discussions with, Owners.

(g)        Job Site Rules . Owners shall cooperate with Contractor in the development of the Project Safety Manual and Project Security Plan. Subject to the requirements of the operating licenses for VEGP Units 1 and 2, to the extent applicable, and the COL for the Units, Owners, their representatives and agents shall abide by the Project Safety Manual and Project Security Plan.

(h)        Owners’ Government Approvals . Owners shall be responsible for obtaining, maintaining and paying for Owners’ Government Approvals (including the COL and Georgia PSC Certification Order) and for the communications with any Government Authorities regarding such Government Approvals. Owners shall provide as much advance notice as practical of the need for the testimony of Contractor’s Personnel at proceedings before Government Authorities.

 

 

 

39

 

 


 

 

(i)         Licensing Basis . Owners shall provide a copy to Contractor of any “written commitments” of Owners (as referred to in the definition of Licensing Basis) that could reasonably be expected to affect the Scope of Work promptly upon the issuance thereof.

 

4.2

Owners’ Right to Inspect, Stop and Re-Perform Work .

(a)        Owners’ Right to Inspect . Subject to Section 5.5, Owners shall have the right to have its inspectors, engineers or other representatives of Owners authorized to do so (the “Designated Persons”) or the Independent Engineer inspect the Work in order to assure that the Work complies with the requirements of this Agreement, including Contractor’s Quality Assurance Program, and to determine whether the Work is being prosecuted at a rate consistent with the Project Schedule.

(i)                  The Designated Persons shall be permitted to: (A) follow the progress of the Work and identify defective or nonconforming materials or equipment at source of supply, in process of manufacture, or at point of delivery and (B) monitor actions taken in accordance with Section 4.2(b). The Owners' Authorized Representative shall have the right to stop Work in accordance with Section 4.2(c). Inspection by the Designated Persons shall not be deemed to (A) be supervision by Owners of Contractor and (B) shall not relieve Contractor of any responsibility for performing the Work in accordance with this Agreement. Any acceptance or approval by the Designated Persons shall in no event be deemed to constitute final acceptance of same by Owners, but shall be only for the purpose of assuring that the Work complies with this Agreement. Owners may report to Contractor any unsafe or improper conditions or practices observed at the job site for action by Contractor in correction or enforcement.

(ii)       Without limiting Owners’ rights under Article 5, the Designated Persons and the Independent Engineer shall have access to the Work and to applicable parts of Contractor’s (or its Major Vendors’) facilities engaged in the Work wherever located at reasonable times and subject to the reasonable requirements of Contractor or its Major Vendors and Appendix B Subcontractors. Contractor shall not require the Designated Persons or the Independent Engineer to execute documents, releases or waivers purporting to release Contractor from liability for any bodily injury and Contractor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain agreement from its Major Vendors and Appendix B Subcontractors that they will not require such releases from the Designated Persons or Independent Engineer when at the Major Vendors' and Appendix B Subcontractors’ facilities. Contractor (or its Major Vendors or Appendix B Subcontractors) shall afford the Designated Persons and/or the Independent Engineer without charge such reasonable and safe facilities on Contractor’s premises (or those of its Major Vendors and Appendix B Subcontractors) as are appropriate to conveniently observe and inspect the Work in progress and have such other conveniences as would normally accompany such inspection.

(b)        Defective Work . If Owners’, the Designated Persons’ or the Independent Engineer’s inspection reveals any non-compliance or any other defects in any portion of Work, then Contractor shall, promptly upon its receipt of notice from Owners,

 

 

 

40

 

 


 

 

evaluate such defect or non-compliance in accordance with its Corrective Action Program and shall promptly take such actions as are required to correct such defect or non-compliance, as well as its cause, in accordance with its Corrective Action Program. Contractor shall not receive a Change Order for such correction (for price or schedule relief). Contractor shall comply with the requirements of 10 C.F.R. Part 21 and 10 C.F.R. § 50.55(e), as appropriate.

(c)        Right to Stop Work for Cause . If Contractor fails to perform the evaluation required under Section 4.2(b) or fails to promptly take corrective action for any defect or non-compliance in Work as required under Section 4.2(b) or if Contractor fails to identify the root cause of such defect or non-compliance (if root cause is applicable to such non-compliance) within a reasonable period of time consistent with the Corrective Action Program, then Owners, by a written order signed by Owners’ Authorized Representative, may order Contractor to stop performance of the portion of the Work affected thereby, until the cause of such order has been eliminated; provided, however, that this right of Owners to stop Contractor’s performance will not give rise to a duty on the part of Owners to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any other person or entity. In addition, Owners, by written order signed by Owners’ Authorized Representative, may order Contractor to stop performance if the activities or past practices of Contractor or its Personnel or Invitees at the Site reasonably appear to Owners to cause or threaten to cause excessive or serious personal injuries or damage to property. In the event of a stop Work order issued by Owner in accordance with this Section 4.2(c), Contractor shall not be entitled to a Change Order extending the Project Schedule or adjusting the Contract Price. The cost of any delays experienced by Contractor as a result of a stop Work order issued by Owners in accordance with this Section 4.2(c) shall be to the account of Contractor. Owners’ right to stop Work under this Section 4.2 will be without prejudice to any other right or remedy Owners may have hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.2(c), in the event Owners request that any Work be uncovered to determine whether it is deficient, such request shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9 unless the Work is found to be deficient.

ARTICLE 5

 

QUALITY ASSURANCE

5.1        Quality Assurance Program . Contractor has sole responsibility for the quality assurance and quality control of the Work. Contractor has provided to Owners its quality assurance program consisting of each Consortium Member’s Quality Assurance Program that has been approved by the NRC (“Quality Assurance Program”). The Quality Assurance Program and any changes thereto shall meet the requirement of 10 C.F.R. Part 50, Appendix B and ASME NQA-1 – 1994 and be accepted by the NRC and accepted by Owners. Contractor’s Quality Assurance Program is subject to review and audit by Owners for compliance with 10 C.F.R. Part 50 Appendix B and ASME NQA-1 - 1994. Contractor, with input from Owners, has prepared the project specific clarifications and modifications with respect to the Quality Assurance Program and has set forth such items in the “Project Quality Assurance Program Interface Plan” or “PQAPIP”. The PQAPIP will be developed as part of the standard AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant procedures and will be delivered to Owners for

 

 

 

41

 

 


 

 

their review and approval, which shall be completed within [***] after Owners’ receipt of the PQAPIP. Any changes to the PQAPIP that Owners require that are not the result of a Contractor error shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. Owners' review and acceptance of the PQAPIP shall not relieve Contractor from its obligations to comply with the requirements of this Agreement and 10 C.F.R. Part 50, Appendix B. The Quality Assurance Program and the PQAPIP will collectively be the “Project Quality Assurance Program” or “PQAP”. Contractor shall provide Owners with five (5) copies of the PQAP and Quality Assurance Program or make them available electronically. Contractor shall follow the PQAP throughout its performance of the Work. The PQAP and associated policies and procedures shall address Contractor’s Scope of Work, including without limitation systems, structures and components in a manner consistent with their classification with respect to their importance to nuclear safety (i.e., safety related, important to safety, non-safety related) or their importance to the capacity, operability and reliability of the Facility as classified in the DCD. The PQAP shall support Owners’ compliance with 10 C.F.R. Part 50, Appendix B and shall be subject to review and audit by the Owners at the Owners’ request. For purposes of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Code, Contractor shall be designated as Owner’s agent.

5.2        Subcontractor and Vendor Quality Assurance . In accordance with the PQAP, Contractor shall also require Subcontractors and Vendors performing Work within the scope of 10 C.F.R. Part 50, Appendix B (collectively the “Appendix B Subcontractors”), and which provide materials, services or both that are nuclear safety related or important to nuclear safety, to establish, implement and maintain appropriate quality assurance programs at each location where Work is being performed (which may either be the PQAP or such other quality assurance program capable of being audited to the quality program requirements for the scope of supply) consistent with the nuclear safety quality classification of their portion of the Work. As between Contractor and Owners, Contractor shall be responsible for the performance of Work by Appendix B Subcontractors within the scope of 10 C.F.R. Part 50, Appendix B. Audit reports of the Appendix B Subcontractors shall be made available for review by Owners or their Designated Persons. At their own cost, Owners or their Designated Persons may participate in scheduled audits of Appendix B Subcontractors performed by Contractor.

5.3        Quality Control and Inspection Activities . Contractor shall be responsible to perform the quality control and inspection activities in accordance with the PQAP. The quality control and inspection activities will be consistent with the nuclear safety quality classification of the system, structure or component under evaluation. The Persons performing quality control functions for Contractor shall have sufficient authority and organizational freedom to identify quality problems; to initiate, recommend, or provide solutions; and to verify implementation of solutions. Such Persons performing quality control functions shall report to a management level such that this required authority and organizational freedom, including sufficient independence from cost and schedule when contrary to safety considerations, is provided.

5.4        Access and Auditing on-Site and Other Facilities . Contractor shall provide Owners, the Designated Persons and the Independent Engineer with reasonable access during normal working hours to the Work at the Site and at applicable portions of Contractor’s premises and working facilities, and with pertinent documentation and other necessary

 

 

 

42

 

 


 

 

information and assistance relating to the Work, for auditing of activities for conformance with the requirements of the PQAP. Such audits of Contractor shall be coordinated with Contractor. Contractor shall include in its direct Subcontracts with Major Vendors and Appendix B Subcontractors acknowledgement of the same such right of access by Owners, its Designated Persons and the Independent Engineer at Major Vendors’ and Appendix B Subcontractors’ premises and working facilities and shall require such Major Vendors and Appendix B Subcontractors to include such rights in their contracts with their Appendix B Subcontractors. This right of access to both the Site and Contractor’s, Major Vendors’, and Appendix B Subcontractors’ other facilities extends to representatives of the NRC for the purpose of performing quality assurance and quality control activities. Quality assurance and quality control activities at Major Vendors’ and Appendix B Subcontractors’ premises and working facilities shall be limited to participation in scheduled audits and execution of witness points identified as Witness Points and Hold Points, such as in-process testing and final product review for acceptance. Quality assurance and quality control review of Major Vendors and Appendix B Subcontractors includes activities necessary to address quality issues which may arise at the sub-supplier level. In cases where Contractor incurs additional cost from Major Vendors and Appendix B Subcontractors due to Owners’ request to perform additional quality assurance and quality control activities beyond these activities, such additional activities shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. As directed by Owners, Contractor shall implement, and require its Subcontractors, Major Vendors and Appendix B Subcontractors to implement, measures necessary to be taken to ensure compliance with this Agreement where such measures are identified as a result of a quality assurance audit or surveillance carried out by the Owners, the Designated Persons and/or the Independent Engineer. The rights of access described above are subject to reasonable restrictions to protect the proprietary information of a Major Vendor or Appendix B Subcontractor and as may be restricted by applicable Law. However, if it is determined that the Work was not being done in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement, Owners shall not be liable for the cost and schedule impacts, if any, related to same and Contractor shall not be entitled to a Change Order.

 

5.5

Witness Points and Hold Points .  

(a)       Contractor shall include in applicable Subcontracts Witness Points and Hold Points and shall identify the associated Witness Points and Hold Points via inclusion of the Witness Points and Hold Points in the manufacturing and fabrication schedules. Such schedules shall be made available to Owners for review. Solely for the components listed in Exhibit Q , after review of the schedules, Owners shall notify Contractor of those Witness Points and Hold Points Owners identify as Owner-designated Witness Points or Owner-designated Hold Points. Contractor shall add the Owner-designated Witness Points and Hold Points to the Project Schedule. If after review of the schedules, Owners add more Witness Points or Hold Points than are identified on the initial manufacturing and fabrication schedules for the components listed in Exhibit Q or add additional components to Exhibit Q , Owners and Contractor shall mutually agree upon those additions, and such added Witness Points and Hold Points shall constitute a Change and entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. Contractor shall provide Owners access to or copies of the applicable manufacturing and fabrication schedules and regular updates to these schedules, such that Owners have advance notice of approaching scheduled Witness Points and Hold

 

 

 

43

 

 


 

 

Points. Owners shall be notified in writing by Contractor of Owner-designated Witness Points and Hold Points [***] prior to the scheduled activity.

(b)       Work may proceed with and beyond Owner-designated Witness Points, in the absence of Owners’ or their Designated Persons’ participation without a written waiver. Work may not proceed with or beyond Owner-designated Hold Point without a written waiver from Owners, provided that delays incurred by Contractor as a result of Owners’ failure to attend a Hold Point shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. Requests by Owners to witness tests or conduct surveillance after the scheduled point in time designated for a Witness Point shall be accommodated by Contractor only if technically feasible and shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9.

(c)       Witnessing of tests or other surveillance by Owners shall be at Owners’ expense. If Owners perform the surveillance or elect not to perform a surveillance, such surveillance or waiver will not relieve Contractor of its obligations under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6

 

CONTRACT PRICE

 

6.1

Contract Price . The Contract Price consists of [***].

ARTICLE 7

 

PRICE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS

7.1        Price Adjustment Methodology.   The amounts payable to Contractor under this Agreement shall be subject to the Price Adjustment Provisions described in this Article 7 and in Exhibit J. [***].

 

7.2

[***]  

 

7.3

[***] 

ARTICLE 8

 

PAYMENTS

8.1        Respective Payment Responsibility . Owners shall be severally, not jointly, liable for the payments due hereunder; provided, however, that GPC shall act on behalf of all Owners for purposes of the receipt of invoices and aggregating the payments received from the Owners prior to making payment of the Contract Price in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Each individual Owner is responsible for that percentage of the Contract Price that is equivalent to such individual Owner’s respective Ownership Interest at the time such payment obligation accrues. In the event that an Owner does not pay in full the amount that is due from such Owner, and another Owner does not make such payment on behalf of

 

 

 

44

 

 


 

 

such non-paying Owner, GPC shall notify Contractor no later than the due date for the payment of the identity of the Owner(s) that did not pay in full and the amount of such shortfall in payment from such Owner(s).

 

(a)

For all purposes of this Agreement:

 

(i) the term “Dalton Utilities” shall mean only the utility company, property and assets operated by the Board of Water, Light and Sinking Fund Commissioners of the City of Dalton, Georgia d/b/a Dalton Utilities, its successors, successors-in-title or assigns, including without limitation any successors to the business of Dalton Utilities; and

 

(ii) the term “Dalton Utilities Assets” shall mean collectively (A) all property or assets of Dalton Utilities, including without limitation all electric power generation, transmission and distribution assets owned or operated by the City of Dalton and contract rights and receivables related thereto, which now or at any time in the future are owned, used or operated by Dalton Utilities, and such property and assets shall include without limitation any sale, insurance, condemnation or other proceeds with respect to such property and assets; and (B) all accounts receivable, debts, income or other amounts owed to Dalton Utilities.

 

(b)       Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Parties hereby agree that:

 

(i) if any Party obtains any money judgment against Dalton Utilities because of Dalton Utilities’ default under this Agreement or breach by Dalton Utilities of any representation or warranty under this Agreement, such Party’s sole remedy to satisfy the judgment shall be to levy against and sell, and/or garnish or otherwise realize upon, any and all of the Dalton Utilities Assets;

 

(ii) payments of all amounts of any kind or nature whatsoever that may at any time be due and owing by Dalton Utilities pursuant to the terms of, or resulting from, this Agreement shall be payable solely out of the Dalton Utilities Assets and shall not be payable from any other source, including without limitation the “General Fund” of the City of Dalton;

 

(iii) no such payments shall be, or be deemed to be, a debt of the City of Dalton under any circumstance or for any purpose whatsoever, nor shall this Agreement constitute a pledge of the full faith and credit of the City of Dalton, nor shall the City of Dalton appropriate or be required to appropriate funds to pay for any amounts due under this Agreement;

 

(iv) no Party will ever have the right to compel the exercise of any taxing power of the City of Dalton to pay any amount due from Dalton Utilities under this Agreement, nor to enforce payment thereof against any property of the City of Dalton other than the Dalton Utilities Assets;

 

(v) no Party shall have any recourse for payment hereunder against any source of funds of the City of Dalton other than the Dalton Utilities Assets, and each Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any recourse or claim it may or could otherwise

 

 

 

45

 

 


 

 

have or allege to have against any payment source of the City of Dalton other than the Dalton Utilities Assets; and

 

(vi) no provision of this Agreement is intended to, nor shall any such provision in any way (A) grant, convey or otherwise extend to any Party any lien, encumbrance or other charge against the Dalton Utilities Assets, or (B) modify, impair, subordinate or otherwise affect the rights, obligations and privileges of Dalton Utilities arising under the City of Dalton, Georgia Combined Utilities Revenue Bonds, Series 1997, the City of Dalton, Georgia Combined Utilities Revenue Bonds, Series 1999, or any other obligation of Dalton Utilities, it being understood and agreed that the revenues of Dalton Utilities and all funds created and maintained pursuant to any ordinance enacted for the purpose of issuance of any such bonds are subject to a prior and superior lien to secure such bonds, and shall not be subject to levy, seizure or other adverse action as may constitute a default with respect to such bonds.

 

 

8.2

Payment for [***] .

(a)       Contractor shall be compensated by Owners for [***]. On or before the [***] of each month, Contractor shall provide Owners with an invoice setting forth the actual amounts of [***] incurred during the prior month, together with such supporting documentation as is reasonably requested by Owners. Subject to the further provisions of this Article 8, payment shall be due from Owners within [***] following receipt of the invoice.

(b)       Contractor shall be compensated by Owners for [***]. On or before the [***] of the month following any month in which Contractor has incurred costs [***], Contractor shall provide Owners with an invoice setting forth the [***] and that were incurred during the prior month, together with such supporting documentation as is reasonably requested by Owners. Subject to the further provisions of this Article 8, payment shall be due from Owners of the amounts invoiced under this Section 8.2(b) within [***] following receipt of the invoice.

8.3        [***] Price Payments . Contractor shall be paid for the portions of the Contract Price constituting [***] in accordance with the Payment Schedule in Exhibit F . For Milestone Payments, the applicable portion of [***] shall be invoiced by Contractor upon the completion (or substantial completion as provided below) of each Milestone. [***] Submittal of each invoice by Contractor for a Milestone Payment shall constitute a representation by Contractor that it has performed and provided the Work required to complete the corresponding Milestone for such Milestone Payment in accordance with this Agreement or otherwise covered by such invoice. Subject to the further provisions of this Article 8, payment shall be due from Owners within [***] following receipt of the invoice. Milestones are not required to be completed in the sequence set forth in the Milestone Payment Schedule, nor must invoices for completed Milestones be submitted in the sequence set forth in Milestone Payment Schedule; provided that the aggregate value of invoices for Milestones submitted by Contractor at any given point in time shall not [***] of the aggregate value of the Milestones shown on the Milestone Payment Schedule as of such point in time. With the

 

 

 

46

 

 


 

 

written consent of Owners, Contractor shall have the option to submit an invoice for substantially completed Milestones on a pro rata basis.

8.4        Final Payment . Upon achievement of Final Completion for each Unit, Contractor shall submit to Owners an invoice for the final Milestone Payment and other payments due under this Agreement (the “Final Payment Invoice”) which shall set forth the remaining amounts due to it pursuant to this Agreement. When submitting the Final Payment Invoice, Contractor shall: (i) submit a written discharge, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to both Parties, confirming that the total of the Final Payment Invoice represents full and final settlement of the monies due to Contractor for the performance of the Work under this Agreement and (ii) include the lien waivers, releases and Contractor’s affidavit required by Section 8.9(a)(ii) conditioned on Contractor receiving payment pursuant to the Final Payment Invoice. Payment of the Final Payment Invoice shall be due from Owners within [***] following receipt of the invoice.

 

8.5

Supporting Documentation; Payment Disputes .  

(a)       If requested by Owners, Contractor shall submit invoices in a format agreed to by the Parties. Contractor shall make available such documentation and materials as Owners may reasonably require, including without limitation, if applicable, Contractor’s most accurate and current data concerning physical progress of the Work, substantiating Contractor’s right to payment of an invoice. If an invoice is deficient in any material respect, Contractor may be required by Owners to resubmit that invoice in proper form; provided, however, that Owners shall pay such portion of the invoice that is not deficient and [***] of such portion of the invoice, if any, in dispute, as provided in Section 8.5(b). Owners shall review each invoice and shall take exceptions, if any, by providing Contractor with written notice by the earlier of (i) such date the invoice is paid by Owners or (ii) [***] after Owners receive the invoice along with evidence which reasonably documents the contractual basis of such exceptions. If Owners provide no exceptions within such time, Owners shall pay Contractor, within the time specified for payment above.

(b)       Payment shall not waive Owners’ right to dispute an invoice. Owners may only withhold [***] of the disputed portion of an invoice and such dispute shall be resolved in good faith in accordance with Article 27. Once the dispute is resolved, Owners shall pay any additional amount due or Contractor shall refund any amount by which it was overpaid, as applicable, within thirty (30) Days after the date of the final resolution, together with interest at a rate equal to [***], applied from the original due date of the payment [***] until paid (or in the case of any overpayment, from the date paid until refunded by Contractor).

(c)       Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owners may take advantage of any discount identified in Contractor’s invoice for prompt payment. If for any reason Owners fail to pay Contractor for the sums due and owing (other than [***] of the sums that are the subject of a good faith dispute) by the due date, a late payment charge shall accrue at a rate equal to [***]. If Owners fail to make payment of an undisputed amount within [***] following the due date, or fail to make payment of the portion of a disputed payment as required by Section 8.5(b) within [***] of the date such payment is required, Contractor shall

 

 

 

47

 

 


 

 

have the right to suspend performance of the Work until such time as such payment is made as if Owners had ordered a suspension in accordance with Section 22.1.

8.6        No Acceptance by Payment . Owners’ payment of an invoice or portion thereof does not constitute approval or acceptance of any item or cost in that invoice nor shall it be construed to relieve Contractor of any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

8.7

Security for Payment by Owners .

(a)       In the event that (i) the credit rating of (A) the senior unsecured debt (or issuer rating in the absence of a senior unsecured debt rating) of GPC, (B) the senior unenhanced debt of Dalton Utilities, (C) the senior unenhanced secured debt of Oglethorpe Power Corporation or (D) the senior unenhanced global scale rating to municipal obligations or equivalent rating scale of the Municipal Electric Authority of Georgia issued with respect to the Power Revenue Bond Resolution falls below any two of the following (or, if only rated by two of the following, falls below either, or, if only rated by one of the following, falls below such rating) or in the event that such Owner no longer has a credit rating from any of the following: (x) Baa3 by Moody’s (if rated by Moody’s), (y) BBB minus by S&P (if rated by S&P) or (z) BBB minus by Fitch Ratings (if rated by Fitch Ratings), or (ii) the maturity of any indebtedness of such Owner which in the aggregate exceeds One Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($150,000,000) is accelerated by the holder or holders thereof as a result of a default thereunder, then no more than eight (8) Business Days after such Owner’s receipt of a written demand from Contractor, such Owner shall provide Contractor with a letter of credit substantially in the form attached as Exhibit U (or such other form of irrevocable standby letter of credit as may be consistent with accepted international banking customs and practices prevailing at the time of issuance, provided that such form is reasonably acceptable to Contractor), from a bank having a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of A minus or higher (by S&P) or A3 or higher (by Moody’s), with total assets of at least Ten Billion Dollars ($10,000,000,000), and with a branch located in the United States, and in an amount equal to the [***] remaining in the Payment Schedules, multiplied by such Owner's Ownership Interest, or such other collateral reasonably acceptable to Contractor.

(b)             Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 8.7(a), in the event that an Owner is required to provide a letter of credit pursuant to Section 8.7(a), such Owner shall have the option, in lieu of providing such letter of credit, of providing either (i) a parent company guaranty in the form attached as Exhibit V-3, and with a stated limit of the guarantor’s liability under section 2.1 of such guaranty that is no less than that amount required for the letter of credit, provided that this option shall no longer be available to such Owner if and when the credit ratings of the parent company guarantor are such that they would trigger the letter of credit requirement of Section 8.7(a) if such credit ratings applied to the parent company guarantor or (ii) cash in the same amount as required for the letter of credit deposited into an account designated by Contractor for the benefit of Contractor under the exclusive control of Contractor free and clear of all liens (including the liens of any lenders) of any Person other than Contractor. Any such account shall be established and maintained at the expense of such Owner and held by a depositary bank acceptable to Contractor pursuant to a control agreement in form and substance acceptable to Contractor.

 

 

 

48

 

 


 

 

(c)             Contractor may make a demand for payment against the security provided by any Owner pursuant to Sections 8.7(a) or (b) in the event that any such Owner has failed to make a payment when due pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or in order to recover any damages to which Contractor is otherwise entitled under this Agreement as a result of any such Owner’s failure to satisfy any of its obligations under this Agreement no sooner than [***] following such failure and any applicable cure period. In the event of such a demand for payment, then, except in the circumstance when the Contractor elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 22.5, the applicable Owner or Owners shall within [***] replenish any letter of credit (or cash), if applicable, being held by Contractor with respect to such Owner to the full amount required by such Owner pursuant to Sections 8.7(a) and (b). If at any time the security held by Contractor exceeds the amount of security required by the applicable provisions of this Section 8.7, Contractor shall permit Owners to replace or amend the security and/or shall release such security so that the amount of the security held by Contractor is equal to the amount required by the provisions of this Section 8.7.

(d)       If, following the issuance by an Owner of a letter of credit (or cash) to Contractor, the credit rating of such Owner returns to levels above those at which the letter of credit (or cash) is required pursuant to Sections 8.7(a) and (b), all outstanding letter(s) of credit (or cash) shall be released by Contractor within [***]; provided, however, that the provisions of Sections 8.7(a) and (b) shall apply again in the event of any subsequent lowering of the credit rating of such Owner below the levels stated in Section 8.7(a) that are applicable to such Owner.

8.8        Separate Payments to Consortium Members . Each Contractor invoice shall designate the actual amounts of the invoice payment that is to be paid to each Consortium Member. GPC, on its own behalf and as agent for the other Owners, shall make payment to each Consortium Member in the amounts indicated in the invoice.

 

8.9

Conditions of Payments; Punch List Withholding .  

(a)        Required Submittals . In addition to the requirements of Section 8.5 above, Owners shall not be required to make any payment to Contractor pursuant to this Article 8 if Contractor has not provided the submittals described in this Section 8.9(a):

(i)         Interim Lien Waivers and Releases . In order to be valid, each monthly invoice submitted by Contractor must be accompanied by interim lien waivers and releases, in the form and substance as set forth in Exhibit S , executed by Contractor with respect to the Work completed prior to the date of such invoice.  

(ii)        Final Lien Release; Contractor’s Affidavit . In order to be valid, Contractor’s invoice for the final payment from Owners under the Agreement must be accompanied by (A) lien releases and waivers executed by Contractor in the form and substance as set forth in Exhibit S and (B) Contractor’s affidavit in the form and substance as set forth in Exhibit X executed by Contractor; provided, however, to the extent that one or more disputed claims is identified on the final lien releases and waivers form, then the Contractor’s affidavit shall be provided contemporaneously with the resolution of such disputed claim(s). The Parties further acknowledge that the final lien

 

 

 

49

 

 


 

 

waiver form contained in Exhibit S contains a notation indicating that the final lien waiver is “unconditional.” Notwithstanding this notation, the Parties agree that the final lien waiver form is conditional, consistent with the language in the lien waiver form itself and with the language in the applicable Georgia statute, on the receipt of the payment referenced in the lien waiver form.

(b)        Withholding to Protect Owners from Loss . Owners may, without prejudice to any other rights Owners may have, withhold all or any portion of any payment to such extent as may be necessary in Owners’ reasonable opinion to protect Owners from loss due to liens filed by Contractor or any of its Personnel against either the Facility, the Site or any other property of Owners other than liens filed as a result of Owners’ breach of their obligations to make payments to Contractor hereunder. When Contractor has remedied the cause for withholding any payment and has furnished evidence of such remedy that is satisfactory to Owners, Owners will make the payment so withheld to Contractor within thirty (30) Days following Owners’ receipt of such evidence. If Contractor, after receipt of notice from Owners, fails or refuses to remedy the cause for withholding such payment within the time specified in the notice, then Owners may, without prejudice to any other rights Owners may have, remedy it and charge Contractor for the cost of such remedy including without limitation Owners’ expenses, such as attorneys' fees and other legal fees and disbursements. Such action by Owners will not be or be considered to be a waiver of any default by Contractor under this Agreement.

(c)        Lien Bonds . Owners shall release any payments withheld due to any Lien if Contractor provides to Owners at Contractor’s sole expense (i) a lien bond which is (A) issued by a surety company acceptable to Owners, (B) in form and substance satisfactory to Owners, and (C) in an amount not less than [***] of such Lien claim or (ii) cash or a letter of credit or other security in form and substance satisfactory to Owners in an amount not less than [***] of such Lien claim. By posting a lien bond, however, Contractor shall not be relieved of any obligations (including its indemnity obligations) under this Agreement.

(d)        Withholding to Ensure Completion of the Punch List . Upon creation of the Punch List in accordance with Section 12.5, Owners may withhold from the Milestone Payment due to Contractor upon Substantial Completion an amount equal to [***] of the total projected cost of completing the Punch-List items (such amount, the “Punch List Withholding Amount”). The applicable amount withheld will be released upon completion of each Punch List item. In lieu of such retention, Contractor shall have the right to provide a letter of credit (in an amount equal to the Punch List Withholding Amount) to Owners for the completion of the Punch List, in which case the amount retained for the Punch List shall be released to Contractor.

 

(e)

[***]

(f)        P ayment or Use Not Acceptance . No payment to Contractor or any use of the Facility shall constitute an acceptance of any of the Work furnished by Contractor or shall relieve Contractor of any of its obligations or liabilities with respect thereto.

 

8.10

Long Lead Materials . [***]

 

 

 

50

 

 


 

 

ARTICLE 9

 

CHANGES

9.1        Entitlement to Change . The following (each, a “Change”) shall entitle Contractor or Owners, as the case may be, to seek a Change Order in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article 9 to the extent that a Change occurs following the Effective Date. In addition, Contractor shall be entitled to seek a Change Order in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article 9 for (i) any Change that occurs after January 22, 2008 [***] of which Owners were notified and have accepted prior to the Effective Date to the extent such Change has not already been reflected in the Contract Price or Project Schedule and (ii) for the price of Phase I Work not yet paid for under the Purchase Orders that are subsumed by this Agreement, as provided in Section 3.2(a).

(a)       any addition to, deletion from, or modification of the Facility as described in this Agreement, or any change in the Work that is agreed by the Parties or imposed (except to the extent that any change in Work is imposed as a result of the acts or omissions of Contractor or a Subcontractor or Vendor, which acts or omissions are inconsistent with the Performance Standards) by (1) [***] or (2) the Georgia PSC Certification Order;

(b)       the COL is not issued by the date that is [***] or notice that the Contractor is released to commence pouring safety related concrete is not received by Contractor [***] prior to the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for the First Unit, [***];

(c)       any breach by Owners of their obligations under this Agreement (including without limitation the obligations under Section 4.1), or delay or other demonstrable adverse impact on Contractor’s or a Subcontractor’s or Vendor’s activities under this Agreement resulting from delay by Owners in giving a required approval or in performing any of the Owners’ responsibilities under Section 4.1 (other than to the extent of any delay for which Contractor is responsible) or interference with the Work contrary to the provisions of this Agreement by Owners or Owners’ Personnel (other than Contractor, its Subcontractors or Vendors or the Personnel or Invitees of any of them);

(d)       a Change in Law other than such matters that are addressed in Section 9.1(a); provided, however, that a Change in Law shall not constitute a Change to the extent such Change in Law affects [***]; and

(e)       the events or circumstances described in the following Sections of this Agreement that are stated in said Sections to constitute a Change: Sections 3.2(a), 3.3(b), 3.4(d)(iii), 3.5(a)(iii)(A), 3.5(a)(iii)(B), 3.5(e), 3.5(f), 3.5(k), 3.5(o)(v), 3.5(w)(i), 4.2(c), 5.1, 5.4, 5.5(a), 5.5(b), 9.2, 10.3, 11.1(b), 11.4(b), 11.4(c)(i), 11.4(c)(iii), 11.5(a), 11.5(c)(i), 11.5(d)(i), 11.5(d)(iii), 12.6(c), 14.1(b), 14.2(b), 14.3(a)(ii), 15.2(b), 16.1, 16.3(b), 21.2(a) and 22.1(a).

 

 

 

51

 

 


 

 

9.2        Owner-Directed Changes . It is the intent of the Parties to preserve the design of the Standard Plant, including the approach to the supply chain, construction, licensing, operation and maintenance. With respect to the Standard Plant, Owners shall only have the right to direct a Change in the design of the Facility or the Scope of Work or Project Schedule provided that such Change is technically feasible and does not affect (a) the DCD, (b) the COLA content or schedule or (c) [***]. Any such Change in the design, upon being determined by Contractor to meet these criteria, shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order subject to the provisions of Sections 9.3 through 9.5.

9.3        Effect of Changes . To the extent that a Change adversely affects Contractor’s or its Subcontractors’ or Vendors’ ability to perform the Work, increases Contractor’s costs for the Work, affects Contractor’s ability to achieve the Performance Guarantees or Warranties or its other obligations under this Agreement, or causes a delay in the Project Schedule, such Change shall entitle Contractor to a Change Order as appropriate to the extent allowed under Sections 9.3(a) and 9.3(b) to the Contract Price, the Project Schedule, the Payment Schedules, the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Dates, the Critical Milestones and/or such other parts of this Agreement as may be affected by such Change; [***]. Each Party shall reasonably cooperate with the other Party in preserving the standardization of the design and finality of the DCD. Notwithstanding the foregoing, [***]. To the extent that a Change enhances Contractor’s or its Subcontractors’ or Vendors’ ability to perform the Work, reduces Contractor’s costs for the Work or its other obligations under this Agreement, or shortens the Project Schedule, Owners shall be entitled to a Change Order as appropriate to the Contract Price, the Project Schedule, the Payment Schedules, the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Dates, the Critical Milestones and/or such other parts of this Agreement as may be affected by such Change

(a)        Changes to the Project Schedule . Any adjustment of time to the Project Schedule shall be the number of Days, at a maximum, equal to the number of Days of delay (or saved Days) in the sequence of the impacted Work demonstrated by Contractor (or by Owners with respect to saved Days) as resulting from the event or events necessitating the Change Order, with due regard for reasonable mitigating measures available to Contractor.

(b)        Changes to the Contract Price . Any increase (or decrease, in the context of a Change Order decreasing the amount of Work to be performed) in the Contract Price, if any, resulting from a Change shall be determined and shall be payable by (or due to) Owners as follows:

 

(i)

[***]

(ii)     if the Parties do not agree, then until such matter is resolved and the payment for such Change is determined pursuant to Article 27 [***];

 

(c)

[***]

9.4        Notice of a Change . Contractor shall submit notice of a Change to Owners as soon as reasonably practicable under the circumstances after becoming aware of the Change.

 

 

 

52

 

 


 

 

Such notice shall be followed by delivery to Owners of the following information as it becomes available:

(a)       detailed supporting information demonstrating the effect of the Change on the provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation the Contract Price and Project Schedule [***];

 

(b)  

options to mitigate the costs or delays associated with the Change;

(c)       an evaluation of the impact on the Licensing Basis as of the date of the Change; and

 

(d)  

a written proposal for executing the Work insofar as it will be changed.

9.5        Disputes over Changes . Failure by Contractor to provide notice of a Change as set forth above shall not reduce Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment as set out in Section 9.3, unless such failure has a materially adverse impact on Owners; provided, however, that Contractor shall not be entitled to such adjustment unless notice of a Change is provided to Owners as soon as reasonably practicable but in no event later than [***] subsequent to the discovery of circumstances that Contractor believes give rise to the need for a Change. A written document describing the amendments to this Agreement as a result of a Change (a “Change Order”) shall be agreed to in writing by the Parties. No Change Order shall be authorized by Owners unless signed by Owners’ Authorized Representative. Each Change Order shall show the adjustments agreed by the Parties. If Owners request a proposal for a change in the Work from Contractor or should Contractor submit a claim for a Change under Section 9.1, a Change Order shall be issued to reimburse Contractor for its charges for any estimating and design services. In the event the Parties are unable to agree on any aspect of a Change Order, the dispute will be resolved in accordance with the provisions of Article 27. The Parties will continue to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement in accordance with Section 27.7 unless the Parties otherwise mutually agree in writing.

9.6        Changes for Contractor’s Convenience . Contractor shall have the right to take any action that is consistent in all material respects with this Agreement and that Contractor determines to be reasonably necessary to meet the requirements of this Agreement, including, for example, making field changes or correcting deficiencies. However, in the event that Contractor desires to make substitutions of Equipment or materials set out in the Specifications or deletions from or modifications to the Facility or Work as described in Exhibit A or the Licensing Basis and such action (a) would cause the Equipment or materials or such aspect of the Work (following the finalization of the design of the applicable system, component or structure) to no longer conform to the Standard Plant, (b) would be contrary to the COL or the DCD, or (c) would be contrary to material provisions of this Agreement, Contractor shall obtain Owners’ written approval prior to undertaking such change, which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Contractor shall also provide to Owners licensing evaluations and licensing support to develop license amendment requests to the NRC for changes proposed by Contractor to the NRC Design Certification to the extent such design changes will impact the Licensing Basis of the Facility. Contractor shall not be entitled to any

 

 

 

53

 

 


 

 

adjustment to the Contract Price, Project Schedule, Guaranteed Substantial Completion Dates, Critical Milestones, Performance Guarantees, Warranties or any other term or condition of this Agreement in respect of any change permitted pursuant to this Section 9.6.

ARTICLE 10

 

UNCONTROLLABLE CIRCUMSTANCES

10.1      Uncontrollable Circumstances . As used in this Agreement, an “Uncontrollable Circumstance” means any event to the extent that it: (a) prevents or delays the affected Party (the “Affected Party”) from performing its obligations under this Agreement or complying with any conditions required by the other Party under this Agreement or affects the costs of performing the Work; and (b) is unforeseeable and is beyond the reasonable control of and not the result of the fault or negligence of the Affected Party or such Affected Party’s Personnel; and (c) could not have been prevented by the Affected Party’s or its Personnel’s exercise of reasonable diligence. To the extent that the preceding conditions are satisfied, Uncontrollable Circumstances include, without limitation, the following events or circumstances:

(i)        war, civil insurrection, riots, sabotage or acts of terrorism;

(ii)       acts of God, including flash floods, hurricanes, tornadoes, typhoons, lightning strikes, earthquakes and the like;

 

(iii)

fire or explosion;

(iv)      governmental actions or omissions, including the suspension, termination, interruption, denial, delay in obtaining or failure of renewal or issuance of any Government Approval relating to the Work;

 

(v)

epidemics, quarantines, embargoes or blockades;

(vi)      strikes, other concerted labor actions or slowdowns which are not occurring exclusively at the Site, or those occurring exclusively at the Site, to the extent caused by an action or inaction by Owners or their Personnel; and

 

(vii)

[***]

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.1 to the contrary, in no instance will the following be considered events beyond Contractor’s or its Personnel’s reasonable control or constitute an Uncontrollable Circumstance: (A) equipment failure, except when such failure is caused by a separate Uncontrollable Circumstance; (B) an act or omission of a Subcontractor or Vendor, except to the extent such act or omission is caused by an event that would constitute an Uncontrollable Circumstance if such event were experienced directly by a Party; (C) price fluctuations with respect to materials, supplies or components of equipment related to items to be supplied by Contractor under this Agreement; (D) mere economic hardship; (E) Site specific strikes or other Site specific labor actions other than those listed in clause (vi) above; or [***].

 

 

 

54

 

 


 

 

10.2      Burden of Proof . The burden of proof as to whether an Uncontrollable Circumstance has occurred shall be upon the Party claiming an Uncontrollable Circumstance.

10.3      Excused Performance . To the extent that the Affected Party is rendered wholly or partly unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement because of an Uncontrollable Circumstance, such circumstance shall constitute a Change and shall entitle such Affected Party to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9, which action shall be the sole remedy of such Affected Party; provided that:

(a)       the Affected Party shall give written notice to the other Party describing the particulars of the occurrence as soon as reasonably practicable under the circumstances but in any event no later than [***] after the Affected Party becomes aware of the Uncontrollable Circumstance;

(b)       the suspension of performance resulting from such Uncontrollable Circumstance shall be of no greater scope and of no longer duration than is reasonably required by the Uncontrollable Circumstance;

(c)       no obligations of either Party which arose before the occurrence causing the suspension of performance are excused as a result of the occurrence;

(d)       the Affected Party must continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement to the extent possible, and the Affected Party must use commercially reasonable efforts to overcome, cure, remove, otherwise correct, minimize and contain costs and expenses and mitigate and remedy the damages, delays and effects of the Uncontrollable Circumstance and its inability to perform its obligations under this Agreement as a result thereof; and

(e)       when the Affected Party is able to resume performance of its obligations hereunder, that Party shall give the other Party written notice to that effect and shall promptly resume such performance.

ARTICLE 11

 

TESTING

 

11.1

Scope and Objective of Testing .  

(a)       The scope of testing associated with this Article 11 covers that testing which takes place for each Unit at the Site and is in addition to the component testing addressed in Section 3.5(g). The testing that will be performed on-Site consists of Construction and Installation Tests, Preoperational Tests, Start-up Tests and the Performance Tests, each as described in this Article 11.

(b)       The “Joint Test Working Group” consists of an organizational group of representative personnel from each Party performing testing services, technical supervision and/or field support working with Owners’ operating organization. The Joint Test Working Group shall oversee the implementation of the Preoperational Tests program

 

 

 

55

 

 


 

 

and the Start-up Tests program, including planning, scheduling and performance of all Preoperational Tests and Start-up Tests. Contractor shall have overall responsibility and authority for technical direction of the initial test program, consisting of the Construction and Installation Tests and Preoperational Tests, for conducting those tests in accordance with the Project Schedule, and will act as the chairman of the Joint Test Working Group. Upon Unit Mechanical Completion, the Joint Test Working Group chairman will continue to have overall responsibility and authority for the technical direction of the Start-up Test program, but operation and control of the Unit shall reside entirely with Owners. To support the Preoperational Tests, Startup Tests and Performance Tests, Owners shall supply, at a minimum, the operating and plant staff as designated in Table 4 of Exhibit A , as may be amended per mutual agreement upon finalization of the startup administrative manual. Owners shall be responsible for conducting the Start-up Tests and the Performance Tests to be conducted in accordance with the Project Schedule and any delay in performance of the tests not due to the fault of Contractor or its Personnel shall constitute a Change and entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. Contractor shall use reasonable efforts to accommodate Owners in performing Start-up Tests and Performance Tests during times of the day that will allow Owners to maximize the revenues from the sale of test energy provided that such accommodation does not cause Contractor to be delayed in meeting the Project Schedule. The Joint Test Working Group shall review and evaluate Construction and Installation Test, Preoperational Test and Start-up Test results and test turnover packages and recommend acceptance of the turnover to Owners. The start-up administrative manual shall include administrative procedures that provide detailed requirements and govern the execution of activities associated with the conduct of the test program, including the organization, structure and functional relationships of the Joint Test Working Group and the start-up organization. The start-up administrative manual shall be based on the Contractor’s AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant startup administrative manual and shall be delivered to Owners [***] prior to the commencement of the Preoperational Tests. Any revisions thereto shall be subject to Owners' review. If Owners request a change to the startup administrative manual that is not the result of a Contractor error or omission, such request shall constitute a Change and entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9.

 

11.2

Construction and Installation Tests .  

(a)       The adequacy of construction and installation of components and systems shall be verified by construction inspection and installation tests. During the construction period, Contractor shall erect the structure, install plant equipment and perform construction verification and inspection tests. All of these activities shall be executed, controlled, and documented in accordance with Contractor’s approved procedures.

(b)       During construction, installation of components associated with the various systems will be completed. The associated piping, wiring, equipment, and controls shall be verified to be installed in accordance with approved final design drawings. Construction and Installation Tests shall be performed and all appropriate documentation and exceptions to construction verification tests, or incomplete tests shall be recorded as turnover exceptions. On a system basis, completion of this program shall demonstrate that the system is ready for preoperational testing. Where applicable, Preoperational Tests may proceed prior to completion of this program.

 

 

 

56

 

 


 

 

11.3      Preoperational System Tests . Following the Construction and Installation Tests of the particular components and systems, the preoperational system tests shall be conducted. Activities during the Preoperational Tests shall be conducted in accordance with the start-up administrative manual. All system/component testing not completed before Turnover will also be conducted under the start-up administrative manual. Initially, the Joint Test Working Group shall prepare the system/components for dynamic testing. Systems shall be flushed, tuned, and prepared for preoperational and acceptance testing. The Joint Test Working Group, while coordinating any remaining functional testing, shall provide technical direction for Owners’ operations personnel in the initial starting and operation of the various systems.

(a)       Preoperational Tests shall be performed to demonstrate that the components and systems perform in accordance with selected design requirements so that initial Nuclear Fuel loading, initial criticality and subsequent power operation can be safely undertaken in accordance with Law and applicable Government Approvals. Preoperational Tests at elevated pressure and temperature are referred to as hot functional tests. Contractor shall provide [***] advance notice to Owners of the scheduled testing dates via updates to the Project Schedule.

The general objectives of the Preoperational Test program are the following:

 

Demonstrate that essential plant components and systems, including alarms and indications, meet appropriate requirements based on the design.

 

Provide documentation of the performance and condition of the components and systems.

 

Provide baseline test and operating data on equipment and systems for future use and reference.

 

Operate Equipment for a sufficient period to demonstrate performance in accordance with the Preoperational Test procedures.

 

Demonstrate that the systems operate on an integrated basis.

Abstracts for the Preoperational Tests for portions of systems/components that perform safety-related functions; perform defense-in-depth functions; contain, transport, or isolate radioactive material; and for other applicable systems are specified in Chapter 14 of the DCD.

(b)       Contractor shall develop the Preoperational Test procedures consistent with its procedures for the Standard Plant and shall provide the Preoperational Test procedures to Owners in advance of the testing. A team referred to as the “Preoperational Test Group” will be established by the Joint Test Working Group and be manned by each Party's personnel per Table 4 of Exhibit A . The Preoperational Test Group will consist of engineering test leads and test personnel. The Preoperational Test Group shall be responsible for conducting the Preoperational Tests in accordance with the Project Schedule.

 

 

 

57

 

 


 

 

(c)       Facility equipment used in the performance of Preoperational Tests will be operated by Owners in accordance with appropriate operating procedures, thereby giving Owners’ operating staff an opportunity to gain experience in using these procedures and demonstrating their adequacy prior to Unit initial criticality.

(d)       Contractor shall review the results of the Preoperational Tests with the Preoperational Test Group and notify Owners when they may proceed with the Start-up Test program.

 

 

11.4

Start-up Tests Objectives and Protocol .  

(a)       The Start-up Test program begins with initial Nuclear Fuel loading after the Preoperational Tests have been successfully completed. Start-up Tests can be grouped into four broad categories:

 

Tests related to initial Nuclear Fuel loading.

 

Tests performed after initial Nuclear Fuel loading but prior to initial criticality.

 

Tests related to initial criticality and those performed at low power (less than five percent (5%)).

 

Tests performed at power levels greater than five percent (5%).

During performance of the Start-up Test program, Owners’ operating staff shall have the opportunity to obtain practical experience in the use of normal and abnormal Operating Procedures while a Unit progresses through heatup, criticality, and power operations.

 

(b)

The general objectives of the Start-up Test program are to:

 

Install the Nuclear Fuel in the Unit reactor vessel in a controlled and safe manner.

 

Verify that the Unit reactor core and components, Equipment, and systems required for control and shutdown have been assembled according to design and meet specified performance and other requirements of this Agreement.

 

Achieve initial criticality and operation at power in a controlled and safe manner.

 

Verify that the operating characteristics of the Unit reactor core and associated control and protection equipment are consistent with design requirements and accident analysis assumptions.

 

 

 

58

 

 


 

 

 

Obtain the required data and calibrate equipment used to control and protect the Facility.

 

Verify that the Unit responds to the transient tests as described in the Design Control Document.

Abstracts of the Start-up Tests are provided in Chapter 14 of the DCD. Contractor shall develop the Start-up Test procedures per the guidelines documented in Chapter 14 of the DCD, in accordance with its procedures for the Standard Plant and will provide the Start-up Test procedures to Owners [***] the testing and, in the case of any Site-specific matters or whenever required by Law, shall be subject to the Owners’ and/or Licensed Operator’s acceptance, which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Start-up Test procedures will be developed as part of the standard AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant procedures and test program. Therefore, any changes to these standard test procedures that Owners require that are not the result of a Contractor error or omission shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. A team referred to as the “Start-up Test Group” will be established by the Joint Test Working Group and be manned by each Party’s personnel as per Table 4 of Exhibit A . The Start-up Test Group will consist of engineering test leads and test personnel. The Start-up Test Group shall be responsible for conducting the Start-up Tests in accordance with the agreed upon Project Schedule.

(c)       Contractor shall give notice to Owners of the date (the “Ready for Start-up Test Date”) when the Unit is ready, or would have been ready, except for a delay caused by Owners or their Personnel or resulting from an Uncontrollable Circumstance, for the Start-up Tests on such Unit to begin.

(i)        In the event of any such delay, such delay shall constitute a Change and entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. If the Work is suspended as a result of the delay, the Parties shall determine as part of the Change Order process such matters as (A) maintenance procedures for the Unit to be followed by Owners until the Start-up Test can occur, (B) whether or not Contractor should demobilize its forces for the duration of the suspension, (C) if demobilization is to occur, Contractor’s Personnel that shall either remain on the Site for the purpose of monitoring the maintenance of the Units and/or be permitted to examine the Unit and Owners’ maintenance records on a routine basis to determine whether the agreed maintenance procedures are being followed and (D) validation procedures to be undertaken on the Unit to re-determine its readiness for the Start-up Test prior to conducting the Start-up Test.

(ii)       To the extent that a delay caused by Owners or their Personnel or resulting from an Uncontrollable Circumstance delays any Start-up Test by more than [***] from the Ready for Start-up Test Date, Contractor shall be entitled to the Milestone Payment(s) that would be due upon or prior to Start-up Test Completion, minus the component of the Milestone Payment attributable to the technical direction to have been provided by Contractor for such Start-up Test(s).

 

 

 

59

 

 


 

 

(iii)      At such time as Owners are ready for the Start-up Test to be conducted, Contractor shall (if applicable) re-mobilize at the Site on a mutually agreed date and shall proceed to conduct the Start-up Test, followed by the Performance Tests and the other activities required to achieve Substantial Completion and Final Completion. The Project Schedule will be revised pursuant to the Change Order procedure to reflect the additional time, if any, that Contractor will require for the performance of the Start-up Test as a result of changed circumstances in its staffing and other factors resulting from the delay in performance of the test. Prior to initiating the Start-up Test, Contractor shall have the right, pursuant to the agreed validation procedures determined as described in clause (i) above, to assess whether any degradation to the operational performance of the Unit has occurred. To the extent that degradation to the operational performance of the Unit has occurred for reasons other than due to the acts or omissions of Contractor or its Personnel, such degradation shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9 for the costs and time required to perform corrections to the Unit to return it to a state ready for the Start-up Test.

(iv)      If the delay caused by Owners or their Personnel or resulting from an Uncontrollable Circumstance delays any Start-up Test by more than [***] from the Ready for Start-up Test Date, then Contractor will be deemed for all purposes to have completed the Start-up Test, and at such time, if any, as Owners are ready for the Start-up Test to be conducted, Contractor’s sole responsibility hereunder with respect to such Start-up Test shall be to provide technical direction for the testing on [***].

 

11.5

Performance Tests .

(a)        Performance Test Procedures . Contractor shall develop the Performance Test procedures consistent with its procedures for the Standard Plant and shall provide the Performance Test procedures to Owners [***] the testing and, in the case of any Site-specific matters or whenever required by Law, shall be subject to the Owners’ and/or Licensed Operator’s acceptance, which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Performance Test procedures will be developed as part of the standard AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant procedures and test program. Therefore, any changes to these standard test procedures that Owners require that are not the result of a Contractor error or omission shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. Documentation of the performance of the tests and results of the tests shall be created and maintained by Contractor and delivered to Owners as a condition of Final Completion.

(b)        Owners’ Responsibilities . Owners shall provide all consumables, semi-skilled and skilled labor, fully trained and licensed operators and such other material or services that are reasonably requested by Contractor for the tests. Contractor shall maintain an adequate construction staff and labor on Site to support the testing process.

(c)        AP1000 Performance Tests . Contractor will perform the Performance Tests in accordance with Contractor document, APP-GW-T1R-600, “AP1000 Performance Test Requirements and Bases,” which also includes the designation of the ASME Power Test Codes used for the Performance Tests. The revision level of APP-GW-T1R-600 shall be that

 

 

 

60

 

 


 

 

as of the Effective Date or as otherwise agreed to by the Parties. Per APP-GW-T1R-600, the Performance Tests will consist of the following tests: (i) NSSS Thermal Performance Test, (ii) Turbine Generator Output Test (i.e., Net Unit Electrical Output Test) and (iii) Steam Generator Moisture Carryover Test. In addition, certain baseline performance data shall be collected during the Performance Tests. [***]. Acceptance requirements associated with specific Performance Tests are provided below. Otherwise the acceptance criteria shall be as designated in the associated standard AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant test procedures.

(i)                   NSSS Thermal Performance Test . A test (the “NSSS Thermal Performance Test”) shall be run at [***] licensed thermal power as indicated by the secondary calorimetric. The thermal power shall be at the highest maintainable power level, but in no event less than [***] licensed thermal power in order to conduct this test. The purpose of this test is to verify the reliable operation of the Unit and that the nuclear steam supply system indicated power level, as measured by the secondary calorimetric, is greater than or equal to [***] licensed thermal power during a period of continuous operation of [***]. Such test shall be satisfactorily completed when the Unit has demonstrated this capability for such continuous period. The measurement frequency shall be every sixty (60) minutes throughout the test. If there is any reduction in the thermal power output [***] or delay in the performance of the NSSS Thermal Performance Test that is not due to an error or omission of Contractor or its Personnel, Contractor shall re-run the NSSS Thermal Performance Test when such circumstances abate, but the interruption or delay in the performance of the test shall constitute a Change and entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. If the reduction in the thermal power output [***] or delay is not due to an error or omission of Contractor or its Personnel or Uncontrollable Circumstances, the hours of continuous operation performed prior to such reduction or delay shall be credited toward the period of [***] of continuous operation once the NSSS Thermal Performance Test is resumed.

(ii)        Net Unit Electrical Output Performance Test . A test (the “Net Unit Electrical Output Test”) shall be run to determine whether the Unit meets the Net Unit Electrical Output Guarantee [***]. This test is referred to as the Turbine Generator Output Test in document APP-GW-T1R-600. The Net Unit Electrical Output Test for the Unit shall be conducted for a continuous [***] hour period during the Performance Tests. In accordance with the further requirements of Section 11.6(a), the measurement frequency shall be every sixty (60) minutes throughout the test, and the average value of those data points shall be used to determine compliance with the Net Unit Electrical Output Guarantee.

(iii)       Moisture Carryover Test . A test (the “Moisture Carryover Test”) shall be run to determine whether the Unit meets the Moisture Carryover Guarantee. The steam from the two (2) steam generators per Unit shall be sampled while the Unit is operating at a nominal rating of [***] thermal power. If the Unit is unable to reach [***] thermal power, the test must run at the highest maintainable power level but in no event less than or equal to [***] thermal power. The Moisture Carryover is measured using a tracer method. The method involves the addition of a known quantity of a suitable tracer to the secondary system. After a prescribed equilibrium time, samples shall be simultaneously withdrawn from each steam generator blowdown line, the main steam lines and the main feedwater lines. The concentration ratio of the tracer found in

 

 

 

61

 

 


 

 

the steam sample to that found in the liquid sample shall be used to calculate the Moisture Carryover. The Moisture Carryover Test may be conducted concurrently with the Net Electrical Output Test. Such test will be satisfactorily completed when it has demonstrated that the Unit is capable of meeting the Moisture Carryover Guarantee.

(iv)       Major Equipment Operation and Collection of Performance Baseline Data . In addition to systems that are referenced as part of conducting the Performance Tests, during the Performance Tests, data will be taken to allow verification of the proper operation of and to obtain baseline performance data for the following other major components of Equipment:

 

Steam Turbine Generator

 

Moisture Separator Reheaters

 

Feedwater Heaters

 

Condenser

 

Main Cooling Tower

 

Feedpumps

 

Circulating Water Pumps

 

(d)        Readiness for Performance Tests . Contractor shall give notice to Owners of the date (the “Ready for Performance Test Date”) when the Unit is ready, or would have been ready within the next [***] except for a delay caused by Owners or their Personnel or resulting from an Uncontrollable Circumstance, for the Performance Tests on such Unit to begin. In the event that there has been a delay in conducting the Start-up Test due to a delay caused by Owners or their Personnel or resulting from an Uncontrollable Circumstance, then the Ready for Performance Test Date shall be [***] after the Ready for Start-up Test Date [***].

(i)        In the event of any such delay, such delay shall constitute a Change and entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. If the Work is suspended as a result of the delay, the Parties shall determine as part of the Change Order process such matters as (A) maintenance procedures for the Unit to be followed by Owners until the Performance Tests can occur, (B) whether or not Contractor should demobilize its forces for the duration of the suspension, (C) if demobilization is to occur, Contractor Personnel that shall either remain on the Site for the purpose of monitoring the maintenance of the Units and/or be permitted to examine the Unit and Owners’ maintenance records on a routine basis to determine whether the agreed maintenance procedures are being followed and (D) validation procedures to be undertaken on the Unit to re-determine its readiness for the Performance Tests prior to conducting the Performance Tests.

(ii)       To the extent that a delay caused by Owners or their Personnel or resulting from an Uncontrollable Circumstance delays the Performance Tests by more than [***] from the Ready for Performance Test Date, Contractor shall be entitled to the Milestone Payment that would be due upon Performance Test completion, minus the component of the Milestone Payment attributable to the technical direction to have been provided by Contractor for such Performance Tests.

 

 

 

62

 

 


 

 

(iii)      At such time as Owners are ready for the Performance Tests to be conducted, Contractor shall (if applicable) re-mobilize at the Site on a mutually agreed date and shall proceed to conduct the Performance Tests, followed by the other activities required to achieve Substantial Completion and Final Completion. The Project Schedule shall be revised subject to the Change Order provisions of Article 9 to reflect the additional time, if any, that Contractor will require for the performance of the Performance Tests as a result of changed circumstances in its staffing and other factors resulting from such delay in performance of the test. Prior to initiating the Performance Tests, Contractor shall have the right, pursuant to the agreed validation degradation to the operational performance of the Unit has occurred. To the extent that degradation to the operational performance of the Unit has occurred for reasons o procedures determined as described in clause (i) above, to assess whether any ther than due to the acts or omissions of Contractor or its Personnel, such degradation shall constitute a Change and Contractor shall (without duplication of Change Orders which Contractor receives under Section 11.4(c)(iii)) be entitled to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9 for the costs and time required to perform corrections to the Unit to return it to a state ready for the Performance Tests.

(iv)      If the delay caused by Owners or their Personnel or resulting from an Uncontrollable Circumstance delays the Performance Tests by more than [***] from the Ready for Performance Test Date, then Contractor will be deemed for all purposes to have completed the Performance Tests, and at such time, if any, as Owners are ready for the Performance Tests to be conducted, Contractor’s sole responsibility hereunder with respect to such Performance Tests shall be to provide technical direction for the testing on [***].

 

11.6

Performance Guarantees .

(a)        Net Unit Electrical Output Guarantee . Subject to the limits of liability set forth in Section 13.3 and subject to the provisions of this Agreement and in accordance with the Operating Procedures and Maintenance Procedures and Facility Manuals, Contractor guarantees that a Unit, when loaded with the Nuclear Fuel, shall produce a Net Unit Electrical Output of [***] MWe as evidenced by the Net Unit Electrical Output Test (the “Net Unit Electrical Output Guarantee”).

(i)        In the event a Unit does not meet the Net Unit Electrical Output Guarantee as of the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date due to Contractor’s or its Personnel’s acts or omissions, Contractor shall, at its sole option, (A) perform, at its own expense, such repair, replacement or adjustment or modification to enable such Unit to produce the guarantee or (B) subject to the provisions below in this Section 11.6(a)(i) [***] pay the applicable Net Unit Electrical Output Liquidated Damages. The decision to repair, replace, adjust or modify shall be made by Contractor, after consultation with Owners. Contractor’s repair, replacement, adjustment or modifications to a Unit shall not interfere with Owners’ commercial operation of such Unit. The time period during which Contractor shall have this right to repair, replace, adjust or modify the Unit to improve performance shall terminate at the end of the Correction Period. At any time during the Correction Period, but subject to Contractor’s obligations under Section 11.6(b),

 

 

 

63

 

 


 

 

Contractor shall have the right to terminate its efforts to improve the performance of the Unit and pay the applicable Net Unit Electrical Output Liquidated Damages. If Contractor has previously paid Net Unit Electrical Output Liquidated Damages and, as a result of Contractor’s efforts, as of the end of the Correction Period (or such earlier time as the Net Unit Electrical Output Guarantee has been met or Contractor has determined that further repairs, replacements, adjustments or modifications to improve performance are not practicable), the Unit is able to meet the Net Unit Electrical Output Guarantee or Contractor has been able to increase the Net Unit Electrical Output from the level at which the Net Unit Electrical Output Liquidated Damages were previously paid, in each case as demonstrated by a Net Unit Electrical Output Test, Contractor shall be entitled to a refund of all or the applicable portion of the Net Unit Electrical Output Liquidated Damages paid by Contractor, calculated as provided in Section 13.3. Amounts expended by Contractor in its efforts to meet the Net Unit Electrical Output Guarantee shall not limit or affect Contractor’s obligation to pay Net Unit Electrical Output Liquidated Damages.

(ii)       The Net Unit Electrical Output Guarantee is subject to the conditions stated in Section 14.6(c) and to the following:

(A)      Owners have provided access to the electrical grid and sufficient electrical load to perform the test.

(B)      The Net Unit Electrical Output Guarantee shall be demonstrated by the Net Unit Electrical Output Test to be conducted at the times set forth in Section 11.5(c)(ii) and subject to measurement and adjustment based on the Reference Conditions and other conditions and requirements set forth in Exhibit L .

(C)      Necessary auxiliary equipment for producing the Net Unit Electrical Output shall include only the Equipment loads provided in Exhibit L .

(D)      Completion of the Net Unit Electrical Output Test or re-test that demonstrates the achievement of the Net Unit Electrical Output Guarantee or the payment of the Net Unit Electrical Output Liquidated Damages to Owners shall relieve Contractor of any further obligation with respect to the Net Unit Electrical Output Guarantee.

 

(b)

[***]

(c)        Moisture Carryover Guarantee . Contractor guarantees, subject to the provisions of this Agreement and in accordance with the Operation and Maintenance Manuals, that each Unit, when completed and loaded with Nuclear Fuel, will be capable of producing steam with a Moisture Carryover limit of [***] at the exit of the steam generator dryers and prior to entering the flow limiting nozzles (the “Moisture Carryover Guarantee”). The maximum amount of Moisture Carryover shall be [***] at the exit of the steam generator dryers and prior to entering the flow limiting nozzles (the “Maximum Moisture Carryover Amount”).

 

 

 

64

 

 


 

 

(i)        If the calculated Moisture Carryover is greater than the Moisture Carryover Guarantee as of the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date of a Unit due to Contractor’s or its Personnel’s acts or omissions, Contractor shall, at its sole option, [***].

(ii)       The Moisture Carryover Guarantee is based upon the Unit operating at the conditions set forth in the AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant Start-up Test Procedure for the Moisture Carryover Test.

 

(iii)

[***]

(d)        Contractor Burden of Proof . Contractor shall bear the burden of proving that a failure to meet the Net Unit Electrical Output Guarantee, [***] or Moisture Carryover Guarantee was not due to an act or omission of Contractor or its Personnel.

ARTICLE 12

 

STAGES OF COMPLETION

 

12.1

Turnover .  

(a)        Sequential Turnover . Turnover refers to the sequential mechanical completion of each system and structure of a Unit. “Turnover” of a system or structure shall occur upon the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(i)        Such system or structure (and components thereof) shall be physically completed in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement, the COL, and applicable Industry Codes and Standards (except for Punch-List items) and Law;

(ii)       The systems comprising such system or structure shall have been checked for alignment, lubrication, rotation and electrical continuity and hydrostatic and pneumatic pressure integrity;

(iii)      Such system or structure (and components thereof) shall have been flushed and cleaned out and shall be ready to support the commencement of the Preoperational Tests;

(iv)      Construction and Installation Tests and Preoperational Tests of such system or structure shall have been satisfactorily completed;

(v)       Structures or portions thereof shall be completed, necessary coatings applied and the area cleaned;

(vi)      Applicable ITAAC for the system or structure (and components thereof) shall have been met in accordance with ITAAC procedures to be developed by mutual agreement of Contractor and Owners, including a requirement to demonstrate that an ITAAC previously met for such system or structure (or components thereof) has not been compromised since initial satisfaction; and

 

 

 

65

 

 


 

 

(vii)     The Turnover Package for the system or structure (and any components thereof), including without limitation applicable Documentation for the system or structure, shall have been delivered to Owners.

(b)        Notice and Acceptance of Turnover . When Contractor believes the provisions of Section 12.1(a) have been satisfied with respect to each system or structure, Contractor shall deliver a written notice of such determination through the Joint Test Working Group to Owners with sufficient detail to enable Owners to determine whether Contractor has achieved such requirements. Owners shall accept such system or structure as having achieved Turnover, by delivering to Contractor notice of that acceptance within [***] following receipt of Contractor’s notice that Turnover has occurred; alternatively, Owners may disagree that Turnover has occurred by notifying Contractor in writing of why they disagree that Turnover of such system or structure has occurred, in which case (and without prejudice to Contractor’s right to submit a Claim) Contractor shall take such corrective actions as are necessary and resubmit its written notice of determination to Owners in accordance with this Section 12.1(b). If no notice is issued by Owners within the required time period, Owners will be deemed to have accepted that Turnover of such system or structure has occurred; provided, however, that in the event more than [***] are delivered to Owners within [***], for each additional Turnover Package delivered to Owners within such [***], Owners shall receive an incremental [***] to review such Turnover Package [***]. The date of Turnover for a system or structure shall be the date of Owners’ acceptance or deemed acceptance of Contractor’s notice in accordance with the procedures in this Section 12.1(b). Upon Turnover of a system or structure, Contractor shall turn over risk of loss and care, custody, control and operation of such system, structure or component to Owners in accordance with Section 21.2.

12.2      Unit Mechanical Completion . “Unit Mechanical Completion” shall be achieved for a Unit when the final system or structure of such Unit needed for the commencement of the Start-Up Tests for the Unit has achieved Turnover in accordance with Section 12.1. When submitting its written notice of determination under Section 12.1(b) for such final system or structure, Contractor shall include notice that Unit Mechanical Completion will occur upon the Turnover of such system or structure.

 

12.3

Start-up Test Completion .  

(a)       “Start-up Test Completion” for a Unit shall be deemed to have occurred upon satisfactory completion of the Start-up Test for the Unit or, in the circumstances specified in Section 11.4(c)(iv), upon deemed completion of the Start-up Test.

(b)       Contractor shall notify Owners when the provisions of Section 12.3(a) have been satisfied. Owners shall accept such Unit as having achieved Start-up Test Completion, by delivering to Contractor notice of that acceptance within [***] following receipt of Contractor’s notice that Start-up Test Completion has occurred; alternatively, Owners may disagree that Start-up Test Completion has occurred by notifying Contractor in writing of why they disagree that Start-up Test Completion has occurred. If no notice is issued by Owners within the required time period, Owners will be deemed to have accepted that Start-up Test Completion has occurred. The date of Start-up Test Completion shall be

 

 

 

66

 

 


 

 

the date the Unit has achieved Start-up Test Completion and not the date of Owners’ acceptance.

 

12.4

Substantial Completion .  

(a)       “Substantial Completion” of a Unit shall be deemed to have occurred upon:

(i)        achievement of Unit Mechanical Completion, Preoperational Test Completion in accordance with Section 11.3 and Start-up Test Completion in accordance with Section 11.4 or, in the circumstances specified in Section 11.4(c)(iv), upon deemed completion of the Start-up Test;

(ii)       achievement of the [***] or, in the circumstances specified in Section 11.5(d)(iv), upon deemed completion of the Performance Tests;

(iii)      (A) achievement of the Performance Guarantees for the Unit or the payment of applicable Performance Liquidated Damages by Contractor or (B) Owners have placed the Unit into commercial operation (provided that such action shall not negate Contractor’s obligation to pay Performance Liquidated Damages) or (C) in the circumstances specified in Section 11.5(d)(iv), upon deemed completion of the Performance Tests;

(iv)      Contractor has caused the Work on such Unit and associated portions of the Site (to the extent required as in the case of Section 3.5(m)(ii)) to be completed except for Punch List items pursuant to the terms hereof;

(v)       Contractor has delivered the interim lien waivers and releases required pursuant to Section 8.9(a)(i), as well as proof of satisfaction or bonding of all liens; and

(vi)      Contractor has delivered certificates of occupancy and all remaining Documentation other than such Documentation to be delivered upon Final Completion.

(b)        Notice and Acceptance of Substantial Completion . When Contractor believes the provisions of Section 12.4(a) have been satisfied, Contractor shall deliver to Owners a written notice of such determination with sufficient detail to enable Owners to determine whether Contractor has achieved such requirements. Owners shall accept such Unit as having achieved Substantial Completion, by delivering to Contractor notice of that acceptance within [***] following receipt of Contractor’s certification that Substantial Completion has occurred or by notifying Contractor in writing of why it disagrees that Substantial Completion has occurred. If no notice is delivered by Owners within such [***], Substantial Completion will be deemed to have occurred as of the date of Contractor’s notice. If Owners notify Contractor that such requirements have not been met, Contractor will promptly undertake such action or work as necessary to achieve such requirements and shall then issue another written certification of Substantial Completion to Owners stating that Contractor believes such requirements have been achieved. Such procedure shall be repeated

 

 

 

67

 

 


 

 

until Substantial Completion is achieved. Upon Owners’ acceptance or deemed acceptance of a Unit having achieved Substantial Completion, the date of Substantial Completion shall be the date of Contractor’s most recent written certification of satisfaction of the Substantial Completion requirements.

12.5      Punch List . Prior to Substantial Completion of a Unit, Contractor shall submit to Owners for their review and approval a comprehensive list of remaining Work, which shall be of a minor nature and not prevent commercial operation of the Unit (the “Punch List”). Owners will review the Punch List and provide Contractor with comments thereto and/or approval thereof within [***] from the date of submission of the Punch List to Owners. Owners shall have the right to withhold the Punch-List Withholding Amount from the payment due upon Substantial Completion of the Unit, which amount shall be released to Contractor in accordance with Section 8.9(d).

 

12.6

Final Completion .  

 

(a)

“Final Completion” of a Unit shall be deemed to have occurred upon:

 

(i)

the Unit’s achievement of Substantial Completion;

(ii)       the completion of the Punch List items in accordance with this Agreement;

(iii)      Contractor has delivered all lien waivers and releases and Contractor Affidavit required pursuant to Section 8.9(a)(ii), as well as proof of satisfaction or bonding of all liens;

(iv)      Contractor has assigned Subcontractor and Vendor warranties as required pursuant to Section 3.5(u)(vii); and

(v)       the delivery to Owners of the remaining Documentation, including without limitation copies of any Subcontracts required to be delivered pursuant to Section 3.5(u)(vii).

(b)       When Contractor believes the provisions of Section 12.6(a) have been satisfied, Contractor shall deliver to Owners a written notice of such determination with sufficient detail to enable Owners to determine whether Contractor has achieved such requirements. Owners shall accept the Unit as having achieved Final Completion, by delivering to Contractor notice of that acceptance within [***] following receipt of Contractor’s certification that Final Completion has occurred or by notifying Contractor in writing of why it disagrees that Final Completion has occurred. If no notice is delivered by Owners, Final Completion will be deemed to have occurred as of the date of Contractor’s notice. If Owners notify Contractor that such requirements have not been met, Contractor will promptly undertake such action or work as necessary to achieve such requirements and shall then issue another written certification of Final Completion to Owners stating that Contractor believes such requirements have been achieved. Such procedure shall be repeated until Final Completion is achieved. Upon Owners’ acceptance or deemed acceptance of a Unit having achieved Final Completion, the date of Final Completion shall be the date of

 

 

 

68

 

 


 

 

Contractor’s most recent written certification of satisfaction of the Final Completion requirements.

(c)       In the event that Contractor is unable to achieve Final Completion of a Unit within [***] following Substantial Completion of the Unit [***] due to the fact that Owners limit Contractor’s access to the Facility or otherwise do not allow Contractor to take the necessary actions to achieve Final Completion, then as of such date, Contractor shall be paid for all amounts that would be due upon Final Completion for completed Work, but in no event shall Contractor be paid for Work that is not completed. Contractor shall complete the Work at such time as Owners provide access to the Facility or allow the necessary actions to take place. In the event that the delay in completion of the Work results in increased costs for Contractor, such delay shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9 for such increased costs.

ARTICLE 13

 

DELAY AND PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES; BONUSES

13.1      Delay Liquidated Damages . The Parties agree that it would be extremely difficult and impracticable under presently known and anticipated facts and circumstances to ascertain and fix the actual damages Owners would incur if a Unit does not achieve Substantial Completion by the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for such Unit and, accordingly, if a Unit does not achieve Substantial Completion by such Unit’s Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date, as such date may be extended pursuant to this Agreement, Owners’ remedy for such delay shall be to recover from Contractor as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, liquidated damages (“Delay Liquidated Damages”) as follows:

 

[***]

The amount of proceeds to which Owners are entitled on a daily basis pursuant to the delay in start-up insurance coverage (following the deductible period thereunder) shall, if procured pursuant to Section 16.3, reduce the Delay Liquidated Damages due from Contractor for each Day for which such insurance is payable; provided that in the event the daily amount of such insurance proceeds exceed the daily Delay Liquidated Damages, Contractor shall have no claim to such excess. Beginning with the date that [***].

In no event shall the total Delay Liquidated Damages for the failure to achieve Substantial Completion of a Unit on or prior to the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for such Unit exceed in the aggregate an amount equal to [***]. Payment of the Delay Liquidated Damages shall be Owners’ sole and exclusive remedy for Contractor’s failure to achieve Substantial Completion of a Unit on or before the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for such Unit; however, Delay Liquidated Damages are intended only to cover damages suffered by Owners as a result of delay and shall not affect the right of Owners to terminate the Agreement pursuant to Article 22 or their remedies provided for in Article 22 as a result of such termination.

13.2      Early Completion Bonus.   In the event Substantial Completion of a Unit occurs prior to the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for such Unit, then Owners shall pay to

 

 

 

69

 

 


 

 

Contractor a bonus (“Early Completion Bonus”) equal to [***] for each Day between the Substantial Completion Date and the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date, including the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date; provided, however, that in no event will the Early Completion Bonus for a Unit exceed [***] and provided further that in no event shall the Early Completion Bonus combined for both Units plus the Performance Bonus combined for both Units exceed an amount equal to [***].

 

13.3

Performance Liquidated Damages .

(a)       If a Unit does not meet the Net Unit Electrical Output Guarantee as of the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for such Unit due to an act or omission of Contractor or its Personnel, Owners’ remedy for such failure [***] shall be to recover from Contractor liquidated damages (“Net Unit Electrical Output Liquidated Damages”) in the dollar amount determined as set forth in the next sentence for each whole KWe that the Net Unit Electrical Output as demonstrated by a Net Unit Electrical Output Test is below the Net Unit Electrical Output Guarantee; [***]. To determine the Net Unit Electrical Output Liquidated Damages, [***]

In the event that, as provided in Section 11.6(a)(i), Contractor is entitled to receive a refund of all or the applicable portion of the Net Unit Electrical Output Liquidated Damages paid, there shall be deducted from the refund the amount of [***] for each Day that the Unit operated below the Net Unit Electrical Output Guarantee.

(b)        If a Unit does not meet the Moisture Carryover Guarantee as of the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for such Unit due to an act or omission of Contractor or its Personnel, Owners’ remedy for such failure [***]:

 

% Moisture Carryover (Plant Average at exit of steam generator dryers)

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

(c)       The Parties agree that it would be extremely difficult and impracticable under presently known and anticipated facts and circumstances to ascertain and fix the actual damages Owners would incur in the event that the Unit fails to meet the Performance Guarantees, and, accordingly Owners’ remedy for such failure shall be to recover from Contractor as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, the Performance Liquidated Damages.

 

 

 

70

 

 


 

 

13.4      Performance Bonus.   Following Substantial Completion of a Unit [***] the Net Unit Electrical Output will be measured to determine an average Net Unit Electrical Output for such Unit. [***].

13.5      Payment . The Delay Liquidated Damages and Performance Liquidated Damages, if due, shall be due and payable by Contractor to Owners within [***] following receipt of a written statement from Owners that such amounts are due. The Early Completion Bonus, if due for a Unit, shall be paid within [***] following the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for such Unit. The Performance Bonus, if due for a Unit, shall be paid within [***]. If the payment of any such amount is disputed, then the Party owing money to the other Party shall pay [***] of such disputed amounts pending resolution of such dispute in accordance with Article 27. Once the dispute is resolved, the additional amount due, if any, shall be paid, or the excess amount paid, if any, shall be refunded, by the applicable Party, within [***] after the date of the final resolution, together with [***].

ARTICLE 14

 

WARRANTY

 

14.1

Equipment .  

(a)        Equipment Warranty . Contractor warrants that the Equipment furnished hereunder, including the Units and the systems and structures associated therewith, will be: [***]; provided, however, that to the extent an Extended Equipment Warranty Period for such Equipment is provided pursuant to Exhibit T , such Extended Equipment Warranty Period shall be subject to the terms of such Warranty set forth in Exhibit T . The Equipment Warranty does not apply to the expected, routine (i.e., a frequency typical in industry experience) replacement of consumables such as, but not limited to, gaskets, seals, filters, electronic tubes, packing, fuses, transistors and light bulbs. Contractor shall deliver to Owners Exhibit T for Owners’ review and approval no later than [***].

(b)        Equipment Warranty Remedy . If Owners discover that any Equipment is non-conforming or fails during the Equipment Warranty Period as provided in Section 14.3(a), Owners shall, within the Equipment Warranty Period, promptly notify Contractor of such non-conformance or failure along with evidence which reasonably demonstrates Contractor’s responsibility therefor. Upon receipt of such notice, Contractor shall: (i) repair, replace, redesign, modify or adjust Equipment, structures or components as required to cure such non-conformance or failure; [***]; and (iv) perform such tests as are reasonably necessary to demonstrate the cure of such nonconformance, failure, loss or damage. [***]. For the above losses or damages which are covered under Owners’ insurance coverages, (a) the amount equal to the difference between Contractor’s Deductible Portion and the applicable insurance deductible plus (b) the cost necessary to repair or replace such losses or damages that are in excess of such insurance coverages or not otherwise reimbursed by such coverages (unless due to the Insurance Exclusions), shall constitute a Change and entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. Contractor will use reasonable efforts to perform the Warranty Work at a time responsive to and consistent with the Owners’ requirements for the safe, reliable and efficient operation of the Facility. The

 

 

 

71

 

 


 

 

decision to repair, replace, redesign, modify or adjust will be made by Contractor with input from Owners. [***] Should investigation by Contractor reveal that a defect or failure is not covered by the Equipment Warranty, Owners shall reimburse Contractor for the repair work undertaken by Contractor on a [***].

(c)        Warranty Work Deferral . At Owners’ option, Warranty Work may be deferred until the time of the Unit’s next regularly scheduled refueling outage and the Warranty provisions hereunder shall apply notwithstanding that such outage occurs after the end of the Equipment Warranty Period. If Contractor advises Owners that deferral of the Warranty Work can reasonably be expected to cause damage to the Unit and/or Equipment, Owners may elect to use the Unit and/or Equipment at their own risk and expense, without recourse against Contractor.

(d)        Additional Owners’ Obligations . As long as any Equipment is subject to the Equipment Warranty or Services Warranty, Owners shall:

(i)        Afford Contractor an opportunity to review Owners’ system of developing and recording data related to Facility performance;

(ii)       Provide authorized personnel of Contractor and its Subcontractors and Vendors reasonable access to the Facility should Contractor decide to observe the manner in which the Facility is operated and maintained; and

(iii)      Provide authorized personnel of Contractor and its Subcontractors and Vendors reasonable access to operation and maintenance records of Owners.

Should the Owners not provide any of the foregoing, such action shall cause Contractor’s obligations to terminate with respect to the particular claimed defect.

(e)        Working Access to Equipment and Plant Support Activities to be Provided by Owners . The plant personnel and facilities to be provided by Owners in accordance with Section 14.1(b) are listed below. Owners shall also provide this support after Unit Mechanical Completion should Contractor be required to repair or replace Equipment after Unit Mechanical Completion but before the Warranty Period has commenced.

(i)        operations support to establish the required plant conditions (i.e., operating mode) for the repairs;

(ii)       make the plant systems, structures, and components available and placed in the proper configuration;

 

(iii)

provide the valve clearances and tag-outs necessary;

(iv)      provide the necessary licensed operators in the control room and containment as required by the COL;

 

 

 

72

 

 


 

 

(v)       establish and maintain appropriate and acceptable industrial safety conditions in accordance with Laws, Prudent Practices, and Licensed Operator policy such that reasonably unencumbered access to the required work areas is enabled for all personnel;

(vi)      as appropriate, provide body harnesses and/or personal flotation devices in sufficient quantities such that reasonably unencumbered access to the required work areas is enabled for all personnel;

(vii)     provide safe scaffolding meeting applicable OSHA standards (as required);

 

(viii)

provide suitable ambient lighting;

(ix)      if reasonably required, provide free and unobstructed access to the work site, including maintained storage areas and roadways, and floor conditions shall be suitable for crane and truck operation;

(x)       if reasonably required, provide access such as remove/reinstall cubicle plugs and other related plant facilities, such as piping, ductwork, cable trays, platforms, insulation, etc.;

(xi)      provide logistics support and labor for moving equipment/ materials into and out of the plant and shipping;

(xii)     provide lay down area(s) for equipment storage, set-up, staging and operation. (Area requirements will depend on the scope of services performed);

(xiii)    provide areas for storage of (A) low specific activity, and (B) clean equipment boxes and/or (C) Sealands. (The area(s) will vary depending on storage configurations and scope of services);

(xiv)    establish and maintain appropriate and acceptable radiological conditions in accordance with Laws, Prudent Practices, and Licensed Operator policy, including, but not limited to, any required decontamination to reasonable limits that will allow Contractor to perform its obligations under this Article 14, such that reasonably unencumbered access to the required work areas is enabled for all personnel;

(xv)     provide anti-contamination clothing, lockers, change area, dosimetry, health physics and radiation protection service and badging for Site access as typically required;

(xvi)    provide official whole body exposure data for Contractor’s Personnel upon personnel departure from the site;

(xvii)   provide Gamma isotopic analysis to determine radioactivity of waste;

 

 

 

73

 

 


 

 

(xviii)  provide breathing air and respiratory protection as necessary;

 

(xix)

provide plant compressed air as required;

 

(xx)

provide air for ventilation;

 

(xxi)

provide 110V, 220V and 480V power as required;

 

(xxii)

provide plant and deionized water;

(xxiii)  make available to Contractor, and maintain in an operable condition those hand tools, special tools, and calibrated equipment as is available on-Site as requested by Contractor;

(xxiv)  allow access to machine shop and welding facilities and associated tradesmen, and hot tool crib access, as required;

(xxv)   provide crane operators, including polar crane availability on an as needed basis, and any other personnel necessary to complete the tasks outside of Contractor scope;

(xxvi)  provide for consumables such as wipes and rags, and disposal of all contaminated materials;

(xxvii) provide QA/QC coverage as required in the Site approved procedures; and

(xxviii) provide outside phone lines, sanitation facilities and drinking water.

 

14.2

Services  

(a)        Services Warranty . Contractor warrants that the services required as part of the Work will be performed in conformance with the requirements of this Agreement, including without limitation the Performance Standards (the “Services Warranty”). The Services Warranty and the Equipment Warranty are collectively the “Warranties”.

(b)        Services Warranty Remedy . If Owners discover that any portion of the Services required as part of the Work fails to comply with the Services Warranty, Owners shall, within the Services Warranty Period, promptly notify Contractor of such non-conformance along with evidence which reasonably demonstrates Contractor’s responsibility therefor. Upon such notice, Contractor shall (i) promptly re-perform the non-conforming Services and any additional Work required under the Equipment Warranty, [***] and (iv) perform such tests as are reasonably necessary to demonstrate the cure of such nonconformance, failure, loss or damage. [***] For the above losses or damages which are covered under Owners’ insurance coverages, (a) the amount equal to the difference between Contractor’s Deductible Portion and the applicable insurance deductible plus (b) the cost

 

 

 

74

 

 


 

 

necessary to repair or replace such losses or damages that are in excess of such insurance coverages or not otherwise reimbursed by such coverages (unless due to the Insurance Exclusions), shall constitute a Change and entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. Contractor shall use reasonable efforts to perform the Warranty Work at a time responsive to and consistent with the Owners’ requirements for the safe, reliable and efficient operation of the Facility in accordance with Owners’ operational requirements and needs. At Owners’ option, Warranty Work may be deferred until the time of the Unit’s next regularly scheduled refueling outage and the Warranty provisions hereunder shall apply notwithstanding that such outage occurs after the end of the Services Warranty Period. If Contractor advises Owners that deferral of the Warranty Work can reasonably be expected to result in damage to the Unit and/or Equipment which occurs after Contractor’s advice and results from deferral of such Warranty Work, Owners may elect to use the Unit and/or Equipment at their own risk and expense, without recourse against Contractor. The decision to repair, replace, redesign, modify or adjust will be made by Contractor with input from Owners. [***]. Should investigation by Contractor reveal that the non-conformance is not covered by the Services Warranty, Owners shall reimburse Contractor for the reperformance of the Work undertaken by Contractor on [***].

 

14.3

Warranty Period  

 

(a)

Equipment Warranty Period .

(i)        Except for the Equipment listed in Exhibit I , the Equipment Warranty for a Unit will commence upon [***] and will expire on the date that is [***] (the “Standard Equipment Warranty Period”); provided, however, that for those items of Equipment listed in Exhibit T , an extended time period as set forth in Exhibit T (the “Extended Equipment Warranty Period”) shall apply.

 

(ii)       [***]. Upon the expiration of the applicable Equipment Warranty Period, all such Equipment Warranty obligations will terminate.

(iii)      For the Equipment listed in Exhibit I which is placed into service prior to Substantial Completion, the Equipment Warranty will commence upon such date when an item in Exhibit I is placed into service and will expire on [***]. If, however, any such item of Equipment is placed into service prior to Substantial Completion of the applicable Unit for the sole purpose of being used by Contractor to support its performance of the Work, the Equipment Warranty will commence upon the Substantial Completion Date of such applicable Unit and will expire on the [***]. Contractor shall give notice to Owner within [***] after an item from Exhibit I has been placed into service.

(b)        Services Warranty Period . The Services Warranty will be concurrent with the Standard Equipment Warranty Period (the “Services Warranty Period”). The Services Warranty Period, together with the Standard or Extended Equipment Warranty Period, as the case may be, are defined as the “Warranty Period”. Upon the expiration of the Services Warranty Period, all such Services Warranty obligations will terminate.

 

 

 

75

 

 


 

 

(c)       The Parties acknowledge that the Warranties are given by Contractor to Owners in addition to any Subcontractor and Vendor warranties that Contractor assigns to Owners pursuant to Section 3.5(u)(vii), and that the expiration of the Warranty Period is only applicable to the Warranties and will have no effect on any assigned Subcontractor and Vendor warranties that may be of longer duration; provided that Contractor shall have no responsibility or liability for any assigned Subcontractor or Vendor warranties to the extent that they extend beyond the Warranty Periods following the date of such assignment.

 

14.4

Warranty Period Extension .

(a)        Extension for Corrected Work . Any Work re-performed and any part of the Facility that is reworked, repaired or replaced in satisfaction of Contractor’s obligations in connection with the Warranties will be re-warranted by Contractor pursuant to the same Warranty set forth in Sections 14.1(a) and 14.2(a), and Contractor will have the same obligations in relation thereto as set forth in those Sections, for a period equal to the longer of: [***].

(b)        Extension for Total Shutdown . If, during the Standard Equipment Warranty Period, a Unit is shut down (other than for the purpose of scheduled or routine maintenance) and to the extent that such shutdown is due to a non-conformance covered by the Warranties, [***].

14.5      Warranty of Title . Contractor represents and warrants that the Work and the Equipment furnished by it and its Vendors that become part of the Facility or are otherwise furnished to Owners shall be legally and beneficially owned by Owners free from any Liens (other than Liens created by the actions of Owners, including non-payment).

 

14.6

Limitations and Disclaimers .  

(a)       EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE 14 FOR ANY NON-CONFORMANCE OF EQUIPMENT OR SERVICES ARE THE EXCLUSIVE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES FOR SUCH NON-CONFORMANCE OF EQUIPMENT OR SERVICES AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES FOR SUCH NON-CONFORMANCE OF EQUIPMENT OR SERVICES WHETHER STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE IN TRADE) AND WHETHER CLAIMS BY OWNERS ARE BASED IN CONTRACT, IN TORT (INCLUDING FAULT, NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY), OR OTHERWISE.

(b)       Any warranties not expressly made in this Agreement are expressly waived by the Owners.

(c)       Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 14, Contractor shall have no liability hereunder for non-conformance of Equipment or material or performance, to the extent that it results, in whole or in part, from any of the following and

 

 

 

76

 

 


 

 

is not attributable to any acts or omissions of Contractor, its Subcontractors or Vendors or the Personnel of any of them:

(i)        Operation of the Facility outside of the Design Bases of the Equipment or integrated system;

(ii)       Use, handling, storage, operation or maintenance of the Equipment or material therein in violation of manufacturer’s written instructions (provided that such instructions have been delivered to Owners) or Prudent Practices or operation outside the guidelines of the Specifications following Turnover of a system or structure;

(iii)      Alteration, abuse or misuse of the Equipment unless such alteration is approved by Contractor;

(iv)      Any operation or maintenance of the Equipment that is not in accordance with either of the Operating Procedures or Maintenance Procedures;

(v)       Operation or maintenance by personnel not qualified in accordance with Southern Nuclear's standard qualification requirements for operating or maintenance personnel; or

(vi)      Use of Nuclear Fuel in the Unit that is not designed and fabricated by Westinghouse.

(d)       Contractor shall be relieved from fulfilling its Warranty obligations as specified in this Article 14 to the extent that:

 

(i)

A Nuclear Incident occurs, and

(ii)       the consequences, including radiation, of such Nuclear Incident prevent Contractor from performing such Warranty obligations; provided, however, that Contractor shall be obligated to fulfill such Warranty obligations at such time as Contractor or its Personnel are permitted to enter the work area pursuant to applicable Law.

(e)       In any action taken by Contractor to satisfy a claim by Owners under any of the Warranties specified herein, Contractor shall be entitled to whatever financial relief is provided by the insurers pursuant to Owners’ insurance policies with respect to loss or damage caused by the breach of any such Warranty.

 

 

 

77

 

 


 

 

ARTICLE 15

 

INDEMNITY

 

15.1

Third Party Claims .  

(a)       Except with respect to a Nuclear Incident, Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Owners and Owners' Interests, and their respective partners, shareholders, officers, directors, employees and lenders from and against any and all Third Party Claims associated with [***]. This Contractor indemnity obligation is conditioned upon Owners giving Contractor prompt notice of any claims for which it seeks indemnity hereunder (along with documentation which reasonably evidences Contractor’s responsibility therefor) and Owners providing such assistance and cooperation in the defense of indemnified claims as Contractor shall reasonably request as set forth in more detail in Section 15.5.

(b)       Except with respect to a Nuclear Incident, Owners shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Contractor and Contractor Interests and their respective partners, shareholders, officers, directors and lenders from and against any and all Third Party Claims associated [***]. Owners’ indemnity obligation is conditioned upon Contractor giving the Owners prompt notice of any claims for which it seeks indemnity hereunder (along with documentation which reasonably evidences Owners’ responsibility therefor) and Contractor providing such assistance and cooperation in the defense of indemnified claims as the Owners shall reasonably request as set forth in more detail in Section 15.5.

 

15.2

Damage to Property .

(a)       To the extent that Contractor, its Subcontractors or Vendors, or the employees of the foregoing acting within the scope of their employment, as a result of their negligence, willful misconduct or strict liability, cause any loss or damage to VEGP Units 1 and 2 that does not arise out of or result from a Nuclear Incident, Contractor shall be solely responsible to pay for [***]. The foregoing provisions are for the sole benefit of Owners, and the Parties do not intend such provisions to be for the benefit of any Third Party, including without limitation any insurer.

(b)       Except as otherwise provided in Section 21.2(a) [***]. Contractor shall use reasonable efforts to perform the repairs at a time responsive to and consistent with the Owners’ requirements for the safe, reliable and efficient operation of the Facility in accordance with Owners’ operational requirements and needs.

15.3      Intellectual Property Indemnity . Contractor shall indemnify and defend, or at its option settle, any action brought against Owners, their Affiliates or any of their respective Personnel to the extent based on a claim that any Equipment or Work constitutes an infringement or misappropriation of any intellectual property rights of any Third Party including, without limitation any U.S. patents, copyrights, trade secrets, trademark rights, confidentiality rights or other intellectual property rights and, if timely notified in writing and given authority and reasonable assistance for the defense of same, Contractor shall pay the damages, liabilities, costs, losses and expenses (including attorneys' fees) awarded therein

 

 

 

78

 

 


 

 

against Owners. If a claim of infringement is made, Contractor may, or if the use of the item is enjoined, Contractor shall, at its expense and option, (a) procure for Owners the right to continue using such item, (b) replace such item with a non-infringing item that meets the requirements of this Agreement, or (c) modify such item such that it becomes non-infringing while still meeting the requirements of this Agreement. These provisions do not apply to the extent any item furnished hereunder is modified or combined by Owners or others with items not furnished by Contractor or its Subcontractors or Vendors. If a suit or proceeding is brought against Contractor arising out of a modification or combination, then Owners shall protect Contractor to the same extent that Contractor has agreed to protect Owners in this Section 15.3.

 

15.4

Nuclear Indemnity and Insurance .  

(a)       Notwithstanding any other provisions to the contrary, Owners shall maintain insurance to cover Public Liability Claims as defined in 42 U.S.C. § 2014(w) in such form and in such amount to meet the financial protection requirements of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

(b)       Owners shall maintain a governmental indemnity agreement pursuant to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

(c)       In the event that the financial protection system contemplated by Section 170 of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, is repealed or changed, Owners will maintain in effect liability protection through governmental indemnity, limitation of liability to third parties and/or insurance of comparable coverage which will not result in a material impairment of the protection afforded Contractor and Contractor Interests by such nuclear liability protection system which is in effect as of the Effective Date, [***] Owners shall ensure that Contractor, Contractor Interests and Subcontractors are included in the omnibus definition of “insured” under such alternate insurance coverage or are otherwise included as additional insureds at no cost to Contractor.

(d)       In no event shall Contractor, Contractor Interests or Subcontractors or Vendors be responsible to Owners (or any of the owners of VEGP Units 1 and 2) for personal or bodily injury (including death), property damage, loss or damage to any property at the Site and VEGP Units 1 and 2, or for any indirect, special, incidental, punitive or consequential loss, damage or injury, whether or not based on any claim of fault, negligence or strict liability, where any of the foregoing arises out of or results from a Nuclear Incident and Owners hereby release Contractor, Contractor Interests and Subcontractors and Vendors from any such liability.

(e)        Nuclear Property Insurance . Owners shall take reasonable steps to maintain property insurance in reasonable amounts and at reasonable costs with respect to the Facility and the Site and the VEGP Units 1 and 2 sites (and associated structures) as may be available from the existing nuclear property insurance pools (e.g., Nuclear Electric Insurance Limited – NEIL), or other sources and consistent with the then current industry practice, providing protection against physical loss or damage to the Facility and the VEGP site. The

 

 

 

79

 

 


 

 

limits of insurance shall also be maintained in accordance with the requirements of the NRC and in a manner and to the extent that property of similar character is usually insured by companies similarly situated to Owners with like properties. Such insurance shall cover Contractor and Contractor Interests (other than Affiliates of either Consortium Member unless such Affiliates are also either performing Work or are Subcontractors or Vendors of the Contractor) to the extent of their interest in any loss paid thereunder, and as between Owners and Contractor, Owners hereby waive all rights to proceeds from such insurance and rights of subrogation on behalf of themselves and their insurers for any loss or damage covered by such insurance to the extent of Contractor’s or Contractor Interests’ loss during the Work and thereafter whether liability for such loss or damage arises in contract, tort or otherwise, and irrespective of fault, negligence, strict liability or otherwise. Owners shall use commercially reasonable efforts to extend such insurance coverage to include Affiliates of Consortium Members that are not performing Work.

(f)         Duration . The protection provided pursuant to this Section 15.4 shall be taken out prior to the first delivery of Nuclear Fuel at the Site, and shall remain in effect until the permanent decommissioning of the Facility; provided, however, that upon permanent cessation of operation, the coverages and limits of insurance may be reduced to the extent permitted by the NRC.

 

15.5

Indemnity Procedures .  

(a)       The indemnifying Party shall have the right to conduct and control, through counsel of its own choosing, reasonably acceptable to the indemnified Party, the defense of any claim for which it has an indemnity obligation hereunder; provided that, upon acceptance of the indemnity obligations hereunder, the indemnifying Party shall waive any right to protest or challenge its indemnity obligations. The indemnifying Party shall keep the indemnified Party fully informed in the conduct of the proceeding.

(b)       The indemnified Party may, at its election, participate in the defense thereof at its sole cost and expense; provided, however, that if (i) the indemnifying Party shall fail to defend any claim for which it has an indemnity obligation hereunder, (ii) the Parties mutually agree in writing to allow the indemnified Party to assume the defense of such claim and forego any indemnity claimed under this Article, (iii) in the reasonable opinion of legal counsel for the indemnified Party, such claim involves the potential imposition of a criminal liability on the indemnified Party, its directors, officers, employees or agents, or (iv) in the reasonable opinion of legal counsel for the indemnified Party, an actual or potential conflict of interest exists where it is advisable for such indemnified Party to be represented by separate counsel, then the indemnified Party shall be entitled to control and assume responsibility for the defense of such claim, at the cost and expense of the indemnifying Party. The indemnifying Party may, in any event, participate in such proceedings at its own cost and expense. The indemnified Party shall not have the right to settle without the written consent of the indemnifying Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), unless, in the written opinion of the indemnified Party’s legal counsel, such claim is meritorious.

 

 

 

80

 

 


 

 

(c)       The indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such litigation, other proceeding or other claim, shall have the right in its sole discretion to settle a claim for which it has an indemnity obligation hereunder only if (i) settlement involves only the payment of money and execution of appropriate releases of the indemnified Party, (ii) there is no finding or admission of any violation of Law or violation of the rights of the indemnified Party, and (iii) the indemnified Party will have no liability with respect to such compromise or settlement. Otherwise, no such claim shall be settled or agreed to without the prior written consent of the indemnified Party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(d)       The indemnified Party and the indemnifying Party (i) shall fully cooperate in good faith in connection with such defense and shall cause their legal counsel and accountants to do the same, (ii) shall make available to the other Party the relevant books, records, and information (in such Party’s control) during normal business hours, and (iii) shall furnish to each other, at the indemnifying Party’s expense, such other assistance as the other Party may reasonably require in connection with such defense, including making employees of the indemnified Party available to testify and assist others in testifying in any such proceedings.

ARTICLE 16

 

INSURANCE

16.1      Type of Program . During Phase I and no later than ninety (90) Days before Phase II, Owners, in consultation with Contractor, shall determine an acceptable insurance program for the Work for Phase II generally following the requirements enumerated in this Section 16.1 and Section 16.3 hereof and subject to Contractor’s concurrence, not to be unreasonably withheld, including when such insurance coverages shall be effective, which may be either a Contractor-Controlled Insurance Program (“CCIP”) or an Owner-Controlled Insurance Program (“OCIP”), together with the levels of deductibles and other matters affecting the coverages to be obtained, including coverages which may not be covered by a CCIP or OCIP program such as builder’s risk, construction equipment insurance, etc. The builder’s risk program may be taken out and maintained during Phase I if mutually agreed by the Parties. Any policies provided by Owners shall be subject to Contractor’s review and approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Contractor will be provided with a copy of the policies of any Owner-furnished coverages promptly after they are put in place. Owners’ insurers shall be contractually bound to endeavor to provide Contractor [***] prior notice of any cancellation of any of Owners’ insurance policies. Owners shall provide notice to Contractor upon Owners’ receipt of any notice of cancellation of or material change to any of Owners’ insurance policies required to be provided hereunder. If Contractor is to provide a CCIP or other required coverages that have not been identified as Contractor’s responsibility in this Article 16, the cost of such insurance shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order for such costs pursuant to Article 9. Owners hereby waive on behalf of their insurers (covering the builders’ risk insurance policy) all rights of subrogation against Contractor or any Contractor Interest, on account of any loss of or damage to or loss of use of any property at the Facility and the Site arising from the Work during the Work and thereafter, and regardless of whether such loss is related to a Nuclear Incident or a non-nuclear incident, and whether liability for such loss or damage arises in contract, tort or

 

 

 

81

 

 


 

 

otherwise and irrespective of fault, negligence, strict liability or otherwise. Should any of Owners’ insurance policies not be put in place when required by Contractor, or should any such policies be cancelled or materially changed during the Work, Contractor may immediately suspend the performance of its Work as if Owners had ordered a suspension pursuant to Section 22.1.

 

 

16.2

Phase I Insurance Requirements .

(a)       During Phase I, Contractor agrees to furnish and maintain at all times during the course of the Phase I Work to be performed hereunder, Worker’s Compensation, liability and other insurance coverage below in the amounts as follows:

 

(i)

Worker’s Compensation – [***].

(ii)       Employer’s Liability, including an all-states endorsement [***]

(iii)      Commercial General Liability, including Contractual, Independent Contractors - Bodily Injury and Property Damage Combined Single Limit [***] Personal Injury – [***] and Products and Completed Operations [***]

(iv)      Automobile Liability coverage including owned, hired, and non-owned automotive equipment used in connection with the insured operation - Bodily injury and Property Damage Combined – [***]. Owners shall provide similar coverage for any of their owned, hired and non-owned automotive equipment.

 

(v)

Contractor’s Equipment Coverage – [***].

(vi)      Professional Liability with a coverage limit of [***] on a per claim and [***] for the Work. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this coverage shall be taken out within [***] after the Effective Date.

(vii)     Umbrella or Excess liability insurance following the form of the primary liabilities set out in subsections (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 16.2(a) and providing limits of [***] excess of the primary coverage on the project per occurrence and in the aggregate.

(b)       Within [***] after the execution of this Agreement, Contractor shall furnish to Owners one or more insurance certificates which evidence the above coverages. Such certificate shall provide that [***] written notice be given to Owners prior to any material change or cancellation of the insurance. Contractor shall name Owners, their subsidiaries, their successors and assigns, Southern Nuclear and Southern Company Services, Inc., and the officers, directors, agents (as agreed by the Parties) and employees of any of them, as additional insureds (except for Worker’s Compensation and Professional Liability) but only for their vicarious liability arising out of Contractor’s negligent operations, and

 

 

 

82

 

 


 

 

provide waiver of subrogation on all policies. The preceding condition shall apply irrespective of the terms of any certificate of insurance.

(c)       All such insurance shall be with sound insurance companies which have an AM Best Rating of A- VII as the minimum and authorized to do business in the state where the Work is to be performed. None of the liability policies shall have any “other insurance” clause or language which would jeopardize the primacy of Contractor’s insurance with respect to the Owners’ self-insured retention or excess insurance policies. The above requirements may be met by both Consortium Members providing separate certificates. Any such limits of coverages may be met in one or more layers of coverage.

(d)       Neither a failure of Contractor or Owners to provide the required certificate or policy of insurance nor Contractor’s submission of a certificate of insurance not in conformance with the insurance requirements stated in Article 15 and Article 16 shall relieve Contractor or Owners from the obligation to have in force the required insurance coverages.

 

16.3

Phase II Insurance Requirements .

(a)        Owner- or Contractor- Controlled Insurance Program . Not later than [***] prior to the start of Phase II, Owners shall implement an OCIP for Phase II. In the event that Owners elect not to implement an OCIP program, Contractor shall have the option to implement a CCIP, the terms of which shall be subject to Owners' approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, or if Contractor elects not to implement a CCIP, Contractor and Owners shall mutually agree on appropriate insurance coverages. [***] the total amount of the General Liability Insurance including Excess coverage shall be [***] on a per occurrence and aggregate basis, or as the Parties otherwise mutually agree. Such program shall name Contractor, Contractor Interests and all Subcontractors as additional insureds (without having any liability for the payment of premiums).

(b)        Builder’s Risk and Other Property Coverage . Owners shall, during Phase I or prior to Phase II, as mutually agreed upon, obtain Builder’s Risk insurance, with coverages determined appropriate by the Parties. Such Builder's Risk policy shall (A) name Contractor and all Subcontractors as additional insureds (without having any liability for the payment of premiums); (B) cover all risks of loss or damage to the Facility in an amount that is [***] (I) during construction, (II) during storage on the Site, (III) during the Work including testing, and (IV) until fully replaced by Owners’ operating property coverages; (C) [***] provide coverage for resultant damage due to any error in design, defects in equipment or material or faulty workmanship; and (D) [***] provide delay in start-up coverage [***] in an amount on a daily basis equal to the daily Delay Liquidated Damages. The Parties will work in good faith to mutually agree on policies and deductibles that are available on commercially reasonable terms as well as policies to cover transportation of materials and equipment within the contiguous United States to the extent not covered by Open Cargo Insurance, taking into consideration whether it is more cost effective to add transit coverage to the Builder’s Risk policy or to have Owners purchase a separate master transit insurance policy. If Contractor is to provide coverage for transportation of materials and equipment including without limitation the coverages in Section 16.3(c)(iii), the cost of such insurance

 

 

 

83

 

 


 

 

shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order for such costs pursuant to Article 9. If at any time following issuance of the Full Notice to Proceed (or prior thereto if mutually agreed upon by the Parties), Owners do not have Builder’s Risk coverage or the OCIP coverage (if to be provided by Owners) in place, Contractor shall be entitled to suspend performance of the Work at the Site as if Owners had ordered a suspension pursuant to Section 22.1. If there is a loss sustained by Contractor to which the Builder's Risk coverage applies, any proceeds from such insurance applicable to such loss that are paid directly to Owners by the insurers shall promptly be paid over by Owners to Contractor.

(c)       Regardless of whether Owners or Contractor adopts an OCIP or CCIP, as applicable, Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the following insurance coverages during Phase II:

(i)         Professional Liability : Contractor shall continue to carry Professional Liability Insurance described under Section 16.2(a)(vi).

(ii)        Pollution Liability : Contractor shall provide Pollution Liability insurance, which includes the sudden or accidental release of any material that may be considered a pollutant at or around the worksite, as a result of the work done by Contractor or any tier subcontractor [***]. This coverage may be obtained during Phase I as the Parties mutually agree.

(iii)       Open Cargo Insurance : [***] for materials and equipment to be transported to the Site.

(iv)       Automobile Liability Coverage : shall be obtained, including owned, hired, and non-owned automotive equipment used in connection with the insured operation - Bodily injury and Property Damage Combined [***]. Owners shall provide similar coverage for any of its owned, hired and non-owned automotive equipment.

(d)       Contractor shall name Owners, their subsidiaries, their successors and assigns, Southern Nuclear and Southern Company Services, Inc., and the officers, directors, agents (as agreed by the Parties) and employees of any of them, as additional insureds (except for Worker’s Compensation and Professional Liability) but only for their vicarious liability arising out of Contractor’s negligent operations, and provide waiver of subrogation on all policies. These conditions shall apply irrespective of the provisions of any certificate of insurance.

(e)       Within [***] prior to issuance of the Full Notice to Proceed, each Party required to obtain insurance hereunder shall furnish to the other Party one or more insurance certificates which evidence the above coverages. Such certificate shall provide that [***] written notice be given to the other Party prior to any cancellation of the insurance.

(f)        All such insurance shall be with sound insurance companies which have an AM Best Rating of A- VII as the minimum and authorized to do business in the state where the Work is to be performed. None of the liability policies shall have any “other insurance” clause or language which would jeopardize the primacy of such insurance with

 

 

 

84

 

 


 

 

respect to the other Party's self-insured retention or excess insurance policies. For insurance to be procured by Contractor, the above requirements may be met by both Consortium Members providing separate certificates. Any such limits of coverages may be met in one or more layers of coverage.

(g)       Neither a failure of Contractor or Owners to provide the required certificate or policy of insurance nor a Party’s submission of a certificate of insurance not in conformance with the insurance requirements stated in Article 15 and Article 16 shall relieve Contractor or Owners from the obligation to have in force the required insurance coverages.

 

16.4

Additional Insurance Terms .

(a)       If a Party is responsible, pursuant to this Agreement, for any loss or damage sustained by the other Party and that loss or damage is covered by an insurance policy, the Parties agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to collect insurance proceeds pursuant to such policy. To the extent that such insurance proceeds are collected, then the Party responsible for the loss or damage pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be entitled to receive such insurance proceeds directly from the insurer or to have them paid over by the other Party, if such other Party has received such proceeds.

(b)       To the extent that Contractor is entitled to a payment from an insurer under the OCIP for any claim for which Contractor is required to indemnify Owners under Article 15, Contractor shall be responsible for the deductible, not to exceed the Contractor’s Deductible Portion per occurrence.

(c)       Contractor’s responsibility for a portion of the applicable insurance deductible (“Contractor’s Deductible Portion”) pursuant to Sections 14.1(b), 14.2(b), 15.2(a), 15.2(b), 16.4(b) and 21.2(a) shall be limited to [***] on a per occurrence basis.

ARTICLE 17

 

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

17.1      NO CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES . IN NO EVENT SHALL CONTRACTOR OR CONTRACTOR INTERESTS OR OWNERS OR OWNERS' INTERESTS BE LIABLE, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT (INCLUDING BREACH, WARRANTY, ETC.) OR TORT (INCLUDING FAULT, NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY), OR OTHERWISE, UNDER ANY WARRANTY OR OTHERWISE, RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE WORK OR THIS AGREEMENT, FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PENAL, OR INCIDENTAL LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY, INCLUDING ANY SUCH DAMAGES WHICH RESULT FROM LOSS OF USE OF PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS, LOSS BY REASON OF FACILITY SHUTDOWN OR SERVICE INTERRUPTION, COSTS OF CAPITAL OR EXPENSES THEREOF, LOSS OF PROFITS OR REVENUES OR THE LOSS OF USE THEREOF, LOST BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY, OR COST OF PURCHASED OR REPLACEMENT POWER (INCLUDING ADDITIONAL EXPENSES INCURRED IN USING EXISTING POWER FACILITIES) OR FROM CLAIMS OF CUSTOMERS. [***]

 

 

 

85

 

 


 

 

 

17.2

Maximum Total Liability .

(a)       NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION TO THE CONTRARY, CONTRACTOR’S AND CONTRACTOR INTERESTS’ TOTAL AGGREGATE LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE WORK OR THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT (INCLUDING BREACH, WARRANTY, INDEMNITY, ETC.), TORT (INCLUDING FAULT, NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE TO OWNERS OR OWNERS' INTERESTS (THE “MAXIMUM LIABILITY AMOUNT”) SHALL NOT EXCEED AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO [***] PERCENT [***] OF THE CONTRACT PRICE OF THE UNIT GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY AMOUNT SHALL [***]

 

(b)       [***]. For the avoidance of doubt, Contractor's liability to Third Parties is not limited by this Section 17.2. For the purpose of determining whether the Maximum Liability Amount has been exceeded, insurance proceeds received from any insurance policies and payments made by Contractor directly to Third Parties for Third Party Claims shall not be included.

(c)       IN NO EVENT MAY ANY CLAIM BY OWNERS AGAINST CONTRACTOR ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE WORK OR THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT (INCLUDING BREACH, WARRANTY, INDEMNITY, ETC.), TORT (INCLUDING FAULT, NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE BE BROUGHT [***].

 

17.3

Division of Liability .  

 

(a)

Consortium Members . The Consortium Members agree that [***].

(b)        Owners . The Parties agree that the Owners are severally, and not jointly, liable for Owners’ obligations hereunder.

 

17.4

Parent Guarantee .

(a)       Simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, (i) Westinghouse shall furnish a parent company guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit V-1 , whereby Toshiba Corporation guarantees the payment obligations of Westinghouse under this Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise changed in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement (the “Toshiba Guarantee”) and (ii) Stone & Webster shall furnish a parent company guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit V-2 , whereby The Shaw Group, Inc. guarantees the payment obligations of Stone & Webster under this Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise changed in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement (the “Shaw Guarantee”, and together with the Toshiba Guarantee, the “Parent Company Guarantees”). In the event that (x) the credit rating of the senior unsecured debt (or issuer rating in the absence of a senior unsecured debt rating) of Toshiba Corporation falls below [***].

 

 

 

86

 

 


 

 

(b)       Owners may make a demand for payment against the security provided by Westinghouse or Shaw pursuant to Section 17.4(a) in the event that Contractor has failed to make a payment when due pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or in order to recover any damages to which Owners are otherwise entitled under this Agreement as a result of Contractor’s failure to satisfy any of its obligations under this Agreement no sooner than [***] following such failure and any applicable cure period. [***].

 

(c)

[***]

 

ARTICLE 18

 

LIENS; SECURITY

18.1      Liens . Contractor shall keep the Facility, the Site and the Equipment free from Liens of Contractor and any of its Personnel (other than Liens arising from acts of Owners or Owners’ breach of its obligation hereunder to make payments to Contractor), and shall promptly notify Owners of any known Liens filed against the Facility, the Site, or the Equipment and any structures comprising the Facility or located on the Site filed by Contractor or a Subcontractor or Vendor. Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Owners from any Lien placed against Owners’ property by any Subcontractor or Vendor including those arising from nonpayment to any Subcontractor or Vendor in connection with the Work; provided that such Lien is not the result of Owners’ breach of their payment obligations under this Agreement. If Owners seek indemnification for any Lien, Owners shall:

(a)       give Contractor prompt written notice of any Lien of which they have knowledge and applicable documentation regarding the Lien;

 

(b)

cooperate in the defense of the Lien; and

(c)       give Contractor sole control of the defense and settlement, to the extent of Contractor’s liability, for the Lien.

18.2      Discharge or Bond . Contractor shall take prompt steps to discharge or bond any Lien filed against the Facility, any Equipment, and any structures comprising the Facility or located on the Site by any Subcontractor or Vendor based on a claim for payment by Contractor in connection with the Work. If Contractor fails to discharge or promptly bond any Lien, in addition to any other rights of Owners under this Agreement, Owners shall have the right, upon notifying Contractor in writing and providing Contractor reasonable time to indemnify, discharge or bond the Lien, to take reasonable actions and steps to satisfy, defend, settle or otherwise remove the Lien at Contractor’s expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses. Owners shall have the right to recover these expenses from Contractor. Contractor shall have the right to contest any Lien, provided it first provides to the lien holder, a court or other third Person, as applicable, a bond or other assurances of payment necessary to remove the Lien related to the Work from the Site and the Facility in accordance with the Laws of the State of Georgia.

 

 

 

87

 

 


 

 

ARTICLE 19

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

 

19.1

Protection of Owner Confidential and Proprietary Information .

(a)       Title to Confidential and Proprietary Information provided by Owners to Contractor and all copies made by or for Contractor in whole or in part from such Confidential and Proprietary Information remains with Owners. Contractor agrees that it will not, during or for [***] after the term of this Agreement, disclose any Confidential and Proprietary Information of Owners and their Affiliates, which is provided to Contractor during the performance of Work under this Agreement to any Person (other than Subcontractors or Vendors, as required for the performance of the Work; provided that such Subcontractors or Vendors agree in writing to be bound by the same obligation of non-disclosure and confidentiality as provided in this Section 19.1(a)), or to the general public for any reason or purpose whatsoever without the prior written consent of Owners, and that such Confidential and Proprietary Information received by Contractor shall be used by it exclusively in connection with the performance of its responsibilities relating to the Work for the Facility. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the above [***] period shall not apply to Confidential and Proprietary Information of Owners which is defined by Law as Owners’ trade secrets, which Confidential and Proprietary Information shall be maintained as confidential and proprietary by Contractor as permitted under applicable Law. Nothing herein grants the right to Contractor (or implies a license under any patent) to sell, license, lease, or cause to have sold any Confidential and Proprietary Information supplied by Owners under this Agreement. However, nothing herein shall prevent Contractor from disclosing Confidential and Proprietary Information of Owners or their Affiliates as required by Law or an order of a Government Authority; provided that Contractor shall, if Contractor has adequate advance notice, give Owners reasonable notice so as to allow Owners to seek a protective order or similar protection. If, in the opinion of its legal counsel and in the absence of a protective order or waiver, Contractor is legally compelled to disclose Owners’ Confidential and Proprietary Information, Contractor will disclose only the minimum amount of such information or data as, in the opinion of its legal counsel, is legally required. In any such event, Contractor agrees to use good faith efforts to ensure that the Confidential and Proprietary Information that is so disclosed will be accorded confidential treatment. In addition, Contractor may, upon Owners’ written permission, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and in accordance with the below, be authorized to receive and use certain Confidential and Proprietary Information of Owners for the limited use and purposes of performing or assisting in the performance of start-up, commissioning, licensing and start-up maintenance services for other AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant owners. Any such request by Contractor shall identify (i) the specifics of the Owners’ Confidential and Proprietary Information to be used, (ii) the specific use and purposes for which it is intended to be applied by Contractor, including an explanation of why Contractor requires Owner’s Confidential and Proprietary Information, (iii) whether Contractor intends to disclose such information to Third Parties, and if so, the identity of such Third Parties, and (iv) Contractor’s assurances that it will exercise reasonable efforts consistent with its efforts to protect against the unauthorized disclosure of its own Confidential and Proprietary Information, to preclude against the unauthorized disclosure or publication of Owner’s Confidential and Proprietary Information. Contractor shall obtain written assurances from any Third Party recipients that they will not use, disclose or publish Owners’ Confidential

 

 

 

88

 

 


 

 

and Proprietary Information except as expressly authorized by Owners for the limited use and purposes identified by Contractor as required in (ii) above.

(b)       In the use of any Confidential and Proprietary Information of the other Party for the purpose of providing required information to, and/or securing Government Approvals from, any Government Authority, Owners and Contractor will cooperate to minimize the amount of such information furnished consistent with the interests of the other Party and the requirements of the Government Authority involved.

(c)       Nothing herein shall prevent Contractor from disclosing to the appropriate Government Authority any noncompliance or violation of Laws within the jurisdiction of such Government Authority.

(d)       Should Contractor discover a breach of the terms and conditions of a non-disclosure and confidentiality agreement with a Third Party to which it is permitted to disclose Owners' Confidential and Proprietary Information under Section 19.1(a), Contractor will promptly notify Owners of such breach and provide to Owners necessary information and support pertaining to any suit or proceeding brought by Owners against Recipient for such breach.

(e)       Owners shall not be responsible to Contractor or Third Parties for the consequence of the use or misuse of Owners’ Confidential and Proprietary Information by Contractor or Third Parties and Owners make no warranties, express or implied, to the extent of any use or misuse of Owners’ Confidential and Proprietary Information by Contractor or Third Parties.

(f)        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Confidential and Proprietary Information furnished by Owners to Contractor prior to the issuance of the Full Notice to Proceed and any disclosures thereof by Contractor shall be governed exclusively by the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Confidentiality Agreement among the Owners and Contractor dated as of March 11, 2008 (the “Confidentiality Agreement”). Following the issuance of the Full Notice to Proceed, any such disclosures thereof by Contractor shall be governed exclusively by the provisions of this Section 19.1.

 

 

19.2

Protection of Contractor’s Confidential and Proprietary Information.

 

(a)

Owners’ Use .

(i)      Owners agree not to use Confidential and Proprietary Information provided by Contractor or copies thereof unless [***] (collectively, the “Facility Purposes”). Nothing herein grants the right to Owners (or implies a license under any patent) to sell, license, lease, or cause to have sold any Confidential and Proprietary Information supplied by Contractor under this Agreement.

(ii)     Title to Confidential and Proprietary Information provided by Contractor to Owners and all copies made by or for Owners in whole or in part from such Confidential and Proprietary Information remains with Contractor. Owners shall include Contractor’s confidential or proprietary markings as provided by Contractor on all copies

 

 

 

89

 

 


 

 

thereof and excerpts made therefrom except with respect to excerpts made or used internally by Owners for Facility Purposes; provided, however, that Owners shall destroy any such excerpts which do not include Contractor’s confidential or proprietary markings when no longer needed for the purpose for which they were made. Except as otherwise provided under this Section 19.2 or Section 19.3, Owners agree to keep such Confidential and Proprietary Information confidential, to use such Confidential and Proprietary Information only for the Facility Purposes and not to sell, transfer, sublicense, disclose or otherwise make available any of such Confidential and Proprietary Information to others (other than Affiliates). However, nothing in this Article 19 shall prevent Owners from disclosing Confidential and Proprietary Information of Contractor or its Affiliates as required by Law or an order of a Government Authority (including without limitation the COL and/or Georgia PSC Certification Order); provided that Owners shall, if Owners have adequate advance notice, give Contractor reasonable notice so as to allow Contractor to seek a protective order or similar protection. If, in the opinion of Owners’ legal counsel and in the absence of a protective order or waiver, Owners are legally compelled to disclose Confidential and Proprietary Information, Owners will disclose only the minimum amount of such information or data as, in the opinion of Owners’ legal counsel, is legally required. In any such event, Owners agree to use good faith efforts to ensure that Confidential and Proprietary Information that is so disclosed will be accorded confidential treatment.

(iii)      Contractor hereby grants to Owners and their Affiliates, officers, directors, employees or attorneys who have a need for access to know such Confidential and Proprietary Information reasonably related to the exercise of any rights of the Owners hereunder a transferable (but only as part of the sale or transfer of the Facility or the operating responsibilities related thereto), royalty-free, fully paid up, irrevocable, nonexclusive, perpetual license to use and copy Contractor’s Confidential and Proprietary Information but only for the Facility Purposes (and for the associated simulator).

 

(b)

Owners’ Disclosure to Third Party Recipients .

(i)        The disclosure by Owners to Third Parties (hereinafter referred to as “Recipients” or “Recipient”) of Contractor’s Confidential and Proprietary Information that has been furnished to Owners prior to the Effective Date, or that is furnished to Owners after the Effective Date but prior to the issuance of the Full Notice to Proceed, shall be governed exclusively by the provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement. The disclosure by Owners to Recipients of Contractor's Confidential and Proprietary Information that is furnished to Owners after the issuance of the Full Notice to Proceed shall be made in accordance with the procedures and subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 19.2 and 19.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, disclosures by Owners of Contractor's Confidential and Proprietary Information that is furnished to Owners after the issuance of the Full Notice to Proceed to (A) a municipal participant or cooperative member of an Owner; (B) a bulk power purchaser with which an Owner is negotiating for the potential sale of, or has entered into a contract for the sale of, electrical output from the Facility; (C) an outside legal, consulting or accounting firm engaged by an Owner, Southern Nuclear or one of the entities described in clause (A) or (B); or (D) the lessors, mortgagees and security deed holders, including prospective lessors, mortgagees or security deed holders, of any of the Owners and any credit rating agencies and other financing entities that need-to-know such information in connection with the financing of an Owner’s

 

 

 

90

 

 


 

 

interest in the Facility (each such entity or person in (A) through (D) above, a “Related Party Recipient”) shall be governed exclusively by Section 19.7.

(ii)       Owners shall enter into a proprietary data agreement with the Recipient substantially on the terms set forth in Exhibit O-1 ; provided, however, that the Owners may disclose such Confidential and Proprietary Information without entering into such agreements to those persons to which access is required by any Government Authority or as necessary in order to comply with Law, or, in the case of Owners that receive financing from or are subject to the rules or regulations of the U.S. Rural Utilities Service, such Owners may disclose such Confidential and Proprietary Information without entering into such agreements to the U.S. Rural Utilities Service.

(iii)      Should Owners discover a breach of the terms and conditions of a proprietary data agreement with a Third Party, Owners will promptly notify Contractor of such breach and provide to Contractor necessary information and support pertaining to any suit or proceeding contemplated or brought by Contractor against Recipient for such breach.

(iv)      Contractor shall not be responsible to Owners for the consequence of the use or misuse of Contractor’s Confidential and Proprietary Information by Third Parties. Contractor makes no warranties, express or implied, to the extent of any such use or misuse of Contractor’s Confidential and Proprietary Information by Third Parties.

(v)       Nothing herein shall prevent Owners from disclosing to the appropriate Government Authority any noncompliance or violation of Laws within the jurisdiction of such Government Authority.

(c)        Owners’ Export of Technical Information . Owners agree to comply with relevant United States Government regulations concerning the export of technical information, with respect to Contractor’s Proprietary and Confidential Information provided to Owners by Contractor under this Agreement. This provision shall also apply to any technical information developed by Owners using Contractor’s Proprietary and Confidential Information. Irrespective of any other provisions in this Agreement, the obligations set forth in this Section 19.2(c) shall be binding so long as the relevant United States Government regulations remain in effect.

19.3      Special Procedures Pertaining to Contractor’s Confidential and Proprietary Information.  

(a)        Categories of Contractor Information . The Parties acknowledge and agree that certain Confidential and Proprietary Information of Contractor delivered to Owners under this Agreement in accordance with Table 2-1 of Exhibit A may be disclosed on a confidential basis without the prior consent of Contractor (“Contractor Disclosable Information,” as described in Section 19.3(b)), and that certain other Confidential and Proprietary Information of Contractor may not be disclosed by Owners to any Third Parties without the prior consent of Contractor (“Contractor Non-Disclosable Information,” as described in Section 19.3(d)). Owners agree to abide by the provisions of this Section 19.3 governing the release of Contractor’s Confidential and Proprietary Information.

 

 

 

91

 

 


 

 

(b)        Contractor Disclosable Information . Contractor Disclosable Information consists of the following Confidential and Proprietary Information that has been developed by Contractor, to the extent such information does not include Contractor Non-Disclosable Information as described in Subsection 19.3(d) below:

(i)        Descriptions of the plant, its components, or its systems (physical characteristics, general outline drawings, equipment lists, termination drawings, general arrangement drawings, electrical drawings, and basic schematic drawings);

(ii)       Plant, component, or system data that can be measured by plant sensors;

(iii)      Information that may be acquired by physical measurement, such as location, dimensions, weight and material properties;

(iv)      Contractor operating and maintenance manuals, and QA documentation;

(v)       Erection and commissioning documentation such as installation and layout drawings, and control room panel assembly and location drawings;

(vi)      Information or calculations directly developed using publicly available methods or data;

(vii)     Final results of calculated information or input assumptions to calculated information such that calculations could be recreated by a Third Party using the Third Party’s own then-existing methods (excluding Contractor-developed test or experience-based data, methodologies, correlations and models, which Contractor will not release to the Owners); and

(viii)    Design specifications for non-safety related equipment and system specification documents (“SSDs”) for non-safety related systems with the exception of the following: (A) all design specifications for non-safety Instrumentation & Control (I&C) systems, and (B) SSDs identified for the systems listed below:

 

(1)

Chemical and Volume Control System

 

(2)

Data Display and Processing System

 

(3)

Diverse Actuation System

 

(4)

Incore Instrumentation System

 

(5)

Operation and Control Centers

 

(6)

Plant Control System

 

(7)

Main Turbine Control and Diagnostics System

 

 

 

92

 

 


 

 

 

(8)

Main Generation System

 

(9)

Special Monitoring Systems.

(c)       Disclosable Information may be disclosed Procedures for Release of Contractor Disclosable Information . Contractor by Owners to Third Parties without prior notice to Contractor, provided that such disclosure is exclusively for the Facility Purposes and provided that:

(i)        Owners shall take reasonable steps to minimize the disclosure of Contractor’s Confidential and Proprietary Information to only that information necessary for a Recipient to perform its contracted functions;

(ii)       Owners shall execute an agreement with the Recipient governing the disclosure of Contractor’s Confidential and Proprietary Information consistent with Section 19.2(b)(ii);

(iii)      Contractor has the right to audit Owners’ records and the contents of any agreements (subject to Owners right to protect confidential and proprietary information of Owners and Third Parties) executed between Owners and a Recipient governing the disclosure of Contractor’s Confidential and Proprietary Information; and

(iv)      The provisions of Section 19.2(b)(iii), (iv) and (v) shall apply to such disclosure.

(d)        Contractor Non-Disclosable Information . Contractor Non-Disclosable Information consists of the following information that has been developed by Contractor:

 

(i)

Calculation for safety-related equipment and systems;

 

(ii)

Plant Design Model;

(iii)      I&C functional, system, software and interface requirements and functional logic diagrams;

(iv)      Design specifications and qualification reports for safety-related equipment;

 

(v)

SSDs for safety related systems;

(vi)       I&C architecture diagrams, I&C software verification and validation documentation, I&C testing procedures and test results;

(vii)     Component data packages which include Manufacturing Deviation Notices, Certified Material Test Reports and Quality Releases (will typically be provided to the Owners in the final data package if the deviations exceed the official design/fabrication specifications); and

 

 

 

93

 

 


 

 

(viii)    Information which contains confidential intellectual property of Contractor’s Subcontractors, Vendors, or other Contractor utility customers which is licensed to Contractor and which Contractor has the right to sub-license to Owners, or confidential intellectual property of Contractor’s Subcontractors or Vendors licensed directly to Owners. Exhibit O-2 contains the list of such confidential intellectual property identified as of the Effective Date, and these items are subject to the separate contractual or license agreements and limitations on copying and use, and Owners agree to and shall be bound by the terms of any such Third Party contractual or license agreements provided or identified; provided that Owners will not incur any additional costs or license fee in connection with any such Third Party contractual or license agreements. The list in Exhibit O-2 will be updated by Contractor during the performance of the Work as such additional Third Party license agreements are identified and required as part of the Work. Contractor shall not remove an item from Exhibit O-2 without Owners’ mutual agreement. For license agreements with such Third Parties necessary for maintenance or operation of the Facility for items such as those identified in Exhibit O-2 but not previously executed, Contractor agrees to make commercially reasonable efforts to negotiate terms consistent with the provisions of this Article 19 permitting Contractor to sub-license to Owners and Owners’ Engineer(s) confidential information received by Contractor from Contractor’s Subcontractors, Vendors, or other Contractor utility customers.

(e)        Procedures Pertaining to Contractor Non-Disclosable Information . Upon written request by Owners in accordance with the provisions of this Section 19.3(e), Contractor shall consider the disclosure of Contractor Non-Disclosable Information. The request shall identify the information requested to be disclosed, the work that is to be performed and the name of the intended Recipient. The request shall be in writing sent to Contractor’s Authorized Representative. The request shall be reviewed by Contractor for acceptability for disclosure based on the principle, agreed to by Owners and Contractor, that Contractor has the right to protect its proprietary information in which it has made a substantial investment and which required substantial innovation, balanced against whether such disclosure would jeopardize such proprietary rights of Contractor and the principle that Owners have the right to assure that services associated with maintenance and operation of the Facility are in all respects prudent, including cost, and thus may need to be performed by Third Party service providers. The determination of whether or not to disclose the information shall be made by Contractor in its discretion based on the above principles. Contractor shall make commercially reasonable efforts to respond within five (5) Business Days of receipt of a written request from Owners to disclose specific Contractor Non-Disclosable Information. If, at the end of fifteen (15) Business Days following such receipt by Contractor of a written request from Owners to disclose specific Contractor Non-Disclosable Information, Contractor has not rejected the request to disclose specific Contractor Non-Disclosable information, such request shall be deemed accepted by Contractor. If Contractor agrees to the disclosure of such information, the specific information to be provided to the Recipient (subject to Owners’ right to protect Confidential and Proprietary Information of Owners and Recipient) shall be subject to review and approval by Contractor and shall be governed by the terms of the confidentiality agreement with the Recipient substantially in the forms set forth in Exhibit O-1 .

(f)         Documents Containing Combined Information . Where a document marked “Confidential and Proprietary” or the like contains Contractor Disclosable Information and Contractor Non-Disclosable Information, Owners shall not disclose any Contractor Non-

 

 

 

94

 

 


 

 

Disclosable Information without Contractor’s prior written consent. Owners shall have the right to:

(i)        request Contractor to prepare and verify the accuracy of a version of such document containing only Contractor Disclosable Information;

(ii)       request Contractor to prepare and verify the accuracy of a document which contains the specific information requested by the Third Party service provider; or

(iii)      itself extract the Contractor Disclosable Information from such document and provide the Disclosable Information to the Third Party service provider in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 19.3(c). All right, title and interest in Contractor Disclosable Information contained in such document or material prepared by Owners remains with Contractor and, for the avoidance of doubt, is hereby assigned to Contractor. Owner shall make commercially reasonable efforts to give notice to Contractor’s Authorized Representative and access prior to disclosure of any extract of Contractor Disclosable Information, and will provide a copy of such upon Contractor’s request.

(iv)      [***]. Contractor shall assume no liability for, and will not warrant the accuracy or validity of, any version of a document containing Disclosable Information prepared by Owners pursuant to Section 19.3(f)(iii) above.

(g)        Additional Procedures . Owners and Contractor shall each designate a contact person for the purposes of administering the release of Contractor’s Confidential and Proprietary Information. Owners’ Authorized Representative shall be responsible for (i) ensuring that an agreement is executed with the Recipient governing the disclosure of Contractor’s Confidential and Proprietary Information consistent with Section 19.2(b)(ii) before the information is released and( (ii) making formal requests to Contractor for the release of information designated as Contractor's Non-Disclosable Information. Contractor’s Authorized Representative shall be responsible for (i) handling and expediting responses to Owners’ requests for release of information not specifically designated as disclosable and (ii) conducting periodic reviews of Owners’ records listing the Recipients and purposes of disclosure of Contractor Confidential and Proprietary Information.

19.4      Software . Software provided to Owners by Contractor shall be subject to the software license provisions set forth in Exhibit M .

19.5      Publicity . Each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to consult with the other Party before issuing any press releases or other public announcements involving any details of this Agreement other than that the Parties are or have had discussions with the other, except that the foregoing shall not be required if necessary to comply with Law or in the case of an emergency.

19.6      Conditional License Grant . Owners may designate an Owners’ Engineer. Contractor understands and recognizes that Owners intend to utilize a Third Party or parties as Owners’ Engineer(s) for Facility Purposes in the day-to-day overall operations of the Facility. Upon written approval from Contractor, which shall not be unreasonably withheld consistent

 

 

 

95

 

 


 

 

with the above understanding and, provided such grant is not explicitly prohibited in Contractor’s existing Subcontracts, Contractor shall grant to the Owners’ Engineer a fully paid-up, royalty-free, non-exclusive, nontransferable and nonassignable right and license to use the applicable deliverable portion of the AP1000 Facility Information (including the categories of information described on Table 2-1 of Exhibit A) and any released AP1000 Facility Information solely during the term that Owners’ Engineer performs services for Owners in connection with the Facility and solely for the purposes specified in section 19.2 (a)(i). In the event a Contractor’s Subcontractor or Vendor does not permit Contractor to sublicense Subcontractor or Vendor information for this purpose, Contractor agrees to employ commercially reasonable efforts to jointly negotiate with Owner and said Subcontractor or Vendor to attempt to secure a license for Owners’ Engineer.

19.7      Procedures for Disclosure to Related Party Recipients . Without the prior written consent of Contractor, disclosure of Contractor’s Confidential and Proprietary Information to Related Party Recipients following the issuance of the Full Notice to Proceed shall be limited solely to the terms of this Agreement (including all Exhibits and Amendments), the Price Book, information exchanged by the Parties pursuant to Section 7.2, 7.3 or Exhibit J, any other information regarding pricing or pricing disputes, information that the Owners have the right to audit pursuant to Section 23.4 or Article 25, notices of and requests for Changes and resulting Change Orders, invoices and related supporting documentation, information regarding insurance claims and Contractor supplied insurance, the Monthly Status Report, updates to the Project Schedule or Payment Schedules, any Recovery Plans, the results of any tests and data collections performed under Article 11, the PQAP (including associated policies and procedures) and any audits related thereto, notices in connection with this Agreement, and other similar information of a legal, business, financial or commercial nature (“Commercial Information”) and Contractor Disclosable Information of the type described in subsection (i) of Section 19.3(b) (“Technical Information”). The disclosure of any other information that constitutes Contractor’s Confidential and Proprietary Information other than Contractor Non-Disclosable Information to a Related Party Recipient shall require the prior written consent of Contractor; provided, however, that such consent shall not be withheld if the affected Owner provides the Contractor with a reasonable basis supporting such Owner’s need to disclose such information to a Related Party Recipient. The disclosure of any Contractor Non-Disclosable Information to a Related Party Recipient shall require the prior written consent of Contractor. The disclosure of Commercial Information or Technical Information to a Related Party Recipient may be made only when necessary for purposes connected with bulk power sales from the Facility or a Related Party Recipient’s indirect ownership of the Facility, liability to an Owner for costs of the Facility or its provision of services to, financing for or the credit rating of an Owner or a Related Party Recipient. The disclosure of Commercial Information or Technical Information to a potential or actual bulk power purchaser shall require the prior written consent of Contractor, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however that new or additional consents will not be required with respect to any bulk power purchaser for whom consent has already been provided by Contractor. The following procedures shall be followed for the disclosure of Commercial Information or Technical Information:

(a)       Each Related Party Recipient (other than directors, officers and employees of an Owner or of the municipal participants or cooperative members of an Owner) to whom Commercial Information or Technical Information is to be disclosed shall first be required to

 

 

 

96

 

 


 

 

enter into an agreement with the disclosing Owner or Southern Nuclear, as the case may be, the terms of which are substantially in the form of Exhibit O-3-A ; provided, however, the disclosing Owner or Southern Nuclear, as the case may be, shall only be required to undertake reasonable efforts to obtain confidentiality agreements from any credit rating agency. Each officer and employee of an Owner or municipal participant or cooperative member of an Owner and each director of a cooperative member of an Owner to whom Commercial Information or Technical Information is to be disclosed shall first be required to sign an acknowledgement, substantially in the form of Exhibit O-3-B . The Owner or Southern Nuclear, as the case may be, will maintain a copy of all such signed agreements and acknowledgements, which will be made available to Contractor upon written request. The directors of any Owner shall be advised orally of the Owner’s confidentiality obligations.

(b)       Disclosure of Commercial Information or Technical Information to a Related Party Recipient (other than an attorney of an Owner) shall be permitted only in accordance with the procedures set forth in Exhibit O-3-C. Contractor shall have the right to audit the logs and records of the Owners and Southern Nuclear from time to time upon reasonable notice to determine the identity of the Related Party Recipients and to verify compliance with the procedures of Exhibit O-3-C.

(c)       Any Related Party Recipient that has executed a confidentiality agreement in the form of either Exhibit A or an acknowledgement in the form of Exhibit B to the Confidentiality Agreement shall not be required to execute the corresponding form attached hereto as Exhibit O-3-A and O-3-B for the purposes of this Section 19.7, it being agreed by the Parties that the confidentiality agreement or acknowledgment signed by such Related Party Recipient pursuant to the Confidentiality Agreement shall remain in effect for the purposes of this Section 19.7.

(d)       The provisions of Section 19.2(b)(iii), (iv) and (v) shall apply to such disclosure.

ARTICLE 20

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

20.1      Representations and Warranties of Contractor . Each Consortium Member hereby represents and warrants to Owners as follows:

(a)        Due Organization of Consortium Member . Westinghouse is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and Stone & Webster is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Louisiana. Each Consortium Member has the requisite power and authority to own and operate its business and properties and to carry on its business as such business is now being conducted and is duly qualified to do business in the State of Georgia and in any other jurisdiction in which the transaction of its business makes such qualification necessary.

(b)        Due Authorization of Consortium Member; Binding Obligation . Consortium Member has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and

 

 

 

97

 

 


 

 

to perform its obligations hereunder, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Consortium Member has been duly authorized by the necessary action on the part of such Consortium Member; this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Consortium Member and is the valid and binding obligation of such Consortium Member enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(c)        Non-Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Consortium Member and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not contravene the organizational documents of such Consortium Member and do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach of or default under any indenture, mortgage, lease, agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order or ruling to which such Consortium Member is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or affected.

(d)        Approvals . There are no approvals or consents of Governmental Authorities or other Persons not yet obtained, the absence of which would materially impair Consortium Member’s ability to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(e)        Intellectual Property Rights . To the best of Consortium Member’s knowledge, there are no intellectual property rights required for Owners to operate the Facility other than those intellectual property rights which Owners will acquire through such Consortium Member’s performance of the Work pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

20.2      Representations and Warranties of Owners . Each Owner hereby represents, warrants and covenants to Contractor as follows (it being acknowledged that, in light of the provisions of Sections 8.1(a) and (b) with respect to Dalton Utilities, the representations, warranties and covenants of Dalton Utilities pertain only to that separate and distinct part of the City of Dalton that constitutes Dalton Utilities):

(a)        Due Organization of Owner . Owner is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Georgia and has the requisite power and authority to own and operate its business and properties and to carry on its business as such business is now being conducted and is duly qualified to do business in State of Georgia and in any other jurisdiction in which the transaction of its business makes such qualification necessary.

(b)        Due Authorization of Owner; Binding Obligation . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Owner has been duly and effectively authorized by the requisite action on the part of such Owner’s governing board. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Owner, enforceable against such Owner in accordance with its terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and by general principles of equity.

(c)        Non-Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Owner and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not

 

 

 

98

 

 


 

 

and will not contravene the organizational documents of such Owner and do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach of or default under any indenture, mortgage, lease, agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order or ruling to which such Owner is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or affected.

(d)        Approvals . Except for the approvals required from the Georgia PSC, the NRC and the U.S. Rural Utilities Service, there are no approvals or consents of Governmental Authorities or other Persons not yet obtained, the absence of which would materially impair such Owner’s ability to execute, delivery and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

20.3      Direct Representations by Owners . On the Effective Date, each Owner other than GPC shall provide a letter to Contractor making each of the representations set forth in Section 20.2 on its own behalf, and additionally shall represent that each such Owner has entered into the Ownership Agreement granting GPC certain power and authority as set forth therein to act on its behalf as its agent with respect to all matters arising under this Agreement.

20.4      Consortium Not a Partnership .  Owners acknowledge that Contractor consists of two separate legal entities and that the consortium does not constitute a partnership, joint venture or other legal entity.

ARTICLE 21

 

TITLE; RISK OF LOSS

 

21.1

Transfer of Title; Intellectual Property .  

(a)        Title to Equipment, Machinery, Materials, Structures and Supplies . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, title to the Equipment, machinery, materials, structures and supplies used in connection with the Work and which become a permanent part of the Facility, and title to the spare parts provided by Contractor to Owners under Section 3.5(i), shall vest in Owners upon delivery of the Equipment, machinery, materials, structures, supplies and spare parts to the Site. The passage of title to Owners shall not be deemed an acceptance or approval of such Equipment (or any Work), affect the allocation of risk of loss, or otherwise relieve Contractor of any obligation under this Agreement to provide and pay for transportation and storage in connection with the Equipment.

(b)        Title to Natural Resources . Title to water, soil, rock, gravel, sand, minerals, timber and any other resources developed or obtained in the excavation or the performance by Contractor of the Work and the right to use said items is hereby expressly vested in and reserved by Owners. Contractor agrees to execute and deliver and cause its Personnel to execute and deliver, to Owners any transfers, assignments, documents or other instruments which Owners may deem necessary or appropriate to vest complete right, title, interest and ownership of and to any of the items described herein, exclusively in Owners.

(c)        Title to Fossils and Artifacts . Title to fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity, and structures and other remains or things of geological or archaeological interest

 

 

 

99

 

 


 

 

discovered at the Facility shall (as between the Parties) remain with and be the property of Owners. Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent Contractor, its Subcontractors, its Vendors or the Personnel or Invitees of any of them from removing or damaging any such articles or items. Contractor shall, immediately upon the discovery of any such article or item, notify Owners’ Authorized Representative.

(d)        Rights in Documentation . The rights, title and interests in and to the copies of Documentation provided to Owners shall be owned by Owners; provided that the rights, title and interests in and to Contractor’s Confidential and Proprietary Information within the Documentation shall remain with Contractor or its licensors, subject to the provisions of Article 19.

(e)        Ownership of Invention Rights . Contractor shall retain the ownership rights in any discoveries and inventions (patentable or unpatentable) and copyrightable material that Contractor or any of its Subcontractors or Vendors makes, creates, develops, discovers or produces in connection with the design, manufacture, testing, analysis or construction of the Facility or performance of the Work; provided, however, that Contractor hereby grants to Owners and their Affiliates a transferable (but only as part of the sale or transfer of the Facility or the operating responsibilities related thereto), royalty-free, fully paid up, irrevocable, nonexclusive license to use such discoveries and inventions for the purposes of the Facility (and associated simulator) including equipment supply, construction, testing, start-up, maintenance, operation, training, repair, decommissioning, licensing, and compliance with Laws. [***].

 

21.2

Risk of Loss .  

(a)       Whether or not title has passed to Owners, the risk of loss or damage for each system or structure of a Unit shall remain with Contractor until, and shall pass to Owners upon Turnover of such system or structure. Prior to Turnover of Equipment or a structure or system thereof, except as otherwise provided in this Section 21.2, Contractor shall be liable for loss or damage to such Equipment, structure or system that does not arise out of or result from a Nuclear Incident, whether or not caused by its negligence, excepting the fault, strict liability or negligence of Owners or their Personnel. With respect to loss or damage to Equipment, systems, and structures located at the Site, to the extent that such loss or damage does not arise out of or result from a Nuclear Incident, Contractor shall: (i) repair or replace such Equipment, structures or components as required to cure such loss or damage, [***]. For the above losses or damages which are covered under Owners’ insurance coverages, (a) the amount equal to the difference between Contractor’s Deductible Portion and the applicable insurance deductible plus (b) the cost necessary to repair or replace such losses or damages that are in excess of such insurance coverages or not otherwise reimbursed by such coverages (unless due to the Insurance Exclusions), shall constitute a Change and entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. After Turnover, the risk of loss, destruction or damage of Equipment that Contractor removes from the Facility or from the Site will transfer to Contractor at the time of its loading on the carrier at the Facility. Upon completion of such replacement, refurbishment or repair services, the risk of loss will transfer back to Owners upon completion of the unloading of the Equipment from the carrier at the Facility. When Contractor bears the risk of loss, Contractor shall be responsible to

 

 

 

100

 

 


 

 

promptly replace, repair or reconstruct the Equipment and property that comprises or will comprise the Facility that is lost, damaged, or destroyed subject to the limits enumerated in this Section 21.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement that requires a Party to bear the risk of loss to its own property, during the Turnover process, and until Unit Mechanical Completion, through Substantial Completion, Final Completion and thereafter, if Owners or any of their Personnel or Invitees through its fault, strict liability or negligence damages any part of a system or structure of a Unit that has not yet been turned over to Owners, Owners shall be liable for any cost which is not reimbursed by the applicable insurance policy, including the insurance deductibles related to such loss and such cost shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9. After risk of loss passes to Owners, Contractor shall be responsible to pay for damage to the Facility to the extent provided under Section 15.2(b).

(b)        The risk of loss for Mandatory Spare Parts and Optional Spare Parts shall pass to Owners upon delivery of such spare parts to the Site.

(c)       Contractor shall be responsible for the care, custody, and control of, and shall bear the complete risk of loss, destruction, or damage of, the materials, supplies, Construction Equipment and other equipment, machines and structures that will not become a permanent part of the Facility and which are owned, used or leased by Contractor, its Subcontractors, its Vendors or the Personnel or Invitees of any of them to perform the Work.

ARTICLE 22

 

SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION

 

22.1

Suspension by the Owners for Convenience .  

(a)       Owners may, without cause, order Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part without terminating the Agreement and for such period of time as the Owners may determine. Following the issuance of the Full Notice to Proceed, any such suspension of the Work shall constitute a Change and shall entitle Contractor to seek a Change Order pursuant to Article 9.

(b)       Upon receipt of a suspension order, Contractor shall promptly suspend its performance of the Work but shall take reasonable precautions to protect, store and secure the Equipment against deterioration, loss or damage.

(c)       Owners will be liable to Contractor for Contractor’s Costs incurred by Contractor for protection, storage and securing the Equipment or other actions directed by Owners during the suspension [***]. Contractor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize such costs associated with the suspension.

(d)       Contractor shall resume promptly any suspended Work following receipt of a written notice from Owners to do so.

 

22.2

Contractor Event of Default .  

 

 

 

101

 

 


 

 

(a)       Owners may declare a Contractor Event of Default upon written notice to Contractor of the occurrence of any of the following (each a “Contractor Event of Default”):

(i)        Contractor is in breach of a material provision of this Agreement (other than the matters addressed in the other subsections of this Section 22.2(a)) and fails to cure the breach [***];

(ii)       Owners notify Contractor in writing that Contractor has abandoned the Work, and within [***] after Contractor’s receipt of such written notice, Contractor has failed to (A) resume diligent performance of the Work consistent with the Project Schedule or (B) provide reasonable assurances that Contractor has not abandoned the Work;

(iii)      Achievement of any of the Critical Milestones for a Unit is delayed by more than [***] past the date for such Critical Milestone as set forth in Exhibit E-2 , as a result, in whole or in part, of any defect or failure in the Work or any other actions or omissions of Contractor or Contractor’s Personnel, and Contractor is not exercising due diligence to correct same [***];

(iv)      Contractor fails to (A) submit a Recovery Plan as required under Section 3.4(d) or fails to begin implementation of the Recovery Plan and does not cure such failure within [***] following written notice of such failure, or (B) use commercially reasonable efforts to adhere to the Recovery Plan until such Recovery Plan is completed; provided that there shall be no Contractor Event of Default if the Recovery Plan is required due to Uncontrollable Circumstances or as a result of a breach of this Agreement by Owners or delay caused by Owners or their Personnel;

 

(v)

[***];

(vi)      Either Consortium Member is Insolvent unless the other Consortium Member has provided security for performance of the Insolvent Consortium Member’s obligations reasonably satisfactory to Owners;

 

(vii)

[***];

(viii)    Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of Section 17.4 or Contractor’s guarantor breaches any of its obligations under its guaranty or if any representation or warranty made by such guarantor in its guaranty shall prove to be incorrect in any material respect when made, unless any of the foregoing is cured by [***] following receipt of a written notice from Owners of a failure under this Section 22.2(a)(viii); or

(ix)      Any representation or warranty made by Contractor herein proves to be incorrect in any material respect when made and such breach of representation or warranty has a material adverse effect on Owners, unless Contractor promptly commences and diligently pursues action to cause such representation or warranty to become true in all material respects and does so within [***].

 

 

 

102

 

 


 

 

(b)       Upon a Contractor Event of Default pursuant to this Section 22.2, in addition to any remedy available at Law, which is subject to the provisions of this Agreement limiting Contractor’s liability, Owners may at their option elect to: (i) terminate this Agreement; and/or (ii) assume responsibility for and take title to and possession of the Facility and Work and Equipment remaining at the Site and Equipment located outside the Site for which payment in full or in part has been made by Owners; and/or (iii) in Owners’ sole discretion, succeed automatically (subject to Section 3.5(u)(viii)), without the necessity of any further action by Contractor, to the interests of Contractor in any or all Subcontracts entered into by Contractor with respect to the Work, and shall be required to compensate such Subcontractors or Vendors only for compensation becoming due and payable to such parties under the terms of their Subcontracts with Contractor from and after the date Owners elect to succeed to the interests of Contractor in such Subcontracts. In the event of termination pursuant to this Section 22.2, Owners may, at their option, finish the Work and other work by whatever method Owners may deem expedient.

 

22.3

Termination by Owners for Convenience .  

(a)       Owners may, at any time, terminate the Agreement for Owners’ convenience and without cause.

(b)       In the event of termination for Owners’ convenience, Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment for [***].

(c)       If Owners terminate for their convenience after [***] Owners shall pay to Contractor a termination fee of [***]. Upon such termination and payment, the Parties shall have no further liability to one another other than any liability that arose prior to the termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 22.3.

(d)       For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 22.3 shall not apply in the case of any other termination of this Agreement pursuant to any other Section of this Article 22.

22.4      Termination because of Uncontrollable Circumstance, Government Action or Other Causes .

 

(a)

Owners may terminate this Agreement at any time in the event that:

(i)        an Uncontrollable Circumstance that causes a delay of the Work [***] or that deprives Owners of the ability or authority to construct or operate the Facility;

(ii)       the action or failure to act of a Government Authority deprives Owners of the ability or authority to construct or operate the Facility (except to the extent the action or failure results from actions or inactions by Owners reasonably calculated to produce such result);

(iii)      a Georgia PSC Certification Order certifying the Facility on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to GPC is not obtained on or before [***]; or

 

 

 

103

 

 


 

 

(iv)      [***] Owners’ payment obligations to Contractor as of any given point in time are in excess of [***].

(b)       If Owners elect to terminate this Agreement in accordance with this Section 22.4 (except Section 22.4(a)(iii)), Owners shall provide Contractor with written notice and Owners shall pay Contractor for [***]. Upon such termination and payment, the Parties shall have no further liability to one another other than any liability that arose prior to the termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 22.4.

 

22.5

Termination by Contractor .

(a)       Contractor may terminate this Agreement by written notice delivered to Owners for any of the following reasons:

(i)        Unless due to a breach by Contractor of its obligations hereunder, a final, unappealable order of a Government Authority having jurisdiction over the Facility, which requires the Work to be permanently stopped;

(ii)       Unless due to the breach of Contractor’s obligations hereunder, Owners fail to obtain the COL for the Facility by the date that is [***];

(iii)      One or more Owners fail to comply with the requirements of Section 8.7 unless cured by the end of the second Business Day following receipt of a written notice from Contractor of a failure under this Section 22.5(a)(iii), which cure may include one or more of the other Owners providing collateral security that satisfies the collateral requirements of Section 8.7 on behalf of one or more Owners who fail to provide the required collateral;

 

(iv)

Full Notice to Proceed is not issued within [***];

(v)       Contractor does not receive payments due under this Agreement (other than payments which Owners have the right to withhold or set off under this Agreement) for a period exceeding [***] following receipt of written notification from Contractor that such amount is due under the terms of this Agreement;

(vi)      Unless due to the breach of Contractor’s obligations hereunder or Owners’ right to order Contractor to stop Work under Section 4.2(c), one or more suspensions, delays or interruptions of the Work caused or directed by Owners or due to an Uncontrollable Circumstance constitute in the aggregate more than [***] if due to one or more suspensions, delays or interruptions of the Work caused or directed by Owners (but excluding Uncontrollable Circumstances as to Owners); provided that the foregoing shall not apply to a suspension, delay or interruption under Section 11.4(c) or 11.5(d);

(vii)     Owners are in breach of a material provision of this Agreement (other than the matters addressed in the other subsections of this Section 22.5(a)) and fail to cure the breach [***];

 

 

 

104

 

 


 

 

(viii)    One or more of the Owners is Insolvent unless the other Owners have provided security for payments that would be due from such Insolvent Owner(s) in accordance with Section 8.7 and no other changes to this Agreement have resulted from proceedings involving the Insolvent Owner; or

(ix)      Any representation or warranty made by Owners herein proves to be incorrect in any material respect when made and such breach of representation or warranty has a material adverse effect on Contractor, unless Owners promptly commence and diligently pursue action to cause such representation or warranty to become true in all material respects and do so [***].

(b)       Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to subsection (a)(i) above, Owners shall pay Contractor for its [***]. Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to subsections (ii), (iv) (if due to an Uncontrollable Circumstance), or (vi) (if due to Uncontrollable Circumstances) of Section 22.5(a), Owners shall pay Contractor for [***]. Upon such termination and payment, the Parties shall have no further liability to one another other than any liability that arose prior to the termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 22.5.

(c)       Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to subsections (iii), (iv) (except when due to Uncontrollable Circumstance), (v), (vi) (except when due to Uncontrollable Circumstance), (vii), (viii) and (ix) of Section 22.5(a), Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment from Owners as if it were a termination for the Owners’ convenience under Section 22.3. Upon such termination and payment, the Parties shall have no further liability to one another other than any liability that arose prior to the termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 22.5.

22.6      Actions Required of Contractor upon Termination . Upon receipt of a notice of termination from Owners or the issuance of a notice of termination by Contractor, Contractor shall:

(a)       in an orderly manner and consistent with safety considerations, cease operations as directed by Owners in the notice;

(b)       take such actions necessary, or that Owners may otherwise direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work (wherever located);

(c)       except for Work directed to be performed in connection with such termination as stated in the notice, enter into no further contracts and/or purchase orders; and

 

(d)

[***].

ARTICLE 23

 

SAFETY; INCIDENT REPORTING

23.1      Designated Contractor Safety Representative . Contractor shall designate a responsible, qualified person in Contractor’s organization at the Site whose duty shall be the

 

 

 

105

 

 


 

 

prevention of incidents and injuries and addressing unsafe and undesirable behavior for each of the following three (3) areas: (a) environmental matters (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and any applicable state agency), (b) health matters (industrial hygiene and employee health hazard prevention/mitigation) and (c) safety matters, as each area relates to construction activities generally and the Work specifically. One individual may be designated for more than one of these three areas if the individual is qualified in the relevant areas.

23.2      OSHA and Other Laws . Contractor shall provide notices and comply with applicable workplace safety Laws, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. Section 651, et seq. (“OSHA”) and provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 12101, et seq., relevant to workplace safety.

(a)       Contractor represents that it is familiar with the Site, the Work to be performed, the Equipment to be provided, the hazards of the Work, and, if applicable, the Material Safety Data Sheets for, and the hazards of, the Hazardous Materials that Contractor is expected to provide or handle. Contractor represents that it is familiar with the Hazardous Materials’ labeling system used in the workplace.

(b)       Contractor acknowledges that OSHA and regulatory standards or state plan equivalent (collectively, the “OSHA Standards”) require that its employees be trained in various subjects, such as, but not limited to, the hazards of, and standards applicable to, the Work (29 C.F.R. § 1926.21(b)(2)) (applicable to construction work), lockout/tagout (29 C.F.R. § 1910.147), confined space entry (29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.21(b)(6) or 1910.146), and asbestos (29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.1001 or 1926.1101). Contractor’s employees and their supervisors and the employees and supervisors of Subcontractors and Invitees will have been trained in accordance with applicable OSHA Standards, and they will have been trained to recognize and avoid hazards related to the Work, and to perform the Work safely and without danger to any Person or to any property. Contractor shall comply with the requirements set forth in Exhibit Z .

(c)       Contractor represents that its Personnel and Invitees are or will be equipped with, and such Personnel and Invitees will be required to use, consistent with Contractors’ Project Safety Manual, the personal protective equipment required by applicable OSHA Standards in 29 C.F.R. Parts 1926 and 1910, and with the personal protective equipment required to protect its Personnel against other serious health or safety hazards. Contractor agrees that it shall discipline its personnel (and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to require the same of its Subcontractors) who violate any OSHA Standards or applicable Laws in accordance with appropriate policies and procedures.

(d)       Contractor will comply, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to require its Subcontractors to comply, with the other OSHA Standards applicable to the Work and not addressed above, including those requiring pre-employment testing of employees, such as, but not limited to, pulmonary testing, blood testing, urine testing, hearing testing, respirator fit testing, NRC required drug screening, and/or applicable medical surveillance testing.

 

 

 

106

 

 


 

 

(e)       Within a reasonable time following a specific request by Owners, and to the extent permitted by applicable Law, Contractor shall provide to Owners copies of training records for its employees and the employees of its Subcontractors concerning a particular safety and health standard and/or particular substantive or technical training requirement of the job.

23.3      Cooperation in Governmental Investigations and Inspections . Contractor shall provide, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to require its Subcontractors and Vendors to provide, reasonable assistance to Owners in responding to requests and inspections by any Government Authority for information in connection with the Work involving Contractor or its Personnel. Contractor shall provide and shall require its Appendix B Subcontractors to provide NRC personnel with the facilities, furnishings, conveniences and access set forth in 10 C.F.R. § 50.70 and shall comply with the requirements of 10 C.F.R. § 50.70(b)(4) respecting the presence of any representative of the NRC at the Site.

23.4      Audit . To the extent permitted by applicable Law, and in response to specific and identifiable concerns, Contractor shall permit, and shall require its Subcontractors to permit, Owners to review and copy documents related to those specific and identifiable safety and health concerns at the Site.

ARTICLE 24

 

QUALIFICATIONS AND PROTECTION OF ASSIGNED PERSONNEL

 

24.1

Contractor’s Personnel .  

(a)       Contractor shall comply with applicable labor and immigration Laws that may impact Contractor’s Work under this Agreement, including the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 and Form I-9 requirements, by performing the required employment eligibility and verification checks and maintaining the required employment records as included therein. By providing an employee of Contractor or a Subcontractor or Vendor to engage in any portion of the Work under this Agreement, Contractor warrants and represents that it has completed the screening measures described in Section 24.2 with respect to such employee, if applicable, and that such screening measures did not reveal any information that could adversely affect such employee’s suitability for employment or engagement by Contractor, Subcontractor or Vendor or competence or ability to perform duties under this Agreement. If in doubt as to whether a suitability, competence or ability concern exists, Contractor shall discuss with Owners the relevant facts of such situation and Owners will determine, in their sole discretion, whether such Person should be allowed to perform any of the Work. Owners, in their sole discretion, shall have the option of barring from the Site any Person whom Owners determine does not meet the qualification requirements set forth above. In all circumstances, Contractor shall ensure that the substance and manner of any and all screening measures performed by Contractor pursuant to this Section conform to applicable Law. Owners shall have the right to bar from the Site any Person employed or engaged by Contractor, its Personnel or an Invitee who engages in misconduct or is incompetent or negligent in the Owners’ sole judgment while on the Site or while performing Work, or whom Owners have previously terminated for cause or otherwise dismissed or

 

 

 

107

 

 


 

 

barred from the Site. Upon request of Owners, Contractor shall immediately remove those Persons to whom Owners object from the Site and shall not allow the further performance of Work by those Persons. In addition, in the event that Contractor learns of any such misconduct, incompetence or negligence independent of Owners’ objection, Contractor shall remove such Persons from the Site, shall not allow any further performance of Work by such Persons and shall promptly notify Owners of such misconduct, incompetence or negligence and the actions taken by Contractor as a result thereof. In either such event, any cost for replacement of such Persons shall be at Contractor’s expense.

(b)       Contractor and its Personnel performing Work at the Site shall at all times conduct their business activities pursuant to this Agreement in a highly ethical manner and in compliance with all Laws, including without limitation Executive Order 11246, as amended, relating to equal opportunity and nonsegregated facilities, and the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1933. While on Site, Contractor and its Personnel shall not, at any time, exhibit any of the following behaviors: (i) harassment or discrimination of any kind or character, including but not limited to conduct or language derogatory to any individual on the basis of race, gender, color, religion, age, national origin, disability, veteran status or sexual orientation that creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive working environment. Specific examples include jokes, pranks, epithets, written or graphic material, or hostility or aversion toward any individual or group; (ii) any conduct or acts such as threats or violence that create a hostile, abusive, or intimidating work environment (examples of such inappropriate behaviors include fighting, abusive language, inappropriate signage, use or possession of firearms on Owners’ property, and destruction of Owners’ or their Affiliates’ or employees’ property or the threat of any of the foregoing); (iii) work practices that are unsafe or harmful to the environment; (iv) use of Owners’ or their Affiliates’ computers, email, telephone or voice-mail system that in any way involves material that is obscene, pornographic, sexually oriented, threatening, or otherwise derogatory or offensive to any individual on the basis of race, gender, color, religion, age, national origin, disability, veteran status or sexual orientation; or (v) engagement in any activity that creates a conflict of interest or appearance of the same, or that jeopardizes the integrity of Owners or Contractor (including providing gifts and gratuities to Owners’ employees or the employees of Owners’ Affiliates).

(c)       Contractor shall communicate these required behavior standards to its Personnel and Subcontractors and their Personnel and shall promptly dismiss, or cause its Subcontractors to dismiss, any individual who has violated these standards. Contractor and its Subcontractors shall inform their Personnel that they will maintain a “no tolerance” policy for violation of the required behavior standards. In the event that a Subcontractor or its Personnel violates these behavior standards, Contractor shall require such Subcontractor to promptly institute an educational program designed to raise awareness of and conformity to these behavior standards. In the event that a Subcontractor fails to institute the educational program within thirty (30) Days of notice from Contractor, or there are repeated violations of these standards by such Subcontractor or its Personnel, at Owners’ request, Contractor will take prompt action to terminate the applicable Subcontract. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owners and any of their Affiliates, and the directors, officers, representatives, agents, employees and assigns of each of them, and all Persons claiming through them from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, or actions of every kind

 

 

 

108

 

 


 

 

and nature presented or brought for any claim or liability and for all damages and costs incurred by such parties, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from or related to Contractor’s and all Subcontractors’ failures, or the failure of their Personnel to comply with these behavior standards. If Contractor or any of its Personnel observes an employee of Owners or any of their Affiliates doing, or is ever asked by such an employee to do, something considered to be unethical, illegal, or in violation of these behavior standards, Contractor shall notify Owners’ management immediately or call Workplace Ethics at (1-800-754-9452) or such other number as directed by Owners.

24.2      Screening Measures . Contractor acknowledges and agrees that it is responsible for conducting adequate screening of its employees and requiring Appendix B Subcontractors to conduct adequate screening of their employees prior to starting the Work. A fitness for duty and security screening program will be established for Contractor and Subcontractor and Vendor employees performing the Work to the extent required by Law. Contractor shall submit its program to Owners for approval no later than six (6) months prior to the Site Turnover Date of the first portion of the Site turned over to Contractor and shall allow Owners to audit the effectiveness of such program not less than once every twelve (12) months during the term of this Agreement. This program will comply with the regulations set forth in the Laws governing new nuclear build construction. This program will contain:

 

Prohibition of the use, transportation, sale, or possession of illegal drugs

 

Prohibition of the use or possession of alcohol beverages on the construction site

 

Requirement that employees be fit for duty at all times while on the construction site

 

Requirement that employees submit to drug and alcohol testing during pre-access screening, for-cause testing, and post event testing, as necessary

 

Requirement that employees must immediately report known, suspected, or potential violations of this policy to supervisory personnel or management

 

Requirement that a subset of workers who perform important safety functions be subject to random testing

 

Protection of information and records to assure confidentiality

 

Requirement that employees satisfy NRC requirements related to reliability and trustworthiness

 

Requirement that employees consent to a search or inspection of the individual's property while on the premises.

 

In addition to pre-access screening for drugs and alcohol an identity check and screening for criminal history will be performed. A law enforcement criminal records check shall be performed on potential employees to perform the Work to the extent required by Law shall be performed which shall include:

 

Verification of identity

 

A criminal history check of the individual will be performed

 

 

 

109

 

 


 

 

 

Prior to a final adverse determination, the applicant shall be informed of the basis for potential denial of access to assure the accuracy of the basis for such denial.

 

24.3      Training of Employees . Contractor represents that Contractor and Subcontractor personnel will be trained, as applicable, regarding environmental, OSHA and NRC requirements and any other matters required by applicable Laws and relevant to the Work.

24.4      NRC Whistleblower Provision . To the extent required by Law, Contractor and its Personnel shall comply with the requirements of Section 211, “Employee Protection,” of the Energy Reorganization Act of 1974, 42 U.S.C. § 5851, as amended; 10 C.F.R. § 50.7, “Protection of Employees Who Provide Information” and 29 C.F.R. § 24. Contractor shall and shall require the Appendix B Subcontractors to develop and implement a program and develop procedures at all locations where Work under this Agreement is being performed to advise their personnel that they are entitled and encouraged to raise safety concerns to their management, to Owners, and to the NRC, without fear of discharge or other discrimination. Owners shall have the right to audit the effectiveness of such programs not less than once every twelve (12) months during the term of this Agreement. Such programs shall include (a) an Employee Concerns Program, and (b) a Corrective Action Program.

24.5      Respirator Protection . For any Work at the Site that may expose any of Contractor’s Personnel or Invitees to sources of radiation or require them to wear respiratory protection, Contractor shall require each of these Persons, prior to entering any radiation area or wearing respiratory protection, to undergo a physical examination to determine if occupational radiation exposure or the wearing of respiratory protection should be avoided because of any medical condition or other circumstance, and in addition, to undergo such physical examination as may be required by applicable Law or by a Government Authority having jurisdiction. Contractor shall keep a record of such physical examinations available for inspection by Owners as permitted under applicable Law. Owners will assist Contractor in defining the applicable requirements, if requested.

 

ARTICLE 25

 

RECORDS AND AUDIT

25.1      Technical Documentation . Except to the extent applicable Laws require a longer retention, Contractor shall maintain and shall cause its Major Vendors to maintain technical documentation relative to the Facility for a period of [***] after Final Completion of the Second Unit or such longer period as required by applicable Laws.

25.2      Accounting Records . Except to the extent applicable Laws require a longer retention, Contractor shall maintain and shall cause its Subcontractors and Vendors performing Work [***] to maintain complete accounting records relating to the Work performed or provided under this Agreement [***] in accordance with generally accepted

 

 

 

110

 

 


 

 

accounting principles in the United States, as set forth in pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (and its predecessors) and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, for a period of [***] after Final Completion of the Second Unit or such longer period as required by Law, except that records relating to Sales Taxes for such items must be retained for [***] as specified in Section 25.5. The requirements of this Section 25.2 shall also apply to accounting records that pertain to [***].

25.3      Maintenance of Records Generally . Notwithstanding anything in Section 25.1 or 25.2 to the contrary, Contractor shall ensure that its maintenance of records complies with the applicable provisions of 10 C.F.R. § 50.71 and other applicable Laws until such time Contractor delivers such records to Owners in accordance with this Agreement.

25.4      Right to Audit . If Owners request verification of Contractor’s Costs claimed by Contractor [***], Owners or Owners’ independent auditor shall examine and audit Contractor’s records and books related to those costs and provide a report to Owners. Owners’ audit right also shall apply to Contractor’s books and records that pertain to any Change Order or to [***]. Such audit will be conducted during business hours and provide each Owner with a reasonable opportunity to verify that all costs and charges have been properly invoiced in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Owners shall not be entitled to audit any information that would enable Owners to determine [***]; provided, however that Owners shall be permitted such information for the limited purposes of determining [***]. If an audit by the auditor reveals charges to or paid by Owners as charges or fees which are incorrectly charged, then Owners shall be entitled upon demand for a refund from Contractor of such plus interest since the date of payment of the over-charges at a rate equal to [***]. Likewise, if an audit or if an examination by any state or local taxing agency reveals additional Sales Tax to be imposed upon Contractor for under collection of tax from Owners on a taxable sale, then Contractor shall be entitled, upon demand, for a refund from Owners of all such amounts actually paid, subject to the following proviso: Contractor acknowledges and agrees that Owners will remit any and all Sales Tax due to the State of Georgia or any taxing jurisdiction thereof directly to the Georgia Department of Revenue (“DOR”) pursuant to a “Direct Pay Permit” issued to Owners by the DOR, which Owners shall also provide to Contractor, thereby relieving Contractor of any obligation to collect and remit such Sales Tax in Georgia. In the event that the DOR or any other Georgia taxing authority attempts to collect Sales Tax from Contractor with respect to any taxable sale to Owners, Contractor shall notify Owners of same and Owners shall provide to Contractor and the Georgia taxing jurisdiction evidence of payment of such Sales Tax pursuant to the Direct Pay Permit. Should such taxing jurisdiction continue to pursue the collection of such Sales Tax from Contractor notwithstanding the receipt of evidence from Owners that such Sales Tax has been paid, Owners shall have right, but not the obligation, to contest Contractor’s liability for such Sales Tax on Contractor’s behalf in any administrative or judicial proceedings that may arise with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Owners shall not be restricted from any audit rights that they are required to have in order to comply with applicable Laws, including without limitation the requirements of the NRC.

25.5      Sales Tax Records . Contractor shall provide to Owners the information and data Owners may from time to time reasonably request (including without limitation monthly descriptions of the tangible personal property purchase for the Facility and the price paid by

 

 

 

111

 

 


 

 

Owners with respect to each individual piece of such property) and otherwise fully cooperate with Owners in connection with the reporting of (a) any Sales Taxes payable with respect to the Work and (b) any assessment, refund, claim or proceeding relating to Taxes payable with respect to the Work. Contractor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to require its Vendors and Subcontractors to provide to Contractor the information and data Contractor may reasonably request for purposes of complying with this Article and otherwise fully cooperate with Owners. Contractor shall retain, and shall require its Vendors and Subcontractors to retain, copies of such documentation and the documentation concerning purchases relating to the Work or the payment of Sales Taxes, if any, for a period of not less than seven (7) years. Contractor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that its contracts with Vendors and Subcontractors effectuate the provisions of this Section. Contractor’s obligations under this Section shall survive the termination, cancellation or expiration of this Agreement for any reason and shall last so long as is necessary to resolve matters regarding Taxes attributable to the Work; provided that, if Owners require Contractor to take action under this Section at any time after the later of (a) [***] after delivery of the piece of Equipment or (b) [***] after completion of the particular item of Work, Owners shall reimburse Contractor for the actual and reasonable expenses Contractor incurs in taking those actions.  

25.6      Acknowledgement of Owners’ Co-ownership Agreements . Contractor acknowledges that pursuant to the Ownership Agreement and the Development Agreement, each of the Owners has informational and audit rights relating to the development, planning, design, licensing, acquisition, construction, completion, startup and commissioning of the Units and the associated costs to be shared among the Owners. Those rights include audits of the performance of Georgia Power Company, as agent for the other Owners, the provision of relevant information to the Owners relating to the development, planning, design, licensing, acquisition, construction, completion, startup and commissioning of the Units, and audits of Georgia Power Company or Southern Nuclear of the costs associated with the Units which are charged to or paid by the Owners.

Contractor shall cooperate with Southern Nuclear, Georgia Power Company and the other Owners and their representatives in connection with these informational and audit rights, and will upon request by Georgia Power Company or Southern Nuclear provide information relating to this Agreement and Contractor’s performance hereunder, to the extent that Owners are entitled to such information pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 26

 

TAXES

26.1      Taxes . Except as expressly provided in this Article 26, Contractor shall be responsible for all Taxes, including the following:

(a)       Contractor shall be responsible for the payroll and employment related Taxes and Tax Returns, including without limitation Social Security Taxes, unemployment Taxes or any other wage-related Tax or withholdings with respect to Contractor and its personnel.

 

 

 

112

 

 


 

 

(b)       Contractor shall pay (or cause its Vendors and Subcontractors to pay) any Sales Tax on Contractor’s and its Vendors’ and Subcontractors’ purchases of goods, tools, equipment, supplies and other consumables that are not permanently incorporated into the Facility and that remain the property of Contractor. Contractor shall also pay any Sales Tax attributable to Contractor’s and its Vendors’ and Subcontractors’ Construction Equipment, temporary buildings and other property used in the performance of the Work. [***]. Contractor shall impose a similar obligation on its Subcontractors and Vendors and shall ensure that no Subcontractor or Vendor [***].

 

(c)

[***].

 

26.2

Changes in Import Fees and Duties . [***].

26.3      Sales and Use Tax on Equipment . [***]. Contractor will consult with Owners on Equipment purchases and work with Owners to obtain the most favorable Sales Tax treatment for Owners with respect to such Equipment purchases. Unless otherwise directed by Owners, and subject to any directives from Governmental Authorities to the contrary, Owners direct Contractor to treat all of its purchases of Equipment as “purchases for resale” and exempt from state and local sales and use tax.

26.4      Property Taxes . Contractor and Owners agree that Owners shall be responsible for filing Tax Returns and paying any state and local real and personal ad valorem property taxes (“Property Tax”) with respect to the Site and the Equipment delivered to the Site; provided that Contractor shall be responsible for the filing of any Tax Returns for Property Tax and the payment of any state and local Property Tax on Construction Equipment, tools and materials which are not incorporated into the Facility and which are owned, used or leased by Contractor, its Subcontractors, its Vendors or the Personnel or Invitees of any of them to perform the Work.

 

26.5

Tax Indemnification .

(a)       Except in cases where the imposition of any Tax is the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Contractor, Owners shall defend, reimburse, indemnify and hold Contractor harmless for the costs and expenses (including without limitation any resulting Taxes and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by Contractor as a result of Owner’s failure to pay any Sales Tax on Equipment incorporated in the Facility and any Property Tax with respect to the Site and Equipment delivered to the Site title to which has passed to Owner pursuant to Section 21.1(a) hereof. Owners shall not be responsible for any costs incurred by Contractor necessary to supply, substantiate or otherwise verify information for any civil Tax audit or investigation conducted by any Taxing Authority with respect to such Taxes. Contractor shall not be negligent or otherwise at fault for complying with this Article 26.

(b)       Except in cases where the imposition of any Tax is the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Owners, Contractor shall defend, reimburse, indemnify and hold Owners harmless for the costs and expenses (including without limitation any resulting Taxes and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by Owners as a result of Contractor’s failure to pay any Taxes described in Section 26.1 hereof and any Property Tax on Contractor’s

 

 

 

113

 

 


 

 

Construction Equipment, tools and materials that are not incorporated into the Facility and that are owned, used or leased by Contractor or any of its Personnel to perform the Work. Contractor shall not be responsible for any costs incurred by Owners necessary to supply, substantiate or otherwise verify information for any civil Tax audit or investigation conducted by any Taxing Authority with respect to such Taxes.

26.6      Pollution Control Equipment Information . Contractor shall and will cause its Major Vendors to supply Owners with reasonable information requested by Owners for qualifying air, water or noise pollution control and other equipment for exemption from or reduction in Sales Tax and Property Tax and for qualifying such equipment for any other Tax credits, refunds, reductions or exemptions that may be available to Owners. Owners shall supply Contractor with reasonable information and cost analyses requested by Contractor for qualifying air, water or noise pollution control equipment for exemption from or reduction in Sales Tax and Property Tax and for qualifying such equipment for any other Tax credits, refunds, reductions or exemptions that may be available to Contractor.

ARTICLE 27

 

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

27.1      Claims . A “Claim” is any claim, dispute or other controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including Change Disputes. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the Party making the Claim. The other Party shall provide reasonable cooperation in making available non-privileged information in its possession or control that is relevant for purposes of substantiating the Claim.

27.2      Change Disputes . A Party shall provide written notice to the other Party of any dispute or disagreement that such Party may have regarding a request for a Change or a notice of a Change given by either Party (“Change Dispute”), which notice shall contain such Party's position with respect to such Change Dispute (the “Change Dispute Notice”). Such Party shall provide the Change Dispute Notice to the other Party no earlier than [***] after such Party (a) submitted a notice of Change without having received either (i) a written response from the other Party, or (ii) a response from the other Party regarding a notice of Change that is satisfactory to such Party or (b), in the case of Section 9.2, Contractor has received from Owners a request for a Change that Contractor does not believe conforms to the requirements of Section 9.2, or a dispute otherwise arises out of 9.2.

 

27.3

Resolution by Negotiation .  

(a)       As an express condition precedent to commencement of any further proceedings with respect to a Claim (except as may be provided under any applicable lien statute), the Party making such Claim shall notify the Contractor’s Project Director or the Owners’ Authorized Representative, as the case may be, in writing of such Claim. The Contractor’s Project Director and the Owners’ Authorized Representative shall meet within [***] of receipt of the written notice of such Claim for the purpose of attempting to resolve the Claim.

 

 

 

114

 

 


 

 

(b)       If the Claim remains unresolved after the [***] period described in Section 27.3(a) then the Parties shall undertake mediation pursuant to Section 27.4.

(c)       The Parties agree to make a diligent, good faith attempt to resolve a Claim as expeditiously as reasonably possible as provided in this Section 27.3.

 

27.4

Mediation .  

(a)       Any Claim not resolved pursuant to Section 27.3 shall be referred to mediation which, unless the Parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Procedures of the AAA in effect at the time of the mediation. If the mediation has not concluded within [***] after its commencement, then, as applicable:

 

(i)

[***]

 

(ii)

[***]

(b)       An executive vice president (or equivalent) of (i) in the case of Contractor, each Consortium Member (unless otherwise agreed by the Consortium Members) and (ii) in the case of Owners, each Owner (or GPC acting as agent for such Owner) shall be in attendance at and participate in the mediation.

(c)       The Parties shall share equally the mediator’s fee and any AAA filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in Atlanta, Georgia, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements pursuant to Section 27.6.

 

27.5

[***].  

(a)       [***] (“Arbitrable Claim”) not resolved pursuant to Section 27.3 or 27.4 shall be submitted to final and binding arbitration for resolution pursuant to this Section 27.5 and in accordance with the Construction Industry Rules of the AAA in effect at the time of the arbitration, except as modified by this Section 27.5 or otherwise agreed by the Parties.

(b)       Unless the Parties otherwise mutually agree in writing, the arbitral panel (“Arbitral Panel”) shall consist of three (3) people. Within [***] after the expiration of the time period for mediation set forth in Section 27.4(a), each Party (i) shall give written notice of its selection of a person to serve as a member of the Arbitral Panel (a “Member”), who shall have no less than [***] of engineering experience, or supervisory or managerial level construction experience, in electric power plant construction, and (ii) propose two (2) candidates for consideration as chairman of the Arbitration Panel (the “Chairman”), each of whom shall be a practicing attorney validly licensed to practice law in a jurisdiction in the United States and/or retired judge, and who shall have no less than [***] of experience in the litigation of complex disputes including preferably experience in the power plant construction industry. (References hereinafter to “Member” shall include the Chairman unless the context otherwise requires.) Within [***] after the selection of the Members of the Arbitral Panel, the Members shall select the Chairman from the Parties' candidates. The

 

 

 

115

 

 


 

 

Chairman shall be subject to the approval of the Parties within [***] following his or her selection. In the event that a Party fails to propose a Member or Chairman, the Members cannot agree upon the Chairman, or such Chairman is not approved by the Parties within the time periods stated above, then the AAA shall select such Member(s) or Chairman from among the Parties' candidates or otherwise in accordance with AAA procedures.

(c)       It being imperative that all members of the Arbitral Panel be neutral, act impartially, and be free from any conflict of interest, the Arbitral Panel shall be selected such that the Members and the Chairman shall:

(i)        have no interest, financial or otherwise, in either Party nor any financial interest in this Agreement except for payment of its fees and expenses as provided herein;

(ii)       not previously have been employed as a consultant or otherwise by either Party, unless any such relationship has been disclosed in writing and approved by the Parties;

(iii)      have disclosed in writing to the Parties and each other Member and the Chairman as applicable, before being selected and to his or her best knowledge and recollection, any professional or personal relationships with any director, officer or employee of either Party;

(iv)      not, for the duration of the Arbitral Panel, be employed as a consultant or otherwise by either Party, except as may be agreed in writing by the Parties, the other Members and the Chairman;

(v)       not give advice to either Party or its Personnel concerning the conduct of this Agreement, other than in accordance with this Agreement;

(vi)      not have any ex-parte communications with either Party at any time after their selection pursuant to Section 27.5(b);

(vii)     not, while a Member or Chairman, as applicable, enter into discussions or make any agreement with either Party regarding employment by any of them, whether as a consultant or otherwise, after ceasing to act as a Member or Chairman, as applicable; and

(viii)    treat the details of this Agreement and all the Arbitral Panel’s activities and hearings as private and confidential, and not publish or disclose them without the prior written consent of the Parties.

(d)       Each Party shall be responsible for one-half of the fees and expenses of the members constituting the Arbitral Panel commissioned to hear a dispute. The arbitration shall be held in Atlanta, Georgia, unless another location is mutually agreed upon.

(e)       In resolving each Arbitrable Claim, the Arbitral Panel shall (i) be neutral and act fairly and impartially as between Owners and Contractor, (ii) give each Party

 

 

 

116

 

 


 

 

a reasonable opportunity to prepare its case, present evidence, witnesses and arguments to support its case, and respond to the other’s case, (iii) adopt procedures suitable to such Arbitrable Claim, including but not limited to a reasonable opportunity to conduct discovery such as exchange of documents, depositions, and expert reports, and (iv) follow applicable Law. The Arbitral Panel shall conduct a hearing on all such Arbitrable Claims, in which event it will decide on the date for the hearing and may request that written documentation and arguments from Owners and Contractor be presented to it prior to or at the hearing. Except as otherwise agreed in writing by Owners and Contractor, the Arbitral Panel shall have the power to decide upon provisional relief such as interim or conservatory measures, adopt an inquisitorial procedure, to refuse admission to hearings or audience at hearings to any persons other than representatives of Owners and Contractor, and to proceed in the absence of any party who the Arbitral Panel is satisfied received notice of the hearing, but shall have discretion to decide whether and to what extent this power may be exercised. Upon the written request of either Party, a stenographic record shall be made of all proceedings before the Arbitral Panel.

(f)        Except with the written consent of the other Party, neither Party shall be entitled to have any Third Party join into any proceedings hereunder for an Arbitrable Claim as a party thereto under this Section 27.5. More than one Arbitrable Claim may be heard in the same proceeding.

(g)       The Arbitral Panel shall be governed by the provisions of this Agreement and the governing Law, which shall be the Laws of the State of Georgia, and shall not be entitled to consider or award any damages or any other relief not permitted under this Agreement.

(h)       The Parties shall promptly provide the Arbitral Panel with such additional information and access to such facilities and Personnel as the Arbitral Panel may require for purposes of resolving any submitted Arbitrable Claim. The Arbitral Panel shall use reasonable efforts to resolve any submitted Arbitrable Claim as promptly as reasonably practicable and in any event within [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Parties mutually agree to a deadline extension or the Chairman determines that it is not feasible to resolve the submitted Arbitrable Claim within the above listed deadlines then a deadline may be extended to provide additional time to resolve such Arbitrable Claim; provided, that the duration of any such extension shall be set taking into account the agreed upon principle that disputes are to be resolved as expeditiously as possible. The Arbitral Panel shall have the authority to determine as to whether the amount in controversy and amount of schedule relief sought results in the [***] resolution deadline being applicable, which determination shall be final and binding on the Parties.

(i)        The decision of the Arbitral Panel shall be issued in a writing that sets forth the Arbitral Panel's reasoned decision. Dissenting opinions shall not be permitted. The Arbitral Panel shall not be entitled to deviate from the construct, procedures or requirements of this Agreement. In the absence of bias, fraud, or willful misconduct by an arbitrator, any decision rendered by the Arbitral Panel in any arbitration shall be final and binding upon the Parties under the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1 et seq., and judgment thereon may be entered in a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

 

 

117

 

 


 

 

27.6      Exclusive Resolution Procedures; Equitable Remedies . The procedures specified in this Article shall be the sole and exclusive procedures for the resolution of Claims (except for lien claims which are governed by statute); provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything in this Article to the contrary, a Party may file a complaint in a court of competent jurisdiction to seek injunctive relief, sequestration, garnishment, attachment, or an appointment of a receiver. Despite such actions, the Parties will continue to participate in good faith in and be bound by the dispute resolution procedures specified in this Article.

27.7      Continuation of Work . Pending the final resolution of any Claim, Contractor shall proceed diligently with the performance or provision of the Work and its other duties and obligations pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and Owners shall compensate Contractor in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 28

 

NOTICES

28.1      General . Subject to the limitations on certain notices set forth in Section 28.2, and except as specifically provided herein, all notices, communications, and approvals required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be valid and sufficient if (a) delivered in person or dispatched by certified mail (return receipt requested), postage prepaid, in any post office in the United States or by any national overnight express mail services (return receipt requested) to the Person(s) and at the address(es) identified below for a Party; (b) delivered by facsimile directed to the Person(s) as listed below provided that the sender has received electronic or voice confirmation of the recipient’s receipt of such transmission; or (c) delivered by electronic mail directed to the Person(s) as listed below provided that the tracking option on such electronic mail is enabled to provide both a delivery receipt and a read receipt from the addressee (i.e., the sender will receive a return acknowledgement that the electronic mail has been received and read by the addressee); provided, however, if such delivery receipt and read receipt are not received, the subject notice, communication, or required approval shall not be deemed delivered.

If to Owners:

Southern Nuclear Operating Company, Inc.

40 Inverness Center Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35242-4809

Attn: General Counsel

Facsimile No.: see project correspondence routine

E-mail address: see project correspondence routine

 

With a copy to:

Georgia Power Company

241 Ralph McGill Boulevard

Atlanta, Georgia 30308

Attention: Office of the General Counsel

Facsimile No.: see project correspondence routine

E-mail address: see project correspondence routine

 

 

 

118

 

 


 

 

With a copy to Owners’

Authorized Representative:

Contract information shall be included in the project correspondence routine

 

If to Westinghouse:

Westinghouse Electric Company, LLC

 

Attn: Daniel Lipman

 

4350 Northern Pike

 

Monroeville, PA 15146

 

Facsimile No.: see project correspondence routine

 

E-mail address: see project correspondence routine

 

With a copy to:

Westinghouse Electric Company, LLC

 

Attn: General Counsel

 

4350 Northern Pike

 

Monroeville, PA 15146

 

Facsimile No.: see project correspondence routine

 

E-mail address: see project correspondence routine

 

 

If to Stone & Webster:

Stone & Webster, Inc.

 

Attn: Ed Hubner

 

3 Executive Campus

 

Cherry Hill, NJ 08002

 

Facsimile No.: see project correspondence routine

 

E-mail address: see project correspondence routine

 

With a copy to:

Stone & Webster, Inc.

 

Attn: E.K. Jenkins

 

E&C Division Counsel

 

100 Technology Center Drive

 

Stoughton, MA 02072

 

Facsimile No.: see project correspondence routine

 

E-mail address: see project correspondence routine

 

With a copy to Contractor’s Authorized Representative:      Contract information shall be included in the project correspondence routine or to such other address, attention, facsimile number or email address as such Party to whom such notice is to be addressed shall have hereafter furnished to the other Party in writing as provided in this Section 28.1.

 

28.2      Notices Not Permitted by Facsimile or Email . Notices under the following sections of the Agreement shall be valid only if delivered pursuant to one of the methods named in Section 28.1(a):

(i)        Section 3.4(d)(i) (requirement for Contractor to prepare a Recovery Plan);

 

 

 

119

 

 


 

 

(ii)       Section 3.5(u) (Owners’ request to remove Subcontractor from Site);

 

(iii)

Section 4.2(c) (order to stop Work);

 

(iv)

Section 9.5 (notice of a Dispute over a Change);

 

(v)

Section 22.1 (notice of suspension by Owners);

(vi)      Section 22.2 (notice of any Contractor Event of Default; notice of termination of the Agreement);

(vii)     Section 22.3 and 22.4 (notice of termination by Owners);

(viii)    Section 22.5 (notice of breach by Owners; notice of termination of the Agreement); and

 

(ix)

Article 27 (all notices).

ARTICLE 29

 

ASSIGNMENT

Contractor shall not assign this Agreement in whole or in part without the prior written consent of the Owners, which may be withheld in their sole discretion. Owners shall not assign this Agreement in whole or in part without the prior written consent of Contractor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that this agreement may be assigned by the Owners to any agent, replacing GPC as agent for the Owners, pursuant to the provisions of the Ownership Agreement; and provided further that any Owner shall be permitted to assign this Agreement to another Owner or to an Affiliate, or to any Third Party in accordance with the Ownership Agreement, who is able to satisfy either the credit rating requirements set forth in Section 8.7 or provide the letter of credit or other acceptable collateral pursuant to Section 8.7, or to any Financing Parties for collateral purposes. If Owners so request, Contractor will without delay or conditions, execute such documentation as the Financing Parties may reasonably require in connection with an assignment to any Financing Parties. If any assignment by any Party of this Agreement or any right, interest or obligation herein requires the consent of, or notice to, any Government Authority, including the NRC, then such Party shall not effect such assignment except as permitted under applicable Law.

ARTICLE 30

 

WAIVER

30.1      Non Waiver . The failure of either Party to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this Agreement shall neither be construed as a waiver of such provision nor in any way affect the validity of this Agreement or the right of either Party to enforce each and every provision.

 

 

 

120

 

 


 

 

30.2      No Implied Waiver . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, no waiver by either Party of any provision hereof shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by such Party.

ARTICLE 31

 

MODIFICATION

No waiver, modification, or amendment of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless it is in writing and signed by duly authorized officer of each Party.

ARTICLE 32

 

SURVIVAL

The Parties agree that the provisions of Section 3.5(u)(viii) (obligation to cooperate on assignment of Subcontracts), Section 8.2 [***], Section 8.3 ([***] Price Payments), Section 8.5(b) (disputed invoices), Article 10 (Uncontrollable Circumstances—to the extent an Uncontrollable Circumstance affects a Party’s ability to perform an obligation that survives termination), Article 15 (Indemnity), Section 17.1 (No Consequential Damages), Section 17.2 (Maximum Total Liability), Section 17.3 (Division of Liability), Article 19 (Confidential and Proprietary Information), Section 21.1(e) (Ownership of Invention Rights), 22.2(b) (remedies upon Contractor Event of Default), Section 22.3(b) (payment of Termination Costs), Section 22.3(c) [***], Section 22.4(b) (payment of Termination Costs), Section 22.5(b) (payment of Termination Costs), Section 22.5(c) [***], Section 22.6 (Actions Required of Contractor upon Termination), Article 25 (Records and Audits), Section 26.5 (Tax Indemnification), Article 27 (Dispute Resolution), Article 28 (Notices), Article 33 (Transfer), Article 34 (Applicable Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Venue), Section 38.1 (Rights Exclusive) and any other terms and conditions of this Agreement that are expressly stated to survive or that limit the liability of Contractor to Owners shall survive termination, cancellation or expiration of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 33

 

TRANSFER

Prior to the removal of any Equipment furnished hereunder from the Facility, except temporarily for repair or permanently for disposal, or the sale, lease or transfer of the ownership of the Facility and/or any interest in VEGP Unit 1 or 2 to any Person other than the Owners, Owners shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Contractor with written assurances from the transferee of limitation of and protection against liability following the proposed removal or transfer at least equivalent to that afforded Contractor and Contractor Interests under the provisions of this Agreement. If Owners fail to provide such assurances, as Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy, Owners will indemnify Contractor and Contractor Interests against any liabilities incurred by Contractor or Contractor Interests in excess of those that would have been incurred had no such transfer taken place.

 

 

 

121

 

 


 

 

ARTICLE 34

 

APPLICABLE LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; VENUE

34.1      Governing Law . The validity, construction, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, without giving effect to the principles thereof relating to conflicts of laws.

34.2      Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

34.3      Venue . The Parties agree to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the District of Columbia for any legal proceedings that may be brought by a Party arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment. Each Party accepts, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid court for legal proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. Each Party hereby waives any right to stay or dismiss any action or proceeding under or in connection with this Agreement brought before the foregoing court on the basis of forum non-conveniens or improper venue. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties do not, by this Section 34.3, waive any first-to-file challenges to venue.

ARTICLE 35

 

FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATIONS REQUIREMENTS

35.1      Inclusion of FARs . GPC is a government contractor under an Areawide Public Utilities Contract with the General Services Administration of the United States Government. Contractor agrees that each of the clauses contained in the Federal Acquisition Regulations referred to below, shall, as if set forth herein in full text, be incorporated into and form a part of this Agreement, and Contractor shall comply therewith if the amount of this Agreement and the circumstances surrounding its performance require GPC to include such clause in this Agreement:

(a)       52.203-6 Restrictions on Subcontractor Sales to the Government (SEPT 2006);

 

(b)

52.203-7

Anti-Kickback Procedures (JULY 1995);

 

(c)

52.219-8

Utilization of Small Business Concerns (MAY 2004);

(d)       52.219-9 Small Business Subcontracting Plan (SEPT 2007); provided, however, Westinghouse shall not be required to prepare a Subcontracting Plan (as defined in FAR 52.219-9) for this Agreement. Westinghouse’s company-wide Subcontracting Plan, as approved by any agency of the United States Government, shall fulfill any Subcontracting Plan required of Westinghouse for this Agreement. Stone & Webster shall be required to prepare a project specific Subcontracting Plan (as defined in

 

 

 

122

 

 


 

 

FAR 52.219-9) for this Agreement. Westinghouse and Stone & Webster shall, upon request from Owners, provide a written report(s) to Owners that sets forth the total dollar amount paid to any Subcontractor that is a small business concern, veteran-owned small business concern, service-disabled veteran-owned small business concern, HUBZone small business concern, small disadvantaged business concern, or women-owned small business concern.  Further, Westinghouse and Stone & Webster shall state in its request for Subcontract approval, if the proposed Subcontractor fits into any of the classifications identified in this subsection.

 

(e)

52.222-21

Prohibition of Segregated Facilities (FEB 1999);

 

(f)

52.222-26

Equal Opportunity (MAR 2007);

 

(g)

52.223-14

Toxic Chemical Release Reporting (AUG 2003); and,

 

(h)

52.225-11

Buy America Act (AUG 2007).

35.2      Full Text of Clauses . Upon written request, GPC will provide the full text of any of the above clauses incorporated herein by reference.

35.3      Debarment . Contractor represents and warrants that neither it nor any of its “principals” (as defined in 7 C.F.R. Part 3017) is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, voluntarily excluded or declared ineligible by any Federal department or agency from participation in any “covered transaction” (as defined in 7 C.F.R. Part 3017). Contractor agrees to comply with Subpart C (“Responsibilities of Participants Regarding Transactions”) of 7 C.F.R. Part 3017 in connection with the planning, design, licensing, acquisition, construction, completion, startup, renewal, addition, replacement, and modification of the Facility. Contractor further agrees to cause each party performing services or providing goods (i) which relate to the planning, design, licensing, acquisition, construction, completion, startup, renewal, addition, replacement, and modification of the Facility or future capital improvements related thereto and (ii) the payments for which are expected to equal or exceed Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) (or such other amount as is specified from time to time in 7 C.F.R. § 3017.220), to provide a representation and warranty and agreement substantially identical to the representation and warranty and agreement in the first two sentences of this Section 35.3.

ARTICLE 36

 

RELATIONSHIP OF OWNERS AND CONTRACTOR

Contractor is an independent contractor and nothing contained herein shall be construed as creating (a) any relationship between Owners and Contractor other than that of owners and independent contractor, (b) any relationship whatsoever between Owners and Contractor’s Personnel or (c) a fiduciary relationship between Contractor and Owner. Neither Contractor, nor any of its personnel, are or shall be deemed to be employees of Owners.

 

 

 

123

 

 


 

 

ARTICLE 37

 

THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES

Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement are intended for the sole benefit of Owners and the Consortium Members, and the Parties do not intend to create any other third party beneficiaries or otherwise create privity of contract with any other Person.

ARTICLE 38

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

38.1      Rights Exclusive . The rights and remedies of Owners or Contractor as set forth in this Agreement shall be the exclusive rights or remedies of the Parties. The limitations of liability, waivers, indemnities, extension of insurance coverages and other liability protection provided herein for the benefit of Contractor shall also apply for the benefit of Contractor Interests and shall apply irrespective of the basis of such claim, whether arising at contract (including breach warranty, indemnity, etc.), tort or otherwise, and regardless of the fault, negligence or strict liability, except as otherwise provided in Section 15.4(e).

38.2      Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application of this Agreement to any Person or circumstance shall to any extent be held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrators under Article 27, then (i) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of that provision to Persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is specifically held invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected, and every remaining provision of this Agreement shall be valid and binding to the fullest extent permitted by Laws, and (ii) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted for such invalid or unenforceable provision in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision.

38.3      Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties as to the subject matter hereof, and merges and supersedes all prior agreements, commitments, representations, writings and discussions between them with respect to the subject matter hereof other than the Purchase Orders, the letter agreement dated August 22, 2007 between Westinghouse and Southern Nuclear, and the Confidentiality Agreement. Except as provided in this Section 38.3, neither of the Parties will be bound by any prior obligations, conditions, warranties, or representations with respect to the subject matter hereof.

38.4      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

 

124

 

 


 

 

38.5      Further Assurances . The Parties will execute and deliver such other instruments and documents, and take such other actions, as either Party reasonably requests to evidence or effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

125

 

 


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY, as an Owner and as agent for the other Owners

 

By: /s/Michael D. Garrett

Name: Michael D. Garrett

Title: President and CEO

 

Attest: /s/Daniel Lowery

Its:

 

(CORPORATE SEAL)

 

 

 

STONE & WEBSTER, INC.

 

By: /s/J.M. Bernhard, Jr.

Name: J. M. Bernhard, Jr.,

Title: Authorized Representative

 

Attest: /s/Gary Graphia

Its:

 

(CORPORATE SEAL)

WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC COMPANY LLC

 

By: /s/Stephen R. Tritch

Name: Stephen R. Tritch

Title: President and CEO

 

Attest: /s/Aris Candris

Its:

 

(CORPORATE SEAL)

 

 

 

 

 

126

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 


EXHIBIT A

SCOPE OF WORK/SUPPLY AND DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

 

[***]

 

 


EXHIBIT B

CONTRACTOR ORGANIZATION CHART

 

[***]

 

 

 


EXHIBIT C

GOVERNMENT APPROVALS

 

 

Permit or Regulatory

Requirement

Purpose/Permitted Activity

Submittal Resp.

Regulatory Authority

Agency Contact

FEDERAL

 

 

 

 

Section 404 Dredge & Fill Permit (Corps of Engineers)

Construction Work in Wetlands which includes construction of Rail Corridor Upgrade, Discharge/Intake Structure, Barge Facilities, and Retention Ponds (2)

Owners - Contractor Provide Support as requested

33 CFR 323

33 CFR 330

33 CFR 322 CWA Section 316(b)(33 CFR320.2(f), 322, 323, 328)

912-652-5214 U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Savannah District100 W. Oglethorpe Ave. Savannah, GA 31401

Federal Aviation Administration § 77.15 Permit

Permit needed for construction of an object that has the potential to affect navigable airspace (height in excess of 200 ft) or within 20,000 ft of an airport.

Owners - Permanent Structures Contractor - Temp Construction Cranes

49USC1501

14 CFR 77 Objects Affecting Navigable Airspace

Tel: 718-553-2616

FAA Eastern Regional Office Air Traffic Division, AEA-520

JFK International Airport Fitzgerald Federal Building

Jamaica, NY 11430

Private Aids to Navigation

For installation of navigation aids at the facility for coffer dams only

Contractor

COMDTINST M16500.3A

USCG

Certificate of Registration

Transportation of Hazardous Materials - This is already in place

Owners

49 CFR 107, Subpart G

USDOT

NRC Design Certification Rule

Amendment to the Design Certification Rule for the AP1000 to incorporate Revision 16 of the Design Control Document, as modified by Technical Report 134, Revision 4

Contractor

10 CFR Part 52

USNRC

STATE

 

 

 

 

Education and Training Certification Program(Note - This is not a permit, but a requirement of the State of Georgia for all land disturbing activities)

As part of House Bill 285, there are new education and training certification requirements included in the 2003 amendments to the Georgia Erosion & Sedimentation Act (Act). These new certification requirements state that all persons involved in land development design review, permitting, construction, monitoring or inspection or any land disturbing activity shall meet the education and training certification requirements, dependent on their level of involvement with the process, as developed by the commission in consultation with the division and the Stakeholder Advisory Board created pursuant to Code section 12-7-20.

Owners and Contractor

House Bill 285 Code section 12-7-20. Authority O.C.G.A. §§ 2-6-27(7.1) and 12-7-19.

The Education and Training Certification Program is administered by the E&SC Education and Certification Program of the Georgia Soil and Water Conservation Commission, telephone (706) 542-1840. For additional information, access the Commission’s website: www.gaswcc.org; click on Education/Certification.

Well Permits

Permit to use Groundwater - Site characterization, Consumptive use of 100,000 GPD or more, Dewater (Deep Well) foundation if needed for more than 60 days, Certification of abandon wells

Owners

OCGA R.12-5-90 GA R.391-3-2-.03,.09,.14

Tel: 404-675-1680 GAEPD Water Withdrawal Permitting Program Groundwater Permitting Unit (GWUR)

4220 International Parkway, Suite 101 Atlanta, GA30354

 

1

 

 


 

Permit or Regulatory

Requirement

Purpose/Permitted Activity

Submittal Resp.

Regulatory Authority

Agency Contact

Department of Transportation (DOT) Highway Encroachment

Upgrade entrance and provide turning lanes.

Contractor to obtain, Owners, will support as needed.

23 CFR 1.23

GDOT

2 Capitol Square S.W.
Atlanta, Georgia 30334
(404) 656-5267

General NPDES Permit for Storm Water Discharges from Construction Activities

Construction - Discharge Stormwater from site during construction

Owners will obtain- Contractor will support as needed.

GA Water Quality Control Act OCGA R. 12-5-20, GA R.391-3-6 (This/Like Permits may be local authority)

GAEPD West Central District Office 2640 Shurling Drive Macon, GA 31211

478-751-6612 and/or LIA

General NPDES Stormwater Permit Construction - Linear Projects

For relocation of Macintosh Line and new 500 KV line r Needed prior to land disturbing activities of greater than 1 acre, or in the case of transmission line corridor within 200 feet of the bank of any state waters.

Owners with assistance from GPC

GA Water Quality Control Act OCGA R. 12-5-20, 12-7-1 GA R.391-3-6 and 7 (This/Like Permits may be local authority) Burke County Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Ordinance of 9-12-95, art.V, R.5-100

GAEPD and/or LIA

Georgia SIP Construction & Operating Permit (may include contractor small sources)

Construction air emissions, including concrete batch plant Will also cover 1st 12 mos of operation. Although required prior to construction, this permit wouldn't be considered a "construction permit". Should probably be obtained during COL process. It addresses impacts of the facility, not impacts from construction of the facility.

Owners with support from Contractor

FCAA OCGA R.12-9-1 GA R. 391-3-1

Georgia Air Protection Branch 4244 International Parkway, Suite 120 Atlanta, GA 30354

Phone: 404.363.7000

 

2

 

 


 

Permit or Regulatory

Requirement

Purpose/Permitted Activity

Submittal Resp.

Regulatory Authority

Agency Contact

Section 401 Water Quality Certification

The GA EPD administers the Water Quality Certification program pursuant to Section 401 of the CWA. GA issues certification for any activity which requires a Federal permit and may result in a discharge to state waters. This certification must state that applicable effluent limits and water quality standards will not be violated. All activities requiring a Federal404 permit result in a discharge to waters or wetlands, so GA EPD must take certification action on all 404 permit applications. During review of applications for WQC , the Dept looks at whether or not there are feasible alternatives to the activity, if the activity is water dependent, and the intended purpose of the activity. Certification is denied if the activity will adversely affect existing or designated uses. The Federal permit cannot be issued if certification is denied. Any applicant for a Federal permit or license for an activity which may result in a discharge to navigable waters must receive certification from the GA EPD that applicable State water quality standards will not be violated.

Owners

CWA Section 401, OCGA R.12-5-20, GA 391-3-6

GA EPD

Public Water Supply System

Needed to construct/operate a public, non-transient and/or transient, non-community water supply system.

Owners

40 CFR 141, GA Safe Drinking Water Act of 1977 OCGA R. 12-5-170;

GA R.391-3-5

GAEPD Drinking Water Program 2 Martin Luther King Jr. Drive, SE, Suite 1362 East Atlant, GA 30334

NPDES Permit to Construct a Sanitary Wastewater, Wastewater Treatment

Permit(s) are required to expand existing wastewater treatment facilities

Owners

CWA, 33 U.S.C 1251 Section 208 of the Federal Clean Water Act State Law (TBD)

Region IV Permit Contact, Permits Section, USEPA

345 Courtland Street, NE, Atlanta, GA 30365, 404-881-2017

Spills Prevention Control and Countermeasure Plan

Construction - ensure plan in place prior to construction

Contractor to prepare for construction

Owners, will support as needed and prepare for operation

40 CFR 112

USEPA

Construction Landfill

Private modification for LF #2 for vertical expansion, Closure for LF #3. On-site disposal of solid waste consisting of earth and earth like products, concrete, cured asphalt, rock, bricks, and land clearing debris.

Owners

GA Comprehensive Solid Waste Management Act OCGA R.12-8-20, GA R. 391-3-4

GAEPD

 

 

3

 

 


 

Permit or Regulatory

Requirement

Purpose/Permitted Activity

Submittal Resp.

Regulatory Authority

Agency Contact

UST Removal

To remove 6 USTs on site

Owners

TBD

Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division Underground Storage Tank Management Program 4244 International Parkway, Suite 104, Atlanta, Georgia 30354

404/362-2687

Hazardous Site Response Act (HSRA) Release Notification/Reporting

To remediate old firing range

Owners

Rules for Hazardous Site Response, Chapter 391-3-19

 

GAEPD Hazardous Sites Response Program

404.657.8600

Asbestos Removal

Removal and disposal of asbestos from existing buildings, prior to demolition

Owners

TBD

GAEPD

Solid Waste Handling Permit

Disposal of industrial solid wastes. Transportation of putrescible wastes for disposal at a permitted landfill

Owners

GA Comprehensive Solid Waste Management Act OCGA R.12-8-20,

GA R. 391-3-4

 

GAEPD

BURKE C OUNTY

 

 

 

 

Land Disturbing Activity

 

All land disturbing activities within county boundaries.

 

Owners

 

Burke County Code of Ordinances Article VII, Sec. 260311

 

Burke County Building Office

 

Land Disturbing Activity

 

All land disturbing activities within county boundaries. For transmission line corridor.

 

Owners

 

Jefferson, Warren, and Macduffie County Ordinances

 

TBD

 

Demolition Permit

 

Included Asbestos notification for all demolition activities

 

Owners

 

Burke County Code of Ordinances

 

Burke County Building Office

 

Building Permit

 

Construction, alteration, repair, or demolition of any building or structure within the county boundaries.

 

Contractor

 

Burke County C ode of Ordinances Article VII, Sec. 260311

Burke County Building Office

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 


EXHIBIT D

DESCRIPTION OF SITE

 

[***]

 


EXHIBIT E-1

PROJECT SCHEDULE

 

[***]

 


EXHIBIT E-2

CRITICAL MILESTONES

 

[***]


EXHIBIT F

PAYMENT SCHEDULES

 

[***]

 


EXHIBIT G

TIME AND MATERIALS RATES AND CHARGES

 

[***]

 


EXHIBIT H

PRICING

 

[***]

 


EXHIBIT I

EARLY SERVICE EQUIPMENT

 

[***]

 


EXHIBIT J

PRICE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS

 

[***]

 


EXHIBIT K

CONTRACTOR’S COSTS

 

[***]

 


EXHIBIT L

NET ELECTRICAL GUARANTEE CONDITIONS AND LOAD LIST

 

[***]

 

 


 

                                                                                                                                                                                                

 

 

EXHIBIT M

FORM OF SOFTWARE LICENSE

 

This FORM OF SOFTWARE LICENSE (“Software License”) is made as of _____________, 2008 (“Effective Date”) by and between, on the one hand, GEORGIA POWER COMPANY, a Georgia corporation, acting for itself and as agent for OGLETHORPE POWER CORPORATION, an electric membership corporation formed under the laws of the State of Georgia, MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC AUTHORITY OF GEORGIA, a public body corporate and politic and an instrumentality of the State of Georgia, and THE CITY OF DALTON, GEORGIA, an incorporated municipality in the State of Georgia acting by and through its Board of Water, Light and Sinking Fund Commissioners (collectively, “Owners”), and, on the other hand, WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company having a place of business in Monroeville, Pennsylvania and STONE & WEBSTER, INC., a Louisiana corporation having a place of business in Charlotte, North Carolina (the “Consortium Members”). Owners and Consortium Members may be referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”

 

1.            Definitions . For purposes of this Software License, the terms listed below shall have the meanings indicated beside them. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined below shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Engineering, Procurement and Construction Agreement for Units 3 and 4 at the Vogtle site between the Owners and the Consortium consisting of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC and Stone & Webster, Inc., dated ______________ (the “Agreement”).

 

(a)

“Permitted Users” shall mean the [***]

(b)         “Software” shall mean the computer programs, procedures, rules or routines embodied in computer programs, databases and related computer files provided to Owners by Consortium Members or its Subcontractors in performance of the Work, as furnished and as installed, and Application Software developed by Consortium Members for Owner during the performance of this Agreement. Software shall also mean bug fixes, error-correction releases, updates, upgrades, enhancements, modifications, changes, new versions and replacement thereof if provided from time to time by or on behalf of Consortium Members or its Subcontractors. Software includes, without limitation:

 

(i)

Base Software ”, which consists of the programs and tools that provide basic Facility system functions. Base Software may include tools used to develop control strategies (function blocks, standard control algorithms, rules, etc.), operator graphics (e.g., symbol libraries), and database entries.

 

(ii)

Application Software ”, which consists of the project-specific implementation of the Facility requirements using the objects and tools provided by the Base Software. The Application Software is specific to a particular Facility.

 

1

 


 

                                                                                                                                                                                                

 

 

 

(iii)

Third-Party Software ”, which consists of that portion of the Software which is developed and owned by a Third Party.

(c)         “Configuration Data” shall mean the Facility-specific data that is used in conjunction with the Software, including without limitation, tuning and set point constants, graphical, pictorial and text files, that instantiate the Software for the specific Facility environment.

(d)         “Software Documentation” shall mean any: (i) materials created by or on behalf of Consortium Members or their licensors, or by Third Parties, that describe or relate to the functional, operational, or performance capabilities of the Software regardless of whether such materials be in written, printed, electronic or other format; and (ii) user, operator, system administration, technical, support and other manuals, including but not limited to functional specifications, help files, flow charts, logic diagrams, programming comments, and acceptance plans, if any.

2.

Licenses .

(a)          Software License . Consortium Members hereby grant to Owners for an indefinite duration a fully paid-up, royalty-free, non-exclusive right and license for the Permitted Users to use the Software on the hardware with which it is provided (subject to subsection (iii) below) solely for the purposes of [***] (collectively, the “Facility Purposes”). Third-Party Software that is not imbedded in the Software developed by Consortium Members, but which is furnished by Consortium Members shall be subject to separate license agreements and/or registration requirements and limitations on copying and use and Owners agree to be bound by the terms of any such license agreements or as may be negotiated between Owners and each Third Party Software provider Consortium Members shall provide all Third-Party Software not imbedded in the Software developed by Consortium Members on a pass-through basis as further described herein. Nothwithstanding anything to the contrary herein , the license granted herein shall include the specific rights to:

 

(i)

adapt and otherwise modify the Application Software (provided Consortium Members shall not have any warranty liability for the Facility caused by any adaptation or modification made to the Application Software by the Owners outside of the scope of the documentation for the Application Software without the prior acceptance or approval of Consortium Members);

 

(ii)

make a reasonable number of copies of the Software (including the number of copies of Third-Party Software that is not imbedded in the Software developed by Consortium Members permitted by the Third-Party software supplier license agreements) solely for back-up, archival, testing, installation, maintenance, operation or disaster-recovery purposes, provided that any copyright or other proprietary rights notices included in the Software are also reproduced in such copies; and

 

2

 


 

                                                                                                                                                                                                

 

 

 

(iii)

install the Software on replacement hardware that is functionally equivalent to the initial hardware and which meets the designated equipment configuration as documented by Consortium Members or its Subcontractors, provided that the Software as installed on such replacement hardware is solely used only for the licensed purposes set forth in Section 2(a) above and the Software is uninstalled from or otherwise rendered inoperable on the originally supplied Equipment. The right to install specific Third-Party Software that is not imbedded in the Software developed by Consortium Members as described in this subsection (iii) shall be governed by terms of the license agreement specific to such Third-Party Software.

 

(b)

Software License Restrictions . Except as may be otherwise provided herein:

 

(i)

Owners shall not alone or with the assistance of others, reverse compile or in any other manner attempt to decipher in whole or in part the logic or coherence of any Base Software or Third-Party Software provided hereunder in object-code or machine-readable form.

 

(ii)

Owners shall not use the Software for purposes of (A) performing a quality assurance program verification of any other computer program regardless of application, or (B) using the input or output of the Software to qualify, validate or provide credibility to any other software owned by Owners or any Third Party without the prior written consent of Consortium Members. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owners shall have the right to use information obtained from Facility instrumentation through the use of the Software and/or Configuration Data for any purpose.

(c)          Software Documentation Use and Restrictions . Consortium Members hereby grant to Owners for an indefinite duration a fully paid-up, royalty-free, non-exclusive right and license to reproduce and distribute to Permitted Users Software Documentation solely for the Facility Purposes. Rights and obligations regarding the reproduction and distribution of Third-Party Software documents shall be as set forth in Third-Party Software licenses provided herewith.

(d)          Third-Party Software Provisions . With respect to the Third Party Software imbedded in the Software, Consortium Members hereby agree to maintain their licenses with the Third Party vendors and manufacturers of such Third Party Software so that Permitted Users may continue to use the Third Party Software on a fully paid-up basis for the life of the Facility as contemplated hereunder. In the event that any such license to the Third-Party Software is revoked or terminated for reasons not related to actions by Owners in violation of the terms of this Software License, Consortium Members hereby agree, at their sole expense, to either modify the Software so that it is no longer dependent upon such Third-Party Software or obtain the right to use and sublicense other software that is functionally equivalent in all material respects to such Third-Party Software such that the Permitted Users may continue to use the Software as contemplated by this Software License.

 

3

 


 

                                                                                                                                                                                                

 

 

(e)          Other Computer Programs . Nothing in the Agreement shall prohibit the Permitted Users from using the Equipment to run computer programs other than the Software or from using the Equipment for purposes other than operation of the Facility, it being understood that Consortium Members shall not be responsible for any failure of the Software or Equipment as a result of such activities, or from loading such computer programs on, or removing such computer programs from, the Facility.

3.            Delivery, Installation and Acceptance of the Software. Consortium Members shall deliver, install and test the Software and Configuration Data, and subject to the representations and warranties herein, Owners shall accept the Software and Configuration Data, in accordance with the Project Schedule.

4.            Representations and Warranties . Consortium Members represent and warrant the following:

(a)          Licensing Rights . At least one of the Consortium Members own all rights, title and interest in and to the Software, Software Documentation and training materials, excluding Third-Party Software not imbedded in the Software developed by the Consortium Members and associated documentation and training materials, or otherwise has the legal right to transfer, grant, sublicense, or, for Third-Party Software, pass-through the rights and the licenses in the foregoing that are provided herein. For pass-through rights, Third-Party Software and associated documentation and training materials shall be licensed directly from the Third-Party Software developer to Owners as end user for the Permitted Use.

(b)          Software Performance . During the Standard Equipment Warranty Period for a Unit (herein, the “Software Warranty Period”), the Software and Configuration Data shall: (i) be compatible with and capable of operating as represented by Consortium in conjunction with other software and hardware if indicated in the Software Documentation or if recommended by Consortium Members; and (ii) conform to and perform as represented by Consortium without material errors or interruption and in accordance with the Software Documentation. Consortium Members shall, within a commercially reasonable time period and at no additional charge, correct any defect, nonconformity, incompatibility, or other condition that breaches the foregoing warranty, and repair, replace or maintain the Software in compliance with the standards set forth herein. If Consortium Members are unable to correct any defective or nonconforming Software, Consortium Members shall replace such Software without charge. If Consortium Members are unable to correct or replace any defective or nonconforming Software, then Consortium Members may propose another commercially reasonable alternative remedy. Consortium Members shall not be liable for failure to meet the foregoing warranty if adaptations or modifications made to the Software by Owners or others without authorization or approval from Consortium Members are responsible for causing such failure. For purposes of this Section 4(b), Software shall exclude commodity software or commercial off-the-shelf software, commonly known as COTSS, such as Microsoft OS. Exhibit O-2 contains a list of such commodity software identified as of the Effective Date. Such Third Party Software shall be governed by the provisions of the specific Third Party Software licenses.

(c)          Media . The media on which the Software, Configuration Data and Software Documentation are recorded shall be free from defects in material and workmanship for the

 

4

 


 

                                                                                                                                                                                                

 

 

Software Warranty Period set forth in (b) above. Consortium Members will, at no additional charge, replace any defective media.

(d)          Intellectual Property . The Software will not infringe any patent, trademark, service mark, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right of any Third Party.

5.

Intellectual Property Indemnity .

(a)         Consortium Members shall, at their own expense, indemnify, hold harmless, release, and defend Owners, their Affiliates or any of their respective Personnel from any and all losses, damages, penalties, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) caused by, arising from, or resulting from any claim, suit or proceeding brought against Owners to the extent based on an allegation that any Software created and supplied by Consortium Members, or any part thereof furnished hereunder, or use thereof for its intended purpose, constitutes an infringement of any claim of any patent, trademark, service mark, copyright or trade secret or other property right of any Third Party, if Consortium Members are notified promptly in writing and given authority, information, and assistance for the defense or settlement of said suit or proceeding. Owners may independently appear in any such infringment action at its option and its own expense only if Owners is paying Owners’ defense costs. Owners shall not enter a settlement agreement, admission or the like that includes statements or terms that indicate that the Software infringes the intellectual property rights of others. Consortium Members will not be responsible for any settlement of such suit or proceeding made without its prior written consent. If the use of the Software developed by Consortium Members or any part thereof furnished hereunder, as a result of any such suit or proceeding is held to constitute infringement, and its use by Owners is enjoined, Consortium Members will, at their option and their own expense, either: (a) procure for Owners the right to continue using said Software or part thereof; (b) replace same with substantially equivalent noninfringing Software; or (c) modify same so it becomes non-infringing, provided that the replacement or modification performance matches or exceeds the performance and functionality of the Software or part thereof. Consortium Members shall maintain the ability to unilaterally settle a suit when only monetary damages against Consortium Members are at issue.

(b)         Notwithstanding the above, Consortium Members shall not compromise or settle any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which Owners are named without Owners’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, delayed or withheld unless such settlement provides for the payment of money only by Consortium Members and provides for a full, complete and unconditional (other than ceasing use of the applicable Software) release of Owners and each Permitted User.

(c)         Consortium Members will have no indemnity duty or obligation hereunder to the extent that the Software developed by Consortium Members and furnished hereunder is: (a) supplied pursuant to a design or drawing prepared by Owners wherein Consortium Members have deviated from their normal course of performance; (b) modified by Owners; or (c) combined by Owners with items not furnished hereunder, and solely as a result of said design, instruction, modification, or combination, a suit or proceeding is brought against Owners. In the event a suit or proceeding is brought against Consortium Members as a result of such Owners' actions not approved by Consortium Members, Owners will indemnify and save Consortium

 

5

 


 

                                                                                                                                                                                                

 

 

Members harmless to the same extent as Consortium Members have agreed to indemnify and save Owners harmless hereunder.

(d)         This Section 5 is an exclusive statement relating to intellectual property indemnification regarding the Software developed by Consortium Members hereunder.

(e)         Any indemnities associated with Third Party Software that is not imbedded in the Software developed by Consortium Members hereunder and regarding which Owners directly license or receive on a pass-through basis from a Third Party shall be governed by the terms of the license agreements associated with such Third Party Software. Where the Third Party Software not imbedded in the Software developed by Consortium members is directly licensed to the Owners by Third Parties, Consortium Members shall have no obligation to indemnify Owners for any claims of infringement related to the use by Owner of such Third Party Software.

6.

Proprietary Rights .

(a)         Except for the licenses granted herein, all rights, title and interests in and to the Base Software, Third-Party Software and Application Software (subject to Section 6(c) below, including without limitation, all applicable copyrights) shall remain and vest exclusively with Consortium Members or their licensors.

(b)         All rights, title and interests in and to (i) any new material subject to copyright protection added to Application Software by Owners and (ii) the Configuration Data created by Owners, shall be exclusively owned by the Owners. Owners hereby grant Consortium Members a fully paid-up, royalty-free, non-exclusive, right and license to use such new material added to Application Software and the Configuration Data upon terms and conditions as the Parties may agree; provided, however,that such right and license shall not continue upon the termination of the Agreement or of this License Agreement.

(c)         All rights, title and interests in and to Configuration Data and any Application Software developed by Consortium Members for Owners during the execution of the Agreement shall be exclusively owned by Consortium Members. Consortium Members hereby grant Owners for an indefinite duration a fully paid-up, royalty-free, non-exclusive right and license to use the Configuration Data and such Application Software in support of the Facility.

(d)         To the extent there are any conflicts between any of the provisions of this Article 6 and Article 19 of the Agreement, the provisions of this Article 6 shall take precedence.

7.            Assignment. Neither Party shall be entitled to assign this Software License or its rights hereunder or to delegate or subcontract its obligations hereunder, in whole or in part, without the express written consent of the other Party hereto; provided, however, that this Software License may be assigned by the Owners to any agent, replacing Georgia Power Company as agent for the Owners, pursuant to the provisions of the Ownership Agreement; and provided further that any Owner shall be permitted to assign this Software License to another Owner or to an Affiliate, or to any Third Party in accordance with the Ownership Agreement, who is able to satisfy either the credit rating requirements set forth in Section 8.7 or provide the letter of credit or other

 

6

 


 

                                                                                                                                                                                                

 

 

acceptable collateral pursuant to Section 8.7, or to any Financing Parties for collateral purposes. Notwithstanding the above, assignment rights for Third-Party Software shall be subject to the terms of the associated Third-Party Software license and may require ratification by the Third-Party. Any assignment or transfer in violation of this Software License will be null and void. This Software License and the rights and obligations of either Party hereto will be binding upon and will inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

8.

Miscellanous .

(a)          Applicable law . This Software License will be governed exclusively by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Georgia, without giving effect to those laws relating to conflict of laws.

(b)          Waiver . No party will be deemed to have waived any provision of this Software License unless such waiver is made explicit in writing and signed by the party waiving such provision. No waiver will be deemed to be a continuing waiver unless so stated in writing.

(c)          Amendment . No change, amendment, or modification of this Software License will be binding upon the parties unless such change, amendment, or modification is in writing and duly executed by the parties.

(d)          Severability . If any one or more of the provisions in this Software License or any application of such provision is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a competent tribunal, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions in this Software License and all other applications of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired by such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

(e)          Entire Agreement . This Software License contains the entire agreement of the parties and there are no oral or written representations, understandings or agreements between the parties respecting the subject matter of this Software License that are not expressed herein.

(f)          Notice . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in accordance with the notice provisions contained in the Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Software License as of the Effective Date.

 

 

7

 


 

                                                                                                                                                                                                

 

 

 

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY, as an Owner and as agent for the other Owners

 

By: ______________________________

Name: Michael D. Garrett

Title: President and CEO

 

Attest: ______________________

Its:

 

(CORPORATE SEAL)

 

 

 

STONE & WEBSTER, INC.

 

By:__________________________

Name: J. M. Bernhard, Jr.,

Title: Authorized Representative

 

Attest: ______________________

Its:

 

(CORPORATE SEAL)

WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC COMPANY LLC

 

By:____________________________

Name: Stephen R. Tritch

Title: President and CEO

 

Attest: ______________________

Its:

 

(CORPORATE SEAL)

 

 

 

 

8

 

 


EXHIBIT N

INDUSTRY CODES AND STANDARDS

 

Table of Contents

 

 

Introduction

2

Codes and Standards

 

ACI - American Concrete Institute

4

AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction

4

AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute

4

AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association, Inc.

5

ANS – American Nuclear Society

5

ANSI – American National Standards Institute

6

API – American Petroleum Institute

8

ARI – Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute

8

ASCE – American Society of Civil Engineers

8

ASHRAE – American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air-Conditioning Engineers

 

8

ASME – American Society of Mechanical Engineers

9

ASTM – American Society of Testing and Materials

12

AWWA – American Water Works Association

13

AWS – American Welding Society

14

CMAA – Crane Manufacturers Association of America

14

FEMA – Federal Emergency Management Agency

14

IEEE – Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

14

ISA – Instrumentation, Systems and Automation Society

18

MIL – Military Standards and Specifications

18

NEMA – National Electrical Manufacturers Association

18

NFPA – National Fire Protection Association

18

SMACNA – Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association

19

UBC – Uniform Building Code

20

UL – Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

20

 

 

Page 1 of 21

 

 


AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant Codes and Standards Introduction

 

This document provides the listing of industry codes and standards that are applicable to the AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant design (the “Industry Codes and Standards”). The attached listing of the Industry Codes and Standards is derived from the DCD. This list therefore is a listing of codes and standards that the AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant design is committed to by the licensing process. The revision or date of each code and standard is also included in the attached table. For codes and standards that were provided in the DCD without revision or date, the revision or date in effect, March 2002 (submittal date of the AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant design to NRC) was used. The revisions reflect the DCD licensing commitment. Changes to the standard or revision may require a licensing submittal by Owners. Contractor will notify Owners of any proposed changes to the listing of Industry Codes and Standards to ensure that they are reflected in future licensing submittals.

 

Except as provided below, regarding ASME application, the edition and addenda of the ASME code applied in the design and manufacture of each component is the edition and addenda established by the requirements of the DCD. The use of editions and addenda issued subsequent to the DCD is permitted, however any change to ASME code edition will require NRC approval. In the event the DCD does not specify the edition and addenda of the code applicable to an activity required under the Contract, the activity will be performed in compliance with the code edition and addenda required under 10 CFR 50.55a in effect at the time of the activity. The baseline used for the evaluations done to support this Design Control Document and the DCD is the 1998 Edition, 2000 Addenda, except as follows:

 

The 1989 Edition, 1989 Addenda is used for Articles NB-3200 (Design by Analysis), NB-3600, NC-3600, and ND-3600 (Piping Design) in lieu of later editions and addenda.

 

When later Editions and Addenda of ASME Code are used, Contractor shall perform ASME Code reconciliation per the applicable ASME Code section for all code related aspects of design, procurement and construction.

 

Guidance for ASME code year and addenda to use in mechanical equipment and valve specifications:

 

CASE 1: ASME Section III Safety Related Equipment in Support of the Design Certification  

 

If the principal construction code for the equipment is ASME Section III as defined in Table 3.2-3 of the DCD, then the year and addenda shall be in accordance with paragraphs 5.2.1.1 and 6.1.1 of the DCD (i.e., 1998 year with 2000 addenda), except as follows:

 

Page 2 of 21

 

 


“The 1989 Edition, 1989 Addenda is used for Articles NB-3200 (Design by Analysis), NB-3600, NC-3600, and ND-3600 (Piping Design) in lieu of later editions and addenda.”

 

Any other ASME BP&V Code Sections listed within the equipment specification for this equipment (e.g., II, V, IX, and XI) shall have the same 1998 year and 2000 addenda.

 

In addition to AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant codes A, B, and C, the above applies to code D (non-safety equipment being built to ASME Section III as the principal construction code defined in Table 3.2-3 of the DCD).

 

CASE 2: Non-ASME Section III Equipment (Non-Safety Related Equipment)

 

If the equipment principal construction code is ASME but NOT Section III as defined in Table 3.2-3 in the DCD (e.g., ASME Section VIII for pressure tanks/vessels), then the ASME 2001 year and 2003 addenda shall be used, unless otherwise specified in the DCD. ASME Section III will NOT be included in the specifications and standards list in the equipment specification.

 

If any other ASME Sections are listed within the equipment specification (e.g., ASME Section IX for welding requirements), then the 2001 year with 2003 addenda shall be used for them as well.

 

Additional codes and standards may be applied to the final AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant design at the sole discretion of Contractor. These additional codes and standards will then be requirements for the AP1000 Nuclear Power Plant design, however they will not be required by licensing and therefore the date and application is subject to change as determined by Contractor in its sole discretion.

 

The attached table, Table 1, only lists industry codes and standards. Regulatory standards (Regulatory Guides, NUREGs, etc.) are not included in the attachment; these standards are referenced in the DCD.

 

Table 2 identifies codes and standards that are not included in the Licensing Basis but are pertinent to the Facility. Since they are not included as part of the Licensing Basis, revisions may be used as determined by Contractor in its sole discretion.

 

 

 

 

Page 3 of 21

 

 


 

Table 1


AP1000 Codes and Standards (Licensing Basis)

 

Title

DCD Section

 

 

ACI - American Concrete Institute

 

ACI 117, “Standard Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials,” 1990

3.8

ACI 211.1, “Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavy Weight, and Mass Concrete,” 1991

3.8

ACI 304R, “Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete,” 2000

3.8

ACI 318, “Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete,” 2002

2.5

ACI 349.3R, “Evaluation of Existing Nuclear Safety-Related Concrete Structures,” 1996

3.8

ACI 349, “Code Requirements for Nuclear Safety Related Concrete Structures,” 2001

1A, 3.8, 3H

AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction

 

AISC N690, “Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Steel Safety-Related Structures for Nuclear Facilities,” 1994

3A, 3F, 3H

AISC S335, “Specification for Structural Steel Buildings, Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design,” 1989

3.3

Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings, American Institute of Steel Construction, April 1977 including Supplement 2, November 2000

3.7

AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute

 

AISI, “Specification for the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members,” 1996 Edition and Supplement No. 1, July 30, 1999

3A, 3F

 

 

Page 4 of 21

 

 


 

 

Table 1


AP1000 Codes and Standards (Licensing Basis)

 

Title

DCD Section

 

 

AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association, Inc.

 

AMCA 210, “Laboratory Method of Testing Fans for Rotating Purposes,” 1985

9.4

AMCA 211, “Certified Ratings Program Air Performance,” 1987

9.4

AMCA 300, “Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans,” 1985

9.4

AMCA 500, “Test Method for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters,”1989

9.4

ANS – American Nuclear Society

 

ANS 5.1, “Decay Heat Power in Light Water Reactors,” 1994

5.4

ANS 5.1, “Decay Heat Power in Light Water Reactor,” 1979

1.9, 15.2

ANS 5.4, “American National Standard Method for Calculating the Fractional Release of Volatile Fission Products From Oxide Fuel,” 1982

1A

ANS 6.1, “Guidelines on the Nuclear Analysis and Design of Concrete Radiation Shielding for Nuclear Power Plants,” 1989

12.3

ANS 6.4, “Guidelines on the Nuclear Analysis and Design of Concrete Radiation Shielding for Nuclear Power Plants,” 1997

1A, 12.3

ANS 15.8, “Nuclear Material Control Systems for Nuclear Power Plants,” 1974

13

ANS 18.1, “Radioactive Source Term for Normal Operation of Light Water Reactors,” 1999

1A, 11.1

ANS 51.1, “Nuclear Safety Criteria for the Design of Stationary Pressurized Water Reactor Plants,” 1983

3.2, 3.9, 5.4, 9.3

ANS 55.6, “Liquid Radioactive Waste Processing Systems for Light Water Reactor Plants,” 1993

11.2

 

 

Page 5 of 21

 

 


 

 

Table 1


AP1000 Codes and Standards (Licensing Basis)

 

Title

DCD Section

 

 

ANS 56.2, “Containment Isolation Provisions for Fluid Systems,” 1984

1A

ANS 56.11, “Design Criteria for Protection Against the Effects of Compartment Flooding in Light Water Reactor Plants,” 1988

3.4

ANS 57.1, “Design Requirements for Light Water Reactor Fuel Handling Systems,” 1992

9.1

ANS 57.2, “Design Requirements for Light Water Reactor Spent Fuel Storage Facilities at Nuclear Power Plants,” 1983

4.3, 9.1

ANS 57.3, “Design Requirements for New Fuel Storage Facilities at LWR Plants,” 1983

4.3

ANS 58.2, “Design Bases for Protection of Light Water Nuclear Power Plants Against Effects of Postulated Pipe Rupture,” 1988

3.6

ANS 58.8, “Time Response Design Criteria for Nuclear Safety Related Operator Actions,” 1984

1.9

ANS C-2, “National Electrical Safety Codes,” 1997

8.2

ANSI – American National Standards Institute

 

ANSI 16.1, “Nuclear Criticality Safety in Operations with Fissionable Materials Outside Reactors,” 1975

9.1

ANSI 56.5, “PWR and BWR Containment Spray System Design Criteria,” 1979

1.9

ANSI 56.8, “Containment System Leakage Testing Requirements,” 1994

6.2

ANSI 58.6, “Criteria for Remote Shutdown for Light Water Reactors,” 1996

7.4

ANSI B16.34, “Valves – Flanged and Buttwelding End,” 1996

3.2

ANSI B16.41, “Functional Operational Requirement for Power Operated Valves,” 1983

1.9

ANSI B30.2, “Overhead and Gantry Cranes,” 1990

9.1

 

 

Page 6 of 21

 

 


 

 

Table 1


AP1000 Codes and Standards (Licensing Basis)

 

Title

DCD Section

 

 

ANSI B30.9, “Slings,” 1996

9.1

ANSI B31.1, “Power Piping, ASME Code for Pressure Piping,” 1989

3.2, 3.6, 9.2

ANSI B96.1, “Welded Aluminum-Alloy Storage Tanks,” 1981

3.2

ANSI HFS-100, “American Standard for Human Factors Engineering of Visual Display Terminal Workstations,” 1988

18.8

ANSI N14.6, "Special Lifting Devices for Shipping Containers Weighing 10,000 Pounds (4500 kg) or More,” 1993

3.9, 9.1

ANSI N16.1, “Nuclear Criticality Safety in Operations with Fissionable Materials Outside Reactors,” 1975

9.1

ANSI N16.9, “Validation of Calculational Methods for Nuclear Criticality Safety,” 1975

9.1

ANSI N18.2, “Nuclear Safety Criteria for the Design of Stationary Pressurized Water Reactor Plants,” 1973

15.0

ANSI N18.2a, “Nuclear Safety Criteria for the Design of Stationary Pressurized Water Reactor Plants,” 1975

3.2

ANSI N101.6, “Atomic Industry Facility Design, Construction, and Operation Criteria,” 1972

1A

ANSI N210, “Design Objectives for Light Water Reactor Spent Fuel Storage Facilities at Nuclear Power Stations,” 1976

9.1

ANSI N237, “Source Term Specification,” 1976

1A

ANSI N271, “Containment Isolation Provisions for Fluid Systems,” 1976

1A

ANSI N278.1, “Self-Operated and Power-Operated Safety-Relief Valves Functional Specification Standard,” 1975

5.4

 

 

Page 7 of 21

 

 


 

 

Table 1


AP1000 Codes and Standards (Licensing Basis)

 

Title

DCD Section

 

 

API – American Petroleum Institute

 

API 610, “Centrifugal Pumps for General Refinery Services,” 1981

3.2

API-620, “Recommended Rules for Design and Construction of Large, Welded, Low-Pressure Storage Tanks,” Revision 1, April 1985

3.2

API-650, “Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage,” Revision 1, February 1984

3.2

ARI 410, “Forced Circulation Air Cooling and Air Heating Coils,” 1991

9.4

ARI – Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute

 

ARI 620, “Self-Contained Humidifiers for Residential Applications,” 1996

9.4

ASCE – American Society of Civil Engineers

 

ASCE 4, “Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures and Commentary,” 1989

3.7

ASCE 7, “Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures,” 1998

3.7

ASCE 8, “Specification for the Design of Cold Formed Stainless Steel Structural Members,” 1990

6.2

ASCE Paper No. 3269 “Wind Forces on Structures” Transactions of the American Society of Civil Engineers, Vol. 126, Part II (1961).

3

ASHRAE – American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air-Conditioning Engineers

 

ASHRAE 33, “Methods of Testing for Rating Forced Circulation Air Cooling and Air Heating Coils,” 1978

9.4

 

 

Page 8 of 21

 

 


 

 

Table 1


AP1000 Codes and Standards (Licensing Basis)

 

Title

DCD Section

 

 

ASHRAE 52.1, “Gravimetric and Dust Spot Procedures for Testing Air-Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter,” 1992

9.4

ASHRAE 62, “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality,” 1999

9.4

ASHRAE 62, “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality,” 1989

6.4

ASHRAE 126, “Method of Testing HVAC Air Ducts,” 2000

9.4

ASME – American Society of Mechanical Engineers

 

ASME OM Code, “Code for Operation and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plants,” 1995 Edition, 1996 Addenda

3.9

ASME/ANSI AG-1, “Code on Nuclear Air and Gas Treatment,” 1997

1A, 3.2, 3A, 9.4

ASME B16.34, “Valves – Flanged and Buttwelding End,” 1996

5.4

ASME B30.2, “Overhead & Gantry Cranes,” 1990

9.1

ASME B31.1, “Code for Power Piping,” 1989 Edition, 1989 Addenda

5.2

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section II, “Metal Specifications,” 1989 Edition, 1989Addenda, (Class 1, 2, 3 Piping and Components)

5.2, 5.4

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, “Rules for Construction of Nuclear Power Plant Components,” (The baseline used for the evaluations done to support this safety analysis report and the Design Certification is the 1998 Edition, 2000 Addenda, except as follows: the 1989 Edition, 1989 Addenda is used for Articles NB-3200, NB-3600, NC-3600, and ND-3600 in lieu of later editions and addenda.), (Class 1, 2, 3 Piping and Components)

3.9, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4

 

 

Page 9 of 21

 

 


 

 

Table 1


AP1000 Codes and Standards (Licensing Basis)

 

Title

DCD Section

 

 

Code Case N-4-11, “Special Type 403 Modified Forgings or Bars, Section III, Division 1, Class 1 and Class CS”

5.2

Code Case N-20-4, “SB-163 Nickel-Chromium-Iron Tubing (Alloys 600 and 690) and Nickel-Iron-Chromium Alloy 800 at a Specified Minimum Yield Strength of 40.0 ksi and Cold Worked Alloy 800 at Yield Strength of 47.0 ksi, Section III, Division 1, Class 1”

5.2

Code Case N-60-5, “Material for Core Support Structures, Section III, Division 1

5.2

Code Case N-71-18, “Additional Material for Subsection NF, Class 1, 2, 3 and MC Component Supports Fabricated by Welding, Section III Division 1”

5.2

Code Case N-122-2, “Stress Indices for Integral Structural Attachments Section III, Division 1, Class 1,” 1994

5.2

Code Case N-249-14, “Additional Materials for Subsection NF, Class 1, 2, 3, and MC Supports Fabricated Without Welding, Section III, Division 1”

5.2

Code Case N-284-1, “Metal Containment Shell Buckling Design Methods, Section III, Division 1 Class MC”

5.2

Code Case N-318-5, “Procedure for Evaluation of the Design of Rectangular Cross Section Attachments on Class 2 or 3 Piping Section III, Division”

5.2

Code Case N-391-2, “Procedure for Evaluation of the Design of Hollow Circular Cross Section Welded Attachments on Class 1 Piping Section III, Division 1”

5.2

Code Case N-319-3, “Procedure for Evaluation of Stresses in Butt Welding Elbows in Class 1 Piping, Section III, Division 1”

5.2

 

 

Page 10 of 21

 

 


 

 

Table 1


AP1000 Codes and Standards (Licensing Basis)

 

Title

DCD Section

 

 

Code Case N-392-3, “Procedure for Valuation of the Design of Hollow Circular Cross Section Welded Attachments on Class 2 and 3 Piping Section III, Division 1”

5.2

Code Case-N-474-2, “Design Stress Intensities and Yield Strength Values for UNS06690 With a Minimum Yield Strength of 35 ksi, Class 1 Components, Section III, Division 1”

5.2

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IV, “Non-destructive Examination,” 1998 Edition, 2000 Addenda, (Class 1, 2, 3 Piping and Components)

5.2

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V, “Non-destructive Examination,” 1998 Edition, 2000 Addenda, (Class 1, 2, 3 Piping and Components)

5.4

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, “Pressure Vessels,” 1998 Edition, 2000 Addenda, (Class 1, 2, 3 Piping and Components)

5.2, 9.3

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, “Welding and Brazing Qualifications,” 1998 Edition, 2000 Addenda, (Class 1, 2, 3 Piping and Components)

5.2

Code Case 2142-1, “F-Number Grouping for Ni-Cr-Fe, Classification UNS N06052 Filler Metal, Section IX”

5.2

Code Case 2143-1, “F-Number Grouping for Ni-Cr-Fe, Classification UNS W86152 Welding Electrode, Section IX”

5.2

ASME Code Section XI (1998 Edition) and mandatory appendices. (Design provisions, in accordance with Section XI, Article IWA-1500, are incorporated in the design processes for Class 1 components), (Class 1, 2, 3 Piping and Components)

3.9, 5.2, 5.4

ASME Code Section XI (1996 Edition) Appendix G

5.3

ASME N509 (R1996), “Nuclear Power Plant Air Cleaning Units and Components,” 1989

1A, 3A, 9.4

 

 

Page 11 of 21

 

 


 

 

Table 1


AP1000 Codes and Standards (Licensing Basis)

 

Title

DCD Section

 

 

ASME N510, “Testing of Nuclear Air Cleaning Systems,” 1989

1A, 9.4

ASME NOG-1, “Rules for Construction of Overhead and Gantry Cranes (Top Running Bridge, Multiple Girder),” ASME Code, Section IV, Pt. HWL, 1998

9.1

ASME NQA-1, “Quality Management System,” 1989 edition through NQA-1b-1991, Addenda
(DCD identifies NQA-1 1b 1991 Addenda, however NRC has accepted NQA-1 through NQA-1c-1992, Addenda as acceptable via Reg Guide 1.28. NQA-1-1c-1992 is to be specified to be consistent with the ASME Section III Code and Addenda specified in the DCD.)

17.0

ASME Performance Test Code 19.11, 1970

10.4

ASTM – American Society of Testing and Materials

 

ASTM A 580, “Specification for Stainless and Heat-resisting Steel Wire,” 1990

4.2

ASTM A 609, “Standard Specification for Longitudinal Beam Ultrasonic Inspection of Carbon and Low Alloy Steel Castings,” 1991

 

ASTM A 615, “Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement,” 2001

3.8

ASTM A 706, “Low Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement,” 2001

3.8

ASTM A 970, “Specification for Welded Headed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement,” 1998

3.8

ASTM C 33, “Specification for Concrete Aggregates,” 2002

3.8

ASTM C 94, “Specifications for Ready-Mixed Concrete,” 2000

3.8

ASTM C 131, “Resistance to Abrasion of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Use of the Los Angeles Machine,” 2001

3.8

 

 

Page 12 of 21

 

 


 

 

Table 1


AP1000 Codes and Standards (Licensing Basis)

 

Title

DCD Section

 

 

ASTM C 150, “Specification for Portland Cement,” 2002

3.8

ASTM C 260, “Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete,” 2001

3.8

ASTM C 311, “Sampling and Testing Fly Ash or Natural Pozzolans for Use as Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete,” 2002

3.8

ASTM C 494, “Chemical Admixtures for Concrete,” 1999

3.8

ASTM C 535, “Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine,” 2001

3.8

ASTM C 618, “Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolans for Use in Portland Cement Concrete,” 2001

3.8

ASTM D 512, “Chloride Ion in Industrial Water,” 1999

3.8

ASTM E 142, “Methods for Controlling Quality of Radiographic Testing,” 1986

4.2

ASTM E 165, “Practice for Liquid Penetrant Inspection Method,” 1995

5.4

ASTM E 185, “Standard Practice for Conducting Surveillance Tests for Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Power Reactor Vessels,” 1982

5.3

ASTM E 741, “Standard Test Methods for Determining Air Change in a Single Zone by Means of a Tracer Gas Dilution,” 2000

6.4, 9.4

AWWA – American Water Works Association

 

AWWA D100, “Welded Steel Tanks for Water Storage,” 1984

3.2

 

 

Page 13 of 21

 

 


 

 

Table 1


AP1000 Codes and Standards (Licensing Basis)

 

Title

DCD Section

 

 

AWS – American Welding Society

AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code – 2000 - Steel

Covers the design, welding and examination of welded structural steel 1/8" and thicker. It allows for both pre-qualified and non prequalified welding procedures.

AWS D 1.4-98 Reinforcing Steel Welding Code,

3.8.3.2

CMAA – Crane Manufacturers Association of America

 

CMAA Specifications, “Specification for Electric Overhead Traveling Cranes,” 1999

9.1

FEMA – Federal Emergency Management Agency

 

FEMA 356, “Prestandard and Commentary for the Seismic Rehabilitation of Buildings,” 2000

3.7

IEEE – Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

 

IEEE Standard 7-4.3.2, “IEEE Standard Criteria for Digital Computers in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations,” 1993

1A, 7.1

IEEE Standard 98, “IEEE Standard for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Solid Electrical Insulating Materials,” 1984

3D

IEEE Standard 100, “IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronic Terms,” 1996

3D

IEEE Standard 141, “IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants,” (IEEE Red Book) 1993

8.3

IEEE Standard 242, “IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems,” (IEEE Buff Book) 1986

8.3

IEEE Standard 279, “IEEE Standard Criteria for Protection Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations,” 1971

1A

 

 

Page 14 of 21

 

 


 

 

Table 1


AP1000 Codes and Standards (Licensing Basis)

 

Title

DCD Section

 

 

IEEE Standard 281, “IEEE Standard Service Conditions for Power System Communication Equipment,” 1984

9.5

IEEE Standard 308, “IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations,” 1991

1A, 8.1, 8.3

IEEE Standard 317, “IEEE Standard for Electric Penetrations Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Generating Stations,” 1983

1.9, 1A, 8.1, 8.3

IEEE Standard 323, “IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations,” 1974

1.9, 1A, 3.2, 8.1

IEEE Standard 338, “IEEE Standard Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Safety Systems,” 1987

1.9, 1A, 8.1

IEEE Standard 344, “IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations,” 1987

3.2, 3F, 8.1

IEEE Standard 379, “IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems,” 2000

1A, 8.1

IEEE Standard 381, “IEEE Standard Criteria for Type Test of Class 1E Modules used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations,” 1977

3D

IEEE Standard 382, “IEEE Standard for Qualification of Actuators for Power-Operated Valve Assemblies with Safety-Related Functions for Nuclear Power Plants,” 1996

1A, 8.1

IEEE Standard 383, “IEEE Standard for Type Test of Class 1E Electric Cables, Field Splices, and Connections for Nuclear Power Generating Stations,” 1974

8.1, 9.5

IEEE Standard 384, “IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits,” 1981

1A, 1.9, 8.1, 8.3

 

 

Page 15 of 21

 

 


 

 

Table 1


AP1000 Codes and Standards (Licensing Basis)

 

Title

DCD Section

 

 

IEEE Standard 420, “IEEE Standard for the Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations,” 1982

7.1

IEEE Standard 422, “Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Power Generating Stations,” 1986

8.3

IEEE Standard 450, “IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications,” 1995

8.1, 8.3

IEEE Standard 484, “IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications,” 1996

1A, 8.1

IEEE Standard 485, “IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications,” 1997

8.3

IEEE Standard 494, “IEEE Standard Method for Identification of Documents Related to Class 1E Equipment and Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations,” 1974

3D

IEEE Standard 535, “IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Lead Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations,” 1986

1A

IEEE Standard 572, “IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Connection Assemblies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations,” 1985

3D

IEEE Standard 603, “IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations,” 1991

1A, 7.1

IEEE Standard 627, “IEEE Standard for Design Qualification of Safety System Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations,” 1980

7.1

IEEE Standard 649, “IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Motor Control Centers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations,” 1991

3D

IEEE Standard 650, “IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations,” 1990

3D

 

 

Page 16 of 21

 

 


 

 

Table 1


AP1000 Codes and Standards (Licensing Basis)

 

Title

DCD Section

 

 

IEEE Standard 665, “IEEE Guide for Generating Station Grounding,” 1995

8.3

IEEE Standard 741, “IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations,” 1997

1A, 8.1, 8.3

IEEE Standard 828, “IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans,” 1990

7.1

IEEE Standard 829, “IEEE Standard for Software Test Configuration,” 1983

7.1

IEEE Standard 830, “Recommended Practice for Software Requirements Specifications,” 1993

7.1

IEEE Standard 946, “IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of DC Auxiliary Power Systems for Generating Stations,” 1992

8.3

IEEE Standard 1012, “IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation Plans,” 1986

7.1

IEEE Std 1023-2004, “IEEE Recommended Practice for the Application of Human Factors Engineering to Systems, Equipment and Facilities of Nuclear Power Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities”

18.8

IEEE Standard 1028, “IEEE Standard for Software Reviews and Audits,” 1988

7.1

IEEE Standard 1042, “IEEE Guide to Software Configuration Management,” 1987

7.1

IEEE Standard 1050, “IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations,” 1996

8.3, 7.1

IEEE Standard 1074, “Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes,” 1995

7.1

 

 

Page 17 of 21

 

 


 

 

Table 1


AP1000 Codes and Standards (Licensing Basis)

 

Title

DCD Section

 

 

IEEE Standard 1202, “IEEE Standard for Flame Testing of Cables for Use in Cable Tray in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies,” 1991

8.1, 1A, 9.5

IEEE Std 1289-1998, “IEEE Guide for the Application of Human Factors Engineering in the Design of Computer-Based Monitoring and Control Displays for Nuclear Power Generating Stations.”

18.8

IEEE Standard C37.98, “IEEE Standard for Seismic Testing of Relays,” 1987

3D

ISA – Instrumentation, Systems and Automation Society

 

ISA S7.3, “Quality Standard for Instrument Air,” 1981

9.3

MIL – Military Standards and Specifications

 

MIL-HDBK-759C, “Human Engineering Design Guidelines,” 1995

6.4

MIL-STD 1472E, “Human Engineering,” 1996

6.4

NEMA – National Electrical Manufacturers Association

 

NEMA MG-1, “Motors and Generators,” Revision 1, 1998

3.2

NEMA Standard Publication No. VE 1-1998, “Metallic Cable Tray Systems”

3F

NFPA – National Fire Protection Association

 

NFPA 10, “Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers,” 1998

9.5

NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems,” 1999

9.5

NFPA 14, “Standard for Installation of Standpipe, Private Hydrants, and Hose Systems,” 2000

9.5

 

 

Page 18 of 21

 

 


 

 

Table 1


AP1000 Codes and Standards (Licensing Basis)

 

Title

DCD Section

 

 

NFPA 15, “Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection,” 2001

9.5

NFPA 20, “Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection,” 1999

9.5

NFPA 22, “Standard for Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection,” 1998

9.5

NFPA 24, “Standard for Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Fire Protection,” 1995

9.5

NFPA 30, “Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code,” 2000

9.5

NFPA 50A, “Standard for Gaseous Hydrogen Systems at Consumer Sites,” 1999

9.5

NFPA 50B, “Standard for Liquefied Hydrogen Systems at Consumer Sites,” 1999

9.5

NFPA 70, “National Electrical Code (NEC),” 1999

8.3, 9.5

NFPA 72, “National Fire Alarm Code,” 1999

9.5

NFPA 90A, “Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilation Systems,” 1999

9.4

NFPA 92A, “Recommended Practice for Smoke Control Systems,” 2000

9.4, 9A

NFPA 780, “Standard for the Installation of Lighting Protection Systems,” 2000

8.3, 9.5

NFPA 804, “Standard for Fire Protection for Advanced Light Water Reactor Electric Generating Plants,” 2001

9.5

SMACNA – Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association

 

SMACNA, “HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible,” Second Edition 1995

3A, 9.4

 

 

Page 19 of 21

 

 


 

 

Table 1


AP1000 Codes and Standards (Licensing Basis)

 

Title

DCD Section

 

 

SMACNA, “HVAC Systems – Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing,” 1993

9.4

SMACNA, “Rectangular Industrial Duct Construction Standards,” 1980

9.4

SMACNA, “HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible,” 1985

3.2

SMACNA, “Round Industrial Duct Construction Standard,” 1999

9.4

SMACNA, “HVAC Duct Leakage Test Manual,” 1985

9.4

UBC – Uniform Building Code

 

UBC, “Uniform Building Code,” 1997

3.2

UL – Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

 

UL 555, “Safety Fire Dampers,” 1999

9.4

UL 555S, “Leakage Rated Dampers for Use in Smoke Control Systems,” 1999

9.4

UL 586, “High-Efficiency, Particulate, Air-Filter Units,” 1996

9.4

UL 900, “Test Performance of Air-Filter Unit,” 1994

9.4

UL 1995, “Heating and Cooling Equipment,” 1995

9.4

UL 1996, “Electric Duct Heating,” 1996

9.4

 

 

Page 20 of 21

 

 


 

 

Table 2


AP1000 Codes and Standards (not found in Licensing Basis)

 

Title

DCD Section

 

 

ASME NQA-2 Quality Assurance Requirements for Nuclear Power Plants 1989 Edition, through NQA-1c-1992, Addenda

None

American Society for Nondestructive Testing SNT-TC-1A, “Recommended Practice for Non-Destructive Testing 1992 Edition.

None

CP-189 Qualification and Certification of Nondestructive Testing Personnel 1995 Edition

None

 

 

 

Page 21 of 21

 

 

 


EXHIBIT O-1

PROPRIETARY DATA AGREEMENT

 

THIS PROPRIETARY DATA AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of the ___ day of _____________, 20__, by and between ___________________ [identify Owner or Southern Nuclear] (the "Disclosing Party") and ________________ (the "Recipient").

 

WHEREAS , the Disclosing Party is a party to an Engineering, Procurement and Construction Agreement, dated as of ___________, 2008, by and among Westinghouse Electric Company LLC ("Westinghouse"), Stone & Webster, Inc. ("Stone & Webster" and collectively with Westinghouse, "Contractor"), Georgia Power Company, for itself and as agent for Oglethorpe Power Corporation, Municipal Electric Authority Of Georgia, and the City Of Dalton, Georgia, acting by and through its Board of Water, Light and Sinking Fund Commissioners (the "EPC Contract") for a new nuclear power plant facility at the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant site (the "Facility");

 

WHEREAS , the Disclosing Party has been provided with certain confidential and/or proprietary information ("Confidential and Proprietary Information") of Westinghouse and/or Stone & Webster and/or both as Contractor, which the Disclosing Party desires to disclose to the Recipient as permitted in accordance with Article 19 of the EPC Contract; and

 

WHEREAS , under the terms of the EPC Contract, the Disclosing Party and the Recipient are required to enter into this Agreement as a condition to disclosure of such Confidential and Proprietary Information to the Recipient.

 

NOW THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.         Recipient shall maintain the confidentiality of all Confidential and Proprietary Information disclosed to it hereunder, and shall not use such Confidential and Proprietary Information for any purpose other than the purposes of Facility (and associated simulator) trouble-shooting, response to plant events, inspection, evaluation of system or component performance, scheduling, investigations, operation, maintenance, training, repair, licensing, modification, decommissioning and compliance with laws or the requirements of governmental authorities (the "Purpose").

 

2.         Recipient shall not transmit or further disclose such Confidential and Proprietary Information to any third party, including, without limitation, parent organizations of Recipient, sister organizations of Recipient, subsidiaries of Recipient, consultants of Recipient or subcontractors of Recipient.

 

Page 1 of 4

 

 


3.         In the event that the Recipient or any of its representatives are requested or required in any proceeding or by any governmental authority to disclose any of the Confidential and Proprietary Information, the Recipient shall provide the Disclosing Party with prompt written notice of such request or requirement so that the Disclosing Party may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the provisions of this Agreement. If, in the absence of a protective order or other remedy or the receipt of a waiver from the Disclosing Party, the Recipient or any of its representatives are nonetheless, in the written opinion of their counsel, legally compelled to disclose such information, it or its representatives may, without liability hereunder, disclose only that portion of the Confidential and Proprietary Information which such counsel advises the Recipient is legally required to be disclosed, provided that the Recipient exercises its best efforts to preserve the confidentiality of the Confidential and Proprietary Information, including, without limitation, by cooperating with the Disclosing Party to obtain an appropriate protective order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded the Confidential and Proprietary Information.

 

4.         Except where necessary in furtherance of the Purpose, Recipient shall not make any copy or in any way reproduce or excerpt such Confidential and Proprietary Information except as authorized by the Disclosing Party in writing prior to such reproduction or excerption. Any such copies or excerpts shall include all proprietary notices and designations. Upon the written request of the Disclosing Party, the Confidential and Proprietary Information provided hereunder and any such copies or excerpts thereof shall be returned to the Disclosing Party, or, at the sole option and request of the Disclosing Party, Recipient shall destroy such information and any such copies and/or excerpts and certify in writing to the Disclosing Party that such information has in fact been destroyed.

 

5.         Nothing herein shall apply to any information which is:

 

 

(a)

now generally known or readily available to the trade or public or which becomes so known or readily available without fault of the Recipient; or

 

(b)

rightfully possessed by the Recipient without restriction prior to its disclosure hereunder by the Disclosing Party; or

 

(c)

acquired from a third party without restriction, provided that the Recipient does not know, or have reason to know, or is not informed subsequent to disclosure by such third party and prior to disclosure by the Recipient that such information was acquired under an obligation of confidentiality.

 

6.         It is mutually understood that nothing herein shall be construed as granting or implying any right under any letters patent, or to use any Confidential and Proprietary Information claimed therein, or as permitting Recipient to unfairly obtain the right to use Confidential and Proprietary Information which becomes publicly known through an improper act or omission on its part.

 

7.         The Disclosing Party, Westinghouse and Stone & Webster make no warranty or representation whatsoever to the Recipient as to the sufficiency or accuracy

 

Page 2 of 4

 

 


of the Confidential and Proprietary Information provided hereunder, the ability of Recipient to use the Confidential and Proprietary Information for its intended purpose, or as to the result to be obtained therefrom.

 

8.         Neither the Disclosing Party, Westinghouse, Stone & Webster, nor their suppliers or subcontractors of any tier shall be liable with respect to or resulting from the use (or the results of such use) or misuse of any Confidential and Proprietary Information furnished hereunder.

 

9.         Nothing in this Agreement shall obligate the Disclosing Party to provide any specific information that it otherwise desires to withhold.

 

10.       Recipient agrees to fully comply with all laws and regulations with regard to the Confidential and Proprietary Information transmitted hereunder.

 

11.       Recipient shall not, at any time file, cause or authorize the filing of any patent application in any country in respect of any invention derived from the Confidential and Proprietary Information supplied hereunder.

 

12.       Recipient shall indemnify and hold the Disclosing Party harmless from and against all losses, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or related to any disclosure of Confidential and Proprietary Information by Recipient in violation of this Agreement.

 

13.       Recipient shall not assign this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Recipient and its successors and shall benefit and be enforceable by the Disclosing Party, Westinghouse or Stone & Webster and each of their respective successors and assigns.

 

14.       If any of the terms of this Agreement are violated by Recipient, the Disclosing Party, Westinghouse or Stone & Webster shall be entitled to an injunction to be issued by any court of competent jurisdiction, enjoining and restraining the Recipient, as well as damages and any costs of collection, including but not limited to attorneys’ and other professionals’ fees and related charges and interest.

 

15.       If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in any respect, it shall not affect the validity of any other provision of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unreasonable as to the time, scope or otherwise, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing it so as to be enforceable under then applicable law.

 

16.       This Agreement shall be governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice of law, provision, or rule (whether of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than New York.

 

 

Page 3 of 4

 

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have hereto set their respective signatures to this Agreement.

 

DISCLOSING PARTY :

 

 

 

By:

Name:

Title:

Address:

 

 

 

RECIPIENT :

 

 

 

By:

Name:

Title:

Address:

 

 

 

Page 4 of 4

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT O-2

LIST OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SUBJECT TO THIRD PARTY LICENSE TERMS

 

[***]

 

 

 


EXHIBIT O-3-A

FORM OF CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of the ___ day of _____________, 20__, by and between ___________________ [identify Owner or Southern Nuclear] (the “Disclosing Party”) and ________________ (the “Recipient”).

 

WHEREAS , the Disclosing Party is a party to the Engineering, Procurement and Construction Agreement, dated as of ___________, 200_, by and among Georgia Power Company (“GPC”), for itself and as agent for Oglethorpe Power Corporation (An Electric Membership Corporation) (“OPC”), the Municipal Electric Authority Of Georgia (“MEAG”), and the City Of Dalton, Georgia (“Dalton”), acting by and through its Board of Water, Light and Sinking Fund Commissioners (each of GPC, OPC, MEAG and Dalton being an “Owner”) and a consortium consisting of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC (“Westinghouse”), Stone & Webster, Inc. (the "EPC Contract");

 

WHEREAS , the Disclosing Party has been provided with certain Confidential and Proprietary Information (as defined in the EPC Contract) of Westinghouse and/or Stone & Webster, which the Disclosing Party desires to disclose to the Recipient in connection with the licensing, procurement or construction of the Additional Units at the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant located near Waynesboro, Burke County, Georgia (as defined in the EPC Contract);

 

WHEREAS , under the terms of the EPC Contract, the Disclosing Party and the Recipient are required to enter into this Agreement as a condition to disclosure of such Confidential and Proprietary Information to the Recipient;

 

NOW THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.         Recipient acknowledges that it has reviewed and is familiar with the terms and conditions of Article 19 of the EPC Contract, including, without limitation, Exhibit O-3-C to such agreement. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the respective meanings given such terms in the EPC Contract.

 

2.         Recipient shall maintain the confidentiality of all Confidential and Proprietary Information disclosed to it hereunder, and shall not use such Confidential and Proprietary Information for any purpose other than the licensing, procurement, construction or development of the Units (“the Purpose”).

 

3.         Recipient acknowledges that, in addition to any requirements of this Agreement, and except as provided in the EPC Contract with respect to attorneys of an Owner or Southern Nuclear, disclosure to it of Confidential and Proprietary Information shall not be made other than in accordance with the procedures set forth in Exhibit O-3-C to the EPC Contract and it agrees to comply with such procedures.

 


 

4.         Upon the written request of the Disclosing Party, the Confidential and Proprietary Information provided hereunder and any such copies or excerpts thereof shall be returned to the Disclosing Party, or, at the sole option and request of the Disclosing Party, Recipient shall destroy such information and any such copies and/or excerpts and certify in writing to the Disclosing Party that such information has in fact been destroyed.              

 

5.         Nothing herein shall apply to any information which is excluded from the definition of Confidential and Proprietary Information as provided in the EPC Contract.

 

6.         It is mutually understood that nothing herein shall be construed as granting or implying any right under any letters patent, or to use any Confidential and Proprietary Information claimed therein, or as permitting Recipient to unfairly obtain the right to use Confidential and Proprietary Information which becomes publicly known through an improper act or omission on its part.

 

7.         The Disclosing Party, Westinghouse and Stone & Webster make no warranty or representation whatsoever as to the sufficiency or accuracy of the Confidential and Proprietary Information provided hereunder, the ability of Recipient to use the Confidential Information for its intended purpose, or as to the result to be obtained therefrom.

 

8.         Neither the Disclosing Party, Westinghouse, Stone & Webster, nor their suppliers or subcontractors of any tier shall be liable with respect to or resulting from the use (or the results of such use) or misuse of any Confidential and Proprietary Information furnished hereunder.

 

9.         Nothing in this Agreement shall obligate the Disclosing Party to provide any specific information that it otherwise desires to withhold.

 

10.       Recipient agrees to fully comply with all laws and regulations with regard to the Confidential and Proprietary Information transmitted hereunder.

 

11.       Recipient, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify and hold the Disclosing Party harmless from and against all losses, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or related to any disclosure of Confidential and Proprietary Information by Recipient in violation of this Agreement.

 

12.       Recipient shall not assign this Agreement.

 

13.       Westinghouse and Stone & Webster are third party beneficiaries of this Agreement and shall have the right to enforce this Agreement directly against Recipient.

 

14.       Disclosure of any Confidential and Proprietary Information to third parties in violation of this Agreement may cause the Disclosing Party to suffer irreparable harm for which there is not adequate legal remedy. Each Party acknowledges that, in such an event, immediate injunctive relief upon good cause found is an appropriate remedy. No Party shall be liable for any consequential, indirect, incidental, special or punitive damages arising from a disclosure in violation of this Agreement, including, without limitation, loss of profits or revenues, whether

 

 

-2-

 

 


arising in contract or agreement, tort (including, without limitation, fraud, negligence, strict liability or breach of fiduciary duty), or under any other legal or equitable theory of law.

 

15.       This Agreement shall be governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice of law, provision, or rule (whether of New York or any other

jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than New York.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have hereto set their respective signatures to this Agreement.

 

 

DISCLOSING PARTY :

____________________________________

 

By:

Name:

Title:

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

RECIPIENT :

____________________________________

 

By:

Name:

Title:

Address:

 

 

 

-3-

 

 

 


EXHIBIT O-3-B

FORM OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

Confidentiality Acknowledgement

 

In accordance with the provisions of that certain Engineering, Procurement and Construction Agreement dated as of __________, 2008 (the “Agreement”), by and between GEORGIA POWER COMPANY, acting for itself and as agent for OGLETHORPE POWER CORPORATION (AN ELECTRIC MEMBERSHIP CORPORATION), MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC AUTHORITY OF GEORGIA and THE CITY OF DALTON, GEORGIA, acting by and through its Board of Water, Light and Sinking Fund Commissioners (collectively, "Owners"), and a consortium consisting of WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC COMPANY LLC, (“Westinghouse”), and STONE & WEBSTER, INC. a Louisiana corporation having a place of business in Charlotte, North Carolina (“Stone & Webster”) (Westinghouse and Stone & Webster, the "Contractor") the undersigned hereby acknowledges to [insert name of Owner, Southern Nuclear, municipal participant of MEAG or cooperative member of OPC, as the case may be] (the “Receiving Party”) as follows:

 

(i)        The Receiving Party has received or will be receiving certain Confidential and Proprietary Information as defined in the Agreement, which the Receiving Party desires to disclose to the undersigned in order to carry out the Purpose (as defined in the Agreement);

 

(ii)       The undersigned has read and understands the restrictions and limitations on the use and disclosure of Confidential and Proprietary Information as set forth in the Agreement, a copy of which restrictions and limitations have been provided to it, and agrees to abide by such restrictions and limitations, including, without limitation, the procedures set forth in Attachment 1 hereto; [Note: if the recipient is not a recipient of the full Agreement, then the provisions of Section 19.7 should be excerpted and provided to it.]

 

(iii)      The undersigned will maintain the confidentiality of all Confidential and Proprietary Information disclosed to the undersigned in accordance with the Agreement, which obligation continues following termination of the undersigned’s employment or other association with the Receiving Party;

 

(iv)      Without limiting the generality of the foregoing Clause (iii), the undersigned agrees that he or she will not leave Confidential and Proprietary Information unattended, or discuss Confidential and Proprietary Information in hallways, elevators or other places, in each case, where persons not permitted to have access to such information might be able to see such information or overhear the discussion.

 

 

DULY EXECUTED, as of the ____ day of ____________, _______.

 

 

______________________________________________

Signature

 

______________________________________________

Name typed or printed

 

______________________________________________

( [Position with the Receiving Party] )

 

 


Attachment 1

 

PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE TO RELATED PARTY RECIPIENTS

 

 

1.

Each Related Party Recipient receiving Confidential and Proprietary Information prior to receipt of such information (whether in oral or written form), shall have received a copy of these procedures and shall be required to sign an agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit O-3-A to the Agreement stating that it agrees to comply with these procedures.

 

 

2.

All Confidential and Proprietary Information shall be prominently marked as “ Confidential Trade Secret Information—Subject to Restricted Procedures ” on each page thereof or if orally disclosed shall be identified at the time of disclosure as highly confidential trade secret information and subject to these procedures. Confidential and Proprietary Information may not be distributed electronically (but may be viewed electronically in an electronic data room established in accordance with the procedures in paragraph 5 below) and may only be disclosed and maintained in written or hard copy form in accordance with the procedures described below. Portions of summaries, power point presentations, reports or other documentation containing Confidential and Proprietary Information inclusive of specific price information or other specific terms included in either Agreement or Price Book, whether in draft or final form, shall be subject to the same procedures.

 

 

3.

Confidential and Proprietary Information shall be disclosed only for the purposes permitted under Section 19.7 of the Confidentiality Agreement, and only to the minimum number of persons that need to have access to such information for such purpose. Where feasible, a redacted or edited version of such information shall be used. For example, whereas a consultant for a city may need to review detailed pricing information, it may be feasible to provide the City Council and its staff summaries of the conclusions reached by the consultant without the underlying details.

 

 

4.

Copies of the Agreement and Price Book, whether in draft or final form (the “Highly Confidential Information”), provided to the Owners and Southern Nuclear shall not be distributed in any form to any Related Party Recipient other than attorneys of the Owners and Southern Nuclear. In the event that a Related Party Recipient, other than the attorneys of the Owners and Southern Nuclear, to whom Confidential and Proprietary Information is permitted to be disclosed requests access to Highly Confidential Information, such Related Party Recipient shall be permitted to review the Highly Confidential Information only at the offices of an Owner or Southern Nuclear or of one of their attorneys. A log shall be kept of the name of the Related Party Recipient, the name of the staff person(s), the specific documents reviewed and the dates and times of access to the documentation. The Related Party Recipient shall not be permitted to make copies of the Highly Confidential Information or to remove the Highly Confidential Information from the room. No computers, cameras, cell phones with camera functions or copying machines shall be permitted in the data room. Highly Confidential Information will not be provided or shown to potential lenders or rating agencies.

 

 

5.

Confidential and Proprietary Information other than Highly Confidential Information may be accessed by a Related Party Recipient through an electronic data room maintained by an Owner or Southern Nuclear. The electronic data room shall require the following procedures at a minimum:

 


 

 

a.

the use of passwords individually assigned only to persons that have signed an acknowledgment form substantially in the form of Exhibit O-3-B to the Agreement;

 

b.

the maintenance of an electronic log of each person receiving a password;

 

c.

each person receiving a password shall be informed that it cannot be distributed to others; and

 

d.

the electronic data room site shall be closed after each use and/or a session timeout shall be used.

 

 

6.

All Confidential and Proprietary Information shall be maintained during non-business hours in a locked file cabinet or locked room, and during business hours shall not be left unattended, e.g., placed openly on a desk or table where persons not permitted to have access to such information might be able to view it. Confidential and Proprietary Information shall not be discussed in hallways or elevators or other places where persons not permitted to have access to such information might be able to overhear the discussion.

 

 

7.

In the event that any public meetings are required to discuss the participation of any Recipient entity in the ownership or lease of the Facility or the purchase of power from the Facility, Confidential and Proprietary Information shall be discussed only in executive session or other session in which the public is barred from participation, to the extent permitted by law.

 

 

8.

Each Related Party Recipient that is a public entity or that is subject to the Georgia Open Records Act or other similar state or local laws, rules, regulations or ordinances shall take all actions permitted to be taken by law to protect the confidential and proprietary nature of Confidential and Proprietary Information. If a Related Party Recipient is required by law or an order of a Government Authority to disclose any Confidential and Proprietary Information, it shall promptly notify the respective Owner or Southern Nuclear, as the case may be, and shall seek a protective order or similar protection for such Confidential and Proprietary Information. If, in the opinion of its legal counsel and in the absence of a protective order or waiver, the Related Party Recipient is legally compelled to disclose Confidential and Proprietary Information, such person will disclose only the minimum amount of such information as, in the opinion of its legal counsel, is legally required.

 

 

 

-2-

 

 

 


EXHIBIT O-3-C

PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE TO RELATED PARTY RECIPIENTS

 

 

1.

Each Related Party Recipient receiving Confidential and Proprietary Information prior to receipt of such information (whether in oral or written form), shall have received a copy of these procedures and shall be required to sign an agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit O-3-A to the Agreement stating that it agrees to comply with these procedures.

 

 

2.

All Confidential and Proprietary Information shall be prominently marked as “ Confidential Trade Secret Information—Subject to Restricted Procedures ” on each page thereof or if orally disclosed shall be identified at the time of disclosure as highly confidential trade secret information and subject to these procedures. Confidential and Proprietary Information may not be distributed electronically (but may be viewed electronically in an electronic data room established in accordance with the procedures in paragraph 5 below) and may only be disclosed and maintained in written or hard copy form in accordance with the procedures described below. Portions of summaries, power point presentations, reports or other documentation containing Confidential and Proprietary Information inclusive of specific price information or other specific terms included in either Agreement or Price Book, whether in draft or final form, shall be subject to the same procedures.

 

 

3.

Confidential and Proprietary Information shall be disclosed only for the purposes permitted under Section 19.7 of the Confidentiality Agreement, and only to the minimum number of persons that need to have access to such information for such purpose. Where feasible, a redacted or edited version of such information shall be used. For example, whereas a consultant for a city may need to review detailed pricing information, it may be feasible to provide the City Council and its staff summaries of the conclusions reached by the consultant without the underlying details.

 

 

4.

Copies of the Agreement and Price Book, whether in draft or final form (the “Highly Confidential Information”), provided to the Owners and Southern Nuclear shall not be distributed in any form to any Related Party Recipient other than attorneys of the Owners and Southern Nuclear. In the event that a Related Party Recipient, other than the attorneys of the Owners and Southern Nuclear, to whom Confidential and Proprietary Information is permitted to be disclosed requests access to Highly Confidential Information, such Related Party Recipient shall be permitted to review the Highly Confidential Information only at the offices of an Owner or Southern Nuclear or of one of their attorneys. A log shall be kept of the name of the Related Party Recipient, the name of the staff person(s), the specific documents reviewed and the dates and times of access to the documentation. The Related Party Recipient shall not be permitted to make copies of the Highly Confidential Information or to remove the Highly Confidential Information from the room. No computers, cameras, cell phones with camera functions or copying machines shall be permitted in the data room. Highly Confidential Information will not be provided or shown to potential lenders or rating agencies.

 


 

 

5.

Confidential and Proprietary Information other than Highly Confidential Information may be accessed by a Related Party Recipient through an electronic data room maintained by an Owner or Southern Nuclear. The electronic data room shall require the following procedures at a minimum:

 

 

a.

the use of passwords individually assigned only to persons that have signed an acknowledgment form substantially in the form of Exhibit O-3-B to the Agreement;

 

b.

the maintenance of an electronic log of each person receiving a password;

 

c.

each person receiving a password shall be informed that it cannot be distributed to others; and

 

d.

the electronic data room site shall be closed after each use and/or a session timeout shall be used.

 

 

6.

All Confidential and Proprietary Information shall be maintained during non-business hours in a locked file cabinet or locked room, and during business hours shall not be left unattended, e.g., placed openly on a desk or table where persons not permitted to have access to such information might be able to view it. Confidential and Proprietary Information shall not be discussed in hallways or elevators or other places where persons not permitted to have access to such information might be able to overhear the discussion.

 

 

7.

In the event that any public meetings are required to discuss the participation of any Recipient entity in the ownership or lease of the Facility or the purchase of power from the Facility, Confidential and Proprietary Information shall be discussed only in executive session or other session in which the public is barred from participation, to the extent permitted by law.

 

 

8.

Each Related Party Recipient that is a public entity or that is subject to the Georgia Open Records Act or other similar state or local laws, rules, regulations or ordinances shall take all actions permitted to be taken by law to protect the confidential and proprietary nature of Confidential and Proprietary Information. If a Related Party Recipient is required by law or an order of a Government Authority to disclose any Confidential and Proprietary Information, it shall promptly notify the respective Owner or Southern Nuclear, as the case may be, and shall seek a protective order or similar protection for such Confidential and Proprietary Information. If, in the opinion of its legal counsel and in the absence of a protective order or waiver, the Related Party Recipient is legally compelled to disclose Confidential and Proprietary Information, such person will disclose only the minimum amount of such information as, in the opinion of its legal counsel, is legally required.

 

 

 

 

-2-

 

 

 


EXHIBIT P-1

MAJOR VENDORS

 

[***]

 


EXHIBIT P-2

SUBCONTRACTORS

 

[***]

 

 


EXHIBIT Q

Equipment with Owner-Designated Witness and Hold Points

 

 

Potential Components to be Supplied

Supplier

Steam Generators

TBD

Reactor Vessel

TBD

Reactor Vessel Head

TBD

Main Turbine and Generator

Toshiba

Pressurizer

TBD

Reactor Coolant Pumps

TBD

Control Rod Drive Mechanisms

TBD

Reactor Coolant Piping

TBD

Core Makeup Tanks

TBD

 

 


EXHIBIT R

SITE CONDITION INFORMATION

 

[***]

 

 


EXHIBIT S

FORM OF LIEN WAIVERS AND RELEASES

INTERIM PAYMENT REPRESENTATIONS AND LIEN WAIVER

 

By executing and submitting its interim payment application and the lien waiver below, in consideration for the payment described in the lien waiver below, and for the purpose of inducing Owners to make this interim payment, the Contractor for itself, its Subcontractors, and the Personnel of any of them, does hereby represent and warrant as follows effective upon receipt of the subject payment:

 

1.

All Parties Paid. It has been paid amounts owed pursuant to the terms of the Engineering, Procurement and Construction Agreement between Owners and Contractor for Units 3 & 4 at the Vogtle Site in Georgia, dated as of _____________, 200_ (the "Agreement") for the materials, equipment, services and or labor furnished to the Facility through the effective date of the preceding interim lien waiver and for the portion of the Work covered by the invoice dated _____________, 200_, except for (a) retained funds withheld by Owner pursuant to Article 8 of the Agreement, (b) disputed amounts specifically identified herein below, or (c) amounts claimed for pending Changes specifically identified below, and that the parties supplying labor or materials under contract to the Contractor in connection with the Facility have been paid, or will be paid promptly from the proceeds of this progress payment pursuant to the terms of the respective agreements with the Contractor (except to the extent of payments that Contractor has the right (or in good faith believes it has the right) to withhold or are in dispute under such agreements), for labor, services, equipment or materials furnished with relation to the Facility.

 

Disputed Amounts Excepted from the Lien Release and Lien Waiver:

 

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

 

Pending Changes Excepted from the Lien Release and Lien Waiver:

 

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

 

2.

Waiver Of Lien Claims . It waives and releases any and all lien claims for nonpayment for the Work for which payment is owed and is being made against the Owners, any construction lender, and their respective directors, officers, principals, partners, employees, agents, subsidiaries, parent and related firms, successors and assigns, to the effective date of the interim lien waiver below, with the exception of (a) claims for retained funds withheld by Owner pursuant to Article 8 of the Agreement, (b) disputed amounts specifically identified above, and (c) amounts claimed for pending Changes specifically identified above.

 

3.

Representations . Contractor represents that insurance coverages required to be maintained by Contractor remain in effect and unchanged, that Contractor has not received notice nor does it have actual knowledge of any event or circumstance that would void or diminish the warranty provided by Contractor under the Agreement or by a Vendor or Subcontractor under a Subcontract and that Contractor has secured from its Major Vendors and Major Subcontractors with Subcontracts in excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) written waivers of lien rights, on forms that conform to the State of Georgia’s statutory requirements, with respect to services, labor, materials or equipment supplied through the effective date of the preceding interim lien waiver from such Vendors and Subcontractors for which proper and acceptable invoices through the effective date of the preceding interim lien waiver have been received and processed. Contractor will make available to Owner copies of such waivers of lien rights for Owners’ review.

 

4.

Authorization . It warrants that it is the sole owner of the lien claims released herein, that it has not sold, assigned or conveyed such lien claims to any other party, and that the individual whose signature appears below has personal knowledge of these matters and is fully authorized and qualified to make these representations on behalf of the Contractor.

 

5.

Scope Of Lien Release . The representations and lien release contained herein are independent covenants and operate, and are effective with respect to, labor, services, materials or equipment provided by or through the Contractor, under any

 


agreement, whether oral or written, whether extra or additional to any such agreement, and with respect to the Facility, the Property, or the Agreement.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

INTERIM LIEN WAIVER AND LIEN RELEASE UPON PAYMENT FORM

STATE OF _____________________________

COUNTY OF ___________________________

 

The undersigned Contractor has been employed by __________________(“Owners”) to furnish __________________________________________________________________________________________________ (describe materials and/or labor) for the construction of improvements known as ____________ _________________________________ (the “Facility”) which is located in _____________________________, County of _______________________________, State of __________________________________, and is owned by Owners and more particularly described as follows (the “Property”):

 

The Property upon which the improvements were made is more fully described in Exhibit “A.”

 

Upon receipt of the sum of $__________________, the Contractor waives and releases any liens or claims of liens it has upon the foregoing described property with respect to the portion of the Work covered by, and amounts owed under, the Contractor’s invoice dated ____________, 200__ , and through the date of _____________, 20____, and excepting those rights and liens that the Contractor might have in any retained amounts or with respect to amounts specifically identified above and excepted from this waiver, on account of labor, equipment, and materials furnished by the undersigned to or on account of said Agreement for said Facility or premises.

 

Given under hand and seal this _______ day of ____________________________, 20___.

 

 

_______________________________________________________

(Contractor)

 

By: ___________________________________________________

 

 

Sworn to and subscribed before me

this _____________day of__________ 20 ______

 

_________________________________

Notary Public

My Commission Expires:

 

Witness

________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

Address

 

-2-

 

 


FINAL PAYMENT REPRESENTATIONS AND LIEN WAIVER

 

By executing and submitting its payment application and the lien waiver below, in consideration for and effective upon receipt of the final payment described in the lien waiver below, and for the purpose of inducing Owners to make final payment, the Contractor, for itself, its Subcontractors and the Personnel of any of them does hereby represent and warrant as follows:

 

1.

All Parties Paid. It has been paid in full amounts owed pursuant to the terms of the Engineering, Procurement and Construction Agreement between Owners and Contractor for Units 3 & 4 at the Vogtle Site in Georgia, dated as of _____________, 200__ (the "Agreement") for the materials or labor furnished to the Facility except for disputed amounts specifically identified and detailed below, and that the parties supplying labor or materials under contract to the Contractor in connection with the Facility have been paid in full for all labor, services, equipment or materials ordered or supplied pursuant to the terms of agreements with the Contractor (except to the extent of payments that Contractor has the right (or in good faith believes it has the right) to withhold or are in dispute under such agreements) .

 

Disputed Claim Amounts Specifically Excepted from the Representation and Lien Waiver:

 

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

 

2.

Waiver Of Lien Claims . It waives and releases any lien claims for non-payment of Work performed, and for which payment is owed, against the Owners, any construction lender, and their respective directors, officers, principals, partners, employees, agents, subsidiaries, parent and related firms, successors and assigns, arising out of or pertaining in any manner to the Agreement, the property described below, or the Facility except to the extent disputed amounts are detailed and specifically identified above.

 

3.

Representations . Contractor represents that Contractor has not received notice nor does it have actual knowledge of any event or circumstance that would void the warranty provided by Contractor under the Agreement or by a Vendor or Subcontractor under a Subcontract and that Contractor has secured from its Major Vendors and Major Subcontractors with Subcontracts in excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) waivers of lien rights with respect to services, labor, materials or equipment supplied to or for the benefit of the Facility.

 

4.

Authorization . It warrants that it is the sole owner of the lien claims released herein, that it has not sold, assigned or conveyed such lien claims to any other party, and that the individual whose signature appears below has personal knowledge of these matters and is fully authorized and qualified to make these representations on behalf of the Contractor.

 

5.

Scope Of Lien Release . The representations and lien release contained herein are independent covenants and operate, and are effective with respect to, labor, services, materials or equipment provided by or through the Contractor, under any agreement, whether oral or written, whether extra or additional to any such agreement, and with respect to the Facility, the Property, or the Agreement.

 

LIEN WAIVER AND LIEN RELEASE UPON FINAL PAYMENT

 

STATE OF ______________________

COUNTY OF _____________________

 

The undersigned Contractor has been employed by ______________________________________________________________

____________________ (“Owners”) to furnish                                                                (describe materials and/or labor) for the construction of improvements known as                                                                                     ( the “Facility”) which is located in the City of __________________ , County of , State of  

 

, and is owned by Owners and more particularly described as follows (the “Property”):

 

 

If a legal description is available, the Property upon which the improvements were made will be more fully described in Exhibit “A.”

 

-3-

 

 


 

Upon receipt of the sum of $                , the undersigned waives and releases any liens or claims of liens it has upon the foregoing described property in connection with any Work performed with respect to Unit [__], and all amounts owed under said Agreement, excepting those rights and liens that the Contractor might have with respect to amounts specifically identified above and excepted from this waiver, on account of labor, equipment, and materials furnished by the undersigned to or on account of said Agreement for said Facility or premises .

 

 

Given under hand and seal this __________ day of ____________________, 20_____.

 

 

 

 

__________________________________________________

(Contractor)

 

By: _______________________________________________

 

 

 

 

Sworn to and subscribed before me

this ____________ day of __________, 20____.

 

_______________________________

Notary Public

My Commission Expires:

 

Witness

________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

Address

 

NOTICE: THIS DOCUMENT WAIVES RIGHTS UNCONDITIONALLY AND STATES THAT YOU HAVE BEEN PAID FOR GIVING UP THOSE RIGHTS. THIS DOCUMENT IS ENFORCEABLE AGAINST YOU IF YOU SIGN IT, EVEN IF YOU HAVE NOT BEEN PAID. IF YOU HAVE NOT YET BEEN PAID, USE A CONDITIONAL RELEASE FORM.

 

 

-4-

 

 

 


EXHIBIT T

EXTENDED EQUIPMENT WARRANTY PERIODS

 

[***]

 

 


EXHIBIT U

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

_______ 20__

 

 

[Name and Address

of Beneficiary]

 

Dear Sirs:

 

We hereby establish in your favor, for the account of [NAME OF ACCOUNT PARTY] (“Account Party”), with respect to that certain Engineering, Procurement and Construction Agreement for Units 3 & 4 at the Vogtle Site, dated as of _____________ 20__ between Account Party and you (“Beneficiary”) including without limitation the Exhibits attached thereto and any such Exhibit forms that have been executed by either of the Account Party and/or the Beneficiary (the “Agreement”), our irrevocable standby letter of credit no. ______ (the “Standby Letter of Credit”) whereby we hereby irrevocably authorize you to draw on us, in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, an amount not to exceed ___________________________ United States Dollars (U.S. $______).

Funds against this Standby Letter of Credit are available to you against your written demand(s) for payment delivered to us, referring thereon to the number and date of this Standby Letter of Credit, accompanied by a written and completed certificate executed by you in the form attached as Annex 1 hereto, with appropriate insertions. Multiple, partial demands may be made hereunder. Such available funds shall not directly or indirectly constitute funds or collateral deposited with or for the bank account by the Account Party, or pledged with or for the bank’s account by the Account Party.

Delivery of such demands and such certificates shall be made on any day which is a business day for us at or prior to 5:00 p.m. (Atlanta time) at our office located at _____________ or at any other office in the United States of America which may be designated by us in a written notice delivered to you. If such demand and such certificate are received at either such office, all in strict conformity with the terms and conditions of this Standby Letter of Credit, on or prior to the expiration date hereof, we hereby agree with you that we will duly honor the same within three (3) business days of such presentation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Beneficiary may demand payment under this Standby Letter of Credit by telecopy or e-mail when promptly confirmed by written demand; however, actual disbursement of funds pursuant to a demand presented by telecopy or e-mail shall not occur until we are presented with the original Standby Letter of Credit.

This Standby Letter of Credit is effective immediately and expires at 5:00 p.m. (Atlanta time) on _______, 20__. It is a condition of this Standby Letter of Credit that it will be

 

1

 

 


deemed automatically extended for successive periods of one year each from the present or any future expiration date under the immediately preceding sentence (but in no event later than _______, 20__), unless we notify you, in writing, by certified or registered mail at your respective addresses, not less than ninety (90) days prior to any such date, that we have elected not to extend such expiration date for such additional period.

We hereby undertake that we will not modify, revoke or terminate this Standby Letter of Credit without your written consent. Except as stated herein, payment of demands made under this Standby Letter of Credit is not subject to any condition or qualification. This Standby Letter of Credit sets forth in full the terms of our undertaking, and such undertaking shall not be modified, annulled or amplified by reference to any other document, instrument or agreement referred to herein or in which the Standby Letter of Credit is referred or to which the Standby Letter of Credit relates, and any such reference shall not be deemed to incorporate herein by reference any document, instrument or agreement. Our obligations hereunder are primary obligations that shall not be affected by the performance or non-performance by Account Party of any obligations under any loan agreement or under any agreement between Account Party and you or between Account Party and us or between Account Party and its agents.

We hereby waive any right to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) or collateral at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by us to or for the credit of or the account of Account Party against any and all of the obligations of Account Party now or hereafter existing to reimburse us for our disbursements under this Standby Letter of Credit; provided , however , that each such right shall be reinstated if it is determined that such right would not lead to our being released, prevented or restrained from or delayed in, honoring any demand for payment made in accordance with this Standby Letter of Credit. The foregoing waiver is intended to defeat any possible claim that honor of this Standby Letter of Credit, or of any demand for payment made hereunder, may constitute a preferential transfer of the bankrupt account party’s property securing our right of reimbursement. Nothing herein shall be construed to support the validity of any such claim, to support any delay in our obligation to honor this Standby Letter of Credit or to detract from the independence of our obligation to honor this Standby Letter of Credit at the times and in accordance with the terms stated and incorporated by reference herein.

This Standby Letter of Credit is transferable in its entirety (but not in part). Each letter of credit issued upon any such transfer and assignment may be successively transferred and assigned. Transfer of this Standby Letter of Credit to any transferee shall be effected by the presentation to us of this Standby Letter of Credit accompanied by a certificate in the form attached as Annex 2 hereto, with appropriate insertions. Upon such presentation we shall forthwith issue an irrevocable letter of credit to such transferee with provisions therein consistent with this Standby Letter of Credit.

To the extent not contrary to the express terms hereof, this Standby Letter of Credit shall be governed by the ISP98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590 (herein referred to as the “ISP98”). This Standby Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Georgia and shall, as to matters not governed by the ISP98, be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia.

 

2

 

 


Yours very truly,

 

 

[ISSUING BANK]

 

3

 

 


ANNEX 1

CERTIFICATE

Re:

That certain Engineering, Procurement and Construction Agreement for Units 3 & 4 at the Vogtle Site, dated as of _____________ 20__ between [Name of Account Party] (“Account Party”) and [Name of Beneficiary] (“Beneficiary”) including without limitation the Exhibits attached thereto and any such Exhibit forms that have been executed by either of the Account Party and/or the Beneficiary (the “Agreement”).

The undersigned, each a duly authorized officer of Beneficiary hereby certify to [ISSUING BANK] (the “Bank”) with reference to irrevocable standby letter of credit no. __ (the “Standby Letter of Credit”), issued by the Bank for the account of Account Party in favor of Beneficiary that:

 

(1)

(Insert one of the following, as applicable)

Pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement, an event has occurred under the Agreement that entitles Beneficiary to demand payment under the Standby Letter of Credit in the amount of the demand accompanying this certificate (an example of such an event includes, without limitation, an event of default described in the Agreement). The undersigned certifies that Beneficiary has at least thirty (30) days prior to the date of this certificate provided the Account Party with a written notice of the intent to demand payment under the Standby Letter of Credit.

or

Beneficiary has received written notice from the Bank in accordance with the terms of the Standby Letter of Credit that the Bank has elected not to extend the expiration date of the Standby Letter of Credit for an additional period past its then-expiration date, and the Account Party has failed to deliver a substitute letter of credit in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

(2)       The undersigned are each a duly elected and incumbent officer of Beneficiary and are authorized to execute and deliver this certificate and to draw upon the Standby Letter of Credit.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered this Certificate as of this ____ day of _____,20_.

 

[BENEFICIARY]

 

 

By: ____________________________

 

Title:

 

By: ____________________________

 

Title:

 

4

 

 


ANNEX 2

 

INSTRUCTION TO ASSIGN IN ENTIRETY

 

, 20

 

______________

 

__________

Re:

Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.

 

Gentlemen:

 

For value received, the undersigned beneficiary hereby irrevocably assigns to:

 

(Name of Assignee)

 

(Address)

 

all rights of the undersigned beneficiary to draw under the above Standby Letter of Credit in its entirety.

By this assignment, all rights of the undersigned beneficiary in such Standby Letter of Credit are transferred to the assignee and the assignee shall hereafter have the sole rights as beneficiary thereof.

The Standby Letter of Credit is returned herewith and in accordance therewith we ask you to issue a new irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit in favor of the assignee with provisions consistent with the Standby Letter of Credit.

Very truly yours

[Beneficiary]

 

By: ___________________________

 

Title:

 

 

By: ___________________________

 

Title:

 

 

5

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT V-1

FORM OF TOSHIBA CORPORATION GUARANTY

 

THIS GUARANTY AGREEMENT (the “Guaranty”), dated and effective as of April __ 2008, is made and entered into by TOSHIBA CORPORATION, a Japanese corporation (the “Guarantor”) in favor of the GEORGIA POWER COMPANY, a Georgia corporation (the “Beneficiary”), acting for itself and as agent for the OGLETHORPE POWER CORPORATION (AN ELECTRIC MEMBERSHIP CORPORATION), an electric membership corporation formed under the laws of the State of Georgia, the MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC AUTHORITY OF GEORGIA, a public body corporate and politic and an instrumentality of the State of Georgia, and THE CITY OF DALTON, GEORGIA, an incorporated municipality in the State of Georgia acting by and through its Board of Water, Light and Sinking Fund Commissioners. Individually, the Guarantor and Beneficiary may be referred to as a “Party” and together the “Parties.”

WHEREAS, Beneficiary, on the one hand, and WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), a subsidiary of the Guarantor, and STONE & WEBSTER, INC. a Louisiana corporation (“S&W”) (collectively, "Contractor"), on the other hand, have entered into that certain Engineering, Procurement and Construction Agreement for Units 3 & 4 at the Vogtle Site, dated as of _____________, 20__, including without limitation the Exhibits attached thereto and any such Exhibit forms that are executed by either or both of the Contractor and the Beneficiary (the “Agreement”);

WHEREAS , [***];

WHEREAS , the Beneficiary has required, as an inducement to enter into the Agreement, that Guarantor deliver to the Beneficiary this Guaranty or a letter of credit in accordance with the Agreement;

WHEREAS , the Guarantor qualifies as a guarantor under the Agreement in that Guarantor’s credit ratings meet or exceed the minimum credit ratings specified in Section 17.4 of the Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Guarantor will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the foregoing premises, the mutual agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor agrees as follows:

ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS

1.1        Definitions. Unless otherwise defined in this Guaranty, capitalized terms have the meanings specified or referred to in the Agreement.

 

1

 

 


 

 

ARTICLE 2 - GUARANTY

2.1        Guaranty. Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Beneficiary and its successors and assigns, upon the terms and conditions herein, [***] (the “Guaranteed Obligations”). If the Company fails to pay or perform any Guaranteed Obligation, then Guarantor will immediately pay for such obligation following written notice from the Beneficiary in accordance with this Guaranty and subject to the terms and conditions provided herein.

2.2        Guaranty Absolute. (a) The Guarantor absolutely guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, regardless of any law or regulation now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of the Beneficiary with respect thereto. This Guaranty constitutes a guarantee of payment and not of collection. The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder are several from the Company or any other person, and are primary obligations concerning which the Guarantor is the principal obligor. The liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be direct and immediate and not conditional or contingent upon the pursuit of any remedies against the Company or any other person, but subject to Section 2.3(c), or against securities or liens available to the Beneficiary, its successors or assigns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, as a condition to enforcement of this Guaranty against Guarantor, Beneficiary shall be required to show: (a) a copy of the written notice sent by Beneficiary to the Company before making the claim under this Guaranty specifying the Company’s default in payment and requesting the Company to remedy it; and (b) a letter signed by Beneficiary’s authorized officer certifying that the Company has failed to remedy the default within any applicable cure period set forth in the Agreement. The liability of the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall, subject to Section 2.3(c) and the immediately preceding sentence, be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to, any or all of:

(i)        any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other amendment, modification or waiver of, or any consent to departure from, the terms of such Guaranteed Obligations;

(ii)       any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(iii)      any lack of validity or enforceability of the Agreement or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(iv)      any failure of the Beneficiary to disclose to either the Contractor or the Guarantor any information relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of either the Company or any of its subsidiaries now or hereafter known to the Beneficiary (the Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the Beneficiary to disclose such information);

 

2

 

 


 

 

(v)       any failure of the Beneficiary to commence an action against the Company, including without limitation the provisions of O.C.G.A. Section 10-7-24, as amended;

(vi)      any lack of due diligence by the Beneficiary in the collection or protection of or realization upon any collateral securing the Guaranteed Obligations; or

(vii)     any circumstance whatsoever or any act of the Beneficiary or any existence of or reliance on any representation by the Beneficiary that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable defense available to, or a discharge of, the Guarantor.

(b)       This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the Beneficiary or any other Person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, or reorganization of the Company, all as though such payment had not been made. No action which the Beneficiary shall take or fail to take in connection with the Guaranteed Obligations, or any security for the payment or performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, nor any course of dealing with the Company or any other person, shall release Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, affect this Guaranty in any way, or afford Guarantor any recourse against the Beneficiary.

(c)       In the case of an event of default under the Agreement which has not been cured during any applicable cure period set forth in the Agreement, or with regard to any of the Guaranteed Obligations, Guarantor hereby consents and agrees that the Beneficiary shall have the right to enforce its rights, powers, and remedies thereunder or hereunder or under any other instrument now or hereafter evidencing, securing, or otherwise relating to the Guaranteed Obligations, and apply any payments or credits received from the Company, the Contractor or Guarantor or realized from any security, in any manner and in any order as the Beneficiary, in its sole discretion, shall see fit, and all rights, powers, and remedies available to the Beneficiary in such event shall be nonexclusive and cumulative of all other rights, powers, and remedies provided thereunder or hereunder or by law or in equity. If the Guaranteed Obligations are partially paid by reason of the election of the Beneficiary, its successors or assigns, to pursue any of the remedies available to the Beneficiary, or if such indebtedness is otherwise partially paid, this Guaranty shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect less any such amounts paid to the Beneficiary, and Guarantor shall remain liable for the remaining balance of the Guaranteed Obligations even though any rights which Guarantor may have against the Company may be destroyed or diminished by the exercise of any such remedy.

2.3         Waivers and Acknowledgments . (a) Guarantor hereby waives promptness, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, acceptance, notice of acceptance, protest, notice of dishonor and any other notices with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty.

(b)       The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty and acknowledges that this Guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future. The provisions of this

 

3

 

 


 

 

Guaranty shall extend and be applicable to all renewals, amendments, extensions, consolidations, and modifications of the Agreement.

(c)       The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder; provided , however , notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, (i) the liability of Guarantor is subject to the same limitations applicable to the Company’s obligations under the Agreement, and (ii) Guarantor shall have the full benefit of, and reserves the right to assert, any and all defenses, counterclaims, and setoff rights available to the Company with respect to any obligations arising under the Agreement, except for defenses arising out of bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

2.4         Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment or payments or performance made by the Guarantor hereunder, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights of subrogation to the rights of the Beneficiary against the Company and any and all rights of reimbursement, assignment, indemnification or implied contract or any similar rights (including without limitation any statutory rights of subrogation under Section 509 of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 509) against the Company or against any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations until such time as the Guaranteed Obligations have been indefeasibly paid or performed in full. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor on account of such subrogation or similar rights at any time when all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been indefeasibly paid in full, such amount shall be held by the Guarantor in trust for the Beneficiary and shall be turned over to the Beneficiary in the exact form received by the Guarantor, to be applied against the Guaranteed Obligations in such order as the Beneficiary may determine in its sole discretion.

 

2.5        Payments Free and Clear .     (a) All payments under this Guaranty shall be made in U.S. Dollars and without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax imposed upon Beneficiary or the Guarantor unless such deduction or withholding is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, then in effect. If the Guarantor is so required to deduct or withhold, then the Guarantor will (i) pay to the relevant authorities the full amount required to be deducted or withheld (including the full amount of tax required to be deducted or withheld from any additional amount paid by the Guarantor to the Beneficiary under this Section 2.5) promptly upon the earlier of determining that such deduction or withholding is required or receiving notice that such an amount has been assessed against the Beneficiary, and in any event before penalties attach thereto or interest accrues thereon, (ii) promptly forward to the Beneficiary an official receipt (or certified copy), or other documentation reasonably acceptable to the Beneficiary, evidencing such payment to such authorities and, (iii) in addition to the payment which the Beneficiary is otherwise entitled under this Guaranty, if such withholding is on account of any tax imposed upon Guarantor, pay to the Beneficiary such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by the Beneficiary (free and clear of taxes assessed against the Guarantor) will equal the full amount the Beneficiary would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required.

 

4

 

 


 

 

(b)       If (i) the Guarantor is required to make any deduction or withholding on account of any tax from any payment made by it under this Guaranty, (ii) the Guarantor does not make the deduction or withholding, and (iii) a liability for or on account of the tax is therefore assessed directly against the Beneficiary, the Guarantor shall pay to the Beneficiary, promptly after demand, the amount of the liability (including any related liability for interest or penalties).

 

 

ARTICLE 3 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants as follows:

3.1     Organization . The Guarantor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Japan.

3.2     Authorization; No Conflict . The execution and delivery by the Guarantor of this Guaranty, and the performance by the Guarantor of its obligations hereunder (i) are within the Guarantor’s corporate powers, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, do not contravene its organizational documents or any law or regulation applicable to or binding on the Guarantor or any of its properties and (iv) do not require the consent or approval of any person which has not already been obtained or the satisfaction or waiver of any conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Guaranty that have not been satisfied or waived.

3.3     Enforceability . This Guaranty constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

3.4     No Bankruptcy Proceedings . There are no bankruptcy proceedings pending or being contemplated by Guarantor or, to its knowledge, threatened against it.

3.5     No Legal Proceedings . There are no legal proceedings that would be reasonably likely to materially adversely affect Guarantor’s ability to perform this Guaranty.

ARTICLE 4 - MISCELLANEOUS

4.1     Continuing Guaranty; Assignment . This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (i) remain in full force and effect until all of the Guaranty Obligations have been satisfied, (ii) consistent with the terms hereof, apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising, (iii) be binding upon the Guarantor, its successors and assigns, and (iv) inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Beneficiary and its permitted assignees hereunder; provided that (A) no permitted assignment or other transfer by, through or under the Beneficiary shall operate to increase Guarantor's obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Guarantor to such assignment or transfer, and (B) Guarantor shall receive full credit for any payments made by it to the Beneficiary or successors and permitted assigns with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations prior to the time Guarantor receives written notice of such assignment or

 

5

 

 


 

 

succession. The Beneficiary may not assign or delegate its rights or obligations under this Guaranty without the prior written consent of the Guarantor, which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. The Guarantor may not assign or delegate its rights or obligations under this Guaranty without (x) the prior written consent of the Beneficiary, which consent may be withheld in the Beneficiary’s sole discretion, and (y) a written assignment and assumption agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Beneficiary.

4.2     Survival.          Without prejudice to the survival of any of the other agreements of the Guarantor under this Guaranty, the agreements and obligations of the Guarantor contained in Section 2.5, Section 4.5 (with respect to enforcement expenses) and the last sentence of Section 2.2(a) shall survive the payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and all of the other amounts payable under this Guaranty.

 

4.3     Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications which are required or may be given under this Guaranty shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when actually received if (a) personally delivered; (b) transmitted by facsimile, electronic or digital transmission method; or (c) if sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. In each case notice shall be sent:

 

(i)

if to the Beneficiary:

 

 

Georgia Power Company

241 Ralph McGill Boulevard

Atlanta, Georgia 30308

Attention: Office of the General Counsel

 

 

(ii)

if to the Guarantor:

 

 

Toshiba Corporation
1-1, Shibaura 1-chome, Minato-ku,
Tokyo 105-8001, Japan
Attention:  Vice President, WEC Coordination Division, Power Systems Company

or to such other place and with such other copies as the Beneficiary or the Guarantor may designate as to itself by written notice to the other pursuant to this Section 4.3. Delivery by facsimile of an executed counterpart of a signature page to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

4.4     Delay and Waiver . No failure on the part of the Beneficiary to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 

6

 

 


 

 

4.5     Expenses . Guarantor agrees to pay or reimburse the Beneficiary and any permitted assignees of the Beneficiary for its reasonable costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred in connection with and to the extent of the proper enforcement of this Guaranty or occasioned by any breach by the Guarantor of any of its obligations under this Guaranty should Guarantor be required to pay under this Guaranty. The Beneficiary agrees to pay or reimburse Guarantor for its reasonable costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred in connection with and to the extent of defending a wrongful enforcement of this Guaranty.

4.6     Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Guaranty and any agreement, document or instrument attached hereto or referred to herein integrate all the terms and conditions mentioned herein or incidental hereto and supersede all oral negotiations and prior writings in respect to the subject matter hereof. In the event of any conflict between the terms, conditions and provisions of this Guaranty and any such agreement, document or instrument, the terms, conditions and provisions of this Guaranty shall prevail. This Guaranty may only be amended or modified by an instrument in writing signed by each of the Guarantor and the Beneficiary and any permitted assignees of the Beneficiary.

4.7     Headings . The headings of the various Sections of this Guaranty are for convenience of reference only and shall not modify, define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

4.8     Governing Law . This Guaranty shall be construed and interpreted, and the rights of the parties determined, in accordance with the law of the State of New York without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

 

4.9

Settlement of Disputes.

(a) Disputes . Any and all disputes arising out of or in connection with this Guaranty, including disputes regarding the interpretation, scope or validity of this Guaranty or any alleged breach of any provision contained herein or any money owed hereunder (a “Dispute” ), shall be addressed by the Parties pursuant to this Section 4.9.

(b) Amicable Settlement of Disputes . In the event any Party raises a Dispute, it shall promptly provide the other Parties written notice thereof, which notice shall include:

 

(i)

a description of the Dispute;

(ii)       the grounds on which the Party relies in seeking to have the Dispute determined in its favor; and

 

(iii)

any written material in support of the Party’s position.

Upon receipt of such notification, the Parties shall cause an authorized representative of their respective companies to meet, negotiate and attempt to resolve the Dispute on an amicable basis

 

7

 

 


 

 

within thirty (30) days. If such representatives fail to reach a mutually-agreed upon written resolution within this time, then the arbitration provisions of Section 4.9(c) shall apply.

 

(c)

Arbitration.  

 

(i) Arbitration Rules and Administering Body . If the Dispute cannot be resolved within the period of time as prescribed by Section 4.9(b), then either Party may submit the Dispute to the International Chamber of Commerce (the “ Administrators ”) for arbitration under and in accordance with the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce as in force at the time such arbitration is commenced (the “Rules” ), for final resolution, provided, however , that to the extent the Rules conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.9, the provisions of this Section 4.9 shall prevail. The Party electing arbitration shall so notify the other Party in accordance with the Rules. It is the Parties’ intention that, subject to Sections 4.9(b) and 4.9(d), arbitration will be the exclusive means of resolution of all Disputes.

 

(ii) Appointment of Arbitrator . The Dispute shall be settled by a panel consisting of a three arbitrators, who shall each be appointed by the Administrators within twenty-five (25) days of the date of a request to initiate arbitration.

(iii) Location . The site of the arbitration shall be New York City. Each Party waives any objection it may now or hereafter have to the above venue and specifically waives any objection that any Dispute resolved under this Section 4.9 was brought in any inconvenient forum and agrees not to plead or claim the same.

(iv) Monetary Awards. Any monetary award of the arbitration panel shall be made and payable in U.S. Dollars. Any such monetary award shall accrue interest at the maximum rate allowed under the law of which governs this Guaranty, from the date of the notification of the Dispute in accordance with Section 4.9(b) to the date when the award is paid in full.

(v) Arbitration Costs. Each Party shall pay for its own costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in order to participate in the arbitration; provided, however , that the Parties shall share equally the fees and expenses of the arbitration panel and any other general hearing expenses from which both Parties benefit.

(vi) Description of Award. The arbitral award rendered by the arbitration panel shall be in writing and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts of the Dispute and the reasons for the arbitration panel’s decision.

(vii) International Arbitration. It is the Parties’ intention that any arbitration pursuant to this Section 4.9 shall be an “international arbitration,” conducted under the Convention on the Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards (New York, 10 June 1958) (the “New York Convention” ). If at any time the United States or Japan ceases to be a signatory to the New York Convention, the Parties agree to execute an amendment to this Guaranty which shall ensure, to the fullest extent allowed by law, that the provisions and intent of the New York Convention applicable to this

 

8

 

 


 

 

Guaranty are thereby incorporated into this Guaranty and become binding upon the Parties.

(d)        Injunctive Relief. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 4.9 shall prevent either Party from seeking and receiving injunctive relief or interim measures if and to the extent such relief or measures are available under applicable law.

 

4.10   Severability . Any provision of this Guaranty that shall be prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

 

9

 

 


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized representative as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

TOSHIBA CORPORATION, The Guarantor

 

 

 

By: ____________________________________

Name:

Title:

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 


EXHIBIT V-2

FORM OF THE SHAW GROUP, INC. GUARANTY

 

THIS GUARANTY AGREEMENT (the “Guaranty”), dated and effective as of April __, 2008, is made and entered into by THE SHAW GROUP, INC., a Louisiana corporation (the “Guarantor”) in favor of the GEORGIA POWER COMPANY, a Georgia corporation (the “Beneficiary”), acting for itself and as agent for the OGLETHORPE POWER CORPORATION (AN ELECTRIC MEMBERSHIP CORPORATION), an electric membership corporation formed under the laws of the State of Georgia, the MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC AUTHORITY OF GEORGIA, a public body corporate and politic and an instrumentality of the State of Georgia, and THE CITY OF DALTON, GEORGIA, an incorporated municipality in the State of Georgia acting by and through its Board of Water, Light and Sinking Fund Commissioners. Individually, the Guarantor and Beneficiary may be referred to as a “Party” and together the “Parties.”

WHEREAS, Beneficiary, on the one hand, and WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“WEC”), and STONE & WEBSTER, INC. a Louisiana corporation and a subsidiary of the Guarantor (the “Company”) (collectively, "Contractor"), on the other hand, have entered into that certain Engineering, Procurement and Construction Agreement for Units 3 & 4 at the Vogtle Site, dated as of April __, 2008, including without limitation the Exhibits attached thereto and any such Exhibit forms that are executed by either or both of the Contractor and the Beneficiary (the “Agreement”);

WHEREAS , [***];

WHEREAS , the Beneficiary has required, as an inducement to enter into the Agreement, that Guarantor deliver to the Beneficiary this Guaranty in accordance with the Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Guarantor will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the foregoing premises, the mutual agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor agrees as follows:

ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS

1.1       Definitions. Unless otherwise defined in this Guaranty, capitalized terms have the meanings specified or referred to in the Agreement.

ARTICLE 2 - GUARANTY

2.1         Guaranty. Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Beneficiary and its successors and assigns, upon the terms and conditions herein, [***]

 

1

 

 


(the “Guaranteed Obligations”); provided , however , [***]. If the Company fails to pay or perform any Guaranteed Obligation, then Guarantor will immediately pay for such obligation following written notice from the Beneficiary in accordance with this Guaranty and subject to the terms and conditions provided herein.

2.2         Guaranty Absolute. (a) The Guarantor absolutely guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, regardless of any law or regulation now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of the Beneficiary with respect thereto. This Guaranty constitutes a guarantee of payment and not of collection. The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder are several from the Company or any other person, and are primary obligations concerning which the Guarantor is the principal obligor. The liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be direct and immediate and not conditional or contingent upon the pursuit of any remedies against the Company or any other person, but subject to Section 2.3(c), or against securities or liens available to the Beneficiary, its successors or assigns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, as a condition to enforcement of this Guaranty against Guarantor, Beneficiary shall be required to show: (a) a copy of the written notice sent by Beneficiary to the Company before making the claim under this Guaranty specifying the Company’s default in payment and requesting the Company to remedy it; and (b) a letter signed by Beneficiary’s authorized officer certifying that the Company has failed to remedy the default within any applicable cure period set forth in the Agreement. The liability of the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall, subject to Section 2.3(c) and the immediately preceding sentence, be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to, any or all of:

(i)        any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other amendment, modification or waiver of, or any consent to departure from, the terms of such Guaranteed Obligations;      

(ii)       any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(iii)      any lack of validity or enforceability of the Agreement or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(iv)      any failure of the Beneficiary to disclose to either the Contractor or the Guarantor any information relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of either the Company or any of its subsidiaries now or hereafter known to the Beneficiary (the Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the Beneficiary to disclose such information);

(v)       any failure of the Beneficiary to commence an action against the Company, including without limitation the provisions of O.C.G.A. Section 10-7-24, as amended;

 

2

 

 


(vi)      any lack of due diligence by the Beneficiary in the collection or protection of or realization upon any collateral securing the Guaranteed Obligations; or

(vii)     any circumstance whatsoever or any act of the Beneficiary or any existence of or reliance on any representation by the Beneficiary that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable defense available to, or a discharge of, the Guarantor.

(b)       This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the Beneficiary or any other Person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, or reorganization of the Company, all as though such payment had not been made. No action which the Beneficiary shall take or fail to take in connection with the Guaranteed Obligations, nor any course of dealing with the Company or any other person, shall release Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, affect this Guaranty in any way, or afford Guarantor any recourse against the Beneficiary.

(c)       In the case of an event of default under the Agreement which has not been cured during any applicable cure period set forth in the Agreement, or with regard to any of the Guaranteed Obligations, Guarantor hereby consents and agrees that the Beneficiary shall have the right to enforce its rights, powers, and remedies thereunder or hereunder or under any other instrument now or hereafter evidencing, securing, or otherwise relating to the Guaranteed Obligations, and apply any payments or credits received from the Company, the Contractor or Guarantor or realized from any security, in any manner and in any order as the Beneficiary, in its sole discretion, shall see fit, and all rights, powers, and remedies available to the Beneficiary in such event shall be nonexclusive and cumulative of all other rights, powers, and remedies provided thereunder or hereunder or by law or in equity. If the Guaranteed Obligations are partially paid by reason of the election of the Beneficiary, its successors or assigns, to pursue any of the remedies available to the Beneficiary, or if such indebtedness is otherwise partially paid, this Guaranty shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect less any such amounts paid to the Beneficiary, and Guarantor shall remain liable for the remaining balance of the Guaranteed Obligations even though any rights which Guarantor may have against the Company may be destroyed or diminished by the exercise of any such remedy.

2.3        Waivers and Acknowledgments . (a) Guarantor hereby waives promptness, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, acceptance, notice of acceptance, protest, notice of dishonor and any other notices with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty.

(b)       The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty and acknowledges that this Guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future. The provisions of this Guaranty shall extend and be applicable to all renewals, amendments, extensions, consolidations, and modifications of the Agreement.

 

3

 

 


(c)       The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder; provided , however , notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, (i) the liability of Guarantor is subject to the same limitations applicable to the Company’s obligations under the Agreement, and (ii) Guarantor shall have the full benefit of, and reserves the right to assert, any and all defenses, counterclaims, and setoff rights available to the Company with respect to any obligations arising under the Agreement, except for defenses arising out of bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

2.4        Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment or payments or performance made by the Guarantor hereunder, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights of subrogation to the rights of the Beneficiary against the Company and any and all rights of reimbursement, assignment, indemnification or implied contract or any similar rights (including without limitation any statutory rights of subrogation under Section 509 of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 509) against the Company or against any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations until such time as the Guaranteed Obligations have been indefeasibly paid or performed in full. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor on account of such subrogation or similar rights at any time when all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been indefeasibly paid in full, such amount shall be held by the Guarantor in trust for the Beneficiary and shall be turned over to the Beneficiary in the exact form received by the Guarantor, to be applied against the Guaranteed Obligations in such order as the Beneficiary may determine in its sole discretion.

 

2.5        Payments Free and Clear .     (a) All payments under this Guaranty shall be made in U.S. Dollars and without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax imposed upon Beneficiary or the Guarantor unless such deduction or withholding is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, then in effect. If the Guarantor is so required to deduct or withhold, then the Guarantor will (i) pay to the relevant authorities the full amount required to be deducted or withheld (including the full amount of tax required to be deducted or withheld from any additional amount paid by the Guarantor to the Beneficiary under this Section 2.5) promptly upon the earlier of determining that such deduction or withholding is required or receiving notice that such an amount has been assessed against the Beneficiary, and in any event before penalties attach thereto or interest accrues thereon, (ii) promptly forward to the Beneficiary an official receipt (or certified copy), or other documentation reasonably acceptable to the Beneficiary, evidencing such payment to such authorities and, (iii) in addition to the payment which the Beneficiary is otherwise entitled under this Guaranty, if such withholding is on account of any tax imposed upon Guarantor, pay to the Beneficiary such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by the Beneficiary (free and clear of taxes assessed against the Guarantor) will equal the full amount the Beneficiary would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required.

 

(b)       If (i) the Guarantor is required to make any deduction or withholding on account of any tax from any payment made by it under this Guaranty, (ii) the Guarantor does not make the deduction or withholding, and (iii) a liability for or on account of the tax is therefore assessed

 

4

 

 


directly against the Beneficiary, the Guarantor shall pay to the Beneficiary, promptly after demand, the amount of the liability (including any related liability for interest or penalties).

 

ARTICLE 3 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants as follows:

3.1        Organization . The Guarantor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Louisiana.

3.2        Authorization; No Conflict . The execution and delivery by the Guarantor of this Guaranty, and the performance by the Guarantor of its obligations hereunder (i) are within the Guarantor’s corporate powers, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, do not contravene its organizational documents or any law or regulation applicable to or binding on the Guarantor or any of its properties and (iv) do not require the consent or approval of any person which has not already been obtained or the satisfaction or waiver of any conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Guaranty that have not been satisfied or waived.

3.3        Enforceability . This Guaranty constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

3.3        No Bankruptcy Proceedings . There are no bankruptcy proceedings pending or being contemplated by Guarantor or, to its knowledge, threatened against it.

3.4        No Legal Proceedings . There are no legal proceedings that would be reasonably likely to materially adversely affect Guarantor’s ability to perform this Guaranty.

ARTICLE 4 - MISCELLANEOUS

4.1        Continuing Guaranty; Assignment . This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (i) remain in full force and effect until all of the Guaranty Obligations have been satisfied, (ii) consistent with the terms hereof, apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising, (iii) be binding upon the Guarantor, its successors and assigns, and (iv) inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Beneficiary and its permitted assignees hereunder; provided that (A) no permitted assignment or other transfer by, through or under the Beneficiary shall operate to increase Guarantor's obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Guarantor to such assignment or transfer, and (B) Guarantor shall receive full credit for any payments made by it to the Beneficiary or successors and permitted assigns with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations prior to the time Guarantor receives written notice of such assignment or succession. The Beneficiary may not assign or delegate its rights or obligations under this Guaranty without the prior written consent of the Guarantor, which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. The Guarantor may not assign or delegate its rights or obligations under this Guaranty without (x) the prior written consent of the Beneficiary, which

 

5

 

 


consent may be withheld in the Beneficiary’s sole discretion, and (y) a written assignment and assumption agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Beneficiary.

4.2        Survival.          Without prejudice to the survival of any of the other agreements of the Guarantor under this Guaranty, the agreements and obligations of the Guarantor contained in Section 2.5, Section 4.5 (with respect to enforcement expenses) and the last sentence of Section 2.2(a) shall survive the payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and all of the other amounts payable under this Guaranty.

4.3        Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications which are required or may be given under this Guaranty shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when actually received if (a) personally delivered; (b) transmitted by facsimile, electronic or digital transmission method; or (c) if sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. In each case notice shall be sent:

 

 

(i)

if to the Beneficiary:

 

 

Georgia Power Company

241 Ralph McGill Boulevard

Atlanta, Georgia 30308

Attention: Office of the General Counsel

 

 

(ii)

if to the Guarantor:

 

 

The Shaw Group Inc.

4171 Essen Lane

Baton Rouge, LA 70809

Attention: General Counsel

 

or to such other place and with such other copies as the Beneficiary or the Guarantor may designate as to itself by written notice to the other pursuant to this Section 4.3. Delivery by facsimile of an executed counterpart of a signature page to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

4.4        Delay and Waiver . No failure on the part of the Beneficiary to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

4.5        Expenses . Guarantor agrees to pay or reimburse the Beneficiary and any permitted assignees of the Beneficiary for its reasonable costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred in connection with and to the extent of the proper enforcement of this Guaranty or occasioned by any breach by the Guarantor of any of its obligations under this Guaranty should Guarantor be required to pay under this Guaranty. The Beneficiary agrees to pay or reimburse Guarantor for its reasonable costs, charges and expenses

 

6

 

 


(including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred in connection with and to the extent of defending a wrongful enforcement of this Guaranty.

4.6        Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Guaranty and any agreement, document or instrument attached hereto or referred to herein integrate all the terms and conditions mentioned herein or incidental hereto and supersede all oral negotiations and prior writings in respect to the subject matter hereof. In the event of any conflict between the terms, conditions and provisions of this Guaranty and any such agreement, document or instrument, the terms, conditions and provisions of this Guaranty shall prevail. This Guaranty may only be amended or modified by an instrument in writing signed by each of the Guarantor and the Beneficiary and any permitted assignees of the Beneficiary.

4.7        Headings . The headings of the various Sections of this Guaranty are for convenience of reference only and shall not modify, define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

4.8        Governing Law . This Guaranty shall be construed and interpreted, and the rights of the parties determined, in accordance with the law of the State of New York without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

4.9

Settlement of Disputes.

(a) Disputes . Any and all disputes arising out of or in connection with this Guaranty, including disputes regarding the interpretation, scope or validity of this Guaranty or any alleged breach of any provision contained herein or any money owed hereunder (a “Dispute” ), shall be addressed by the Parties pursuant to this Section 4.9.

(b) Amicable Settlement of Disputes . In the event either Party raises a Dispute, it shall promptly provide the other Party written notice thereof, which notice shall include:

 

(i)

a description of the Dispute;

(ii)       the grounds on which the Party relies in seeking to have the Dispute determined in its favor; and

 

(iii)

any written material in support of the Party’s position.

Upon receipt of such notification, the Parties shall cause an authorized representative of their respective companies to meet, negotiate and attempt to resolve the Dispute on an amicable basis within thirty (30) days. If such representatives fail to reach a mutually-agreed upon written resolution within this time, then the provisions of Section 4.9(c) shall apply.

 

(c)

Venue .  

 

(i) If the Dispute cannot be resolved within the period of time as prescribed by Section 4.9(b), then the Parties agree to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for any legal

 

7

 

 


proceedings that may be brought by a Party arising out of or in connection with such Dispute. Each Party accepts, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid court for legal proceedings arising out of or in connection with any such Dispute. Each Party hereby waives any right to stay or dismiss any action or proceeding under or in connection with any such Dispute brought before the foregoing court on the basis of forum non-conveniens or improper venue. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties do not, by this Section 4.9(c)(i), waive any first-to-file challenges to venue.

 

(ii) EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY SUCH DISPUTE.

(d)        Injunctive Relief . Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 4.9 shall prevent either Party from seeking and receiving injunctive relief or interim measures if and to the extent such relief or measures are available under applicable law.

4.10      Severability . Any provision of this Guaranty that shall be prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

 

8

 

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized representative as of the day and year first above written.

 

THE SHAW GROUP, INC., The Guarantor

 

 

 

By: ________________________________

J. M. Bernhard, Jr.

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

9

 

 

 


 

 

EXHIBIT V-3

FORM OF PARENT COMPANY GUARANTY

THIS GUARANTY AGREEMENT (the “Guaranty”), dated and effective as of ____________ 20__, is made and entered into by __________________, a ____________ corporation (the “Guarantor”) in favor of WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and STONE & WEBSTER, INC. a Louisiana corporation (collectively, “Contractor” or “Beneficiary”). Individually, the Guarantor and Beneficiary may be referred to as a “Party” and together the “Parties.”

WHEREAS, Beneficiary, on the one hand, and GEORGIA POWER COMPANY [(the “Company”)], a Georgia corporation, acting for itself and as agent for the OGLETHORPE POWER CORPORATION (AN ELECTRIC MEMBERSHIP CORPORATION) [(the “Company”)], an electric membership corporation formed under the laws of the State of Georgia, the MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC AUTHORITY OF GEORGIA [(the “Company”)], a public body corporate and politic and an instrumentality of the State of Georgia, and THE CITY OF DALTON, GEORGIA [(the “Company”)], an incorporated municipality in the State of Georgia acting by and through its Board of Water, Light and Sinking Fund Commissioners (collectively, “Owners”), on the other hand, have entered into that certain Engineering, Procurement and Construction Agreement for Units 3 & 4 at the Vogtle Site, dated as of _____________ 20__, including without limitation the Exhibits attached thereto and any such Exhibit forms that are executed by either or both of the Company and the Beneficiary (the “Agreement”); [NOTE: Define the “Company” to mean the particular Owner that will be utilizing this form of guaranty.]

WHEREAS , the Guarantor qualifies as a guarantor under the Agreement in that Guarantor’s credit ratings meet or exceed the minimum credit ratings specified in Section 8.7(a) of the Agreement, as they apply to the Company; and

WHEREAS , the Guarantor will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the foregoing premises, the mutual agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor agrees as follows:

ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS

1.1        Definitions. Unless otherwise defined in this Guaranty, capitalized terms have the meanings specified or referred to in the Agreement.

ARTICLE 2 - GUARANTY

 

1

 


 

 

 

2.1        Guaranty. Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Beneficiary and its successors and assigns, upon the terms and conditions herein, the prompt and full payment of any and all obligations of the Company to the Beneficiary when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, with such interest as may accrue thereon, under the Agreement or under any other documents or instruments now or hereafter evidencing, securing or otherwise relating to the Agreement (the “Guaranteed Obligations”); provided, however , that the Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty shall in no event exceed [the product of (a) the highest three (3) monthly payments remaining in the Payment Schedules multiplied by (b) the Company’s Ownership Interest] . If the Company fails to pay or perform any Guaranteed Obligation, then Guarantor will immediately pay for such obligation following written notice from the Beneficiary in accordance with this Guaranty and subject to the terms and conditions provided herein.

2.2        Guaranty Absolute. (a) The Guarantor absolutely guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, regardless of any law or regulation now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of the Beneficiary with respect thereto. This Guaranty constitutes a guarantee of payment and not of collection. The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder are several from the Company or any other person, and are primary obligations concerning which the Guarantor is the principal obligor. The liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be direct and immediate and not conditional or contingent upon the pursuit of any remedies against the Company or any other person, but subject to Section 2.3(c), or against securities or liens available to the Beneficiary, its successors or assigns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, as a condition to enforcement of this Guaranty against Guarantor, Beneficiary shall be required to show: (a) a copy of the written notice sent by Beneficiary to the Company before making the claim under this Guaranty specifying the Company’s default in payment and requesting the Company to remedy it; and (b) a letter signed by Beneficiary’s authorized officer certifying that the Company has failed to remedy the default within any applicable cure period set forth in the Agreement. The liability of the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall, subject to Section 2.3(c) and the immediately preceding sentence, be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to, any or all of:

(i)        any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other amendment, modification or waiver of, or any consent to departure from, the terms of such Guaranteed Obligations;      

(ii)       any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(iii)      any lack of validity or enforceability of the Agreement or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;

 

2

 


 

 

 

(iv)      any failure of the Beneficiary to disclose to either the Contractor or the Guarantor any information relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of either the Company or any of its subsidiaries now or hereafter known to the Beneficiary (the Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the Beneficiary to disclose such information);

(v)       any failure of the Beneficiary to commence an action against the Company, including without limitation the provisions of O.C.G.A. Section 10-7-24, as amended;

(vi)      any lack of due diligence by the Beneficiary in the collection or protection of or realization upon any collateral securing the Guaranteed Obligations; or

(vii)     any circumstance whatsoever or any act of the Beneficiary or any existence of or reliance on any representation by the Beneficiary that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable defense available to, or a discharge of, the Guarantor.

This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the Beneficiary or any other Person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, or reorganization of the Company, all as though such payment had not been made.

(a)       No action which the Beneficiary shall take or fail to take in connection with the Guaranteed Obligations, or any security for the payment or performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, nor any course of dealing with the Company or any other person, shall release Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, affect this Guaranty in any way, or afford Guarantor any recourse against the Beneficiary.

(b)       In the case of an event of default under the Agreement which has not been cured during any applicable cure period set forth in the Agreement, or with regard to any of the Guaranteed Obligations, Guarantor hereby consents and agrees that the Beneficiary shall have the right to enforce its rights, powers, and remedies thereunder or hereunder or under any other instrument now or hereafter evidencing, securing, or otherwise relating to the Guaranteed Obligations, and apply any payments or credits received from the Company, the Contractor or Guarantor or realized from any security, in any manner and in any order as the Beneficiary, in its sole discretion, shall see fit, and all rights, powers, and remedies available to the Beneficiary in such event shall be nonexclusive and cumulative of all other rights, powers, and remedies provided thereunder or hereunder or by law or in equity. If the Guaranteed Obligations are partially paid by reason of the election of the Beneficiary, its successors or assigns, to pursue any of the remedies available to the Beneficiary, or if such indebtedness is otherwise partially paid, this Guaranty shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect less any such amounts paid to the Beneficiary, and Guarantor shall remain liable for the remaining balance of the Guaranteed

 

3

 


 

 

 

Obligations even though any rights which Guarantor may have against the Company may be destroyed or diminished by the exercise of any such remedy.

2.3        Waivers and Acknowledgments . (a) Guarantor hereby waives promptness, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, acceptance, notice of acceptance, protest, notice of dishonor and any other notices with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty.

(a)       The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty and acknowledges that this Guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future. The provisions of this Guaranty shall extend and be applicable to all renewals, amendments, extensions, consolidations, and modifications of the Agreement.

(b)       The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder; provided , however , notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, (i) the liability of Guarantor is subject to the same limitations applicable to the Company’s obligations under the Agreement, and (ii) Guarantor shall have the full benefit of, and reserves the right to assert, any and all defenses, counterclaims, and setoff rights available to the Company with respect to any obligations arising under the Agreement, except for defenses arising out of bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

2.4        Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment or payments or performance made by the Guarantor hereunder, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights of subrogation to the rights of the Beneficiary against the Company and any and all rights of reimbursement, assignment, indemnification or implied contract or any similar rights (including without limitation any statutory rights of subrogation under Section 509 of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 509) against the Company or against any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations until such time as the Guaranteed Obligations have been indefeasibly paid or performed in full. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor on account of such subrogation or similar rights at any time when all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been indefeasibly paid in full, such amount shall be held by the Guarantor in trust for the Beneficiary and shall be turned over to the Beneficiary in the exact form received by the Guarantor, to be applied against the Guaranteed Obligations in such order as the Beneficiary may determine in its sole discretion.

 

2.5        Payments Free and Clear .     (a) All payments under this Guaranty shall be made in U.S. Dollars and without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax imposed upon Beneficiary or the Guarantor unless such deduction or withholding is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, then in effect. If the Guarantor is so required to deduct or withhold, then the Guarantor will (i) pay to the relevant authorities the full amount required to be deducted or withheld (including the full amount of tax required to be deducted or withheld from any additional amount paid by the

 

4

 


 

 

 

Guarantor to the Beneficiary under this Section 2.5) promptly upon the earlier of determining that such deduction or withholding is required or receiving notice that such an amount has been assessed against the Beneficiary, and in any event before penalties attach thereto or interest accrues thereon, (ii) promptly forward to the Beneficiary an official receipt (or certified copy), or other documentation reasonably acceptable to the Beneficiary, evidencing such payment to such authorities and, (iii) in addition to the payment which the Beneficiary is otherwise entitled under this Guaranty, if such withholding is on account of any tax imposed upon Guarantor, pay to the Beneficiary such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by the Beneficiary (free and clear of taxes assessed against the Guarantor) will equal the full amount the Beneficiary would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required.

 

(b)       If (i) the Guarantor is required to make any deduction or withholding on account of any tax from any payment made by it under this Guaranty, (ii) the Guarantor does not make the deduction or withholding, and (iii) a liability for or on account of the tax is therefore assessed directly against the Beneficiary, the Guarantor shall pay to the Beneficiary, promptly after demand, the amount of the liability (including any related liability for interest or penalties).

 

ARTICLE 3 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants as follows:

3.1        Organization . The Guarantor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of [______________] .

3.2        Authorization; No Conflict . The execution and delivery by the Guarantor of this Guaranty, and the performance by the Guarantor of its obligations hereunder (i) are within the Guarantor’s corporate powers, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, do not contravene its organizational documents or any law or regulation applicable to or binding on the Guarantor or any of its properties and (iv) do not require the consent or approval of any person which has not already been obtained or the satisfaction or waiver of any conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Guaranty that have not been satisfied or waived.

3.3        Enforceability . This Guaranty constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

3.4        No Bankruptcy Proceedings . There are no bankruptcy proceedings pending or being contemplated by Guarantor or, to its knowledge, threatened against it.

 

5

 


 

 

 

3.5        No Legal Proceedings . There are no legal proceedings that would be reasonably likely to materially adversely affect Guarantor’s ability to perform this Guaranty.

ARTICLE 4 - MISCELLANEOUS

4.1        Continuing Guaranty; Assignment . This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (i) remain in full force and effect until all of the Guaranty Obligations have been satisfied, (ii) consistent with the terms hereof, apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising, (iii) be binding upon the Guarantor, its successors and assigns, and (iv) inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Beneficiary and its permitted assignees hereunder; provided that (A) no permitted assignment or other transfer by, through or under the Beneficiary shall operate to increase Guarantor's obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Guarantor to such assignment or transfer, and (B) Guarantor shall receive full credit for any payments made by it to the Beneficiary or successors and permitted assigns with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations prior to the time Guarantor receives written notice of such assignment or succession. The Beneficiary may not assign or delegate its rights or obligations under this Guaranty without the prior written consent of the Guarantor, which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. The Guarantor may not assign or delegate its rights or obligations under this Guaranty without (x) the prior written consent of the Beneficiary, which consent may be withheld in the Beneficiary’s sole discretion, and (y) a written assignment and assumption agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Beneficiary; provided, however , that the Guarantor may assign this Guaranty without the need for the Beneficiary’s consent to an affiliate whose credit ratings meet or exceed the minimum credit ratings specified in Section 8.7(a) of the Agreement as they apply to the Company.

4.2        Survival.          Without prejudice to the survival of any of the other agreements of the Guarantor under this Guaranty, the agreements and obligations of the Guarantor contained in Section 2.5, Section 4.5 (with respect to enforcement expenses) and the last sentence of Section 2.2(a) shall survive the payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and all of the other amounts payable under this Guaranty.

4.3        Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications which are required or may be given under this Guaranty shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when actually received if (a) personally delivered; (b) transmitted by facsimile, electronic or digital transmission method; or (c) if sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. In each case notice shall be sent:

 

(i)

if to the Beneficiary:

[Beneficiary, address, c/o person]

 

(ii)

if to the Guarantor:

[Guarantor, address, c/o person]

 

6

 


 

 

 

or to such other place and with such other copies as the Beneficiary or the Guarantor may designate as to itself by written notice to the other pursuant to this Section 4.3. Delivery by facsimile of an executed counterpart of a signature page to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

4.4        Delay and Waiver . No failure on the part of the Beneficiary to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

4.5        Expenses . Guarantor agrees to pay or reimburse the Beneficiary and any permitted assignees of the Beneficiary for its reasonable costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred in connection with and to the extent of the proper enforcement of this Guaranty or occasioned by any breach by the Guarantor of any of its obligations under this Guaranty should Guarantor be required to pay under this Guaranty. The Beneficiary agrees to pay or reimburse Guarantor for its reasonable costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred in connection with and to the extent of defending a wrongful enforcement of this Guaranty.

4.6        Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Guaranty and any agreement, document or instrument attached hereto or referred to herein integrate all the terms and conditions mentioned herein or incidental hereto and supersede all oral negotiations and prior writings in respect to the subject matter hereof. In the event of any conflict between the terms, conditions and provisions of this Guaranty and any such agreement, document or instrument, the terms, conditions and provisions of this Guaranty shall prevail. This Guaranty may only be amended or modified by an instrument in writing signed by each of the Guarantor and the Beneficiary and any permitted assignees of the Beneficiary.

4.7        Headings . The headings of the various Sections of this Guaranty are for convenience of reference only and shall not modify, define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

4.8        Governing Law . This Guaranty shall be construed and interpreted, and the rights of the parties determined, in accordance with the law of the State of New York without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

4.9

Settlement of Disputes.

(a) Disputes . Any and all disputes arising out of or in connection with this Guaranty, including disputes regarding the interpretation, scope or validity of this Guaranty or any alleged breach of any provision contained herein or any money owed hereunder (a “Dispute” ), shall be addressed by the Parties pursuant to this Section 4.9.

 

7

 


 

 

 

(b) Amicable Settlement of Disputes . In the event any Party raises a Dispute, it shall promptly provide the other Parties written notice thereof, which notice shall include:

 

(i)

a description of the Dispute;

(ii)       the grounds on which the Party relies in seeking to have the Dispute determined in its favor; and

 

(iii)

any written material in support of the Party’s position.

Upon receipt of such notification, the Parties shall cause an authorized representative of their respective companies to meet, negotiate and attempt to resolve the Dispute on an amicable basis within thirty (30) days. If such representatives fail to reach a mutually-agreed upon written resolution within this time, then the provisions of Section 4.9(c) shall apply.

 

 

(c)

Venue.  

 

(i) If the Dispute cannot be resolved within the period of time as prescribed by Section 4.9(b), then the Parties agree to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for any legal proceedings that may be brought by a Party arising out of or in connection with such Dispute. Each Party accepts, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid court for legal proceedings arising out of or in connection with any such Dispute. Each Party hereby waives any right to stay or dismiss any action or proceeding under or in connection with any such Dispute brought before the foregoing court on the basis of forum non-conveniens or improper venue. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties do not, by this Section 4.9(c)(i), waive any first-to-file challenges to venue.

 

(ii) EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY SUCH DISPUTE.

(d)        Injunctive Relief. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 4.9 shall prevent either Party from seeking and receiving injunctive relief or interim measures if and to the extent such relief or measures are available under applicable law.

4.10      Severability . Any provision of this Guaranty that shall be prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

 

8

 


 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized representative as of the day and year first above written.

 

[____________________], The Guarantor

 

 

 

By: ________________________________

Name:

Title:

 

 

 

 

9

 

 


 


 

STATUS REPORT

 

SOUTHERN NUCLEAR, VOGTLE 3&4

 

Shaw S&W /Westinghouse Consortium

 


 

STATUS REPORT

MONTH ENDING _________, 20__

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Page 1 of 5

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

1.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

3

2.

SAFETY

3

3.

QUALITY

3

4.

MAJOR ACCOMPLISHMENTS THIS REPORT PERIOD

3

5.

SCHEDULE

3

6.

FOUR WEEK LOOK AHEAD

3

7.

AREAS OF CONCERN

4

8.

ACTION ITEMS

4

9.

COST / BUDGET STATUS

4

10.

BILLING STATUS

4

11.

CHANGE ORDERS

4

12.

DISPUTES

5

13.

ATTACHMENTS

5

 

 

Page 2 of 5

 

 


1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

This section provides an overview of the key events during the past month including a written synopsis of the Work performed and highlights of the major points covered in the remainder of the report.

 

2. SAFETY

 

This section will address safety statistics such as OSHA Recordables, Lost Time Injuries, First Aids, safety violations such as discovery of unsafe working conditions and remedial efforts, safety training in both classroom and field discussions (i.e. pre-job briefings and gangbox briefings when unsafe conditions are discovered in the performance of the work).

 

3. QUALITY

 

This section will discuss the effectiveness of the Project QA Plan implementation on the project and will report on areas of concern regarding Quality such as, but not limited to:

 

 

Responding to specific surveillance and audit observations

 

Clarifying and emphasizing the need for verbatim procedure compliance in departmental and project meetings

 

Identification of and remedial actions taken in the area of human performance issues/concerns

 

Providing additional oversight personnel as required by the amount of Quality Related work in progress

 

Identifying and addressing corrective actions in the Project Corrective Action Program

 

4. MAJOR ACCOMPLISHMENTS THIS REPORT PERIOD

 

This section will report major work completion that occurred during the reporting period such as completion of large work activities on or ahead of forecast, critical path or other major milestone accomplishments, critical equipment deliveries on schedule, each system and structure that has achieved Turnover as compared with the schedule, details of on-Site testing activities as compared with the schedule, etc.

 

5. SCHEDULE

 

Detailed reporting and discussion of ongoing scheduled work activities, especially activities on or in support of the critical path, including without:

 

 

Actual versus planned progress curves

 

Quantity progress curves for each bulk commodity

 

Actual manhours expended

 

Work force loading curves

 

For circumstances described in Section 3.4(d) of the Agreement where Contractor has been required to provide a Recovery Plan, the report will also include a progress report on the implementation of any such Recovery Plan.

 

Page 3 of 5

 

 


6. FOUR WEEK LOOK AHEAD

 

Significant activities to be started or completed, equipment deliveries, staffing, milestones scheduled for completion, modules installation, and buildings erection milestones completion, etc.

 

7. AREAS OF CONCERN

 

This section will discuss areas of concern identified by either Owners or Project Management such as but not limited to:

 

 

Productivity rates

 

Schedule adherence

 

Late equipment deliveries

 

Quality audit findings

 

Safety experience

 

Critical Path negativity (actual or pending)

 

Vendor quality and surveillance findings

 

Vendor manufacturing capacity inadequacies

 

Craft turnover rates

 

Craft absenteeism rates

 

8. ACTION ITEMS

 

This section will give an overview of critical action items, responsibility, status and projected completion dates and a summary of key action items accomplished during the reporting period. A complete Action Item List will be attached to the report.

 

9. BUDGET STATUS

 

This section will provide Owners with a summary level of Contractor’s assessment of its costs [***]. This status will enable Owners to have sufficient advance notice [of no less than 6 months] [***].

 

10. BILLING STATUS

 

This section will report on billings during the reporting period and any payments made by Owners. Any outstanding payments and/or late payments will be addressed, as well as any deviation in billings vs. the periodic payment plan. Upcoming Milestone Payments in the next reporting period will be identified.

 

11. CHANGE ORDERS

 

This section will provide a summarization of Change Orders activity during the reporting period:

 

 

Change Orders submitted

 

Change Orders approved/denied

 

Early notification of potential Change Orders

 

 

Page 4 of 5

 

 


12. DISPUTES

 

This section will provide a summarization and status of Dispute Resolution activities and progress during the reporting period which would include:

 

 

Payment or Schedule Change Disputes initiated

 

Status of disputes in progress

 

Disputes resolved

 

Disputes slated for arbitration or litigation

 

Significant disputes with Vendors and Subcontractors

(Contractor’s Note: This information will be provided under Section 1 Executive Summary)

 

13. ATTACHMENTS

 

Attachment 1 – Safety Statistics

 

Attachment 2 – Productivity and Work Off curves/graphs

 

Attachment 3 – Level 1 Milestone Schedule Status

 

Attachment 4 – Modules Installation and Building Erection Schedule Status graphs/curves

 

Attachment 5 – Corrective Action Program Reporting graphs/curves

 

Attachment 6 – Equipment Delivery status graphs/curves

 

Attachment 7 – Action Item List

 

Attachment 8 – Invoice and Payment History and Current

 

Attachment 9 – Change Orders History

 

 

Page 5 of 5

 

 

 


EXHIBIT X

 

CONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT

(To Be Signed Contemporaneously With The Final Payment Or With The Subsequent Resolution Of Dispute Claim Amounts)

 

CONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT WAIVING LIEN RIGHTS

 

Personally appeared before me, the undersigned officer duly authorized to administer oaths, (name of the Affiant) , who after being duly sworn, deposes and states as follows:

 

1.           I am over 18 years of age and otherwise competent to make this Affidavit. The facts set forth herein are based upon my personal knowledge. I am a duly authorized representative of the ____________ (“Contractor”) who, was in charge of the property improvement described as follows:

 

(describe the construction project )________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

 

The improvement describe above was made with respect to the property owned by ____________(“Owners”), and that property is more fully identified as follows:

 

(describe the improved property by, at least, reference to the street address, city and county. It is recommended that the property's legal description be referenced here and attached as an exhibit to this affidavit.) __________________

 

2.           The construction improvement referenced herein now has been completed, and the agreed price or reasonable value of the labor, services, or materials furnished in connection with this improvement invoiced by Contractor to Owners have been fully paid.

 

3.           I acknowledge that Contractor has received payment in full for the amounts due pursuant to the terms of the Engineering, Procurement and Construction Agreement between Owners and Contractor for Units 3 & 4 at the Vogtle Site in Georgia, dated as of _____________, 200_ (the "Agreement") in connection with the materials, equipment, services and labor furnished by Contractor for the improvement of the property described herein, and hereby releases all rights to any lien on that improvement or the property so improved.

 

4.           This Affidavit is given in compliance with the requirements of O.C.G.A. § 44-14-361.2, and as part of a transaction involving final disbursement of the Contract Price by the Owners to this Contractor.

 

5.           On behalf of Contractor, I further represent that to the best of my knowledge, as of the date of this Affidavit, there is no valid preliminary notice or claim of lien filed at the [______________] registry of deeds located at [_______________________] filed by Contractor or one of its Subcontractors or Vendors arising out of this Project Work as a result of non payment of amounts due from Owners which affects the improved property described herein and which has not been previously cancelled, dissolved, or expired.

 

 

________________________________________________

(Name of Affiant)

ON BEHALF OF CONTRACTOR

 

Sworn to and subscribed before me

this ______ day of ________,

20____.

____________________________________

Notary Public

My Commission Expires: ________

 

 

 

 


EXHIBIT Y

FLOW-DOWN CLAUSES

 

[***]

 

 


 

 

 

EXHIBIT Z

 

ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY SPECIFICATIONS

The Contractor shall perform Work in a safe manner, and comply at all times with all federal, state, county, and municipal laws and regulations which in any manner affect the Agreement and its performance. Such laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, all laws and regulations with respect to inspection of the Work, inspection of construction equipment, and licensing members of crews with respect to observance of all applicable occupational safety and health standards promulgated pursuant to the federal “Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970”. The Contractor shall have, and exercise full legal responsibility for compliance to safety requirements and regulations by itself, its agents, its employees, and subcontractors with respect to its portion of the Work on the project. By making references to particular laws and regulations above and to these specifications set out below, Owners does not intend to restrict or limit in any way the laws and regulations which apply to the Contractor’s performance under the Agreement. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing for the safety and health of its agents, employees, and subcontractors. The Contractor expressly binds itself to indemnify and save harmless any person or entity of Persons Indemnified against all claims, demands, suits, or actions of every kind and nature presented or brought for any claim or liability arising from or based upon the violation of any such law, regulation, on the part of the Contractor, or its subcontractor or agents, servants, or employees of the Contractor of its requirements or measures as may be prescribed by the State Board of Health, or any other lawful constituted health or authorities having jurisdiction over the project. In the event the specifications set forth below address the same issues as set forth in the applicable standards, rules, and regulations referred to above, then the most stringent requirements shall apply.

 

Observation, monitoring, or notification of Contractor of noncompliance on the part of the Contractor, its agents, employees, or subcontractors of any of the specifications set forth herein or of any of the terms or provisions of the rules and regulations, laws, or ordinances referenced above shall not constitute an assumption on the part of Owners to perform any of the obligations of Contractor hereunder. Owners reserve the right, but not the duty, to point out such items of noncompliance to Contractor. In the event the Contractor fails or refuses to take proper corrective action in a manner acceptable to Owners, Owners have the right to stop Work until such time as Contractor is in compliance or Owners may terminate the Agreement. No lost time due to any such Work stoppage shall constitute a claim for extension of Agreement Time or cost or damages by the Contractor.

 

The safety of all persons employed by Contractor and its subcontractors on Owners’ premises, or any other person who enters upon Owners’ premises for reasons related to this Agreement, shall be the sole responsibility of Contractor. Contractor shall take all reasonable measures and precautions at all times to prevent injuries to or the death of any of its employees, its subcontractors or any other person who enters upon Owners’ premises. It is understood that if the employees of Owners shall perform any acts for the purpose of discharging the responsibility undertaken by the Contractor under these specifications or under the safety requirements and regulations referenced above, whether requested to perform such acts by the Contractor or not, such employees of Owners while performing such acts shall be considered the agents and servants of the Contractor subject to the exclusive control of the Contractor.

 

1.

Contractor EH&S Program – Before starting Work, Contractor shall submit its written project specific EH&S Program for Owners’ review and concurrence. The Contractor’s Program shall be implemented by the Contractor and shall apply to Contractor’s employees, agents and subcontractors.

 

2.

EH&S Training – EH&S training shall be conducted as described in 29 CFR 1926.21. In addition, EH&S training shall be delivered to appropriate employees in accordance with the specific training requirements contained in 29 CFR 1926 and applicable sections of 29 CFR 1910. The Contractor shall provide EH&S

 

1

 

 


training for its employees at its own expense, and such training shall be documented and records provided to Owners upon request. EH&S training shall include, but not be limited to:

 

 

A.

New Employee Orientation – Training in the EH&S program, policies, procedures and rules in place for the project. This training shall take place prior to Work activity on the project.

 

B.

Weekly EH&S “toolbox talks” on an appropriate subject, for all employees.

 

C.

Hazardous materials training.

 

D.

Special EH&S training for those affected; such training shall include, but not be limited to, confined space entry, respiratory protection, personal protective equipment, fire watch, trenching/excavation, fall protection, lockout/tagout, scaffolding, ladders, ammonia awareness, emergency plans, etc.

 

E.

Hazard recognition and avoidance.

 

3.

EH&S Inspections – Contractor shall comply with the provisions of 29 CFR 1926.20. Additionally, the Contractor’s site manager shall conduct a weekly field EH&S inspection of all Contractor and their subcontractor’s Work areas. The Contractor shall generate a written report of the inspection findings. The report, including the resolutions of the findings, shall be submitted to Owners on a weekly basis. The Contractor shall also inspect its Work areas on a continuous basis and correct all noncompliance conditions and actions. Owners will perform EH&S inspections of Work areas for the benefit of Owners employees.

 

4.

Personal Protective Equipment and Clothing – Contractor’s employees shall wear all applicable personal protective equipment as required in 29 CFR 1926. This shall include, but not be limited to:

 

 

A.

Safety glasses that meet ANSI Z-87.1 requirements must be worn in all areas of the project. Administrative areas are exempt, unless construction or maintenance Work is being performed. Safety glasses must have rigid side shields. Slip-on, flexible plastic side shields are not allowed. Visitor spectacles, conforming to ANSI Z-87.1, worn over prescription glasses are acceptable. A full-face shield over approved safety glasses is required for all grinding, abrasive cutting operations or any other operation which generates high-speed particles.

 

B.

Hard hats that meet ANSI Z-89.1 Class B requirements must be worn in all areas of the project except administrative areas. Hard hat must be worn for welding operations. Cowboy style hard hats are prohibited.

 

C.

Hard soled, heavy leather boots or shoes must be worn in all areas of the project, except administrative areas. Foot guards shall be worn while using jack hammers, tampers and similar equipment.

 

D.

Hearing protection shall be worn when noise levels exceed 85dBA.

 

E.

Leather or cut resistant gloves are required when handling sheet metal, rough or unfinished lumber, metal bands, and other materials likely to cause hand injuries.

 

F.

Cut resistant gloves must be worn when handling or using sharp instruments, tools, or equipment, which could cause lacerations if hand contact would occur (i.e. knives, razors, handsaws, etc.).

 

G.

Shirts must have at least a 4-inch sleeve. Trousers covering the legs and ankles shall be worn at all times. Perforated or mesh shirts or trousers are prohibited.

 

H.

Cotton or FR clothing shall be worn by any employee working on or near exposed, energized electrical parts.

 

5.

Fall Prevention – Contractor shall comply with provisions of 29 CFR 1926.500; 1926.501; 1926.502; 1926.503. Additionally, 100% fall protection shall be utilized whenever employees are exposed to a potential fall hazard of 6 feet or greater. 100 % fall protection may be accomplished through the use of a guardrail system (per 1926.502(b)), approved safety net system, covers or personal fall arrest systems.

 

Before starting any elevated Work, Contractor shall submit to Owners a project specific, written fall prevention plan. Elevated Work includes, but is not limited to: scaffold erection, steel erection, Work in pipe bridges, roof Work, Q-decking or grating installation and removal, formwork and reinforcing steel and any other Work with potential for a 6 feet or greater fall, except Work performed from ladders. The plan must include:

 

A.

A list of elevated Work tasks.

 

B.

The proposed method(s) of fall protection for each task. If a personal fall arrest system is to be used, identify anchor points.

 

C.

Rescue provisions.

 

D.

Means of access and egress to elevated Work locations.

 

2

 

 


 

E.

Name(s) and qualifications of Contractor’s competent person(s).

 

F.

Description of the Fall Protection Training Program.

 

Full-body harnesses shall be equipped with dual shock absorbing lanyards. The use of employee owned fall arrest equipment is strictly prohibited.

 

6.

Mobile Equipment and Vehicles – Mobile equipment and vehicles shall be operated, maintained and stored in accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1926 and manufacturer’s recommendations. Additionally:

 

A.

Each employee must have a valid state driver’s license to operate any mobile equipment or vehicle on the project.

 

B.

Daily pre-use inspections shall be performed on each vehicle and item of mobile equipment. The inspection shall be documented and available for review.

 

C.

Each vehicle and item of mobile equipment arriving on site for use on the project shall be inspected before use. Operator training is required for all mobile equipment and shall be documented and available for review.

 

D.

Seat belts, when provided by the manufacturer, shall be used by vehicle and mobile equipment operators and any other occupants. Passengers are not allowed on mobile equipment ( dozers, backhoes, cranes, fork trucks, graders, etc) unless a space was specifically designed by the manufacturer and seat belts provided.

 

E.

All mobile equipment and any vehicle with an obstructed view to the rear shall have an operable back-up alarm..

 

F.

All telescopic boom material handlers (forktrucks) shall have low mounted booms that afford 360 degree visibility from the operator’s cab when the boom is in a travel position or when picking/setting a load at or near ground level. The equipment shall be designed so that a person cannot enter the area between the front and rear tires.

 

7.

Cranes – Contractor shall comply with all provisions of 29 CFR 1926.550 and applicable ANSI/ASME standards. Additionally:

 

A.

An anti-two block device is required on all cranes.

 

B.

The Contractor shall provide a copy of the results of the current OSHA required annual crane inspection.

 

C.

The Contractor shall submit details of its proposed Work platform and rigging method for Owners’ review and concurrence before conducting any Work from a platform suspended from a crane. Included in the details must be a clear justification for using a crane-suspended Work platform rather than another method. Contractor shall comply with all provisions of 29 CFR 1926.550(g).

 

D.

The Contractor shall develop a rigging plan for all critical lifts and submit the plan, approved by the Contractor’s Site Manager, to Owners no later than 15 calendar days before the lift is conducted. A lift is considered critical when any of the following conditions exist:

 

1.

Lift involving more than one crane to handle a common load

 

2.

Any lift greater than 25 tons

 

The rigging plan shall include at least the following information:

 

A.

Manufacture, model, and capacity of the crane(s)

 

B.

Capacity charts of the crane(s)

 

C.

Working radius of the crane(s)

 

D.

Boom length and angle of the crane(s)

 

E.

Weight of the load, including rigging, load block, headache ball, cable, etc

 

F.

How the weight of the lift was determined

 

G.

Size and capacity of all rigging hardware ( slings, shackles, etc)

 

H.

Plot plan showing crane location with pick, swing, and set points

 

I.

Plan approval signatures

 

 

E.

Prior to the operation of any crane, Contractor shall submit to Owners methods used to assure the crane operator is qualified in accordance with the applicable ANSI/ASME standards and is qualified to operate the specific crane to be operated in compliance with manufacture’s specifications and limitations, and with any applicable regulation.

 

F.

All loads being landed or received by personnel shall be controlled by the use of tag lines. Keep hands off suspended loads.

 

3

 

 


 

G.

All cranes shall receive a documented daily inspection and a more detailed monthly inspection (periodic) by a qualified individual. Inspection records shall be maintained and available for review.

 

H.

Hand Signals – Hand signals to crane operators shall be in accordance with the applicable ANSI standard for the type of crane in use. Employees giving and receiving hand signals shall be trained and qualified in Hand Signals.

 

I.

All rigging shall be performed by qualified personnel under the direction of a Competent Person.

 

8.

Scaffolds – The Contractor shall erect, use, maintain, and dismantle scaffolds in accordance with 29 CFR 1926 Subpart L. Additionally:

 

A.

All scaffolds shall be constructed as physically complete as possible. This includes handrails and midrails on all sides at all elevations used as a Work location, complete Work decks, toe boards on all sides and ladder access.

 

B.

Scaffolds and scaffold components shall be inspected for visible defects by a competent person before each Work shift. This inspection shall be documented on the scaffold tag.

 

C.

Contractor shall utilize a scaffold tag system meeting the following criteria:

 

1.

A green scaffold tag designates a complete scaffold.

 

2.

A yellow scaffold tag designates a scaffold that is not complete, but may be used with special precautions. e.g., 100% tie off. Yellow tags shall identify the scaffold deficiency and applicable precautions/requirements.

 

3.

A red tag designates a scaffold is in the process of being erected, changed, dismantled or otherwise unfit for occupancy and shall not be used under any circumstances.

 

4.

A competent person shall affix the appropriate tag to each scaffold access ladder. All tags shall identify the responsible Contractor and shall be dated and signed by the erecting supervisor and competent person.

 

9.

Ladders – Contractor shall comply with the provisions of 29 CFR 1926.1053. Additionally:

 

A.

Contractor shall denote ownership of ladders by identifying each ladder with Contractor’s name.

 

B.

Stepladders shall not exceed 12 feet in height...

 

C.

Contractor shall implement a pre-use and a formal monthly ladder inspection program.

 

D.

Straight and extension ladders shall be secured to prevent displacement.

 

E.

Employees shall not carry tools or materials while ascending or descending ladders.

 

F.

All manufactured ladders shall be extra-heavy-duty Type 1A.

 

G.

Metal ladders are prohibited when doing electrical Work or around open electrical circuits. Additional prohibitions of metal ladders may exist for local conditions.

 

10.

Electrical – Contractor shall comply with all aspects of 29 CFR 1926 Subpart K. Additionally :

 

A.

Contractor shall provide ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI ) protection for all cord sets, receptacles, and electrical tools and equipment connected by cord and plug which are used or available for use by employees. Contractor shall inspect each GFCI device monthly. Inspection shall be documented and records provided to Owners upon request.

 

B.

Contractor shall not perform any “hot” Work above 50 volts. “Hot” Work is defined as any Work that involves intentional contact using hands or tools (except for approved test equipment) with exposed energized circuits.

 

C.

Contractor shall not connect electrical conductors to the permanent power source until all field installation Work associated with the equipment, device or apparatus is complete.

 

D.

Contractor shall not energize any permanent electrical equipment, device or apparatus without prior approval of Owners.

 

11.

Excavation and Trenching-Contractor shall comply with all aspects of 29 CFR 1926.650; 1926.651;

and 1926.652 with applicable appendices.

 

A.

Contractor shall provide Owners the name of the Competent Person who will perform

documented inspections of excavations and trenches prior to employee entries.

 

B.

Contractor will provide Owners with the methodology used to determine soil classification.

 

C.

Contractor shall determine the need and perform any atmospheric testing required prior to entry of employees.

 

4

 

 


 

D.

Contractor shall maintain and make all documents relative to soil classification, protective system selection, inspections, and required training available for Owners to review upon request.

 

12.

Confined Space Entry-Contractor shall comply with 29 CFR 1926.21(b)(6). In addition when

conditions are known to exist that apply to the Work in dangerous or potentially dangerous areas the Contractor shall fully comply with 29 CFR 1910.146, “Permit-required Confined Spaces”.

 

13.

Housekeeping – Contractor shall maintain a clean Work area. Contractor shall clean up and remove all scrap, trash, debris and waste materials that accumulate from its operations on an on-going basis. If the Contractor’s Work area is not maintained properly, Owners reserves the right to clean up the Contractor’s Work area, by others, at the Contractor’s expense.

 

14.

Occupational Health/Industrial Hygiene Program

 

A.

Hazard Communication – Contractor shall comply with all aspects of 29 CFR 1910.1200 and all applicable state and local hazard communication requirements. Basic requirements include, but are not limited to:

 

1.

Developing and implementing a written site specific Hazard Communication Program. Contractor shall submit a copy of their site program to Owners.

 

2.

Training its employees in all aspects of handling and working with hazardous materials.

 

3.

The development and maintenance of a list of hazardous materials used by the Contractor.

 

4.

Obtaining and maintaining Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all hazardous materials on site.

 

5.

Labeling the containers of hazardous materials

 

B.

Respiratory Protection – Contractor shall comply with all aspects of 29 CFR 1910.134 including the development of a written site specific Respiratory Protection Program. Contractor shall submit a copy of their site program to Owners. Contractor employee’s medical approval, respirator training and fit test records shall be available upon request.

 

C.

Bloodborne pathogens – Contractor shall comply with 29 CFR 1910.1030. Contractor shall provide Owners with its required site specific Exposure Control Plan.

 

D.

Inorganic Arsenic – Contractor shall comply with all aspects of 29 CFR 1910.1018 and Owners’ arsenic Work requirements.

 

E.

Lead – Contractor shall comply with all aspects of 29 CFR 1910.1025 and 1926.62, and Owners’ lead Work requirements.

 

F.

Asbestos – Contractor shall comply with all aspects of 29 CFR 1910.1001 and 1926.1101, and Owners’ asbestos Work requirements.

 

G.

Contractor shall submit a list of hazardous materials and a Material Safety Data Sheet for each hazardous material to Owners for approval prior to bringing the hazardous material on site.

 

6.

The Contractor shall develop and submit a plan to Owners that details both the personal and

environmental monitoring that they will perform for any special hazardous operations such as spray painting, sandblasting, and large chemical applications.

 

15.

Reporting Occupational Injuries, Illnesses and Incidents – Contractor shall immediately report to Owners all injuries, illnesses, and incidents resulting in property damage greater than $10,000, fires, crane incidents, personnel falls and all environmental spills arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Contractor and their subcontractor’s Work. For all events reported, except first aid cases, Contractor shall submit within two working days a written report documenting the facts of the event, including root causes and action(s) taken or planned to prevent recurrence. Additionally, for all occupational injuries and illnesses requiring off-site medical treatment, the Contractor shall submit to Owners the state workers’ compensation First Report of Injury. At the end of each month the Contractor shall submit to Owners a report documenting the Contractor and their subcontractor’s safety statistics, including Work hours, number of recordable injuries and illnesses and the number of lost workday cases for the month, year-to-date, and project-to-date.

 

16.

Fire Protection – Contractor shall comply with 29 CFR 1926.150 through 29 CFR 1926.155. Additionally, the Contractor shall comply with applicable Owners Hot Work Permit systems. All oxy-fuel burning and welding units shall be equipped with flashback arrestors installed between the regulator and the hose, and between the hose and the torch. Arrestors shall be inspected and maintained per the manufacture’s recommendations. The Contractor shall train all users of oxy-fuel burning and welding equipment in safe operating practices. Training shall be documented and available for review. The Contractor shall provide adequate numbers of trained

 

5

 

 


Firewatches and fire extinguishers in locations to support and protect the scope of Work. Firewatches may perform collateral duties that do not interfere with the fire prevention efforts.

 

17.

Hazardous Waste Control and Disposal – Contractor shall not cause or permit to be released in connection with the Work to be performed, any hazardous wastes or toxic substances and/or any other waste, pollution, noxious gases or substances, or any other substances in violation of applicable laws, rules, and regulations. Contractor is responsible for spill cleanup in accordance with applicable regulations. Contractor shall properly package any hazardous waste or toxic substances which may be generated through the execution of its Work for disposal by Owners. Contractor shall store any hazardous waste generated only in designated, approved storage areas prior to shipment from site.

 

18.

Barricades – Contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain and dismantle barricades required for their Work activity that, at a minimum, achieves the following :

 

A.

Warning Barricades (tape and stand ) shall be used to alert employees to potential hazards. Each barricade shall be identified regarding the date it was erected, the potential hazard, and the person responsible for the barricaded area. Warning barricades shall be about 42 inches high and shall be removed when no longer needed.

 

1.

Yellow-black barricade tape shall be used to indicate caution or warning. An employee may enter the barricaded area only after reviewing the identified potential hazard and taking the necessary precautions. Examples include: excavations( six feet back from the edge), counterweight swing area, overhead Work boundaries

 

2.

Yellow-magenta barricade tape shall be used to restrict access to a Work area where radioactive material is present or where industrial radiography is being conducted.

 

3.

Red barricade tape shall be used to indicate immediate danger. No one may enter a red barricaded area unless the supervisor responsible for the barricaded area specifically authorizes them. Examples include: overhead rigging operations, pneumatic test areas, attended floor openings (six feet back from the edge)

 

B.

Protective (rigid) Barricades shall consist of a guardrail system meeting the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.502(b). Protective barricades are required for, but not limited to: unattended floor and roof openings, unprotected floor edges or platforms, and ladderway floor openings.

 

19.

Hole covers in floors and decks – Contractor shall comply with 29 CFR 1926.502 (i). Additionally, wooden hole covers shall, at a minimum, be constructed of three-quarter-inch plywood provided one dimension of the opening is less than 18 inches; otherwise, 2-inch lumber or doubled ¾ inch plywood is required. Material or equipment shall not be stored on any hole cover. Contractor shall identify hole covers with warning labels as prescribed in 29 CFR 1926.502(i)(4).

 

20.

Owners Location Specific EH&S Requirements – Contractor will be provided with any applicable Owners specific EH&S requirements which must be adhered to during Contractor’s Work activity.

 

21.

Miscellaneous Requirements

 

A.

Tool Inspection – All Contractor tools shall be stored, used, and maintained in accordance with 29 CFR 1926 Subpart I. Additionally, all Contractor tools and equipment shall be subject to inspection by Owners at any time while on the project site. Owners retain the right to prohibit or restrict the use of tools and equipment determined to be in unsafe working condition. The use of homemade tools is prohibited unless approved by Owners management. The modification of tools and equipment is prohibited without the express written consent of the manufacturer or by the design of a Registered Professional Engineer. The Contractor shall make provisions to remove defective tools and equipment from service immediately by such means as “Do Not Operate” tags or similar methods determined to be effective.

 

B.

Impalement hazards – Reinforcing steel and similar objects projecting above horizontal surfaces shall be capped or otherwise protected to prevent the possibility of impaling personnel. Non-reinforced plastic caps are not approved protection for falls greater than six feet. Use covers of wood or other approved devices.

 

6

 

 


 

C.

Environmental, Health and Safety (EH&S) Professional – Contractor shall provide qualified individual(s) to serve as their EH&S resource for the project in accordance with the following criteria, at a minimum:

 

1.

If the Contractor’s projected workforce, including subcontractors, is a total of 25 employees or less, Contractor shall designate an appropriately trained and experienced supervisor to assume the duties of the EH&S resource.

 

2.

If the Contractor’s projected workforce, including subcontractors, is a total of 25 to 50 employees, an EH&S Professional, whose primary function is EH&S, shall be assigned to the jobsite.

 

3.

If the Contractor’s projected workforce, including subcontractors, is a total greater than 50 employees, an EH&S Professional whose sole function is EH&S shall be assigned to the jobsite. If the workforce becomes 150 employees, a second EH&S Professional whose sole function is EH&S shall be assigned to the jobsite. A 200 plus employee workforce may require additional EH&S resources. The number of EH&S Professionals will be mutually agreed to by the Contractor and Owners at the 200 plus level.

 

4.

The EH&S resource/Professional shall be assigned to the jobsite upon Contractor mobilization, not when the reference workforce size is attained.

 

5.

Contractor shall submit the qualifications of the EH&S resource/Professional to Owners for approval prior to assigning the individual to the jobsite.

 

D.

Use of Explosives – In the event the use of explosives is require under the Agreement, all blasting operations shall be conducted in strict accordance with 29 CFR 1926 Subpart U and any other applicable ordinance or regulation. Only experienced and licensed blasters shall perform blasting. The Contractor shall acquire all licenses and/or permits applicable to the use of explosives. A whistle or siren shall be provided by the Contractor, and shall be sounded immediately before blasting. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to assure all persons are fully aware of the meaning of the signal and that all personnel and vehicles are cleared from the area where they might be injured or damage might occur as a result of the blasting. No blasting shall be performed without the written consent of Owners’ Construction Manager.

 

E.

The Contractor shall notify Owners immediately of any complaint, contact, or intent to inspect the site by any regulatory agency such as, but not limited to, OSHA, EPA, Public Health, and local law enforcement. Upon request the Contractor shall provide Owners such information as the nature of allegations or complaints, any citations or penalties, and agreed upon resolutions or abatements.

 

 

7

 

 

 

Exhibit 31(a)1

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

I, David M. Ratcliffe, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Southern Company;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 6, 2008

/s/David M. Ratcliffe

David M. Ratcliffe

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Exhibit 31(a)2

THE SOUTHERN COMPANY

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

I, W. Paul Bowers, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Southern Company;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 6, 2008

/s/W. Paul Bowers

W. Paul Bowers

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Exhibit 31(b)1

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

I, Charles D. McCrary, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Alabama Power Company;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 6, 2008

/s/Charles D. McCrary

Charles D. McCrary

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Exhibit 31(b)2

ALABAMA POWER COMPANY

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

I, Art P. Beattie, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Alabama Power Company;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 6, 2008

/s/Art P. Beattie

Art P. Beattie

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

Exhibit 31(c)1

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

I, Michael D. Garrett, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Georgia Power Company;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 6, 2008

/s/Michael D. Garrett

Michael D. Garrett

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Exhibit 31(c)2

GEORGIA POWER COMPANY

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

I, Cliff S. Thrasher, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Georgia Power Company;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 6, 2008

/s/Cliff S. Thrasher

Cliff S. Thrasher

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

Exhibit 31(d)1

GULF POWER COMPANY

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

I, Susan N. Story, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Gulf Power Company;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 6, 2008

/s/Susan N. Story

Susan N. Story

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Exhibit 31(d)2

GULF POWER COMPANY

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

I, Philip C. Raymond, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Gulf Power Company;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 6, 2008

/s/Philip C. Raymond

Philip C. Raymond

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Exhibit 31(e)1

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

I, Anthony J. Topazi, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Mississippi Power Company;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 6, 2008

/s/Anthony J. Topazi

Anthony J. Topazi

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Exhibit 31(e)2

MISSISSIPPI POWER COMPANY

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

I, Frances Turnage, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Mississippi Power Company;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 6, 2008

/s/Frances Turnage

Frances Turnage

Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Exhibit 31(f)1

SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

I, Ronnie L. Bates, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Southern Power Company;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 6, 2008

/s/Ronnie L. Bates

Ronnie L. Bates

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Exhibit 31(f)2

SOUTHERN POWER COMPANY

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

I, Michael W. Southern, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Southern Power Company;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 6, 2008

/s/Michael W. Southern

Michael W. Southern

Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Exhibit 32(a)

 

 

CERTIFICATION

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the accompanying Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of The Southern Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, we, the undersigned, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of our individual knowledge and belief, that:

 

(1)

such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of The Southern Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, which this statement accompanies, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

(2)

the information contained in such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of The Southern Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of The Southern Company.

 

 

 

 

/s/David M. Ratcliffe

David M. Ratcliffe

Chairman, President and

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/W. Paul Bowers

W. Paul Bowers

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Date: August 6, 2008

 

 

 

Exhibit 32(b)

 

 

 

CERTIFICATION

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the accompanying Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Alabama Power Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, we, the undersigned, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of our individual knowledge and belief, that:

 

(1)

such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Alabama Power Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, which this statement accompanies, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

(2)

the information contained in such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Alabama Power Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Alabama Power Company.

 

 

 

/s/Charles D. McCrary

Charles D. McCrary

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

/s/Art P. Beattie

Art P. Beattie

Executive Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

Date: August 6, 2008

 

 

 

Exhibit 32(c)

 

 

 

CERTIFICATION

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the accompanying Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Georgia Power Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, we, the undersigned, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of our individual knowledge and belief, that:

 

(1)

such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Georgia Power Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, which this statement accompanies, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

(2)

the information contained in such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Georgia Power Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Georgia Power Company.

 

 

 

 

/s/Michael D. Garrett

Michael D. Garrett

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Cliff S. Thrasher

Cliff S. Thrasher

Executive Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

Date: August 6, 2008

 

 

 

Exhibit 32(d)

 

CERTIFICATION

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the accompanying Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Gulf Power Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, we, the undersigned, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of our individual knowledge and belief, that:

 

(1)

such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Gulf Power Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, which this statement accompanies, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

(2)

the information contained in such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Gulf Power Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Gulf Power Company.

 

 

 

 

/s/Susan N. Story

Susan N. Story

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Philip C. Raymond

Philip C. Raymond

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Date: August 6, 2008

 

 

 

Exhibit 32(e)

 

 

 

CERTIFICATION

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the accompanying Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Mississippi Power Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, we, the undersigned, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of our individual knowledge and belief, that:

 

(1)

such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Mississippi Power Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, which this statement accompanies, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

(2)

the information contained in such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Mississippi Power Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Mississippi Power Company.

 

 

 

 

/s/Anthony J. Topazi

Anthony J. Topazi

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Frances Turnage

Frances Turnage

Vice President, Treasurer and

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Date: August 6, 2008

 

 

Exhibit 32(f)

 

 

 

CERTIFICATION

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the accompanying Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Southern Power Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, we, the undersigned, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of our individual knowledge and belief, that:

 

(1)

such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Southern Power Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, which this statement accompanies, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

(2)

the information contained in such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Southern Power Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Southern Power Company.

 

 

 

 

/s/Ronnie L. Bates

Ronnie L. Bates

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Michael W. Southern

Michael W. Southern

Senior Vice President, Treasurer and

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Date: August 6, 2008